Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / Informa / FY2020 Annual Report

Informa
Annual Report 2020

INF · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker INF
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Informa
Loading PDF…
Depth & Data

Informa Group Annual Report and Accounts 2020

C O N T E N T S

I N F O R M A   I N   2 0 2 0

Strategic Report

Governance Report

Financial Statements

Chair’s Introduction to Governance  
Board of Directors  
Corporate Governance Report  
Nomination Committee Report  
Audit Committee Report  
Directors’ Remuneration Report  
Other Statutory Information  
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  

   94
   98
   100
   106
   110
   116
   132
   135

Informa in 2020  
Informa at a Glance  
Why Invest  
Chair’s Introduction  
Group Strategy  
COVID-19 Action Plan  
Group Chief Executive’s Review  
Business Model  
Trends in our Markets  
The Heart of Informa  
Section 172 Statement  
Divisional Snapshot  
Divisional Review  
– Informa Markets, Informa Connect, Informa Tech  
– Informa Intelligence  
– Taylor & Francis  
Key Performance Indicators  
Risk Management  
Principal Risks and Uncertainties  
Viability Statement  
Financial Review  

1

2
3 
4

8

10

12
   20
   22
   28
   45
   48
   50
   50
   56
   60
   64
   66
   71
   78
   82

   136
Independent Auditor’s Report  
   147
Consolidated Income Statement  
   148
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  
   149
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  
   150
Consolidated Balance Sheet  
   151
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement  
   152
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  
   220
Parent Company Balance Sheet  
   221
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity  
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements  
   222
Glossary of Terms and Alternative Performance Measures  228
   230
Five-Year Summary  

Company Information

Shareholder Information  
Advisers  

   231
   232

Group statutory revenue

£1,661m

(2019: £2,890m)

Adjusted operating profit*

£268m

(2019: £933m)

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

£(880m)

(2019: £538m)

Free cash flow*

£(154m)

(2019: £722m)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share*

9.9p

(2019: 51.0p)

1

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

28–44
The Heart of Informa

42–44
Sustainability at Informa

COVID-19 Action Plan 

 Read more on pages 10 and 11

Knowledge and connections at virtual events

 Read more on pages 54 and 55

Chair succession

 Read more on page 109

Delivering for colleagues and customers

 Read more on pages 30 to 34 and 38 and 39

Informa AllSecure

 Read more on pages 18 and 19

48–63
Our Divisions

12–19
Group Chief Executive’s Review

100–105
Corporate Governance Report

10–11
COVID-19 Action Plan

45–47
Section 172 Statement

*  In this report, we include IFRS measures and alternative performance 

measures. For clarity, each alternative performance measure is marked 
by an asterisk the first time it is used. Definitions are listed on page 227.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
2

I N F O R M A   A T   A   G L A N C E

W H Y   I N V E S T

At Informa 
we’re here 
to champion 
the specialist, 
connecting 
people with 
knowledge 
to help them 
learn more, 
know more 
and do more.

We deliver:
•  Specialist content

•  Must-have data and analytics

•  Targeted connections 
for buyers, sellers and 
professionals through 
physical and virtual events

•  Advanced peer-

reviewed research

•  Specialist marketing services

•  Digital workflow solutions

•  Networking and 

partnering platforms

•  Expert consultancy

•  Specialist accredited training

To specialists in markets 
including:
•  Pharma & Biotech

•  Tech

•  Health & Nutrition

•  Finance

•  Humanities & Social Sciences

•  Aviation

•  Licensing

•  Maritime

•  Science & Medicine

•  Beauty & Aesthetics

•  Fashion

•  Construction & Real Estate

What makes us different is:
•  The talent of 10,000 colleagues

•  International breadth and 
reach across 30+ countries

•  Our culture, purpose and 

guiding principles

•  The strength, position and 

quality of our brands

•  Our focus on specialist 
markets and customers

3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Growing 
demand for 
specialist 
knowledge

• Specialist brands and strong market 

positions in the burgeoning Knowledge 
and Information Economy

• International reach coupled with depth 

in attractive customer markets 

• Balanced portfolio across markets, 

geographies and products

 See pages 8 and 9 for Group Strategy

Customer-led, 
digital and 
data-driven

• Agile and flexible approach to serving 

customers: delivering specialist 
knowledge and connections in a  
range of engaging formats

• The combination of a digital-first, 
data-driven mindset and powerful 
physical and face-to-face products

 See pages 12 to 19 for Group Chief Executive’s Review

Focused on 
long-term 
sustainable 
growth

• Serving and delivering benefits for our 
customers; supporting our partners 

• Embedding sustainability in all we do 

through the FasterForward programme

• Continuous investment in a dynamic, 

engaged and inclusive culture

 See pages 28 to 44 for The Heart of Informa

Financial 
stability and 
strength

• High proportion of subscription-led 

and recurring revenue

• Strong and stable balance sheet

• Low capital requirements

• Strong cash conversion

 See page 82 to 93 for Financial Review

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Building stability and security
From the outset, your Board and 
leadership team were clear that 
the Group should focus on making 
decisions for the long-term value of 
the Company’s brands, colleagues and 
customer relationships. This guided the 
development of Informa’s COVID-19 
Action Plan, which can be seen in detail 
on pages 10 and 11. 

One of the foundations for building 
stability and security has been the 
strength of Informa’s subscription-led 
businesses. Taylor & Francis, Informa 
Intelligence and the Omdia brand within 
Informa Tech were resilient throughout, 
demonstrating the strength of Informa’s 
brands, the value of our specialist  
data and content and the power of 
digital subscriptions. 

This plan was established through a 
COVID Executive Leadership Group, 
comprising Divisional and functional 
leaders, that could facilitate real-time 
decision making and fast-track 
implementation. The Board was 
updated regularly, including through 
weekly Board calls during the initial 
period of the crisis, in addition to the 
schedule of regular Board meetings.

The Group prioritised the safety and 
wellbeing of colleagues and customers, 
ensuring we adhered to local rules and 
provided full guidance and support. 
As the virus spread, there was a smooth 
transition to remote working around 
the world, aided by excellent IT support 
and a regular schedule of colleague 
communications and engagement, 
which we discuss in more detail on 
pages 30 to 34 and in our Section 172 
statement starting on page 44. 

Within the event-led businesses, the 
response and experience of our teams 
in China, which were dealing with the 
impact of COVID-19 from January, 
helped to shape the broader response 
of the Group. We quickly launched a 
major Postponement Programme 
across our events portfolio, 
rescheduling shows to alternative dates 
wherever possible. The Postponement 
Programme has since been extended 
to late spring and early summer 2021, 
with the 2021 events calendar outside 
of Mainland China aligned with the 
progressive roll out of vaccine 
programmes across the world.

As part of this work, our teams 
collaborated with industry peers, 
venue partners and associations to 
develop the AllSecure standard for 
events, a best practice playbook for 
organisers and authorities to ensure 
the highest standards of safety and 
hygiene as physical shows return. 

In the absence of physical events, 
and considering the interests of our 
customers, the events teams found 
other ways to provide support, 
promoting the Group’s specialist media 
and marketing services and launching 
more than 500 virtual events. This shift 
to digital delivery ensured our brands 
remained visible and customers 
engaged, while also providing some 
valuable revenue.

Costs, cash and financing
The full impact of the pandemic on 
Informa’s physical events business is 
reflected in the reduction in Group 
revenues reported for 2020, which 
were over £1bn lower at £1,661m.

At a statutory level, the Group made 
an operating loss of £880m. However,  
adjusted operating profit was £268m 
(2019: £933m), supported by the launch 
of a major £600m cost management 
programme. This included over £400m 
of direct cost savings through the 
recovery of venue fees and marketing 
costs from events that were postponed 
or cancelled. In addition, the COVID-19 
Action Plan delivered more than £200m 
of annualised cost savings by year end, 
largely achieved through the removal 
of discretionary costs, pausing non-
essential projects, minimising travel and 
reducing our real estate footprint. As it 
affected colleagues, savings were 

4

C H A I R ’ S   I N T R O D U C T I O N

O ne year ago, it would 

have been impossible to 
predict the professional 
and personal challenges 
that lay ahead.

It has been inspiring to witness the 
resilience and commitment of Informa 
colleagues through this period that so 
strongly contributed to ensuring the 
Company remains stable and secure, 
and on behalf of the Board, I would like 
to take this opportunity to express our 
deepest gratitude to every colleague.

I would also like to thank our 
Shareholders for their support through 
the year, as well as all our customers, 
partners and suppliers. It is through 
periods such as these that the strength 
and depth of relationships become clear 
and it is testament to all of Informa’s key 
stakeholders and partnerships that the 
Group is in the position it is today.

I am also very grateful to my fellow 
Board colleagues, who committed 
substantial time and energy to Informa 
through 2020 when just under 20 formal 
Board meetings and calls were held, as 
we sought to establish a position of 
stability and security. 

I extended my own tenure as Chair 
through this period, allowing the Board 
to pause the Chair succession process 
and focus on the response to COVID-19. 
Following the resumption of this process 
later in the year, I was delighted that John 
Rishton was appointed as Chair Elect and 
I know John shares my sentiment about 
the tremendous resilience demonstrated 
by all connected with Informa over the 
last 12 months. 

Derek Mapp
Chair

It is a great pleasure to address Shareholders after what was 
an extraordinary year for Informa and for all businesses 
around the world, following the unprecedented 
circumstances of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Stability 
and Strength

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

6

C H A I R ’ S   I N T R O D U C T I O N   c o n t i n u e d

C H A I R   E L E C T ’ S   I N T R O D U C T I O N

achieved through actions including a 
sabbatical programme, a voluntary 
severance programme and delayed 
or highly controlled recruitment. 
As a largely international business, the 
Group took the decision not to access 
government furlough or other support 
schemes in the UK, relying on our own 
actions and initiatives. 

Another major priority for the Board 
and the Group through the period was 
the preservation of cash. This included 
a strong focus on working capital 
management, as well as a series of 
financing activities to reduce interest 
costs and strengthen the balance sheet. 
With the full support and encouragement 
of Shareholders, this included the 
placing of new shares to raise fresh 
equity, the issue of Euro bonds, the 
redemption of our US private placement 
notes and the pause to dividends.

The Board was fully supportive of these 
actions and participated in a number 
of discussions and deliberations on 
different financing options, always 
seeking to balance the need for 
additional liquidity and flexibility, with 
the interests of other stakeholders. 

The combination of our cost, cash 
and financing actions ensured your 
Company established stability and 
security in 2020. The Group entered 
2021 with more than £1bn of available 
liquidity – which is further detailed in 
the Financial Review – no financial 
covenants, no debt maturities before 
2023 and with the business trading 
cash positively, even without a 
broader recovery in physical events. 

Depth and digital
The experience of the pandemic has 
underlined the importance of digital 
technology and digital capabilities, as 
well as the value of digital revenue. 

With customers unable to travel and 
predominantly working online, the 
adoption of virtual events and digitally 
focused lead generation and marketing 
services has accelerated and we believe 
this is unlikely to fall away as physical 
events return. This creates an exciting 
opportunity for Informa, building on 
work that was already underway before 
the pandemic, with the potential to 
further extend the reach of our 
brands and deepen our relationship 
with customers. 

The combination of our cost, cash and financing 
actions ensured your Company established 
stability and security in 2020 and entered 2021 
with more than £1bn of available liquidity.

There is much to do here but the Board 
is aligned with the leadership team that 
committing and investing in this area 
is both a necessity and a major 
opportunity for the Group, and there is 
more on Informa’s digital plans in the 
Group Chief Executive’s Review starting 
on page 12.

Board development
The appointment of John Rishton as my 
successor followed an extensive search 
process led by the Senior Independent 
Director Gareth Bullock on behalf of 
the Nomination Committee and wider 
Board, supported by external adviser 
Spencer Stuart. While I was not part of 
this process, which is described in more 
detail on page 109, I was delighted with 
the outcome, as John is an outstanding 
successor, given his extensive and 
varied non-executive and executive 
experience, and his existing knowledge 
and understanding of Informa. 

John will formally take over the role at 
the Annual General Meeting (AGM) in 
June, after a sensible handover period 
and to enable him to complete the 2020 
full-year reporting process as the 
current Chair of the Audit Committee. 
He will be succeeded in this role by 
Gill Whitehead, who has made many 
valuable contributions since joining the 
Board as a Non-Executive Director in 
2019, including as a member of the 
Audit Committee. 

After the close of 2020, in March 2021 
we also announced Gareth Bullock 
would not be standing for re-election 
at the June 2021 AGM in order to focus 
on other interests. Gareth joined the 
Board in 2014 and has served as Senior 
Independent Director since that year, 
during which time he has provided 

many valuable contributions, most 
recently leading the Chair succession 
process. It was also confirmed that 
Patrick Martell, Group Chief Operating 
Officer, has joined the Board as an 
Executive Director, and we look 
forward to his future contributions.

Engaging and supporting 
stakeholders
The level of engagement between 
the Board, Senior Management and 
colleagues was more intense than 
ever in 2020, with nearly 20 Board 
meetings and calls and many more 
individual interactions. 

As part of this, the Board received 
regular detailed updates on colleague 
engagement, helping it to monitor the 
breadth of communications across the 
business and gauge the impact of the 
pandemic on morale and the Group’s 
culture. This included the results of 
colleague surveys, which encouragingly 
recorded high levels of engagement and 
strong support for the actions taken by 
management in response to COVID-19.

The Board also engaged frequently with 
Shareholders through 2020. Before the 
pandemic, in January we ran our annual 
Chair investor roadshow, meeting with 
the majority of our top 30 Shareholders 
for an open discussion on a breadth 
of matters.

Later in the year, once the Group had 
established stability and security, the 
Board consulted with nearly 70% of our 
Shareholder base on the 2021-2023 
Equity Revitalisation Plan, an updated 
remuneration policy relevant to the 
current situation and the very different 
position the Group now finds itself in. 

This input was invaluable in shaping the 
final policy, which was approved by 
Shareholders in December and is 
detailed on page 116. 

Return and revitalisation
After a year that nobody could have 
predicted, it is a real achievement that 
your Company enters 2021 in a position 
of stability and security. This provides 
a solid foundation on which to build, 
in a year that is likely to remain 
highly uncertain.

At the time of writing, the roll out of 
vaccine programmes provides optimism 
that the beginning of the end of the 
pandemic is in sight, but the Group is 
not relying on this and, in any case, it will 
clearly take time for broader confidence 
to rebuild, suggesting 2021 is likely 
to be a year of staged return rather 
than full rebound for Informa’s 
event-led businesses.

Importantly, the challenges of the 
pandemic have not influenced the 
Group’s commitment to become a more 
sustainable business. As is detailed on 
pages 42 to 44, following the launch of 
FasterForward in 2020, we have made 
good progress towards our five-year 
commitments this year, becoming a 
certified CarbonNeutral® Company 
and achieving a record position in the 
Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI).

As I step away from Informa, I can 
reflect on a Company that made 
great strides over the years. Informa  
is unique, and at its heart lie its  
colleagues and its engaging and 
collaborative culture.

It has been a privilege to be associated 
with such a Group and I look forward 
to watching it continue to grow and 
develop over many years to come.

The challenges faced in 2020 and 
the way in which colleagues and the 
leadership team have dealt with them 
have only strengthened my belief the 
Group’s best days are still to come.

  Derek Mapp

Chair
22 April 2021

Q

What experiences will you draw on in 
this role?

A

I am lucky to have worked in several 
different industries for over 40 years, 
both as an Executive and Non-
Executive Director, and the highs 
and lows of that experience provide 
a lot to draw on when guiding and 
supporting the leadership team. 
Having joined the Informa Board 
and been the Chair of the Audit 
Committee since 2016, I also have a 
strong understanding and empathy 
for Informa and its strong culture, 
which I think is equally valuable 
and important. 

Q

What excites you about the 
Company’s future opportunities?

A

Informa works in what we call the 
Knowledge and Information 
Economy, which is a rich space for 
innovation and growth. The demand 
for intelligence you can trust, data 
that is specific to your market and 
connections with exactly the right 
customers and audiences is only 
increasing. Informa has a 
tremendous portfolio of brands 
serving these specialist markets, 
many with decades of pedigree. 
This provides all the ingredients for 
future growth and continued success. 

John Rishton
Chair Elect
Chair from June 2021 AGM

Q

When you take up the role of Chair, 
what are the immediate priorities?

A

Having been on the Board since 2016, 
there is a strong sense of continuity, 
so I would expect the near-term 
priorities to remain very similar. I am 
looking forward to working with the 
leadership team on the continued 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
as well as the further development 
of the Group’s digital and data 
capabilities, which will be key to 
our long-term growth potential. 
With Derek’s departure, another area 
of focus will be to ensure the Board 
continues to have the right mix and 
diversity of experience, skills 
and knowledge. 

Introducing 
the Chair 
Elect

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
8

G R O U P   S T R A T E G Y

Expanding  
our portfolio  
of B2B products  
and services

Deepening our portfolio of 
business-to-business (B2B) 
knowledge-based products 
and services, with a focus on 
new and enhanced digital 
and data-enabled products 
and services offerings 

  Read more about our 

progress in the Divisional 

Reviews (pages 50 to 63) 

Advancing our 
commitment 
to sustainability

9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Championing sustainability 
within our business and 
across the markets we serve 
and accelerating Informa’s 
position as a sustainable  
business 

  Learn about our 2020-2025 

FasterForward programme 

and achievements (pages 42 

to 44)

Security and 
Specialisation

Enhancing  
our positions
and 
partnerships

Pursuing targeted additions 
and partnerships that 
deepen our connections and 
add new capabilities in our 
delivery methods and 
chosen markets

  Details of recent partnerships 

are in our Divisional Reviews 

(pages 50 to 63)

Improving  
financial 
fitness

Building on the stability and 
security achieved in 2020 to 
support the balance sheet, 
providing flexibility for 
investment and expansion

  See the Financial Review 

for more detail on our 2020 

financing action plan 

(pages 82 to 93)

Since the conclusion of the 2018-2019 Accelerated 
Integration Plan, Informa has followed a consistent 
strategy, focused on six elements, through which we 
seek to provide high quality, must-have knowledge 
and connections to our specialist customers.

In 2020, certain elements took precedence as we 
focused on ensuring the Company’s financial stability 
and security, preserving the long-term value of Informa’s 
brands and supporting colleagues and customers.

In 2021 and beyond, expanding our portfolio with 
digitally focused products and services is a particular 
focus, as we look to deliver on our purpose and 
champion our specialist customers in an enhanced 
and expanded range of ways. 

Strengthening  
our operating  
capability

Continuously improving and 
simplifying our operating 
systems while strengthening 
our product capabilities

  See the Group Chief 

Executive’s Review for 

information on our 

operational improvements 

(pages 12 to 19)

Maintaining  
a dynamic  
and engaged  
culture

Investing in colleagues, 
culture and the working 
environment, including 
through extending balanced 
and flexible working, to 
enable individual and 
collective success

  Read about how we support 

colleagues and invest in 

culture (pages 30 to 34)

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
10

C O V I D - 1 9   A C T I O N   P L A N 

Informa’s 
Response to 
COVID-19

As the impact of COVID-19 
began to emerge in January 
and early February 2020, we 
moved at pace to establish a 
comprehensive plan designed 
to respond to, and where 
possible get ahead of, the 
effect of the pandemic on 
our business, markets and  
key partners.

There was a clear strategy: 
to secure the stability and 
strength of the business in 
order to preserve the long-term 
value of Informa’s brands, 
customer relationships and 
culture. In what was a fast-
moving environment, we 
prioritised quick Group decision 
making with clear guidance and 
continuous communications, so 
that teams around the business 
could successfully apply this 
strategy to their own markets 
and products in an agile way. 

Our approach was led by a 
COVID Executive Leadership 
Group comprising the Executive 
Management Team (EMT) and 
specialists from HR, Health & 
Safety, Technology, Property 
and Communications, which 
reported to the Informa  
Board weekly.

1.

Supporting 
colleagues

Health and safety
•  Guidance and advice 
on government and 
safety directives
•  Offices adapted for 
enhanced hygiene
•  Rapid, seamless shift 
to remote working

Wellbeing and support
•  Enhanced pastoral  

support

•  Focus on mental health 
and wellbeing services

•  Dedicated colleague 

support fund established
•  Voluntary sabbatical and 

severance offered

•  Flexible working formally 

made available for 
everyone under the 
balanced working  
programme

Open engagement
•  Frequent leadership  

engagement
•  Multi-channel  

communications

•  Direct colleague input 
through Pulse surveys

8,500

Colleagues participated 
in June Inside Informa  
Pulse survey

86% 

Colleague engagement score

11

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

2.

3.

4.

5.

Championing 
customers

Operating  
flexibility 

Cost and cash 
management

The Postponement 
Programme
•  Proactive programme 
to reschedule 250+ 
physical events

•  Detailed customer and 
partner engagement

•  Adapting physical 

events for safety and 
effectiveness and 
expanding virtual and 
digital services

Enhanced safety
•  Led industry collaboration 
on post-pandemic event 
safety and hygiene  
standards

•  Created Informa AllSecure 
to enhance security of all 
Informa physical events

Digital acceleration
•  Accelerated virtual events 

and digital product  
development

Service resilience
•  Maintained service levels 

and quality

•  Continuity of all digital  

products

Pandemic response
•  Accelerated publication 

of virus-related 
scientific research
•  Provided open access 

to critical research and 
clinical trial information

Market support
•  Continued focus on 

connecting customers 
with timely, specialist 
knowledge and helping 
businesses make 
decisions and trade 
through digital services
•  Established $5m Natural 

Products Expo West 
fund to support small 
businesses disrupted 
by the pandemic

•  Expanded volunteering 

options to enable 
colleagues to support 
their communities

Event savings
•  Systematic capture 
of savings from  
postponed events

Cost management
•  Non-essential 

expenditure halted 
e.g. projects and  
advisory services

Phasing and flexibility
•  Recruitment activity  

paused

•  Annual salary  

reviews deferred

Management actions
•  Salary/fee sacrifice by 
CEO, Group Finance 
Director, EMT and 
Non-Executive Directors

Adapted structures
•  Balanced working 

programme with office 
space consolidation
•  Targeted mandatory 

redundancy programme 
in impacted businesses

Cash retention
•  Strong management 
of working capital

Stable and  
secure  
financing

Short-term liquidity
•  Increased short-term  

liquidity

•  Access to £750m surplus 

credit facility

•  Eligibility for Bank of 

England Covid Corporate 
Financing Facility
•  Dividend suspension

Equity and debt capital
•  Additional Euro bond 

debt issuance

•  Oversubscribed £1bn 

equity placing

Financing flexibility
•  Actions taken to remove 
all financial covenants

Secure long-term 
funding
•  No debt maturities 

until 2023

•  Available liquidity of £1bn

4,000+

COVID-19 clinical 
trials tracked

$5m

Natural Products Expo West 
customer fund

10

Informa AllSecure 
biosafety commitments

500+ 

Virtual events in 2020

33%

Executive Director  
salary sacrifice

£600m

savings from 2020 cost 
management programme

£2bn+ 

Refinancing activity in 2020 

£1bn

Available liquidity

  See more in Colleagues and 
Talent (pages 30 to 34)

  See more in Customers 
(pages 38 and 39)

  See more in the Divisional 
Reviews (pages 50 to 63)

  See more in the Financial 
Review (pages 82 to 93)

  See more in the Financial 
Review (pages 82 to 93)

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
12

G R O U P   C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E V I E W

I t has been an exceptional 

and demanding 12 months at 
Informa. Every business, and 
indeed every part of society, 
was impacted by the COVID-19 

pandemic in some way during 2020. 
In our Company, this was most acutely 
felt in our event-led businesses, as 
international travel and the ability 
to gather in person at scale became 
constrained in most of the world for 
most of the period. 

The Group’s headline results illustrate 
the significant financial impact this had 
across the year. In spite of the scale of 
the impact in these businesses, however, 
we successfully secured the stability of 
the Company through a comprehensive 
plan that both responded to the 
immediate disruption and laid the 
foundations for revitalisation and a 
return to sustainable, long-term growth.

In doing so, we were well served by the 
attributes and characteristics fostered 
in the Group over the last seven years. 

The breadth and balance of Informa’s 
portfolio by region, customer market 
and the mix between consistent and 
recurring subscription revenues and 
event-led revenues helped underpin 
the Group’s stability and resilience 
during 2020. 

The investments made under the 
2014-2017 Growth Acceleration Plan 
in digital products and technology 
platforms, particularly in Informa 
Intelligence and Taylor & Francis, 
supported continued customer 
demand and a consistent 
performance by these businesses. 

Stephen A. Carter
Group Chief Executive

In an exceptional and demanding year, we successfully 
secured the stability of the Group through a comprehensive 
programme, which both responded to the immediate 
disruption of the pandemic and laid the foundations for 
revitalisation and a return to sustainable, long-term growth.

Agility and 
Specialisation

Our subscription-led businesses, Informa 
Intelligence and Taylor & Francis, performed 
resiliently during 2020, with a strength and 
consistency that valuably underpinned the 
Group’s portfolio and position.

13

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

particularly established position in the 
pharma and clinical trial communities, 
with recognised specialist brands and 
deep customer relationships. This was 
an especially active market during the 
year and an area in which we continue 
to develop our intelligence services 
through enhancing our products, 
creating new services based on our 
specialist data sets and investing in 
product delivery and application 
programming interfaces (APIs). 

In our three largest Intelligence 
businesses, renewals for digital 
subscription products stood at over 
90% by value and stayed strong 
through the important fourth quarter 
renewal period. 

In our scholarly research and advanced 
learning business Taylor & Francis, 
despite the pandemic causing 
disruption to university campuses and 
some sales channels, the business 
delivered a strong performance 
throughout the year. 

Revenues were just under £560m and 
underlying revenue growth was broadly 
flat at (0.2%). Subscriptions to journals 
and digital research products comprise 
around 60% of Taylor & Francis’s 
portfolio and renewal levels remained 
strong, driven by our depth of specialist 
research content and the strength of 
our brands. 

We saw particular growth in our open 
access research business, with article 
submissions rising by 30% on 2019 
and continued work to offer customers 
choice and flexibility in access to 
content and how research is published. 
Where printed book products were 
affected by disruption in the supply 
chain, largely in the second quarter, 
this was balanced by an acceleration in 
demand for ebooks. Ebooks accounted 
for 40% of books sales in 2020 
compared with just over 30% in 2019.

A track record of financial discipline, 
with a focus on cash generation and 
cash conversion, allowed us to take 
decisions for the long term. 

Informa’s focus on championing 
specialist customers which, as we 
described in detail in last year’s report, 
is at the heart of the Company’s 
purpose, combined with a culture built 
on partnership and working with 
freedom and agility, enabled us to act 
quickly and take decisions based on 
maintaining the long-term value of our 
brands, our customer relationships and 
our colleagues. 

Two groups were particularly critical to 
the Company’s ability to weather the 
disruption of 2020. On behalf of the 
Board, I would like to put on record a 
deep appreciation for the outstanding 
contribution and commitment shown 
by Informa colleagues. In what was 
a personally and professionally 
demanding time, teams throughout the 
business went above and beyond to 
support the Company, support each 
other and keep serving our customers. 

We are also appreciative of the 
continued, active engagement of our 
Shareholders and the support shown for 
our COVID-19 Action Plan, during what 
has been a volatile and uncertain period. 

Consistency in subscriptions
The Group’s 2020 financial results 
reflect the trading performance of our 
five Operating Divisions, combined with 
the comprehensive programme of 
activity undertaken to ensure Informa’s 
stability and security through the year 
and strength moving into 2021 
and beyond. 

Our subscription-led businesses, 
Informa Intelligence and Taylor & 
Francis, performed resiliently during 
2020, with a strength and consistency 
that valuably underpinned the Group’s 
portfolio and position and continue to 
provide us with strong market positions 
in scholarly research, advanced learning 
and specialist business-to-business 
information services. 

Informa Intelligence recorded revenues 
of just over £300m and underlying 
revenue growth* of 1.8% as customer 
demand for trusted, specialist data 
and intelligence remained strong. 
Among other markets, we have built a 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
14

G R O U P   C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Physical events disruption
Informa Markets, Informa Connect 
and Informa Tech generate a majority 
of revenues from activities linked to 
events that match sellers with buyers 
in specialist markets, enable businesses 
to showcase and source products, 
deliver high quality content and training 
or facilitate networking and learning. 

While in-person events performed 
well through January and February, the 
emergence of COVID-19 with worldwide 
travel restrictions and lockdown 
measures led us to implement a 
Group-wide Postponement Programme 
from March 2020. Informa held virtually 
no physical events of any nature 
anywhere in the world during the 
second quarter. Many were rescheduled 
to later in the year, and postponements 
have since been extended to late spring 
and early summer 2021. 

As a result, these businesses saw a 
significant reduction in revenues in 
2020. Informa Markets had revenues 
of just under £525m (2019: £1,438m); 
Informa Connect’s revenues were just 
under £125m (2019: £286m); and 
Informa Tech had revenues of just 
over £150m (2019: £256m).

We moved quickly during the year to 
switch the focus to serving customers 
through virtual events and digital 
services, maintaining the profile of our 
brands and maximising the non-events 
revenue these businesses generate 
from specialist digital media and 
marketing services. As well as 
participating in these digital formats, 
we have encouragingly seen a strong 
commitment from customers to take 
part in rescheduled editions of physical 
events, evidenced by continued positive 
trends in forward bookings. 

The flexibility of our teams in Mainland 
China and effectiveness of national 
virus control measures meant we could 
resume in-person physical events there 
from June. This included successful 
editions of several major brands during 
the second half, with strong domestic 
participation but limited attendance 
from international businesses due 
to ongoing travel restrictions.

Group stability and security
The combination of strength in 
subscription and digital products, and 
disruption to physical events, meant the 
Informa Group generated revenues of 
just under £1.7bn (2019: £2.9bn) in 2020. 

Adjusted operating profit was just 
under £270m, with free cash outflow 
of £154m reflecting the impact of 
postponed physical events as well as 
one-off costs associated with securing 
our balance sheet and reducing costs. 

It is testament to the breadth and depth 
of the business, and the effectiveness 
of the financing and cost and cash 
management measures taken as part 
of our COVID-19 Action Plan, that 
despite an underlying Group revenue 
decline of just over 40% and operating 
loss of £880m at a statutory level, the 
business achieved stability and security. 
We entered 2021 with a cash positive 
run-rate, even without the broader 
return of physical events, and have 
available liquidity of over £1bn and 
no debt maturities before the first half 
of 2023.

The goal of our COVID-19 Action Plan 
was to respond quickly to and stay 
alongside, if not anticipate, the impact 
of the pandemic. The panel opposite 
describes some of the specific actions 
taken to manage our costs and cash 
and secure the balance sheet, with a full 
overview of what was a comprehensive 
programme of actions and support 
to our key communities on pages 
10 and 11.

The principal decision taken by the 
management team, and fully endorsed 
by the Board, was that all decisions and 
actions would be taken through the 
lens of what would best preserve the 
long-term value of the Company and 
our most important assets: our brands, 
our customer relationships and our 
colleagues. This focus has, we believe, 
ensured that the Informa Group 
starts 2021 with all the strength and 
quality of positions, capabilities and 
relationships to return to long-term 
sustainable growth. 

In Informa Markets, 
Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech... we 
moved quickly during 
the year to switch 
the focus to serving 
customers through 
virtual events and 
digital services.

£1.66bn

2020 Group revenues (2019: £2.9bn)

£600m+

Cost savings delivered in 2020

15

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

•  Reassessing and adjusting software 
licences to the shape and needs of 
the business 

•  Closing smaller offices and resizing 
space in other locations to suit a 
greater future balance between 
home and office working

A large proportion of our investment 
each year is in colleagues. Our cost 
management focus in this area was 
to sensibly manage spend while 
providing colleagues with flexibility 
and preserving roles and salaries as 
far as possible, including through: 

•  Tight controls on new recruitment 
activity and role replacements
•  A deferral of 2020 annual salary 
increases in the most impacted  
businesses

•  A 33% salary sacrifice by the 

Executive Directors and a 25% 
salary/fee sacrifice by the Non-
Executive Directors and Executive 
Management Team 

•  Three and six-month sabbatical 

schemes for colleagues

•  A voluntary severance programme 

with support package for colleagues 
seeking to change careers or move 
into a new life phase 

Colleague support
Within Informa, supporting each other, 
ensuring everyone can do their best 
work and develop their careers, and 
maintaining an open and continuous 
flow of communication are permanent 
features of the way we work.

Supporting, informing and engaging 
colleagues everywhere became an even 
greater leadership focus in 2020. In a 
unique and fast-moving environment, 
we placed particular emphasis on 
colleagues’ physical safety as well as 
broader wellbeing, the preservation 
of roles and salaries, and frequent 
communication and engagement. 

As the pandemic started to lock down 
locations, we quickly and successfully 
shifted to remote working at scale. 
Thanks to previous investments in 
cloud-based technology, all colleagues 
retained full access to the systems and 
tools they needed with extra equipment 
provided where required. 

At all times during the year, we 
emphasised and strictly followed official 
authority guidance on health and safety 
precautions inside and outside of 
work. When offices reopened in some 
countries during the second half, every 
location put in place enhanced hygiene 
practices and distancing measures to 
ensure a safe working environment. 

To respond to the particular challenges 
of 2020, we enhanced the personal and 
professional services and assistance 
available to colleagues. This included 
introducing a dedicated sabbatical 
programme for those wanting to take 
a temporary period of time out to 
manage personal circumstances. 
We also created a dedicated colleague 
support fund as a critical back stop for 
households facing financial difficulties 
caused by the pandemic. 

Day to day, we aimed to provide 
all teams with as much flexibility 
as possible in adapting to changing 
circumstances, such as through 
flexible hours and adapted work 
objectives. To respond to instances 
where the pandemic had changed 
colleagues’ ambitions or circumstances, 
we introduced a voluntary severance 
programme in the third quarter to 
help colleagues transition to a new 
career or stage of life.

Preserving long-term strength 
and value 
Under our COVID-19 Action Plan, 
shown in full on pages 10 and 11, 
our immediate priority was to secure 
the Group’s financial position so we 
could take the right decisions for the 
long-term strength of our brands, 
customer relationships and colleagues 
regardless of the path of the pandemic. 

The financing pillar of our Action  
Plan included: 

•  Strengthening short-term liquidity, 

through securing access to a £750m 
surplus credit facility 

•  Securing additional long-term 

funding with two successful Euro 
and sterling bond issuances of just 
under £780m in total with five and 
six-year maturities

•  Following detailed Board and 
management discussion and 
the support of Shareholders, 
issuing £1bn of new equity in an 
oversubscribed share placement 
completed in May 

•  Enhancing financing flexibility by 

repaying our US private placement 
loan notes in November and 
cancelling the previously arranged 
short-term credit facility, removing 
all financial covenants from our 
balance sheet

•  Confirming eligibility for the Bank 

of England’s Covid Corporate 
Financing Facility, although this 
support was not accessed

•  Suspending dividend payments  

in 2020 

These financing actions were 
complemented by a comprehensive 
cost and cash management 
programme, including:

•  A review of all in-flight projects 

and tight controls on new project  
expenditure

•  Removing all non-essential spend, 

including on travel and new 
service procurement 

•  Engaging with venue partners 

and contractors to align contracts 
and payments to postponed 
physical events

•  Adapting marketing and 
promotional activity 
and expenditure

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
16

G R O U P   C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Discussion and engagement
Colleagues received near weekly 
updates on Company business 
developments throughout the year, with 
multiple opportunities to ask questions 
about our response to the pandemic, 
discuss important issues and provide 
input into decisions. It was encouraging 
that in a mid-year Pulse survey, over 
90% of colleagues thought the Company 
had provided clear direction and 
information on Informa’s response 
to the pandemic, with positive 
commentary on the range of practical 
and support measures put in place. 

Before the pandemic, around 10% 
of our colleagues were permanent 
home workers and we have long 
provided the technology, support and 
flexibility to allow teams to work in the 
places and ways that best suit them. 
2020 brought home working to a much 
wider range of colleagues, and based 
on that accelerated experience and 
subsequent feedback and learnings, 
we are establishing balanced working 
as our principal way of working post 
pandemic. This involves making 
a balance of remote and office working 
a permanent feature for everyone, 
adapting our practices to better support 
this blend and reimagining our office 
space so that our office hubs become 
focal points for collaborative work. 

A broader guiding principle at the heart 
of the way we work at Informa is that 
success is a partnership. We believe that 
we get to better answers, and make the 
business a more enjoyable place to 
work, when we combine our talents 
and embrace ideas wherever they 
come from. This belief in the value 
of a mix of backgrounds and talents, 
and in fostering an inclusive working 
environment, is at the bedrock of 
our culture. 

We established the AllInforma diversity 
and inclusion programme three years 
ago and have since welcomed two 
colleague-led AllInforma networks 
under this umbrella: AllInforma 
Balance, focused on gender balance, and 
AllInforma Rainbow, which supports and 
celebrates the LGBTQIA+ community. 

Outside of the pandemic, 2020 saw 
increased discussion about what more 
we could be doing to advance diversity 
and inclusion. We were delighted to 
support the expansion of our networks, 
including the launch of AllInforma 
Nations, which focuses on supporting 
colleagues from ethnic minorities and 
celebrating different cultures, and are 
preparing for the introduction of two 
additional networks in 2021 focused 
on awareness of disabilities and on 
supporting early-career talent. 

As our networks expand, we have taken 
the step of appointing one of our most 
successful business leaders to the new 
position of Chief Diversity and Inclusion 
Officer, to better co-ordinate existing 
activities and accelerate our ambitions 
at a Company-wide level, and look 
forward to sharing updates and 
progress in the future.

Close to customers
All of the brands and businesses that 
make up the Informa Group share 
the same fundamental focus to help 
specialist customer communities learn 
more, know more and do more in their 
businesses and professions. 

This purpose grounds all our decision 
making. In 2020, it led us to prioritise 
preserving the strength of our brands 
and customer relationships by putting 
safety at the heart of our physical 
events, maintaining the quality of 
our products and continuity of our 
platforms and remaining focused 
on serving customers. This included 
intensive customer communications 
and engagement in the areas where 
event postponements meant changing 
arrangements and schedules. 

Informa was deeply involved in a 
collaboration with industry associations, 
major contractors and venue owners, 
and our peers in the events industry, to 
develop enhanced international safety 
and hygiene measures for the benefit 
of everyone involved in physical events, 
from our own colleagues and customers 
to suppliers and partners. From this we 
created Informa AllSecure, described on 
pages 18 and 19, our blueprint for how 
these standards apply to Informa events 
and how we are striving to make our 
event experiences even safer and more 
effective in the future. 

Several of our digital intelligence and 
scholarly research brands serve the 
pharma, medical and scientific 
communities. These teams worked 
intensively during 2020 to ensure 
critical, quality insight related to 
combating COVID-19 was made widely 
available in a timely way. This included 
both a free coronavirus intelligence hub 
from Pharma Intelligence and more 
sophisticated dashboards and analytics 
for subscribers working in the field of 
clinical trials. Taylor & Francis made 
around 5,000 relevant articles and 
a range of books free to access, 
supporting its customers as well as 
contributing to the broader response 
to managing the pandemic. 

Accelerating digital
Looking into 2021 and the years beyond, 
we are confident that the Knowledge 
and Information Economy remains 
an attractive market to be in. 
Demand for high quality, trusted 
and specialist connections, intelligence 
and information services from 
customers working in different 
individual markets will, we believe, 
endure as they seek to grow, advance, 
learn more and do business on the 
other side of the pandemic. 

A range of indicators suggest that 
customer demand for physical events 
continues to be robust, particularly 
for leading brands that take place in 
major hubs and enable businesses to 
connect, source product and transact. 
These include relatively low levels of 
refund requests from customers of 
postponed events in 2020, a strong 
rate of participation in events in markets 
that have reopened, including Mainland 
China, and continuing customer 
enquiries and bookings.

As more major physical event brands 
return outside of Mainland China, 
just as we have seen in that country, 
it is likely that these events will 
attract a largely domestic rather than 
international audience in the short 
term. It is also possible that a certain 
number of smaller physical event 
brands, located in less well-connected 
hub cities, are replaced with virtual 
events and digital products and services 
in the medium term.

17

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Virtual 
matchmaking

Specialist 
audiences

Instant access 
digital content

Lead 
qualification 
services

24/7 virtual 
partnering meetings

Virtual brand showcase

Virtual live speakers

Specialist 
brands

Virtual 
company 
booths 

Virtual events 
and digital 
event services

Unlimited 
audience 
reach

Smart 
connections

Online marketplaces

Virtual
 factory tours

Virtual 
event 
sponsorship

Smart 
audience 
profiles

Product specification 
and categorisation

Audience 
access

Campaign activation

Virtual
 product demos

First 
party data

Digital directories

Buyer intent data

Depth and data
Thanks to the actions taken in 2020, we 
are not reliant on the full-scale return of 
physical events for the Group’s financial 
security or the strength of our brands 
in 2021.

Instead, we are fully focused on seizing 
the expanded range of opportunities 
that virtual events and digital connection, 
knowledge and lead generation products 
offer, both when connected to physical 
products and as entirely new services 
driven by the quality of our customer 
reach and first party data. 

Nearly half of the Informa Group today 
by revenue is a digital business. 
Across Informa Intelligence, Taylor & 
Francis, the Omdia research business in 
Informa Tech and in pockets of specialist 
content and data services in other 
Divisions, our products are based on data 
and intelligence and delivered digitally. 

In these areas, the growth opportunity 
comes from continuing to enhance our 
products, investing to develop more 
sophisticated platforms and applying 
more advanced analytics to our specialist 
data and content. Doing so supports 
customer retention and satisfaction 
as well as new business activities. 
In Maritime Intelligence for example, we 
are applying predictive analytics to our 
deep data set of shipping movements, 
creating new monitoring services that 
help risk and compliance teams identify 

potentially deceptive behaviour in real 
time. More examples can be found in the 
Divisional Review sections. 

In Taylor & Francis, the creation, 
development and management of all 
our products is digitally led even where 
customers make the choice to order a 
printed book or receive the hard copy 
of a journal at the point of sale. We are 
continuously engaged in making our 
product development, workflow and 
production processes as effective and 
modern as possible, as well as ensuring 
advanced learning and research content 
is widely discoverable. In 2020, our 
flagship platform for journals content, 
T&F Online, ranked among the world’s 
top 600 websites for the first time, 
as a result of continuous product 
development and work to make our 
content more easily discoverable and 
therefore of greater value to academics 
and researchers. 

Informa Markets, Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech saw an acceleration of 
digital innovation in 2020, partly in 
response to customers’ willingness to 
try new ways of learning and doing 
business. Teams demonstrated 
creativity and agility to scale existing 
digital brands and marketing services 
and experiment with new ways to keep 
customers connected and informed, 
with several successful virtual events 
described on pages 54 and 55.

The experience of 2020 suggests that 
increased and continued demand for 
stand-alone and integrated digital 
services will persist, and we see a 
significant opportunity to broaden the 
services we offer and embed digital 
elements alongside physical events. 

Work is well underway to maximise the 
learnings of last year and enhance our 
virtual event models, based on our deep 
understanding of business-to-business 
customer markets, established brands 
and scale. There are many different 
formats and features in virtual events, 
from sponsored webinars and short-
format events to matchmaking forums, 
content and networking-led platforms, 
product demonstrations and large-scale 
exhibitions, and each has a place in 
serving a customer’s, sponsor’s or 
marketer’s need for smart, specialist 
knowledge and connections. 

We are also seeking to more deeply 
use and analyse the first party data 
that sits across these three businesses. 
This will allow us to better understand 
customers and tailor what we offer, 
and to develop new services based on 
hard data and behavioural data insights 
such as audience insight products and 
specialist lead generation services. 
As the graphic above shows, this 
broader range of services is a valuable 
addition to the business today.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18

G R O U P   C H I E F   E X E C U T I V E ’ S   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Equity revitalisation
Through focusing on the further 
development of digital knowledge 
and connections products and services, 
adding capabilities and forming new 
partnerships, the goal is to build from 
the experience of 2020, exploring new 
areas of growth while continuing to 
serve customers. 

Notwithstanding the exceptional impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic, Informa 
continues to focus on delivering 
sustainable, long-term growth to 
Shareholders, with digital products likely 
to play a steadily increasing role in the 
Group’s revenue mix. 

Having established stability and security 
through 2021 and beyond, the ambition 
is to return to growth and revitalise our 
equity over the next three to four years to 
drive value that benefits all Shareholders. 

The Board and whole Senior Leadership 
Team are fully aligned with and 
committed to the goal of equity 
revitalisation. And as we drive towards 

that value and goal, one of the 
contributing factors is likely to be our 
continued position as a sustainable 
and responsible business.

Sustainability performance 
and acceleration
Since 2014 and our Growth Acceleration 
Plan, we have been steadily investing 
in our sustainability capabilities and 
enhancing our environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) practices, in 
everything from the sustainability of our 
business operations and events to the 
creation and delivery of products and 
the way we work with our communities. 

As a consequence, before the pandemic 
Informa had established itself as an 
increasingly sustainable business with 
strong rankings in key ESG indices and 
benchmarks. We entered the DJSI World 
Index for the first time in 2018 and have 
retained this position, scoring in the 99th 
percentile most recently. In 2019, we were 
first certified by the Science Based Targets 
Initiative for our ambitious commitments 
to managing our carbon emissions. 

I would like to take 
this chance to thank 
the Board for its 
considerable support 
during 2020, especially 
for the greatly increased 
time, focus and guidance 
given to the leadership 
team and the Company 
as a whole.

Top 600

T&F Online one of world’s top 600 sites 

A-

Informa scored A- from CDP for 
performance on environmental issues

In early 2020 we launched 
FasterForward, a five-year programme 
designed to further accelerate our 
progress towards becoming a more 
sustainable, positive impact business 
and seize an opportunity to support 
our customers and markets to advance 
their own sustainable practices.

The pandemic has not paused our 
progress. In 2020 we achieved 
CarbonNeutral Company status in 
line with The CarbonNeutral Protocol 
and were awarded an A- by CDP for 
action on environmental initiatives. 
Indeed, we have found that our 
customers and markets are interested 
in building back better from this period 
in part by embedding sustainability 
and a greater consideration for 
environmental and social impact 
into their business and operations.

Board leadership and culture
I would like to take this chance to thank 
the Board for its considerable support 
during 2020, especially for the greatly 
increased time, focus and guidance 
given to the Executive Directors, 
leadership team and the Company as 
a whole. In particular, my thanks go to 
the Chair, Derek Mapp, for extending 
his time with the Company for a further 
12 months to provide continuity as we 
managed the response to the pandemic. 

I am delighted that, at the AGM in June, 
John Rishton will take up the role of 
Informa Group Chair, having previously 
served as Chair of the Audit Committee. 
I have worked with John as a Board 
colleague for nearly four years, and 
am certain that his broad commercial 
experience and deep understanding 
of Informa’s position and culture, 
combined with the fresh perspective 
he will bring, will serve the Company 
and all its stakeholders very well indeed. 

with speed and secure the long-term 
stability, strength and value in 
the business. 

That tone is firmly set from the top, 
through the Board and the leadership 
team. Informa has an established and 
collaborative culture, with low levels of 
hierarchy, that allows us to work at pace 
and share information, gather feedback 
and take decisions in an effective way. 
We have established and successful 
ways of engaging within the business 
and with our customers, partners and 
Shareholders outside of Informa, which 
were put to full use in 2020. We value 
the trust we have built up in our 
markets, and we prize agility and 
encourage teams to act on 
opportunities as they arise. 

All of these characteristics will, I believe, 
support the Company as we look to 
return to growth and build back from 
2020 with renewed momentum 
and vitality.

Our culture as a Company is arguably 
one of the reasons why we were able 
to respond to the impacts of COVID-19 

  Stephen A. Carter

Group Chief Executive

0
2
0
2

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

D
N
A

T
R
O
P
E
R

L
A
U
N
N
A

C
L
P

A
M
R
O
F
N

I

Informa AllSecure is our approach to enhanced health and 
safety standards at our physical events. It was developed 
based on a collaboration with major events associations, 
industry peers and partners such as major venues and 
contractors. Informa AllSecure comprises a comprehensive 
range of standards and practices, designed to provide 
confidence that everyone who comes to an event will find the 
highest standards of safety, hygiene, cleanliness and quality.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Cleaning and hygiene
Working with venue partners, 
our events undertake enhanced 
deep cleaning before and 
afterwards, with continuous 
sanitisation during the event 
in all areas including stands, 
booths and around equipment. 
Additional personal hygiene 
facilities are made available 
and, where possible, we 
pursue accredited external 
validation of cleanliness 
and biosafety standards

Physical distancing
We facilitate physical 
distancing through non-
contact registration, minimising 
queuing, managing the density 
and flow of customers through 
the event space during the day, 
discouraging the exchange of 
printed materials and ensuring 
food and beverage facilities 
allow for space and sanitisation

Protect and detect
Our events follow the latest, 
relevant official authority 
guidance on screening, 
including pre- and onsite testing 
where available and practical, 
and all locally recommended 
processes around track and 
trace services. Participants are 
asked to wear face masks and 
have access to qualified health 
assistance and quarantine 
areas onsite

Effective communications
All our measures are supported 
by effective communications to 
participants and event partners, 
both onsite and before the 
event, to prepare customers for 
what to expect and how to plan 
the most effective experience, 
and to create confidence

19

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

I

N
F
O
R
M
A

P
L
C

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S

2
0
2
0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 0

B U S I N E S S   M O D E L

How Informa 
operates

Informa has a resilient business model centred 
around our purpose: to champion the specialist 
by connecting people with knowledge and 
helping them learn more, know more and 
do more.

Our products include an increasing number of 
digital and data-based services and Informa 
takes a structured approach to embedding 
sustainability in our business and helping 
customers to do the same.

We draw strength from the attractive long-term 
prospects of the Knowledge and Information 
Economy and consistent demand for intelligence 
and connections.

We invest in our most important assets and 
relationships, and seek to deliver results and 
benefits for Shareholders, colleagues, customers 
and our other partners and communities.

The Group has an international breadth and 
reach and serves a diverse range of specialist 
customer markets.

21

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

We operate in the Knowledge and 
Information Economy and serve 
a range of specialist markets

We are structured into five Operating Divisions, 
united by a common purpose and guiding principles

Our businesses draw on

To provide knowledge-based 
products and services

That deliver benefits 
for our communities

$1.8tn

Size of information industry

300m+

Under 35s from OECD countries will hold 
higher education qualifications by 2030

3.5bn

Internet searches made via Google 
every day

11tn

Today’s computer chips execute 
11tn operations per second

175zb

Zettabytes of data predicted to exist  
by 2025

$1.7tn

Global spend on research 
and development

Infor

m

a C

o

n

n

e

c

t

s
t
e
k
r
a

a M
Inform

s

i

c

n

a

r

Taylor  &  F

usinesses

d b
n-le

o
i
t
p
i
r
c
s
b
u
s

r
u
O

Championing 
Championing  
the specialist 
the specialist

I
n
f
o
r

m

a

I

n

t

e

l

l

i

g

e

n

c

e

Informa Te c h
Our event-led bus i n e s s e s

Our four guiding principles

 Think Big, Act Small 
 Trust must be Earned 

 Success is a Partnership 
 More Freedom, Fewer Barriers 

Colleagues and culture
We draw on the skills, application and 
engagement of 10,000 colleagues. 
Our culture and principles are 
designed to help colleagues thrive

Leading brands
We operate through dozens of product 
brands, each of which serves a 
specialist customer market

Relationships and partnerships
We rely on strong, long-term 
relationships with business partners 
and the continued support of 
our customers

Technology and platforms
Our business operations and digital 
products and services require resilient 
platforms and technology that is 
continuously advancing

Financing
We seek the support of investors 
and access to financial capital at 
effective terms, including equity 
and debt funding

Natural resources
Our offices, events and products use 
natural resources to different extents. 
We seek to do this responsibly and are 
progressing towards becoming a zero 
waste and net zero carbon business 
by 2030

Specialist data, high quality 
content and actionable industry 
insight delivered digitally

Transaction-focused physical 
exhibitions and digital platforms 
that connect buyers and sellers, 
generate leads, showcase 
products and drive sales

Advanced peer-reviewed 
research delivered digitally 
and via print-on-demand

Large-scale events in physical, 
digital and hybrid formats 
that convene professional 
communities and provide a 
platform for sharing insight

Effective sponsorship and 
marketing services products 
based on deep customer data 
and audience reach

Expert research, market 
intelligence and consultancy  
services

Accredited training in 
specialist topics

For Shareholders
•  Long-term capital growth 
through share price value 
and dividend payments

For customers
•  Knowledge and connections that 

help professionals and businesses 
achieve more

•  Financial returns that enable us to 
reinvest in products and platforms

For colleagues
•  Rewards, benefits and investments 
in culture and working environment 
from financial returns

•  Professional opportunities from 

strength of brands and 
product success

For business partners
•  Commercial opportunities from 
growth and success of products 
and services

For local communities
•  Tax contributions that fund 
national infrastructure and 
benefit local communities

•  Charity and community 

partnerships, including volunteer 
time and financial donations
•  Continuous work to reduce 
carbon and waste footprint

  See more in Trends in our markets, 
pages 22 to 27

  Read more about our Divisions starting 
on page 50

  See more on our key relationships in the 
Heart of Informa, pages 28 to 44

  Read more about our Divisions starting 
page 50

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

2 2

T R E N D S   I N   O U R   M A R K E T S

Life Sciences · Aviation · Fashion · 
Enterprise Technology · Maritime · 
Finance · Brand Licensing · Telecoms · 
Science & Medicine · Pharma & Biotech · 
Media & Entertainment · Education · 
Artificial Intelligence · Construction · 
Agriculture · Health & Nutrition · 
Pop Culture · Beauty & Aesthetics · 
Information Security

Remote Control 
Eric Krapf
General Manager 
Enterprise Connect

Fast Pharma
Eleanor Malone
Editor in Chief,  
Commercial Insights 
Pharma Intelligence

Force of Nature
Andrew Kelly
Portfolio Manager
Taylor & Francis

To seize the opportunities we see in the 
Knowledge and Information Economy, serve 
customers well and deliver long-term growth, 
Informa’s strategy has focused around market 
specialisation: building depth and international 
reach in a number of attractive, specialist markets. 

While the markets may vary, each is typically 
international and dynamic, with a secular 
growth trend, and home to specialists who 
value high quality knowledge-based products.

Our colleagues are deeply embedded in these 
markets and have considerable insight into 
current developments and future trends. 
This section provides a snapshot of several 
of the markets Informa operates in, written 
by our own experts. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 4

T R E N D S   I N   O U R   M A R K E T S   c o n t i n u e d

Remote Control

Fast Pharma

2 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

2020 marked the quickest 
transformation in working 
practices in living memory. 
Almost overnight, millions 
of office-based employees 
were forced to work from 
home, with some not 
expecting to ever return 
to the office full time.

F ortunately, modern 

communications 
technology, and the efforts 
of the IT professionals who 
support it, meant the mass 
transition to remote working was less 
arduous for enterprises than it might 
have been just a few years ago.

The workplace surge
Communication platforms such as 
Cisco’s WebEx, Microsoft Teams and 
Slack helped to keep team members in 
closer touch and fostered collaboration 
among employees unable to meet 
in offices.

The technology existed before the 
pandemic, but its use during 2020 
skyrocketed. Time spent in meetings 
on Cisco’s WebEx platform tripled in 
the first month of the pandemic, while 
Microsoft reported that the number of 
daily active users on its Teams platform 
increased to 115m in October, up from 
44m in March.

Unsurprisingly, with team members 
geographically dispersed, video 
became the go-to way to hold meetings. 
Before the pandemic, just 14% of 
enterprise employees used video to 
communicate often or very often, 
according to Recon Research. That had 
risen to 57% by the end of June 2020.

Beyond video conferencing, enterprise-
grade collaboration platforms offered 
other tools, such as document sharing 
and desktop views, that helped 
dispersed workers remain productive, 
and ultimately meant businesses were 
able to serve their customers.

Call centres go virtual
Another business-critical function that 
turned to enterprise technology to 
accommodate the move to remote 
working was the call, or contact, centre.

Call centres had to transition quickly to 
home-based work, while maintaining 
access to the applications and networks 
needed to serve customers. Not only did 
advanced enterprise communications 
systems keep call agents connected but, 
continuing a longer-term trend, they 
provided enhanced capabilities that 
meant enterprises could provide even 
better customer service.

Technology improvements over the past 
few years have made call centres more 
efficient by using artificial intelligence-
driven techniques such as speech 
analytics and chatbots to better screen 
calls, offer self-service, and deliver the 
most relevant customer data to the 
agent at the start of the call.

Despite the disruption to physical call 
centres, technologies such as these 
helped enterprises improve customer 
service metrics and win loyalty. 
These are critical goals at any time, 
but were even more important when 
demand was high, customers were 
stressed and interactions with agents 
were often challenging.

Where to post pandemic?
Looking to the future of working 
practices, few organisations have 
announced plans to completely 
abandon their office footprint but many 
are exploring ways to accommodate the 
positive aspects of working from home, 
particularly the potential for better 
work–life balance, while also capturing 
targeted savings on office space.

According to a survey of US executives, 
83% of employers consider remote work 
a success, yet their commitment to the 
office has remained, with 68% saying 
that to keep a strong culture, employees 
should be in the office at least three 
days a week.

Just as enterprise technology tools 
enabled businesses to carry on when 
offices emptied out, they will play an 
important part in the future of remote 
working. The use of video-based 
meetings is seen by enterprises as 
a long-term growth trend, not a 
temporary one. A survey by Nemertes 
Research found that more than half of 
enterprises expect to increase their 
spend on video meeting applications 
through mid-2021, outpacing 
anticipated spending on business-
critical areas such as cyber security.

Beyond video, enterprises will be 
attracted to technology developments 
that continue to strengthen productivity 
and the employee experience. 
Colleagues in Omdia, Informa Tech’s 
research and data brand, report that 
augmented reality, already being used 
in customer facing applications, will 
likely expand to workplace activities.

Vendors will be happy to oblige; 
enterprise technology providers are 
banking on their platforms becoming 
the hubs from which knowledge 
workers conduct more of their daily 
work, and are busy integrating various 
applications that let users manage 
projects, customers, HR functions and 
more without leaving the platform or, 
potentially, home. 

As COVID-19 swept around 
the world, threatening 
healthcare systems, locking 
down swathes of society and 
sending economies into 
recession, all eyes were on 
the pharmaceutical industry 
to get life back to a kind 
of normal.

C ompanies across the 

life sciences mobilised. 
Their task: to develop the 
diagnostics, therapeutics 
and vaccines required to 

tame the disease.

From a standing start, the clinical 
pipeline exploded. By late March there 
were already around 100 different 
products in nearly 400 clinical trials 
worldwide and those numbers 
ballooned to around 675 products and 
more than 3,500 trials by November.

According to Pharma Intelligence’s 
TrialTrove, nearly 30% of all trials that 
were initiated in 2020 were for drugs 
and vaccines for COVID-19 and 
its complications. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 6

T R E N D S   I N   O U R   M A R K E T S   c o n t i n u e d

Fast Pharma continued

Force of Nature

2 7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Spirit of collaboration 
By mid-November, US pharma giant 
Pfizer and its German biotech partner 
BioNTech had announced very strong 
efficacy results from a late-stage trial 
of their experimental COVID-19 
vaccine using a novel messenger RNA 
technology not previously used in an 
approved vaccine. In early December, 
the UK became the first country to issue 
an emergency use authorisation.

In short order, vaccines from Moderna 
and Oxford University/AstraZeneca, 
also tested in large efficacy trials, 
won similar approvals, and countries 
including Russia, China and India have 
approved seven more. 

These products were developed in less 
than a year, 10 times faster than it would 
traditionally take a novel vaccine to 
progress to approval. Upon their arrival, 
hope bloomed and stock markets made 
record gains.

The co-operation across pharma, 
biotech, academic, governmental and 
non-profit organisations in 2020 was 
unprecedented in its scope and focus, 
but collaboration and cross-pollination 
have been driving growth and progress 
in the industry for years.

The interdependence of biotech – 
nimble, innovative, pioneering – 
and big pharma – deep-pocketed 
and experienced in late-stage 
studies, navigating the regulatory 
and reimbursement labyrinths and 
engaging with customers – is a key 
feature of the market and partnering 
is essential for all parties to prosper. 

Investment up
Despite lockdowns bringing an abrupt 
halt to most in-person networking and 
negotiation, partnering and M&A deals 
continued to be signed in 2020, some of 
them sizeable. 

Therapeutic advances
The biopharma sector entered 2020 
with a sense of purposeful optimism, 
given recent advances in areas as 
diverse as gene therapy and 
artificial intelligence.

The money kept flowing too, with 
biotech companies raising record 
amounts of private and public capital. 
A total of 86 companies launched IPOs 
in the US, raising $17bn, compared with 
50 companies raising $5.9bn in 2019. 
And nearly $30bn of venture capital was 
invested in the sector in the US alone, 
up from $17bn in 2019. The investment 
reflected confidence in biopharma’s 
potential not only to develop COVID-19 
products but to continue delivering new 
drugs for cancer and other diseases 
as well.

But pharma also faced challenges. 
The impact of reduced patient–physician 
interactions as healthcare providers 
focused on caring for COVID-19 patients 
and minimising the spread of infection 
meant that drug prescriptions and 
revenues decreased. New drug launches 
were reassessed and, in some cases, 
postponed. Some clinical trial 
programmes faced problems of patient 
follow-up, and recruitment and supply 
chains had to be appraised and secured.

The flipside was that telehealth and 
online customer engagement, long 
hyped but slow to catch on, finally came 
into their own. Sales reps and medical 
science liaisons, blocked from clinics 
and hospitals, turned to the virtual 
environment to continue their 
engagement with healthcare 
professionals and it is expected that 
the shift towards digital will persist in 
the longer term. 

Despite COVID-19, it continued to make 
good on its promise to improve the 
treatment of a wide spectrum of 
diseases. New products were approved 
to treat a range of cancers, serious rare 
diseases and other under-served 
conditions such as migraine. 

Industry continued to work with 
regulatory agencies and reimbursement 
bodies to define appropriate review 
pathways and valuation models for 
complex new treatment modalities such 
as CAR-T therapies and one-time gene 
therapies, which are expected to 
proliferate in the coming years.

The top 100 companies in the 
pharmaceutical industry generate 
annual revenue of around $835bn and 
spend around a fifth of that on R&D.

With huge global unmet medical need in 
areas such as infectious diseases, rare 
syndromes, autoimmune conditions, 
cancer, cardiovascular disease and 
more, the target market is vast.

However, the scientific and regulatory 
barriers to entry are high, and 
reimbursement and pricing are 
increasingly challenging. Being able 
to navigate the pathways to serve the 
market in a way that is cost effective for 
both pharma companies and society will 
be essential if pharma is to retain the 
gains in public esteem and trust that it 
has accrued in tackling COVID-19.

A growing acceptance that 
climate change is an urgent 
global issue, with multiple 
causes and effects, has 
seen a sharp increase 
in the demand for high 
quality research into 
the environment and  
sustainability.

G overnments across the 

world continue to make 
bold commitments about 
tackling climate change 
that are increasingly 

informing national policy decisions. 
They, along with advisory groups and 
lobbyists, are increasingly looking to 
the scientific and research community 
for the latest thinking in how best to 
tackle the multi-sector challenges 
associated with global warming.

From a publishing perspective, to 
support the policy changes needed to 
alter humanity’s relationship with the 
environment for the better, research 
needs to be widely accessible and 
discoverable, both within academia 
and within advisory, policy and 
non-governmental communities.

International effort
Demand for research in the fields of 
the environment and sustainability has 
seen output increase significantly, with 
150,000 articles published in 2019, up 
81% from 2015.

Tackling climate change requires a 
global response, and this is reflected 
in how international the distribution 

of researchers in environment and 
sustainability is, and in the level of 
collaboration between research groups 
located in different parts of the world.

and drought. This kind of research 
and response will also be important in 
mitigating against non-ecological effects 
such as population displacement.

In environmental science, research 
into new technologies to help reduce 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and 
the evolution of alternative clean-
energy sources will help governments 
hit climate change targets.

Meanwhile, advances in technologies 
and the growing availability of data 
are helping to enhance the quality of 
research into the environment and 
sustainability. Over the next few years, 
the proliferation of drone technology 
at one end of the technology spectrum, 
and the installation of satellite 
constellations at the other, will 
significantly improve data-gathering 
capabilities. In remote sensing and 
geographic information science for 
example, having greater access to 
data from multiple sources is helping 
researchers influence areas as 
diverse as crop monitoring and 
climate forecasting.

China has overtaken the US as the main 
producer of original research in recent 
years, with over 36,500 articles 
authored by researchers based in China 
in 2019, compared with 20,500 from 
US-based authors during the same year, 
while around 30% of research articles 
about environmental sciences involved 
international collaboration in 2019, 
compared with 27% in 2015.

Broadening impacts
Research into the environment and 
sustainability is becoming broader and 
more interdisciplinary, as the impact of 
climate change beyond the environment 
becomes clearer, reaching into areas 
such as social mobility, food security 
and access to quality education.

Growth areas range from longer-
established disciplines, such as 
sustainable development, climate 
justice, land use and oceanography, 
to rapidly developing fields such as 
evaluating the wider impacts of 
human–nature relationships beyond 
the natural environment.

In hydrology and climatology, for 
example, research into the impact of 
climate change on the water cycle is 
helping to inform national policies 
around reducing water waste, improving 
water quality and sanitation processes 
and finding new approaches for 
water-resources management. This, in 
turn, will improve consumption patterns 
as climate change causes fluctuations in 
precipitation rates and extreme weather 
events, such as flooding, soil erosion 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 8

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A

The Heart 
of Informa

This section is about the people, communities, 
relationships and commitments that are 
important to Informa and the way we 
approach them.

Our relationships and engagement with these 
groups are considered material because they 
contribute to Informa’s business model and 
strategy, and therefore to long-term growth. 

Our focus is on all colleagues and talent within 
the business; our customers, who are at the 
heart of the Company’s purpose to champion the 
specialist; the business partners we work with to 
create and deliver products; our Shareholders, 
who provide the capital to invest and grow; 
and the broader communities and natural 
environment we work in.

They are also important because we believe they 
are the heart of Informa: what makes us tick and 
what makes us different.

2 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Non-Financial Information Statement
Under the UK’s Non-Financial Reporting Directive, we are asked to summarise in a statement how the Group manages specific 
matters that are not principally financially focused. This page provides a summary of those matters as well as where to find 
more information.

Business model

 Pages 20 and 21

Colleagues  
and their  
contribution 

 Pages 30 to 34

Environmental  
impact 

 Pages 42 to 44

Social and 
community  
impact 

 Pages 42 to 44

Informa operates in the Knowledge and Information Economy. Our purpose is to connect people with knowledge 
to help them learn more, know more and do more. We draw on six key resources to provide products and services 
based on knowledge and connections to businesses and professionals working in specialist markets.

The skills and application of all colleagues drive Informa’s business activities. Engaging colleagues, creating a positive 
and supportive culture and investing in talent are a continuous focus.

•  Supporting policies: Include Code of Conduct, Diversity and Inclusion, Health and Safety statement
•  Key policy and due diligence: The Code of Conduct asks all colleagues to act in accordance with our guiding 

principles and the law in areas such as respect, equality and safety. All colleagues are asked to complete and pass 
mandatory Code training. Rates are tracked and cases of non-completion are escalated to Senior Management. 
Refresher training was conducted in 2020 and completion stands at 95% 
•  Risks and risk management: Ability to attract and retain key talent (page 74)
•  Measurement: Colleague engagement is a Group KPI, measured through our engagement index (page 64)

We aim to become an ever more sustainable, high impact business. Through the FasterForward programme, we 
have committed to being zero waste and net zero carbon by 2030, our two most material environmental impacts.

•  Supporting policies: Principally Sustainability and Paper and Timber Sourcing
•  Key policy and due diligence: The Sustainability Policy asks that colleagues consider economic, social and 

environmental impacts in business planning and decision making. The Sustainability team collects data from our 
offices and physical products, such as events and books, on energy and water use, carbon emissions and waste 
generation. Guidance on improvement opportunities is provided to colleagues with operational responsibilities 
and progress is monitored

•  Risks and risk management: Climate change is an emerging risk with both impacts and opportunities (page 69)
•  Measurement: DJSI performance and GHG emissions are Group KPIs (page 64)

We fully consider the interests of the local communities around our events and workplaces, the specialist 
communities our customers are part of and the broader societies we operate in around the world. Under the 
FasterForward programme, we seek to multiply the positive impact our work has.

•  Supporting policies: Include Sustainability, Code of Conduct, Business Partner Code of Conduct, Tax, Responsible 

Advertising, Editorial Code, Sanctions, Health and Safety

•  Key policy and due diligence: Our policies drive various initiatives that ensure we consider and maximise our social 
and community impact. One example is that all Informa events follow the 12 point Fundamentals programme, 
which includes requirements around forming community partnerships, embedding wellbeing initiatives and health 
and safety compliance. The Sustainability team collects results and scores each event, with scores published 
internally and teams achieving 100% on all criteria celebrated

•  Risks and risk management: Related risks are on privacy regulation and inadequate response to major incidents 

(pages 75 and 76)

•  Measurement: We are measuring the economic impact of more of our events on host cities, a FasterForward target 

Respect for 
human rights 

We support the UN’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights and seek to protect and promote the human rights of 
our customers, colleagues and communities through data privacy, health, safety and security programmes. We take 
steps to avoid modern slavery in the business and supply chain and publish an annual Modern Slavery Statement.

•  Supporting policies: Code of Conduct, Business Partner Code of Conduct, Data Privacy, Health and Safety, Editorial 

 Pages 40 and 41

Code, Diversity and Inclusion, Sustainability

•  Key policy and due diligence: Our Codes of Conduct commit us and our business partners to ensuring the business 
and supply chain operate free of modern slavery, and child and forced labour as far as possible. Our framework for 
managing this includes site and labour checks by operational and audit teams, due diligence on our business 
partners plus contractual clauses and communications

•  Risks and risk management: Related risks include health and safety incidents and ineffective regulatory 

compliance (pages 75 and 76)

•  Measurement: Through audit checks and monitoring whistleblowing reports

Anti-corruption 
and anti-bribery  
measures 

 Pages 40 and 41

We are committed to acting without corruption in all dealings, and to choosing to work only with partners who make 
the same commitment.

•  Supporting policies: Anti-Bribery and Corruption, Gifts and Entertainment, Code of Conduct and Business Partner 

Code of Conduct

•  Key policy and due diligence: The Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy states a zero tolerance for any form of bribery 
or corruption. On joining, all colleagues read and agree to the Policy and complete anti-bribery training. Gifting and 
entertainment is required to be recorded and these records are regularly reviewed and audited

•  Risks and risk management: inadequate regulatory compliance (page 76)
•  Measurement: Through audit checks and monitoring whistleblowing reports

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
3 0

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Colleagues 
and Talent

The importance of colleagues and talent
The development and delivery of our products and services rely on 
the ideas, expertise and application of all colleagues. This makes 
talent central to our business model. Ensuring everyone can do 
their best work, contribute and develop their skills is critical to our 
performance, as is creating a culture that is open and supportive. 

How we understand, respond and engage
The management team: interacts with many other colleagues day 
to day. Undertakes dedicated engagement activities such as town 
halls. Monitors engagement levels. Receives informal feedback 
from colleague advisory boards and formal feedback via surveys. 
Trends in grievance and whistleblowing are monitored. 
Colleague feedback is responded to directly and addressed 
through business initiatives.

The Board: has regular direct interaction with Senior Management 
and the broader colleague base. The designated Non-Executive 
Director for colleague engagement, Helen Owers, monitors 
activities and feedback trends. Updates on engagement activities 
and outcomes and talent retention data are provided in Board 
papers and regularly discussed in Board meetings.

What colleagues look for
Fulfilling work with fair and transparent reward • Flexible working 
practices • Career development opportunities • To understand 
business context and have a voice in business developments 
• A culture of inclusivity and good support infrastructure 

Colleagues receive 
Fair reward packages including flexible benefits and share 
investment scheme options • Balanced working as standard 
• Recognition programmes • Multi-format training and development 
courses • Regular, transparent communications and variety of 
engagement forums • Platforms to connect and share views 
• Investment in culture • Support facilities 

A t Informa, our 

colleagues are 
specialists: highly 
qualified in a role, 
whether that is 

editorial, sales, marketing, technology 
or product development, or expert in 
a market, whether that is nutritional 
ingredients, artificial intelligence,  
open access publishing or one of many 
other areas. 

Colleagues are among the Company’s 
most important strengths. We aim to 
attract great talent from a range of 
backgrounds, retain and engage 
colleagues through many different 
means, and help everyone make the 
most of their skills, make a mark and 
enjoy worklife as fully as possible.

We invest to make Informa’s workplace 
as open, dynamic, supportive and 
inclusive as possible, and the Group’s 
purpose and guiding principles 
provide colleagues with clear direction. 
There are many Company-wide services 
and schemes that all colleagues can 
access, and each Division complements 
these with engagement and support 
programmes tailored to their business 
priorities and the needs of their teams.

Clear communications,  
open discussion
We run a dedicated Company-wide 
communications programme that 
ensures all colleagues are continuously 
informed about important developments 
and business trends and have channels 
through which they can ask questions 
and provide input. The aim is to 
communicate in an open and clear way 
that builds trust and engagement. 

The Group CEO’s proactive engagement 
programme includes regular Company 
blogs, town halls, videos, meetings with 
specific groups including new Graduate 
Fellows and corresponding directly with 
colleagues all over the world.

The frequency and range of 
communications increased in 2020 
to reflect the pace of business 
developments and colleagues’ desire 
for as regular guidance as possible. 
Blog and email updates were issued 
nearly weekly. There was increased 
use of video to maintain visibility and 
connection at a time of widespread 
remote working, and virtual town 
halls attracted large audiences, with 
colleagues posing questions live online. 

Communications covered financial 
performance, market trends, the 
business’ COVID-19 Action Plan, 
colleague support measures, safety 
measures in offices, guidance on remote 
working, the introduction of new digital 
initiatives and launch of new diversity 
networks. We continue to focus on 
accessibility so that communications 
are as widely understood as possible, 
such as through video captions 
and transcripts. 

Each Division runs complementary 
communications programmes for 
leadership and business. In Informa 
Connect this includes Ask Me Anything: 
an open-agenda, two-way discussion 
forum between Senior Managers 
and colleagues. News digests were 
introduced for line managers in Informa 
Markets to convey critical information 
succinctly. These have now been 
expanded to the whole Division and 
are delivered in English, Portuguese  
and Chinese. 

All colleagues have access to Informa’s 
social intranet platform, Portal, on 
desktop and via a mobile app and we 
continue to invest in new features that 
enhance connection and sharing. 

Portal allows colleagues to blog about 
personal and professional topics, find, 
follow and connect with others and start 
discussions, as well as access Company 
news, documents and app links. 

Having a say
Everyone at Informa is encouraged 
to share their views and suggestions. 
There are multiple ways colleagues can 
ask questions, receive answers and 
provide input that is incorporated into 
business planning and decision making. 

One of our formal engagement brands 
is Inside Informa Pulse, a regular 
Company-wide survey that allows 
everyone to have a say on topical 
matters and Company life. 

In the June 2020 Pulse survey, colleagues 
gave views on the Company’s response 
to the pandemic and what returning to 
normal might look like. 8,500 colleagues 
took part and over 90% reported the 
management team had led by example 
during the period. 

We also used this edition of Pulse to 
understand how colleagues in different 
countries and teams felt about future 

working patterns. Regardless of 
location, there was a clear preference 
for permanently blending office with 
home working in the future. This has 
informed the development of our 
balanced working programme, which 
will ensure everyone has greater 
flexibility in how and where they 
work from after the pandemic. 

We also gather formal feedback 
by surveying new joiners on their 
onboarding experience as well as 
colleagues leaving the business. 
Speak Up is Informa’s third party-run 
confidential whistleblowing service that 
is available in over a dozen languages. 
We actively promoted Speak Up to a 
greater extent during 2020 to ensure 
colleagues remained aware of the 
service even when working from home. 
In response to questions on how the 
whistleblowing process works, we 
developed additional explainer 
materials to provide detail on the 
process and foster confidence in 
its rigour. 

31

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

I

N
F
O
R
M
A

P
L
C

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S

2
0
2
0

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 2

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Colleagues and Talent 
continued

Sharing a purpose
In mid-2019, we launched the Informa 
Constitution: a new articulation of our 
Company-wide business purpose, to 
champion the specialist, and a refreshed 
set of four guiding principles. 

Our diversity and inclusion programme 
AllInforma aims to support all colleagues 
at work and celebrate different cultures 
and identities, and we have policies and 
procedures in place to maintain an 
inclusive working environment. 

There was a particularly deep 
engagement with matters of diversity 
and social justice during 2020 sparked 
by the Black Lives Matter movement, 
with discussions taking place during 
town halls, on our intranet and directly 
with management teams. 

In a February 2020 Inside Informa Pulse 
survey, everyone had a chance to feed 
back on the Informa Constitution and 
share what they would like to see next. 
Over 80% of colleagues reported they 
were proud to work for a company with 
Informa’s purpose, with many wanting 
to learn more about incorporating the 
principles into day-to-day life. 

Informa’s Code of Conduct, along with 
several other key Company policies, 
were updated to embed the Company’s 
new purpose and explain the everyday 
behaviours that reflect our guiding 
principles. In April, we ran a campaign 
called How we work at Informa, 
featuring a set of engaging, mandatory 
online training modules and quizzes 
around key policies. 

The importance of these ways of 
working was set from the top. 
The first 150 colleagues to successfully 
complete the training received a 
personal message from the CEO, who 
also provided a video introduction to 
the Health and Safety training module 
to explain its significance. 

Accelerating diversity  
and inclusion
We believe that Informa is at its best 
and most successful when everyone 
can be themselves at work, develop 
their skills and contribute, whatever 
their background. 

In response to a widespread enthusiasm 
for more forums dedicated to specific 
communities and cultures, the 
AllInforma Nations colleague-led 
network was launched, focusing on 
supporting colleagues from ethnic 
minority backgrounds. The network 
is sponsored by two EMT members, 
Gareth Wright and Annie Callanan, 
to provide senior support and ensure 
ongoing feedback to and from the 
leadership team. 

In Informa Connect, mandatory 
conscious inclusion training has been 
rolled out, and in Informa Tech, Senior 
Management were mentored by 
members of our partner organisation, 
Colour in Tech, to better understand key 
inclusion issues. Taylor & Francis held 
LGBTQIA+ inclusion training and its 
Women in Publishing team held an 
informational event on menopause 
in the workplace. 

Across the Company, we are seeking 
to accelerate our work on diversity 
and inclusion. This will include the 
first Informa Colleague Census in 2021, 
a voluntary survey in the US and the 
UK, to generate data and a deeper 
snapshot of colleagues’ identities and 
backgrounds and help guide where 
future work should focus. 

Connecting with the community
We pride ourselves on being deeply 
engaged in local and customer 
communities. Walk the World is 
Informa’s key annual charity and 
community event that has raised $1m 
for good causes over five years and is 
highly popular among colleagues. 

In 2020 Walk the World went virtual 
to celebrate its fifth anniversary. 
When most offices could not hold 
a collective walk, everyone was 
encouraged to Take 5 for Walk the 
World: undertake five of any physical 

3 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

activity, share a picture on the Company 
intranet and challenge five other people, 
with the best examples winning a 
weekly prize for their charity. 

Everyone at Informa can typically take 
up to four days each year to volunteer. 
The policy was relaxed in 2020 to enable 
participation in a wider range of 
community activity, including helping 
those in need during the pandemic, 
and give everyone more time to do 
so subject to manager approval. 

Career support and development
Opportunities to learn and progress are 
important to colleagues at nearly every 
stage of their career, and developing 
our talent helps the business to keep 
progressing too.

Training is tailored to different roles 
and Divisions, and there is an increasing 
focus on allowing everyone to enhance 
their digital skills. In Informa Markets, 
a dedicated IM Digital programme 
delivers over 30 training modules 
matched to role types, and in Informa 
Connect, a hybrid events task force runs 
regular digital marketing, sales and 
product workshops to share learnings 
and best practice on enhancing our 
digital products. All colleagues also 
have access to thousands of on-
demand training courses through 
LinkedIn Learning. 

Making sure colleagues can move to 
different roles and teams helps us retain 
experienced talent. All vacancies are 
advertised internally and secondment 
and redeployment opportunities were 
offered in 2020 to help teams with high 
workload and allow others to learn new 
skills. For example, over 20 colleagues in 
Taylor & Francis temporarily moved to 
help the UK customer services team 
respond to increased enquiries, as 
customers adjusted to accessing 
products off campus. 

We believe Informa 
is at its best and most 
successful when 
everyone can be 
themselves at work, 
develop their skills and 
contribute, whatever 
their background.

To attract great early-career talent, we 
continue to operate several dedicated 
apprenticeship schemes including a 
newly launched US and UK Digital 
Marketing Apprenticeship programme 
in Taylor & Francis, and a central 
UK-based Graduate Fellowship Scheme, 
now in its sixth year. 

Rewards and recognition 
Colleagues everywhere want to feel 
recognised, fairly rewarded and 
supported for the energy, effort and 
dedication they bring to work each day. 
As well as offering competitive salaries, 
we provide a comprehensive range of 
benefits, some of which are Company-
wide and others which are tailored to 
suit regions and countries. 

Colleagues in eight countries can 
participate in equity ownership schemes 
that offer free matching or discounted 
Informa shares, providing potential 
rewards while connecting colleagues 
more deeply to Informa’s direction and 
progress. We continue to invest in these 
schemes. For our ShareMatch scheme, 
an improved portal and mobile app 
were introduced in 2020 to make it 
easier to invest and monitor plans, and 
for the tax year starting April 2021, the 
Company has doubled the level of 
matching shares awarded to colleagues.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
3 4

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Colleagues and Talent 
continued

Outstanding achievements are 
celebrated through the annual Informa 
Awards, which are live streamed across 
the Company. A special colleague vote 
category was introduced in 2020 to 
enable greater participation, which was 
won by the Technology Support team 
for helping everyone to switch to 
working from home successfully. 
Recognition for good work and going the 
extra mile day to day is also encouraged, 
with shout outs posted on the intranet. 

Working balance
Flexible working has long been a feature 
of worklife at Informa, and we have 
invested in cloud-based technology 
infrastructure that allows everyone to 
work from different locations easily 
and securely. 

Balanced working, which reflects a 
balance of remote and office working 
and the principle of balancing work 
and life commitments, is becoming our 
principal way of working in the future, in 
response to colleague input and to help 
us better attract and retain talent. 

Safety and wellbeing
The safety and wellbeing of our teams 
are a permanent priority, and we 
ensure colleagues can access a range 
of resources and services that help 
them thrive in all aspects of their lives. 

In the UK, the US and India colleagues 
have on-demand access to an 
independent employee assistance 
programme, which offers advice and 
support on topics such as money, 
family and health, with similar 
support available through HR teams 
in other locations. 

In 2020, we recognised the heightened 
demands and uncertainty experienced 
by colleagues due to the pandemic by 
significantly stepping up wellbeing and 
pastoral support. 

This included the introduction of a 
dedicated colleague support fund, 
providing targeted financial assistance 
to colleagues whose households or 
families faced hardship due to the 
impact of the pandemic. 

To enable this, we started to adapt 
our infrastructure in 2020, including 
enhancing ways to get IT support 
remotely no matter the time zone, 
changing how we use office space and 
reviewing our ergonomic assessments 
and equipment catalogues to cater for 
safe and effective remote working.

Many wellbeing activities were 
delivered to colleagues at home, 
including Workout Wednesday 
instructor-led fitness sessions in 
Informa Tech and weekly wellbeing 
talks with experts for our support 
teams covering topics including 
managing and communicating change. 

2020 brought specific challenges for 
colleagues looking to balance work with 
personal commitments or changes to 
circumstances. Colleague support 
measures introduced in the year 
included two sabbatical programmes, 
which offered a chance to take time out 
from work, and a voluntary severance 
programme that provided an option for 
colleagues looking for a career change. 

Curated wellbeing information 
and advice were published on our 
intranet and the Informa Intelligence 
management team held a town hall 
dedicated to mental health to discuss 
risks and empower and signpost 
colleagues to seek support 
wherever needed. 

Colleague snapshot 
Informa has 10,000 permanently 
employed colleagues plus 1,200 
contractors as at December 2020. 

95% of colleagues work full time 
and 10% of colleagues were 
permanent home workers before 
the pandemic.

Colleagues work in 30+ countries 
and our largest bases are the UK 
(33% of colleagues), the US (30%) 
and China (10%).

59:41

Female: Male colleague ratio

39

Average colleague age

c£50,000

Average remuneration 

Where colleagues work

 UK 

 US 

 APAC 

 EMEA (ex UK) 

 Americas (ex US)  

33%

30%

27%

7%

3%

See page 108 for further 
breakdowns of gender by 
colleague group. 

Investors W e put significant 

resource into our 
ongoing, two-way 
engagement 
programme with 

Shareholders, debt holders and related 
advisory bodies such as ratings 
agencies and proxy advisers.

3 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

The importance of our investors
Our Shareholders are the ultimate owners of the Company, and 
along with our debt holders they provide the financial capital 
that funds the business. We depend on their confidence and 
support to operate and invest, and in turn to deliver sustainable 
long-term growth.

How we understand, respond and engage
The management team: is available to discuss Company matters 
at times of scheduled market updates and as part of ongoing 
engagement programmes. Information is shared and feedback 
gathered directly at individual and roundtable meetings, at times of 
formal Company presentations and through direct correspondence. 
Investor feedback is also provided through advisers.

The Board: has direct interaction through the Chair’s annual 
investor roadshow and on-request meetings at other times, direct 
correspondence and at forums including the AGM and results 
presentations. Directors receive a written and verbal IR update at 
all Board meetings and receive feedback from advisers. 

What investors look for
Clear strategy to deliver long-term business growth • Regular 
connection • Capital returns through dividends and equity/debt 
price appreciation • Dynamic and motivated management team 
• Engaged and supportive Company culture • Sustainable and 
responsible business practices

Informa provides
Clear, timely and balanced information and updates • Professional 
investor relations including frequent discussion forums • Long-term 
growth-focused strategy • ESG performance commitments 

There is a high degree of involvement 
from the Executive Directors and 
Board Directors and we aim to be 
open, accessible and helpful in our 
engagement style, providing clear, 
balanced and comprehensive 
information through Company 
communications and building 
constructive long-term relationships.

The balance of communications 
channels and formats shifted in 2020 
and the overall frequency of dialogue 
increased, as we sought to keep 
investors updated on fast-moving 
developments and gain their support 
for measures that secured the Group’s 
financial stability.

Managing our engagement
Investor engagement is co-ordinated 
and led by a dedicated Investor 
Relations (IR) team, which seeks to 
develop strong relationships with 
institutional investors, buyside and 
sellside analysts and individual 
Shareholders as well as relevant 
advisory bodies. Additional support 
with debt holders and fixed income 
analysts is provided by the Group 
Treasury team.

The CEO and Group Finance Director 
frequently speak with investors as part 
of this programme, as do members 
of the Board on request. Every January, 
the Chair undertakes an additional 
investor roadshow that invites Informa’s 
top 30 Shareholders to meet and 
discuss any matter they would like.

The Director of Investor Relations is 
a member of the Group’s EMT and 
attends Board meetings to ensure 
investor matters are shared in all 
critical decision-making forums.

The Company Secretary engages with 
Shareholders on specific matters of 
relevance and the Company Secretary 
team is a first point of contact on 
Shareholder administration-related 
matters, as well as ensuring all legal 
and reporting requirements are met.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
3 6

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Investors
continued

Open discussion and public channels
Our General Meetings are a key way for 
all eligible Shareholders to provide 
feedback on the Company and hold an 
open discussion with the CEO, Group 
Finance Director and all Board Directors.

We value holding these meetings in 
person, often at our offices, as a way 
to speak to individual Shareholders, 
and as a time to better understand 
investor views through correspondence 
and voting.

One Annual General Meeting and two 
General Meetings were held in 2020. 
Unfortunately government restrictions 

on gatherings meant these could not 
be held in person or with virtual 
participation. We instead encouraged 
questions to be submitted by email, and 
full explanatory information was sent 
out in advance via email and in hard 
copy where preferred, including a 
personal foreword from the Chair.

We provide scheduled public updates 
on the Group’s financial performance 
typically four times per year. There is 
a live presentation and Q&A session at 
the full-year and half-year results, which 
is simultaneously broadcast digitally if 
the presentation is not fully an online 
one. In 2020, we adjusted the dates of 

these updates to align with the points in 
the Company calendar when the most 
insightful view and guidance could 
be provided.

Significant news, materials from key 
presentations and background on the 
Company are freely available to all 
Shareholders and interested parties on 
the Informa website, wherever they are 
and whatever the size and nature of 
their holding in Informa.

3 7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Individual engagement and 
discrete forums
Institutional investors comprise 95% 
of our Shareholder base. Our top 10 
Shareholders own 43% of Informa’s 
equity. To meet the particular needs 
of this group, we run a dedicated 
institutional investor engagement 
programme that involves the CEO, 
Group Finance Director and investor 
relations team holding one-to-one 
meetings and group meetings, and 
attending larger roundtable events 
organised directly and through 
our brokers.

The majority of these meetings shifted 
seamlessly to video conference calls in 
2020 and in total over 400 meetings 
took place.

This was a marked increase on previous 
years as we sought investor feedback on 
and support for key corporate actions. 
As part of the equity fundraising 
undertaken in April and May for 
example, the Group CEO, Group Finance 
Director and Director of Investor 
Relations held over 30 meetings and 
spoke with over 20 Shareholders over 
five days.

In November and December we also 
undertook a detailed consultation with 
Shareholders to gather input and views 
on a new Remuneration Policy, details 
of which can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 116.

We also regularly receive formal 
correspondence, via letter, from 
Shareholders and groups representing 
Shareholder interests. These are 
considered and responded to, and 
key correspondence is summarised 
and provided to the Board either 
immediately or as part of the next 
scheduled Board meeting. In 2020, 
topics we received feedback on included 
employer support to colleagues through 
the pandemic, ESG ambitions and 
commitments, raising capital to support 
the response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
and the suspension of dividends.

JAN–MAR

Chair’s annual investor roadshow

In-person and broadcast presentation for full-year results

Follow-on meetings with institutional investors, individually 
and at key conferences
110+ meetings held

APR–JUN

Online presentation and individual Q&A sessions to provide 
information on equity placing

General Meeting to approve allotting shares

Annual General Meeting
130 meetings held

JUL–SEPT

OCT–DEC

CEO and Group Finance Director held a series of virtual investor 
roundtables at key industry events

Online presentation for half-year results and virtual  
presentation

Virtual debt investor roadshow for bond issuance
75+ meetings held

CEO and Group Finance Director held a series of virtual investor 
roundtables at key industry events

Board Chair and Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
investor roadshow

General Meeting to approve Remuneration Policy

80+ meetings held

Getting to know the Group
To help investors gain a deeper 
understanding our products and 
services, and how they deliver benefits 
to our customers, Informa holds 
Investor Days that include the chance 
to see our products and meet a wider 
range of management and colleagues.

These are typically held every other 
year and we aim to rotate locations to 
provide access to different teams and 
events. Most recently, this has included 
Washington DC (2015), at a London 
external venue (2017) and in one of our 
London offices (2019).

We also provide trial logins for our 
subscription products and free access to 
physical and virtual events on request.

Debtholder engagement
Investors in Informa debt are able to 
join all of our public results forums and 
access a full range of materials online.

We undertook particularly frequent 
and deep engagement with our debt 
investors in 2020 as we proactively 
moved to reshape the Group’s debt 
profile. This included exchanges with 
the holders of our US private placement 
notes, as we took the option to repay 
these ahead of time in November.

In October and November we issued 
new Euro bond debt, which brought new 
debt investors into the Company, and 
the Group Finance Director and Group 
Treasurer held 10 meetings with over 
20 potential investors to provide insight 
into the Company and take questions.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
3 8

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Championing 
Specialist 
Customers 

The importance of our customers
Customers are at the centre of purpose as a business. We exist to 
champion the specialist customers we serve by connecting them 
with knowledge. The value they place in our brands and products, 
our continued ability to help them learn more, know more and do 
more, and the long-term strength of our customer relationships 
are central to our business model. 

How we understand, respond and engage
Day to day: colleagues at various levels interact with customers 
daily and receive ongoing feedback on products and service levels. 
Formal feedback is through formats such as post-event surveys and 
market research and informs product development. Data on areas 
including satisfaction metrics, product use, content readership, 
marketing effectiveness, renewal levels and new sales are tracked 
to understand customer success. 

The Board: receives updates on customer trends, major 
relationships and KPIs from the Executive Directors and via 
presentations and discussions with Divisional CEOs and 
Finance Directors.

What customers look for 
Expert, timely and trustworthy knowledge and data that address 
their specialist market • Services that help them achieve more 
in their businesses or professional role • Continuous product 
enhancement and development • Responsive customer service 
and proactive account management • Good value

What Informa provides
High quality knowledge-based products • Ongoing investment in 
products, technology and digital delivery • Engaged colleagues who 
understand customers’ markets • Dedicated customer service and 
account teams • Resilient services • Value and choice in packages

I nforma’s purpose – to champion 

the specialist – puts customers 
at the heart of every part of 
our business and reflects our 
primary focus on creating 

successful outcomes for customers. 

What is common among our customers 
is that they tend to be businesses or 
individual professionals who work 
deeply in a particular market and 
look for knowledge, intelligence or 
connections that move their business 
or career forward.

How we serve customers is tailored by 
business area because the nature of our 
relationships varies, as does the market. 
Customers may be individual users of 
a data product or an institution-level 
subscriber, an exhibitor at one or more 
events, a researcher whose work we 
publish, a marketer or sponsor that we 
help to reach a specialist audience, an 
attendee at a virtual festival, a team 
we provide consulting services to or 
a reader of our content.

We seek to work, invest, do business 
and engage in a way that builds strong, 
long-term relationships. 

Connecting people with knowledge
Having a customer-led purpose, to 
connect people with knowledge, means 
that as demand for different types of 
knowledge changes, our teams respond 
and adapt to make sure the knowledge 
we provide and how we deliver it are as 
relevant and effective as possible. 

3 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

and exhibitors. Sponsors and exhibitors 
reported the benefits of being able to 
reach a wider audience online than at an 
event venue and the value of participant 
data, but also the challenges of building 
rapport onscreen. 

Attendees reported that their primary 
objective was to learn, with the 
relevance of the content and the 
organiser’s expertise in their market as 
top factors in choosing an event. 43% 
said socialising and 31% said networking 
was a particular difficulty online. 
Informa Tech’s virtual events scored 
4.1 out of five for overall attendee  
satisfaction. 

Based on these results and to address 
improvements that would bring value 
for customers, our focuses for virtual 
events in 2021 include providing high 
quality attendee data more frequently 
to sponsors and developing more 
effective online networking capabilities. 

Long-term relationships
Our focus on building trusted, long-term 
relationships drove several initiatives 
to support customers in challenging 
circumstances in 2020. 

With access to libraries and therefore 
to physical copies of books severely 
limited, where institutions had 
purchased ebooks for single users, 
Taylor & Francis opened up access to 
unlimited users during the second 
quarter, and also offered discounts for 
libraries to upgrade their access or buy 
additional electronic copies during 
this time. 

Within our Health & Nutrition business, 
Natural Products Expo West is a major 
opportunity for smaller producers of 
natural and organic products to 
showcase their goods to major retailers, 
distributors and investors. When the 
March 2020 event was cancelled at 
short notice, in recognition of the 
considerable business impact and 
potential effect on the community, 
Informa Markets created a $5m fund 
to be distributed among smaller 
businesses and emerging brands, with 
recipients chosen by an independent 
advisory council.

Several Informa brands and businesses 
serve healthcare and pharmaceutical 
customers, while also contributing to 
broader public health, by providing data 
and knowledge on scientific and clinical 
advances in understanding and 
treating disease. 

Many of these communities focused 
their efforts on responding to the 
COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, and we 
worked rapidly to enable our customers, 
as well as other interested parties, to 
access trustworthy data and research 
related to coronaviruses and their 
treatment as easily as possible. 

By early April, our Pharma Intelligence 
business had launched a free content 
hub, openly accessible to anyone to 
understand the progress of different 
COVID-19 clinical trials and treatments. 
A more detailed custom analytics 
dashboard was rapidly developed for 
subscribers to help drug companies 
understand how best to design trials in 
this new area. Additionally, our Skipta 
network created a COVID-19 UNITE 
forum for US physicians from different 
specialisms to access and share trusted 
knowledge on treating patients. 

In Taylor & Francis all relevant journal 
articles and book chapters were 
centralised in a free-to-access 
coronavirus research hub, with new 
research being prioritised for peer 
review and fast-tracked through the 
publication process once approved. 
A dedicated Disease Outbreaks 
research gateway was created by the 

F1000 Research team within Taylor & 
Francis, enabling research findings to 
be shared rapidly and including a wider 
range of formats that might be useful 
to researchers and clinicians, including 
slides and policy briefings. 

In the Aviation industry, customers 
were facing the challenge of replanning 
business strategies as global travel 
ground to a halt. Our Aviation Week 
Network team quickly responded and 
shifted its editorial focus. 

Between mid-March and the end of 
2020, the team produced more than 
30,000 digital articles related to the 
pandemic, with over 5,000 of them 
features, how-to, opinion or forecast 
pieces assisting with situational 
awareness and future planning. 
Over the same period, we held over 100 
Aviation industry webinars, attracting 
over 165,000 registrations in total. 

Enhancing products through 
customer feedback
Customer data and feedback are 
important to informing how we assess 
our impact, develop existing products 
and create new services. One way is 
through formal surveying and in May 
2020 Informa Tech commissioned 
research to understand how customers 
viewed virtual events to help assess fair 
future pricing models. 

Around 2,000 attendees were surveyed 
online with additional in-depth 
telephone interviews with 20 sponsors 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
41

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

4 0

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Successful 
Business 
Partnerships

The importance of business partners
We work with many partners when developing and delivering our 
products and services. Our aim is to build strong and sustainable 
relationships that help us provide a great service to customers 
and reflect our guiding principles; in particular, that success is a 
partnership and trust must be earned. We also take steps to 
mitigate the possibility that a reliance on key counterparties 
disrupts our operations; see page 73 for more on this principal risk. 

How we understand, respond and engage
Day to day: colleagues at various levels interact with business 
partners and suppliers daily around ongoing service delivery and 
new engagements and initiatives. Key strategic partnerships are 
overseen by management to ensure strong two-way dialogue and 
large engagements receive additional support from procurement 
and compliance. 

The Board: receives updates on significant strategic partnerships 
and material supplier engagement and policies through reports 
from the Executive Directors and discussions with the Chief 
Operating Officer and Divisional CEOs. Reviews and approves key 
Company policies and statements, including the annual Modern 
Slavery Statement, and receives updates on policy training rates 
and whistleblowing trends through the Risk Committee. 

What business partners look for
Collaborative relationships that deliver mutual benefit and value 
• Aligned goals and clear expectations • Open and regular 
communications • Prompt payment and efficient account handling

What we provide
Close working relationships • Clear policies and expectations 
on ways of working • Prompt service and efficient processes 
• Fair payment terms

F rom technology providers 

to travel partners, 
exhibition venues and 
professional advisers and 
many more, we work with a 
range of partners to create and deliver 
the specialist knowledge, data and 
connections our customers rely on 
to be successful in their businesses.

We set out to ensure that our 
partnerships are sustainable and of 
mutual benefit to all parties. In all cases, 
we expect suppliers to work in a way 
that aligns with our own standards, 
guiding principles and goals. 

Trusted partnerships
Taking into account each of our Divisions 
and locations around the world, Informa 
works with over 30,000 suppliers and 
partners of different types and sizes. 

Our Business Partner Code of Conduct 
applies to all business partners 
including suppliers, contractors and 
agents. It sets out the standards we 
expect in areas such as treating all of 
their employees fairly, equally and with 
respect, practising ethical business 
and treating data and information 
responsibly, while complying with 
relevant laws and regulations.

The Code was revised in 2020 to 
incorporate Informa’s updated guiding 
principles and to enhance sections on 
data privacy, sustainability and modern 
slavery, reflecting changes to the 
law and Informa’s strengthened 
commitments. It is available on the 
Informa website and all partners are 
expected to follow its principles and 
communicate them to any team 
engaged in work for Informa. 
We reserve the right to terminate any 
contract with a business partner if 
non-compliance with our policies is 
discovered and is repeated, severe or 
cannot be resolved. 

Third parties also have access to our 
whistleblowing service Speak Up and 
are encouraged to report any behaviour 
that violates the law or does not 
meet the requirements of the Code. 
Issues can be reported confidentially in 
multiple languages by phone or online, 
and there is a strict no-retaliation policy. 

Additional processes are in place for 
significant partners and relationships. 
We carry out due diligence on a 

risk-assessed basis and, where 
appropriate, partners categorised as 
strategic due to their size or because 
their service is considered business 
critical undergo enhanced due diligence 
that includes checks on compliance, 
social responsibility and anti-
exploitation of labour. 

Acting responsibly 
Before engaging with new business 
partners or suppliers, we ask them to 
provide strict guarantees with respect 
to data security and the handling of 
personal information and all contracts 
with third parties must include specific 
data privacy obligations. This is 
handled through the OneTrust privacy 
management platform that helps us to 
manage and control our vendor 
information centrally. 

We have a zero-tolerance approach to 
any form of bribery and corruption. It is 
our policy to do business with integrity 
and according to the law, without the 
use of bribery or corrupt practices to 
gain an unfair advantage. Our Anti-
Bribery and Corruption Policy and Gifts 
and Entertainment Policy provide clear 
guidance in this area. All colleagues 
undertook training on these topics in 
2020, with specific training for line 
managers which included guidance on 
gifting and entertainment. New joiners 
receive anti-bribery training to complete 
within 30 days.

As an international business with 
operations in multiple territories, we 
are committed to complying with all 
applicable economic and trade sanction 
laws. In 2020, targeted sanctions training 
took place for colleagues in positions 
most likely to encounter sanctions rules. 
We also developed Division-specific 
guidance to support the Company 
Sanctions Policy which, among other 
things, makes clear where exemptions 
apply that make it possible to continue 
to work with customers in a compliant 
way; for example, individual academics 
based in restricted countries looking to 
publish their research internationally. 

We have an ongoing commitment to 
respecting internationally recognised 
human rights standards, including the 
UN Universal Declaration of Human 
Rights, and report annually in our 
Modern Slavery Statement on action 
taken by Informa and our subsidiaries 
to prevent modern slavery and human 

trafficking within our business and 
supply chain.

Overall, Informa’s exposure to the risk 
of modern slavery is considered 
relatively low. In 2020, less than 6% of 
our expenditure was with suppliers 
located in countries rated high or very 
high risk. In the limited instances where 
we work with partners in locations or 
sectors that could be exposed to the risk 
of labour abuses, such as in timber or 
paper production or hospitality, we put 
additional mitigations in place, including 
specific anti-modern-slavery contractual 
clauses, mid-contract human rights 
audits and onsite monitoring for 
physical events. 

Effective relationships 
In all areas, we want suppliers and 
partners to be able to do business with 
us as easily as possible, including being 
paid in line with our agreed terms. 
In this respect we aim to deliver efficient 
payment practices and operate a clear 
procurement process. 

Despite changes to working practices 
caused by the pandemic, we maintained 

a fully remote service for all supplier 
payments and queries throughout 
2020 and also converted many of our 
suppliers from cheque payment 
processes onto electronic fund transfers 
to speed up payment time and to reduce 
the risk of cheques going missing. 

During 2020, we were alive to both 
the impact of the pandemic on our 
requirements and its impact on our 
partners’ businesses. As part of our 
cost management programme, where 
our business requirements changed, 
we worked with suppliers to adapt 
the nature of our contracts, such as 
reducing the number of licences taken 
for systems where they were no longer 
being used. 

We also worked closely with key 
partners to understand their position 
and collaborate on ensuring service 
continuity. When working with partners 
that are significant to the business but 
perhaps smaller in size, we continue 
to have a practice of extending our 
expertise in areas such as information 
security and data privacy to strengthen 
the partnership and overall service. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
4 2

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

Sustainability 
at Informa 

The importance of sustainability
Becoming an ever more sustainable, positive impact business 
is part of Informa’s business strategy. It matters to many of our 
stakeholders and we believe we have a responsibility to help meet 
the urgent challenges of a changing world, and an opportunity to 
use our brands and products to support our customers and their 
markets to do the same. Our business model makes a relatively 
limited, direct use of natural resources, and we are continually 
working to reduce the impact of this.

How we understand, respond and engage
Day to day: a dedicated central Sustainability team oversees 
strategy and reporting. It also supports business teams with 
embedding and improving performance in their fields and 
identifying new commercial opportunities. Tools and engagement 
programmes encourage and enable all colleagues to participate in 
sustainability initiatives that are relevant to their office, community, 
brand or role.

The Board: approves strategy, including the FasterForward 
programme. The full Board receives updates and discusses progress 
at least twice a year, including presentations from the Head of 
Sustainability covering FasterForward metrics. Directors participate 
in Company community and charity initiatives where practical. 

What stakeholders look for
Understand and manage risks from climate change • Seize business 
opportunities from sustainability and the shift to a low carbon 
economy • Support the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 
• Minimise carbon emissions and waste • Contribute positively to 
society and local communities • Ensure products and services 
support sustainable development • Perform well in relevant 
sustainability indices • Report on progress

What Informa delivers 
Clear commitments, activities and public targets to accelerate 
sustainability and more sustainable business practices • Knowledge 
and content on sustainability embedded into products and brands 
• Initiatives that support local communities, charities and the 
supply chain 

I nforma is an increasingly high 

performing business when it 
comes to sustainability and 
to incorporating strong ESG 
practices into everything we do. 

As a provider of knowledge, information 
and connections to businesses and 
professionals in specialist markets, we 
also believe we can further serve our 
customers, support our communities 
and create benefits for the business by 
embedding sustainability more deeply 
into our products and services. 

After five years of progressive 
investments and improvements in our 
approach to sustainability, we launched 
FasterForward in March 2020: a 
structured programme to accelerate 
the pace and scope of our activities 
between 2020 and 2025 and achieve 
a series of ambitions and targets. 

FasterForward is focused on the areas 
where we believe Informa can have the 
most significant, positive impact: in 
our operations and the delivery of our 
products, in the content and knowledge 
we provide, and in the communities in 
which we work.

Informa’s sustainability efforts are 
increasingly recognised by independent 
parties. We have now been named in 
the DJSI World Index for three 
consecutive years, a key performance 
indicator for the Company. The Group 
was ranked second in the global media 
sector in 2020, scoring in the 99th 
percentile, and we were named 
as an industry mover for strong 
year-on-year improvement. In 2020 we 
were also rated A- by CDP for progress 
and action on environmental matters 
compared with an average score of C 
for companies based in Europe.

Moving faster to zero carbon
As a knowledge and information 
provider, and a company that is 
increasingly digital in its services and 
product delivery, Informa’s direct 
environmental footprint and use of 
natural resources are relatively small. 
We aim to continuously improve the 
impacts of our business operations, 
however, and to help customers and 
partners to do the same. 

Under the Faster to Zero pillar, 
FasterForward commits us to becoming 
carbon neutral as a business and across 

4 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

our products by 2025, which means 
reducing or offsetting emissions from 
our operations and from the creation 
and use of our products. 

certified, audited projects around the 
world that absorb or avoid GHGs  
being emitted. 

We are also committed to becoming a 
net zero carbon company by 2030 at the 
latest. This means reducing emissions 
associated with our business, supply 
chain and the use of our products and 
services by customers as far as practical, 
and compensating for any residual 
carbon emissions by purchasing high 
quality carbon offsets. 

In 2020, we achieved CarbonNeutral 
Company status in line with The 
CarbonNeutral Protocol thanks to the 
success of a series of energy efficiency 
initiatives, including the increased use of 
renewable energy in our offices, as well 
as carbon offsetting.

97% of office electricity used now comes 
from either buying renewable electricity 
from suppliers or generating our own 
renewable power, as we do through 
solar panels installed on our Boulder, US 
and Colchester, UK offices. Overall office 
energy consumption reduced in 2020 
where colleagues were asked to work 
from home by local authorities, as 
described on page 64. 

We now offset 100% of the carbon 
produced by our own business travel, 
including from flights and hotel stays 
by colleagues. While business travel 
was lower than usual in 2020 due to 
pandemic restrictions, where business 
travel happens we compensate for the 
emissions produced by partnering with 
Natural Capital Partners to fund 

Our GHG emissions KPI can be seen on 
page 64. In 2020, taking into account the 
use of renewable energy and carbon 
offsets, we had zero residual carbon 
emissions, More detail on all of these 
developments can be found in the full 
Sustainability Report online.

Reducing carbon and waste  
in our products
Our FasterForward commitments 
include ensuring that Informa’s 
products are carbon neutral and, by 
2025, that they generate half the waste 
they produced in 2019. 

2020 saw the launch of Better Stands, 
an initiative that aims to significantly 
reduce the waste associated with 
physical events. It encourages exhibitors 
in EMEA to phase out disposable 
exhibition booths by 2024 and replace 
them with reusable stands made from 
high quality sustainable materials. 
This both significantly reduces waste 
from the event supply chain and brings 
real benefits to customers, as reusable 
stands are often more cost effective and 
quicker to assemble and disassemble, 
reducing set-up time and cost. Based on 
learnings in EMEA, we hope to expand 
Better Stands to other regions in 
the future. 

Where our physical products create 
emissions from the materials and 
packaging they use or their storage and 
distribution, we are working to reduce 
or compensate for these emissions. 

In Taylor & Francis for example, 
colleagues have trialled removing the 
biodegradable plastic wraps used for 
mailing journal copies and using no 
packaging at all. This so-called naked 
packaging has proved popular with 
customers with little impact on the 
quality of the mailed copy. 

As digital products and services become 
more significant components of what 
we provide, Informa is part of an 
industry collaboration with the 
University of Bristol to better 
understand the carbon footprint of 
digital content so it can be similarly 
mitigated, and initial results from this 
collaboration are expected in 2021.

Sustainability Inside 
Many of our customers are looking to 
become more sustainable in the way 
they do business. By embedding 
relevant sustainability content and 
knowledge into our brands we can serve 
customers in expanded ways, support 
the sustainable development of their 
markets and, we believe, find new 
opportunities for growth. 

Our Sustainability Inside commitment is 
to embed sustainability in all our brands 
by 2025. The way this is done varies 
depending on the market the brand 
serves and its format. 

In our events portfolios, the Informa 
Sustainable Events Management System 
is a structured programme to help 
embed sustainability content, 
communications and broader 
responsible practices inside their brands. 
At its heart are the Fundamentals, a 12 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
4 4

T H E   H E A R T   O F   I N F O R M A   c o n t i n u e d

point checklist of features all events are 
asked to work towards achieving, and in 
its second year of running in 2020, more 
than 25% of submitted events scored 11 
or 12 out of 12.

Specifically, the team behind the Interior 
Design Show in Canada incorporated 
talks on sustainable design and the 
relationship between architecture and 
community life into its 2020 event, and 
hosted a tour of a manufacturing facility 
that uses more sustainable, durable 
materials to inspire the use of longer-
lasting products. 

Taylor & Francis also provides a curated 
online research collection dedicated to 
helping researchers, businesses and 
governments support the UN’s SDGs. 
Called SDG Online, the collection has 
grown since its launch in 2019 and is 
regularly updated with new content, 
with a proportion of the collection 
always free to access.

To help inspire and engage colleagues 
to embed sustainability into products 
they work on, we ran a series of 
FasterForward internal webinars in 
2020. One such webinar saw teams from 
our Asia Pacific Leather Fair, London 
Tech Week, MAGIC, Routes brands and 
Taylor & Francis sharing what they had 
done, their learnings and the outcomes, 
and providing a chance to ask questions. 

Community impact, multiplied
Our content, intelligence, connections 
and data have a positive impact on the 
specialist markets we serve and the 
communities in which we operate. 
That impact is multiplied when we 
improve access to our brands and 
products and invest back into our 
communities. Through our Impact 
Multiplier programme, Informa has 
committed to connecting over 1m 
people to our expert knowledge and 
networks by 2025 who would not 
usually have access. 

Where teams find accessibility gaps, 
they get to work on innovative solutions. 
For example, within our Fashion 
business in Informa Markets, the team 
introduced a Fashion for Change 
incubator programme in 2020 to reduce 
the barriers to entry Black talent can 
face, by providing 10 up-and-coming 
Black-owned brands with marketing 
promotion and mentorship from a 

leading fashion executive, as well as 
access to our digital Fashion events.

In Informa Intelligence, improvements 
have been made to our Primal Pictures 
3D anatomy software to improve 
usability for those with disabilities by 
adding screen reader compatibility, 
keyboard navigation, audio narration, 
subtitles, text and interface scaling and 
colour preference tools. 

Another positive impact Informa has on 
the world is through the economic value 
our events bring to the cities they are 
held in. Spending during our events 
supports local businesses and jobs and 
generates revenues for local authorities. 

Our aim is to contribute $5bn per year 
to event host cities and we have been 
piloting tools that measure this 
economic impact and indicate areas of 
potential growth. In 2019, we estimated 
that Informa events held in Las Vegas, 
a major exhibitions hub, contributed 
over $600m to the city’s economy, 
including around $25m in direct state 
and local taxes. 

Policies and reporting 
In 2020 we created our first stand-alone 
Sustainability Policy to help colleagues 
understand Informa’s commitments at 
a Company level. It sets out how we 
expect everyone who works at Informa 
to act with regard to the environment 
and society and choose outcomes that 
improve our positive impacts across the 
economy, society and the environment.

The Policy also provides transparency 
for external parties, and the Group 
Sustainability team spends time 
engaging with investors, industry bodies 
and index providers to understand their 
interests when it comes to information 
and performance data, enhance our 
disclosures and answer questions. 
Responding to these discussions, we will 
publish an online report in 2021 aligning 
to the framework of the Sustainability 
Accounting Standards Board (SASB).

Informa is committed to meeting the 
recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) and much of our ongoing work to 
more deeply understand and measure 
the risks and opportunities from climate 
change prepares us well for future 
disclosures under TCFD. See page 69 for 
information on this work and progress.

Key sustainability highlights

99th

Ranked in 99th percentile of 
sustainable companies by DJSI

A-

2020 CDP score

97%

Office electricity from 
renewable sources 

100%

Business travel is carbon offset

Carbon 
Neutral 
Company

Certified in accordance with 
The CarbonNeutral Protocol

Section 172 
Statement

4 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Board Directors in the UK 
have a formal duty, under 
Section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006, to consider and 
balance the interests of a 
range of stakeholders as part 
of working to promote the 
success of the Company. 
This section shares how 
Informa’s Directors acted to 
ensure this outcome in 2020.

Long-term thinking for  
our stakeholders
Information on how the Board has 
considered Informa’s stakeholders, 
maintained high standards of conduct 
and fully considered the likely long-term 
consequences of business decisions is 
included here, as an addition to the 
Company’s wider stakeholder activities 
described in detail in the preceding 
Heart of Informa section.

The tables on pages 30, 35, 38, 40 and 42 
set out the Group’s key stakeholders, 
why they are important to the Company 
and how the Board engages with each 
community. This follows an assessment of 
the role different groups play in Informa’s 
business model and in implementing 
strategy, and a determination of who or 
what may be impacted by the decisions 
the Company takes. This helps ensure we 
operate a responsible business with high 
standards of conduct.

Informa’s critical stakeholders are 
colleagues within the business; 
investors and the access to capital 
markets they provide; and customers 
and the strength of relationships with 
them. The Board therefore focuses its 
direct and indirect engagement on these 
groups, closely monitoring feedback and 
relevant trends and applying these 
insights to decision making.

The Directors are also alive to the 
potential impacts and contributions 
the Group can make to the natural 
environment, and to societies and 

communities related to the work 
Informa does. These are important 
groups in their own right, and 
colleagues, investors and customers 
are increasingly indicating they are 
important to their interests too. 

In 2020, the Group formalised its 
approach in this area through the 
launch of FasterForward, a five-year 
programme of activities to make 
Informa a more sustainable, positive 
impact business. We closely monitor this 
programme’s progress and are regularly 
updated on metrics and initiatives.

Other groups play an important role 
on specific matters. While Informa’s 
products and services are not regulated, 
the Group considers and works with 
government bodies and regulators from 
time to time, for example with HMRC on 
UK tax matters, or with pension scheme 
trustees on Informa’s remaining legacy 
defined benefit pension schemes.

Engaging and understanding 
stakeholder interests
While certain forums and channels 
are permanent features of Board 
engagement, our approach is deliberately 
flexible to suit what is effective and 
practical for the business at the time. 
Typically, our understanding of 
stakeholder interests is built and 
maintained through a mixture of direct 
engagement and business-led interaction 
that is effectively reported to the Board, 
and is the product of many years of 
cumulative discussion and consideration. 

The Directors enjoy engaging with 
colleagues directly while receiving 
regular formal updates throughout the 
year on talent trends and activities, 
including Inside Informa Pulse survey 
feedback, diversity initiatives and 
engagement index KPIs.

In 2020, the Board’s direct engagement 
with the Senior Management team 
increased significantly as part of 
supporting the Company’s response 
to the COVID-19 pandemic, while the 
Board’s established in-person colleague 
town hall schedule was unfortunately 
curtailed due to restrictions on 
meetings and gatherings. Nearly 20 
formal Board meetings and calls were 
held with Senior Management through 
the year, on top of scheduled day-to-day 
interactions and exchanges. 

Our nominated colleague engagement 
Director held additional meetings with 
the HR and Compliance teams to 
supplement the Board’s understanding 
of colleague trends through the 
pandemic, with particular focus on 
monitoring feedback, colleague 
engagement and whistleblowing 
activity. The importance of supporting 
colleagues in the workplace through 
such a challenging period led the Board, 
through the Risk Committee, to request 
an assessment of the wellbeing and 
personal support measures on offer 
and a review of what other measures 
might be appropriate.

DISCLOSURE INSIGHT ACTIONINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
4 6

S E C T I O N   1 7 2   S T A T E M E N T   c o n t i n u e d

Board engagement with investors 
is led by the Chair, the Senior Independent 
Director and, where relevant, the Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee. Each year 
we undertake a dedicated Chair’s investor 
roadshow in January and all members 
of the Board are available to meet 
Shareholders on request and engage 
directly at the Group AGM. 

The Board also receives an update from 
the IR Director at each meeting and a 
report that includes data on Shareholder 
movements, feedback from meetings 
and sellside analyst recommendations. 
We spent additional time with investors 
in 2020 to discuss actions taken in 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic such 
as the Group’s equity fundraising, and 
specific governance matters such as 
the new Remuneration Policy and Chair 
succession process.

Informa is a diverse business, working 
in dozens of specialist markets and 
providing a range of products and 
services. As such, we believe customer 
engagement is most effectively carried 
out by the operational teams that 
specialise in those markets and areas. 
The Board gains an understanding of 
customer trends and feedback through 
briefings by the Executive Directors and 
Divisional management teams and by 
tracking financial metrics and trends. 

In July, the Board received detailed 
presentations from the CEOs of the 
event-led businesses to better 
understand customers’ response to 
COVID-19 disruption, forward indicators 
and virtual and digital product 
development. Data on subscription 
activity and renewals, and commitments 
and refund requests for events were 
also discussed in weekly management 
team meetings. In previous years, Board 
Directors have met customers in person 
at Informa events, and this is something 
we hope to be able to return to soon. 

The Group Finance Director oversees 
supplier payment policies, reviewing 
performance and effectiveness with 
the Finance team periodically and 
sharing any material updates with 
Board colleagues. Informa continues 
to submit supplier payment data to 
the UK payment practices portal. 

Critical decisions and  
long-term thinking
Informa’s Directors appreciate the 
framework Section 172 provides for 
making balanced and long-term 
focused decisions. It is our belief that 
synthesising different interests, acting 
fairly, balancing the interests of 
different stakeholders and taking 
decisions that support the Company’s 
long-term success are embedded into 
the way we work, and that all decisions 
are looked at in the round. 

Equally, we seek to set an appropriate 
tone and monitor the Group’s culture 
and the consistent application of its 
purpose to ensure that decisions taken 
throughout the Company support high 
standards of conduct and reputation.

Directors are given guidance and 
reminded of their duties under Section 
172 when they join the Board and at the 
beginning of each Board meeting. 
Each Director brings their own experience 
and expertise to decision making. 

Some Company matters are better suited 
to discussion at a committee level, but 
in practice, key decisions that impact 
stakeholders, or affect the long-term 
success of the Company, are typically 
issues discussed and deliberated by the 
whole of the Board. It is the Chair’s 
responsibility to ensure this decision-
making process reflects the 
responsibilities set out in Section 172. 

Many of the critical matters considered 
at Board level in 2020 involved 
understanding and weighing up the 
interests of different groups, based 
on recent and historical feedback, and 
acting in the long-term interests of all 
parties. These include the decisions to 
restructure, refinance and reschedule 
the Group’s debt, raise new equity, 
pause dividends, take cost and cash 
management measures that impacted 
the business’ operations, formalise the 
FasterForward sustainability plan and 
introduce a new Remuneration Policy. 

Some examples that illustrate our 
approach follow.

Board decision making:  
colleague support
The importance of talent to Informa 
cannot be overstated. Levels of colleague 
engagement are tracked as a KPI and an 
inability to retain talent is identified as 
one of the Group’s principal risks.

As shown on pages 10 and 11, the Group 
introduced a range of measures to 
manage the effects of the pandemic, 
with a key priority being to provide 
support to colleagues throughout. As a 
responsible employer, this reflects the 
Board’s duty of care for colleagues’ 
wellbeing and supporting livelihoods, 
while recognising colleague expertise 
is essential to serving customers 
and delivering products.

As part of weekly COVID-19 management 
calls, the Board discussed and approved 
the introduction of colleague 
support measures, including enhanced 
information and support services, as well 
as the creation of a ring-fenced fund for 
colleagues whose households faced 
particular financial difficulties as a result 
of the pandemic.

In June, colleagues were asked directly 
for their views on future cost saving 
measures in an Inside Informa Pulse 
survey, with the results informing 
the Board and management’s future 
actions, including the introduction of a 
balanced working model which enabled 
the Group to manage its real estate 
more effectively. This model offers 
colleagues greater flexibility in the 
future to balance time spent working 
from home with office-based work. 

The Board maintained a close focus 
on the Group’s financial position, the 
success of virtual events products and 
broader customer feedback and market 
data throughout the year. 

As the full disruption to Informa’s events 
schedule unfolded, the Board and 
leadership team were clear there was a 
need to further reduce costs to match 
the business’ position, with a clear 
priority to minimise the impact on 
colleague roles or salaries.

47

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

In adopting this approach, the 
Directors considered pros and cons 
for Shareholders, the advantage being 
that all institutional Shareholders were 
eligible to participate, but the nature 
of the placing, managed through an 
accelerated book build, meaning that 
there would be a relatively limited 
window for investors to make a decision. 
In addition, at the time, there was no 
established mechanism for enabling 
retail Shareholders to participate. 

On balance, the need to act quickly 
was considered paramount, and this 
approach was prioritised over other 
structures that were likely to create 
significant uncertainty in the trading 
of Informa shares, which would be 
detrimental to the value of all investors’ 
shareholdings as well as to confidence 
in the Company. 

  Derek Mapp

Chair

Recognising Informa is a largely 
international business, the Board and 
leadership team took the decision not 
to access furlough or other support 
schemes in the UK, relying on our own 
actions and initiatives. These were 
largely focused on the removal of all 
discretionary costs, minimising travel, 
pausing non-essential projects and 
further reducing the Group’s real 
estate footprint. 

As it affected colleagues, the vast 
majority were achieved through a 
sabbatical programme, a voluntary 
severance programme and delayed or 
highly controlled recruitment. 

Board decision making: equity placing
The Board is fully involved in all matters 
relating to the Group’s capital structure, 
and in 2020 this included the decision 
and final approval to pursue a non-pre-
emptive placing of shares representing 
just under 20% of Informa’s equity.

The path that led to this decision 
involved a wide range of detailed 
discussions between the Non-Executive 
Directors, the Executive Directors, the 
Group’s Senior Management team and 
external advisers. 

These were centred on the various 
options open to the Company to build 
stability and security in financing and 
the balance sheet, given the ongoing 

disruption and uncertainty created by 
COVID-19, ensuring management could 
focus on managing the business, its 
brands and customer relationships for 
the long term.

In addition to the ongoing assessment 
of the Group’s operating and financial 
position, the Board took advice from the 
IR team and external advisers on investor 
sentiment towards the Group and more 
generally towards capital raisings in the 
current climate. 

This included direct feedback and 
encouragement from some Shareholders 
to consider raising capital to secure the 
Group’s position. Together, this provided 
reassurance and strong indications of 
support for an equity raise. 

The Board assessed the different options 
available for raising equity and considered 
the scale of capital that might be required, 
weighing up trading scenarios for the 
remainder of 2020 and the implications 
on profits, cash and leverage. 

It was concluded that it was in the best 
interests of the Company, colleagues and 
Shareholders to act at speed to minimise 
uncertainty and to issue up to 20% of 
share capital to ensure the Company had 
ample liquidity and financial flexibility to 
the other side of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
4 8

D I V I S I O N A L   S N A P S H O T

A snapshot  
of our five  
Divisions

Informa Connect delivers major, 
branded, content-driven in-person 
and virtual events and digital  
platforms.

Informa Markets creates 
opportunities for international 
markets to meet, trade, innovate 
and grow.

Informa Tech helps businesses 
in the technology market and 
professionals interested in tech to 
connect, learn more and do more.

These allow professionals working 
in Finance & Investment, Biotech 
& Pharma, and several more 
specialist markets to connect, learn 
and share knowledge in different 
ways, all year round.

We serve businesses working in 
one of more than 10 specialist 
markets, helping them research 
trends, find and showcase 
products, generate leads and 
complete sales through large-scale 
physical exhibitions, virtual events, 
specialist digital content and 
data solutions.

We are a market-led business, 
providing knowledge and 
connections around technologies 
including enterprise IT and cyber 
security, and in sectors including 
entertainment and service 
providers, delivered through 
events, training, data and research, 
digital media and consultancy.

Informa Intelligence provides high 
quality and critical intelligence and 
data services to businesses and 
professionals working in complex 
and fast-moving markets, including 
Pharma, Finance and Maritime.

We help customers make better 
informed decisions, spot 
opportunities and gain 
competitive edge.

Taylor & Francis commissions, 
curates, produces and publishes 
scholarly research and advanced 
learning in specialist subject  
categories.

By working with leading authors, 
researchers, scholars and 
professionals, we enable critical 
knowledge to be discovered and 
shared and help academic and 
research communities make 
new breakthroughs.

£124m
2020  
revenue

£(24m)
Adjusted  
operating loss 

£524m
2020  
revenue

£(26m)
Adjusted  
operating loss 

£151m
2020  
revenue

£(2m)
Adjusted  
operating loss 

£305m
2020  
revenue

£103m
Adjusted  
operating profit 

£556m
2020  
revenue

£216m
Adjusted  
operating profit

 Read more on pages 50 to 55

 Read more on pages 56 to 59

 Read more on pages 60 to 63

4 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Additional detail on each 
Division’s performance 
follows in this section 
and can also be found 
in the Financial Review 
(starting on page 82) and 
Financial Statements 
(starting on page 146).

Where alternative 
performance measures 
are used, definitions can 
be found in the glossary 
(page 227).

Revenue by Division 

2020 2019

Taylor & Francis 

   34%

19%

Informa Markets 

   32%

50%

Informa Intelligence    18%

12%

Informa Tech 

9%

9%

Informa Connect 

7%

10%

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020  
  
 
 
5 0

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   E V E N T - L E D   B U S I N E S S E S

51

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Event-led 
Businesses

Smart, specialist 
connections, in 
person and digitally

I nforma has three Divisions 

whose brands connect 
professionals and businesses 
with one another, convene 
communities and markets and 
deliver specialist knowledge through 
physical and virtual events, as well as 
through an increasing range of smart, 
digital services and specialist content.

Informa Markets connects buyers 
and sellers, helping them discover 
products and trade, and supporting 
the flow of business and commerce in 
over a dozen specialist international 
markets, including Pharma Ingredients, 
Health & Nutrition, Aviation and Brand 
Licensing. Informa Markets’ brands 
deliver physical exhibitions, virtual 
events, specialist digital content and 
data solutions.

In Informa Connect, our brands serve 
professionals who come to meet, 
network, discuss and learn. We deliver 
specialist content and live experiences 
at in-person physical events and 
through digital platforms, and work 
deeply in markets including Finance & 
Investment and Biotech & Pharma.

Informa Tech is a market-led business, 
championing specialists who work in 
technology and those who want to apply 
the latest technology to their business. 
We have leading brands in areas such 
as cyber security, artificial intelligence 
and enterprise IT, that deliver specialist 
connections and high quality content, 
research and training through 
subscription products, digital 
services, in-person and virtual 
events and festivals.

Informa Markets, Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech are each home to strong, 
established brands, many of which are 
a focal point for the specialist market, 
audience or community they serve. 
They operate at scale, with international 
reach and depth.

Their revenues are generated through 
a variety of products and services built 
around specialist brands, often with an 
event as the focus. Here, exhibitors 
purchase stand space to showcase their 
products, attendees may pay to attend 
and sponsors and marketers pay for 
ways to reach their target audiences 
and promote their brands effectively.

We are increasingly delivering 
connections and benefits to our 
customers, markets and audiences 
through a broader range of formats 
and services, including high quality 
media, specialist digital content and 
data-driven marketing services.

Business performance in 2020
Informa Markets, Informa Connect 
and Informa Tech were significantly 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in 
2020, with physical events of all types 
unable to take place in most regions for 
the majority of the year.

January and February are typically busy 
periods for physical events in EMEA and 
North America, and a quieter period in 
China due to the seasonal break for the 
new year. Through this period, a number 
of major brands delivered strong 
performances, including Informa 
Markets’ Arab Health in Dubai and 
World of Concrete in Las Vegas, and 
Informa Connect’s SuperReturn 
International in Berlin.

As the scale of COVID-19’s disruption 
became clear, we shifted our focus 
to prioritise the health and safety of 
customers and colleagues and focus on 
preserving the long-term value of our 
brands and customer relationships.

In March, we launched the 
Postponement Programme across 
Informa Markets, Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech. This saw us proactively 
reschedule over 250 in-person events 
and look for opportunities to reformat 
physical events into virtual events and 
create new digital services, maintaining 
the visibility of our brands and our 
offering to customers. Between March 
and June, we ran virtually no physical 
events anywhere in the world.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
5 2

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   E V E N T - L E D   B U S I N E S S E S   c o n t i n u e d

As public health conditions improved 
in Mainland China and government 
restrictions eased, there was a 
progressive return to physical events 
in the country from June. Informa  
Markets, which has a strong presence in 
the region, ran a range of events during 
the second half. This included successful 
editions of major brands such as China 
Beauty Expo, where strong domestic 
participation balanced the limited 
number of international attendees 
due to ongoing travel restrictions.

In the last few months of 2020, Informa 
Markets also restarted some physical 
events in Thailand, Hong Kong, Taiwan, 
Egypt and Japan, as well as the outdoor 
Fort Lauderdale International Boat 
Show in Florida, US. All locations 
followed Informa AllSecure’s enhanced 
safety and hygiene measures described 
on pages 18 and 19.

The inability to hold physical events 
in multiple markets had a significant 
impact on Divisional revenues. 
Informa Markets’ 2020 revenue was 
£524m, an underlying revenue decline 
of 63%. Informa Connect’s revenue for 
the year was £124m, down 55% on an 
underlying basis and in Informa Tech, 
underlying revenue declined 46% 
to £151m.

We put considerable focus on customer 
engagement and customer service over 
this period. Requests for refunds as 
a result of postponed events were 
relatively low, indicating continued 
strong support for our event brands 
and the return of physical events as 
circumstances permit.

Outside of Mainland China and some 
other parts of Asia, the absence of 
physical events led to greater focus on 
developing our virtual events portfolio 
and expanding our range of digital 
content and marketing services.

We held over 500 virtual events of 
different sizes and formats during the 
year. As the examples on the following 
pages show, these ranged from 
multi-day and multi-week international 
festivals based around specialist 
content, online networking and product 
tours and showcases, to expert-led 
webinars and facilitated matchmaking 
events, supporting professionals, 

businesses, sellers and buyers, and 
sponsors and marketers with their 
commercial activity and career 
development. In aggregate, virtual 
events, digital services and digital, 
media, data, research and marketing 
services delivered over £300m in 
revenue across the three Divisions 
in 2020.

Informa Tech’s performance was also 
supported by resilience in its specialist 
content, data and research businesses. 
Its subscription research business, 
which accounted for nearly 50% of 
Divisional revenue in 2020, was 
rebranded as Omdia early in the year, 
following the combination of our Ovum, 
Tractica and Heavy Reading brands with 
the majority of IHS Markit’s Technology 
portfolio in 2019.

Following its relaunch, Omdia has been 
steadily establishing its new brand in 
the market and growing its reach with 
customers, supported by the launch of 
an improved research portal providing 
access to all Omdia knowledge in  
one place. 

Seizing market trends
Like many industries, the exceptional 
experience of the pandemic has 
accelerated the adoption of digital 
services among our customers, creating 
demand for virtual products that can 
deliver smart connections and 
specialist knowledge.

A Global Exhibitions Insights Recovery 
survey conducted by Explori in July 2020 
showed that over half of exhibitors from 
Asia, the Middle East, Europe and the 
Americas had been involved with virtual 
events since the onset of the pandemic. 
Over 80% of exhibition visitors from 
these regions also reported interest in 
attending hybrid events that mixed 
physical and digital elements.

Virtual events lack the intimacy and 
immediacy offered by physical events 
but offer other advantages that provide 
complementary and additional sources 
of value. They are not constrained by 
venue capacity and can attract a wider 
audience across multiple time zones, 
expanding the brand’s reach and 
attracting attendees who would not 
normally travel to attend an event. 
Virtual events can also generate deep 
pools of data from tracking how people 

interact at a granular level, providing 
valuable insights into customer 
behaviour and preferences.

Over recent years, Informa Markets, 
Informa Connect and Informa Tech 
have steadily expanded the range of 
complementary digital services that 
connect customers and deliver content 
and product opportunities year round. 

We are now increasing this commitment 
through our Smart Connections 
programme, a series of initiatives 
designed to significantly accelerate 
the development of virtual events and 
digital and data-enabled products. 
By leveraging our scale, the strength of 
our brands, customer relationships and 
knowledge of specialist markets, we see 
an opportunity to create a range of new 
smart solutions to complement our 
physical events and expand the way 
we serve customers.

Work to enhance our digital capabilities 
and expand our virtual events portfolio 
does not diminish our commitment to 
physical events. There remains strong 
demand for a safe return to physical 
events at scale, with the Explori survey 
indicating over 60% of exhibitors from 
Europe and the Americas plan to attend 
events as often as or more frequently 
than before the pandemic. 

One way we are preparing for this 
is through our Informa AllSecure 
standards, providing authorities 
and participants with confidence 
that as events return, they offer 
high standards of hygiene and safety. 
We are continuously looking at ways 
to develop these measures, such as by 
trialling rapid COVID-19 onsite testing. 

Ensuring physical events are sustainable 
as well as innovative experiences is 
also important to customers and a 
key element of our Company-wide 
FasterForward commitments. 

This has led to the launch of initiatives 
such as Better Stands, which seeks 
to reduce waste at exhibitions, and 
Sustainability Inside, through which 
customers of every Informa event 
can expect to find relevant content 
or programming about sustainable 
developments in their own market 
embedded into the product (see pages 
42 to 44 for more).

5 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

60%+

Exhibitors from Europe and the 
Americas plan to attend physical events 
as or more frequently post-pandemic

£300m+

2020 revenues from virtual events, 
digital marketing services, digital 
media, data and research

Progressing in 2021
Outside of Mainland China, 2021 is 
likely to be a year of staged return 
for physical events rather than full 
rebound and recovery, as vaccine 
and testing programmes progress, 
markets gradually reopen and the 
confidence to meet and travel starts to 
return. Our Postponement Programme 
has been extended to late spring and 
early summer 2021, with the majority 
of physical events outside Mainland 
China currently weighted from 
September onwards. 

While a small number of secondary 
events may not return after the 
pandemic, the shape of our portfolio 
and its focus on major brands in major 
international hubs leave us well placed 
overall. This is illustrated by continued 
customer interest and commitments to 
these major brands, and encouraging 
rebooking trends in Mainland China. 

Our event-led businesses are focused 
on making the most of opportunities to 
hold physical events as they arise, by 
remaining flexible in our approach to 
dates, venues and customers.

At the same time, we are simultaneously 
focused on maximising the reach of our 
specialist media, content and marketing 
services and the revenues they 
generate, while carefully managing costs 
and preserving cash, and using this time 

to strengthen our digital capabilities and 
accelerate the development of virtual 
events and smart digital services.

On the other side of the pandemic, 
we believe customers will increasingly 
demand deeper integration of data and 
digital technology into and alongside 
physical event products. This presents 
an opportunity to deepen customer 
relationships and improve both the 
quality and quantum of revenue from 
major brands.

Our Smart Connections programme is 
focused on this area, developing digital 
platforms and product development 
capabilities, securing technology 
partners and further developing the 
skills and capabilities of our colleagues. 
It also includes a project to enhance 
data collection and data management 
and establish greater data consistency 
across the businesses.

In Informa Tech, Informa Connect and 
specific areas of Informa Markets, the 
relevance and quality of our specialist 
content and research remain key for 
retaining customers and expanding 
our audience reach. Maintaining this 
depends on the continued strength of 
our subject matter experts, who provide 
differentiated views, unique insights 
and deep knowledge of their specialist 
areas of focus.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
5 4

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   E V E N T - L E D   B U S I N E S S E S   c o n t i n u e d

Virtual Events: 
A World of 
Possibilities

2020 saw Informa Markets, Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech expand and enhance their virtual 
events portfolio, with major brands maximising 
the possibilities provided by new formats and 
fast-evolving features to connect and serve our 
markets and customers.

Making critical partnerships, online
BIO-Europe, an Informa Connect brand, 
helps biotech companies find partners 
and connect with investors who can 
support them in bringing innovative 
products to market. Its showcase spring 
event is typically held in March in a major 
European city, but as the reach and 
seriousness of COVID-19 became clear, 
BIO-Europe Spring was one of the first 
large-scale events we transformed, at 
pace, into a fully digital experience.

Pam Putz, Managing Director for EBD, 
said: ‘The meetings that take place 
at BIO-Europe Spring drive valuable 
dealmaking for the rest of the year. 
Customers told us they wanted the 
partnering activity that takes place onsite 
still to happen, and serving that need 
became our overriding priority.’

In less than three weeks, the team built 
a virtual event designed to enable the 
industry to connect and for investment 
and funding to continue. Our advanced 
partnering software partneringONE 
had registered thousands of meeting 
requests. Through a secure video 
conferencing facility, these were 
converted into digital meetings. 

With companies distributed all over the 
world, the team extended the event’s 
duration, making meeting slots available 
earlier and later in the European day and 
adding extra days. This allowed US West 
Coast and Asia-based companies to be 
involved more easily and increased the 
partnership opportunities available to 
biotech companies. BIO-Europe Spring 
Digital also featured live panel 
discussions and company showcase 
pages, allowing businesses to upload 
video and presentations for attendees to 
access according to their own schedules. 

More accessible than ever
Informa Tech’s Black Hat events 
are among the leading, specialist 
cyber security event series in the world, 
providing the global security community 
with the latest research, trends and best 
practices through high quality content, 
training and demonstrations of new 
infosecurity technology. 

In May, three months ahead of its flagship 
Black Hat USA event, the team announced 
its full focus on a comprehensive virtual 
event and received strong support from 
sponsors, speakers and thousands of 
delegates from the Black Hat community. 

This allowed for planning a high quality 
digital experience that reflected the 
breadth and depth for which Black Hat 
is known. 

Over six days, Black Hat USA delivered 
over 90 conference sessions and 60 open 
source demonstrations in 18 tracks of 
content. A virtual business hall featured 
themed product zones, a vendor showcase 
and nearly 50 sessions led by sponsors and 
partners. A separate virtual classroom 
environment provided nearly 80 technical 
courses led by experts from around the 
world and delivered concurrently to Black 
Hat’s global audience.

With much content delivered via video, 
the team prioritised working with 
technology partners well equipped to 
handle the large volume of concurrent 
content, with resilient live video 
broadcasting capabilities and a video-
on-demand service. These were stress 
tested and underwent rigorous security 
screening to minimise the risk of 
disruption, and audiences had access to 
real-time IT support in case of issues. 

Steve Wylie, General Manager at Black 
Hat, said: ‘We found that the virtual event 
made Black Hat even more accessible 
to our global audience. The virtual 
environment also provided delegates 
with tremendous value, with the ability 
to access the content on demand for 
30 days following the event. Seeing the 
entire event come to life and the active 
engagement from people all over the 
world was very gratifying.’

5 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

A festival of natural products 
For the team behind Natural Products 
Expo West and Expo East in Informa 
Markets, 2020 provided a chance to 
revisit what the brands provide to the 
organic and natural food, supplements, 
personal care and other consumer 
packaged goods community – 
connections, specialist content and 
product discovery – and rethink how 
to deliver that through technology.

This led to the creation of Spark Change, 
a 12-week digital festival to help natural 
products brands connect and promote 
their products to retail buyers and 
distributors, investors and influencers, 
and to enable marketers and sponsors 
to reach this specialist audience. 

Jessica Rubino, New Hope Network’s 
Executive Director of Content, said: 
‘The challenges we faced in 2020 
allowed us to be truly innovative in how 
we deliver value to our industry, creating 
new ways to support product discovery, 
networking and education in the natural 
products community.’

A key element was the Spark Change 
Product Discovery Zone, a way for 
participants to discover brands, talk 
to companies and learn about product 
sourcing virtually. The festival also 
incorporated Pitch Slam, where 
emerging brands pitched for a $90,000 
investment, and the Spotlight Brand 
Podium that saw young brands, with a 
particular focus on those from Black, 
Indigenous and people of colour (BIPOC) 
communities, share their stories via live 
stream video with buyers trying 
samples from home. Industry insight 
was delivered through keynotes and 
high quality sponsored content. 

To make the festival easy to navigate 
and relevant to every part of the 
community, there were specialist 
streams around regenerative 
agriculture, modern health and 
mission-driven business. All the while, 
video tutorials were provided to help 
attendees and exhibitors make the most 
of the experience. Spark Change’s team 
at New Hope Network reported on 
key developments from the festival 
throughout, extending its reach and 
maintaining its profile.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
5 6

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   I N F O R M A   I N T E L L I G E N C E

Informa 
Intelligence

57

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Specialist data 
and intelligence

I nforma Intelligence provides 

critical data and specialist 
intelligence to businesses 
looking for trusted, up-to-the-
minute knowledge to inform 

their decision making.

We focus on four main specialist 
markets: Pharma, Finance, Maritime 
and Infrastructure assets. Our Pharma 
Intelligence business provides data and 
expert insight on clinical trials and drug 
development through leading brands 
such as Trialtrove, Citeline and Scrip.

Our Financial Intelligence business 
delivers intelligence and benchmarking 
data to retail banks under the FBX 
brand, and real-time data and analysis 
on international investment fund flows 
through the EPFR brand.

Maritime Intelligence is a leading 
platform for high quality data, analytics 
and intelligence on global shipping. 
Through the Lloyd’s List brand, we serve 
the range of businesses tracking the 
movement of freight and vessels in 
maritime trade, from ship builders and 
operators to commodity producers 
and traders, banks, insurers, lawyers 
and governments.

Our Asset Intelligence business provides 
pricing data and information on heavy 
construction equipment, commercial 

vehicles and other infrastructure 
assets. Through brands such as 
EquipmentWatch, PriceDigests and 
FleetSeek we serve construction 
businesses, government and state 
departments and those who sell, lease, 
finance and insure equipment, helping 
them make high value decisions in 
investment projects.

Each of the markets we serve is 
large, complex and international. 
Generalist data and historical 
information are not enough; businesses 
want specialist insight, real-time data 
and expert analysis based on deep 
sector knowledge, at the touch of 
a button.

Our subscription-based, digital 
intelligence and data brands help 
customers understand trends, review 
their competitive positioning, inform 
their business and go-to-market 
strategy, shape new products and 
make investments with confidence.

Informa Intelligence in 2020
Informa Intelligence entered 2020 as a 
more focused and streamlined business, 
following the sale of our Agribusiness 
Intelligence portfolio and Industry & 
Infrastructure media brands in 2019.

The Division performed consistently 
well, delivering another year of good 
growth, with underlying revenue growth 
of 1.8% (2019: 3.3%) and a steady 
improvement in profitability, with an 
underlying adjusted operating profit 
growth of 4.7%.

This performance was despite the 
impact of the Division’s small portfolio 
of event brands, mainly comprising 
industry award ceremonies affiliated 
with an intelligence brand. These were 
postponed due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, affecting revenues, but 
increased portfolio focus and cost 
management meant a minimal impact 
on Divisional profit.

Digital subscriptions are the backbone 
of Informa Intelligence, accounting 
for over 90% of Divisional revenue, 
with remaining revenue from 
complementary marketing services 
and specialist consulting in areas 
such as Pharma and Finance. 
Subscription renewal rates have 
remained high at more than 90% by 
value across the portfolio. Our UK 
construction intelligence business, 
Barbour ABI, fell slightly below this rate 
due to lower levels of industry activity.

To understand customer trends, 
engagement and value we track a range 
of KPIs including pre- and at-expiry 
subscription renewal rates, the 
annualised value of customer contracts, 
product usage, sales pipelines and new 
business activity. Across the portfolio, 
annualised contract values were positive 
and new business activity healthy 
throughout 2020, including in the 
final quarter.

Each of Informa Intelligence’s four main 
businesses performed well in 2020. 
This included particularly strong 
demand for Pharma Intelligence 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
5 8

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   I N F O R M A   I N T E L L I G E N C E   c o n t i n u e d

• 

Informa Intelligence 
in numbers

•  Subscription focused: over 90% 

of 2020 revenues were from 
subscriptions, with 4% from 
marketing services. We have over 
25,000 subscribers with us and 
over 111,000 active users across 
our products

•  Digital: 99% of Divisional 

revenue is from digital products

•  Deep data sets: in Pharma 

Intelligence our data is drawn 
from over 350,000 clinical trials 
in 180 countries. In Maritime 
Intelligence we receive, 
standardise, verify and enhance 
310m automated identification 
system (AIS) messages daily, and 
our database tracks information 
on 240,000 maritime companies 
and 190,000 ship owners and 
operators. EPFR Fund Flows 
tracks over $45tn in assets

•  Expert: over 550 analysts and 
editors work in the business

products, reflecting the quality of our 
brands, continued investment in our 
platforms and a buoyant market 
backdrop. In late 2020, our clinical trial 
intelligence portfolio expanded with the 
addition of TrialScope, a platform used 
by pharma companies to disclose trial 
results, ensure compliance and engage 
trial patients. As described on pages 38 
and 39, Pharma Intelligence supported 
the global race for COVID-19 vaccines 
and treatments by creating new 
packages, formats and dashboards to 
deliver critical insight to subscribers 
and broader interested parties.

Financial Intelligence launched the FBX 
brand as a single proposition for all 
our retail consumer banking-related 
services, enabling us to more effectively 
promote the business and connect 
individual products into packaged 
solutions for customers. FBX and EPFR 
continue to grow strongly, balanced by 
a less consistent performance in our 
wealth management and fixed income 
information businesses.

Seizing market trends
The opportunity for continued growth 
is influenced by how our customer 
markets grow and evolve, and the 
opportunity for data and specialist 
intelligence to help inform critical 
business decisions.

In recent years, we have taken steps 
to focus our intelligence portfolio on 
markets we believe are attractive and 
where we have strong brands and 
positions, such as in pharma and retail 
financial services. Maritime is another 
example. Despite the short-term impact 
on global trade from the pandemic in 
2020, the United Nations Conference 
on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) 
expects maritime trade to return to 
growth quickly and forecasts nearly 5% 
growth in 2021.

Across Informa Intelligence, a key factor 
in serving customers well, attracting 
new subscribers and delivering 
consistent growth is the level and 
quality of product development.

Customers expect continuous product 
improvements and enhancements: in 
how products are delivered and how 
they integrate with their systems 
through APIs, in upgrades to 
dashboards, data visualisation tools 

and content platforms and in the 
addition of new content and data sets.

There are also opportunities to develop 
new products by extracting deeper 
insights from our data, applying more 
sophisticated processing tools to 
large data sets and using artificial 
intelligence-based analytics to create 
predictive intelligence services.

We have continuously invested in our 
intelligence products since Informa’s 
2014-2017 Growth Acceleration Plan and 
ongoing product development is a major 
focus across all our brands.

In 2020 FBX launched its Digital Banking 
Hub, which provides intelligence on how 
consumers use digital finance services 
from over 200 product providers, 
enabling banks and credit card 
companies to benchmark themselves 
and develop their services.

In Maritime, we are upgrading and 
expanding products to help customers 
manage compliance risk and reduce 
compliance costs. This includes 
real-time monitoring services that 
detect deceptive shipping practices and 
predictive analytics that can identify 
likely risk and abnormal behaviour.

Progressing in 2021
Informa Intelligence is entering 2021 in 
a strong financial position, with high 
subscription renewal rates, positive 
annualised contract values and strong 
new business pipelines. Together, this 
should help the business deliver 
continued improvement in underlying 
revenue growth.

We will continue to invest in our 
products and digital and data 
capabilities, deepen our market 
positions and enhance the value we 
provide customers, further embedding 
our solutions in their workflows.

As in other areas of the Company, 
Informa Intelligence relies on attracting 
and retaining talent and making the 
most of colleagues’ expertise. In 2021, 
recruitment activities will focus on 
more sales and customer facing talent 
in several areas, and in Pharma 
Intelligence, leadership development 
programmes and succession planning 
work will help us engage colleagues 
and ensure opportunities to learn. 

Going Deeper in 
Clinical Trials

59

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

In 2020, with research 
institutes and pharma 
companies around the world 
racing to find vaccines and 
treatments for COVID-19, 
the importance of safe and 
effective clinical trials 
found a much wider 
public audience.

Pharma Intelligence has long been a 
trusted provider of data and intelligence 
in this area, helping pharma, medical 
and research organisations with their 
clinical, commercial and market access 
strategies and, in turn, contributing to 
their work on improving healthcare and 
patient outcomes.

We are increasingly focused on 
deepening our capabilities and 
supporting our customers at every 
stage of a clinical trial, from the data 

and intelligence that help them identify 
a market, design a successful trial, select 
a site and recruit patients, to reporting 
and disclosing results, meeting 
regulatory requirements and bringing 
a drug to market.

In 2019, Pharma Intelligence launched 
Citeline Engage, which helps connect 
those looking for appropriate trial 
patients with a wide online network of 
US healthcare professionals, ultimately 
driving quicker and more successful 
patient recruitment.

In late 2020, we welcomed TrialScope 
to Pharma Intelligence, an innovative 
platform used by pharma companies 
to gather, report and disclose their trial 
results, ensuring regulatory compliance 
and transparency. Its newest service, 
TrialScope Connect, uses an innovative 
crowdsourced model to recruit suitable 
trial patients at speed.

The addition of TrialScope represents 
an expansion into compliance services 
and an extension to our workflow and 
patient recruitment capabilities. 
Going into 2021, Pharma Intelligence 
is seeking to make the most of its 
international footprint and increasing 
breadth and depth of services, building 
on these recent additions and product 
launches and strengthening our 
relationships, reach and value 
to customers.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
6 0

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   T A Y L O R   &   F R A N C I S

Taylor & 
Francis

Knowledge that advances society

T aylor & Francis is one 

of the world’s leading 
publishers of specialist, 
advanced research 
and knowledge.

Taylor & Francis curates and publishes 
high quality peer-reviewed research 
conducted by scientists, professionals 
and leading thinkers at universities, 
research and development labs and 
institutions. This research helps 
other specialists learn more and 
make advances in their field of 
study, contributing to progress in 
broader society.

We publish knowledge in dozens of 
categories across the Humanities, 
Social and Behavioural Sciences, 
Science, Technology and Medicine 
under well-known brands including 
Routledge, CRC Press and Dove 
Medical Press.

61

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Taylor & Francis is involved at every 
step in the process of disseminating 
expert knowledge: from commissioning 
research and assessing submissions, 
co-ordinating expert reviews, editing, 
producing and publishing knowledge in 
various formats, digitising and meta-
tagging content to make it discoverable, 
delivering technology that maximises 
its reach and use, promoting collections 
and the latest findings, working with 
customers to make the most of their 
subscriptions, and supporting authors, 
editors and reviewers in their work.

What makes Taylor & Francis different 
is the depth of our content, reputation 
of our publishing brands, global reach 
of our partnerships with researchers, 
societies and institutions, investment 
in our digital infrastructure and 
growing position in newer areas 
such as open access (OA) and 
open research.

Taylor & Francis in 2020
Taylor & Francis performed resiliently 
despite the COVID-19 pandemic causing 
disruption to university campuses and 
our supply chain.

Taylor & Francis delivered underlying 
revenue growth that was broadly flat, 
with a decline of 0.2% versus an 
increase of 2.4% in 2019. These results 
were underpinned by strong digital 
subscription renewals, where 
subscriptions represent nearly 60% of 
revenue. Customer service satisfaction 
levels also increased to 82% from 78% 
in 2019.

Growth was impacted by disruption to 
our printed advanced learning products 
in the second quarter, with travel 
restrictions and lockdown measures 
affecting production sites and 
distribution and leading to the closure 
of university bookshops. These issues 

improved steadily through the second 
half with stock availability and customer 
ordering patterns returning to more 
normal trends, and revenue from 
ebooks also growing significantly. 
These now account for 40% of 
book sales.

2020 saw developments and good 
growth in our OA research business. 
Taylor & Francis added F1000 Research 
to its portfolio in January, marking 
our expansion into open research 
and publishing services. OA article 
submissions grew 30% over the year 
and we continued to work with 
customers on more flexible agreements, 
which provide a blend of access to 
subscription content with the ability 
to pay to publish OA articles. Taylor & 
Francis signed its first such read and 
publish agreement in North America, 
securing a three-year deal with the Ohio 
State University Libraries.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
6 2

D I V I S I O N A L   R E V I E W :   T A Y L O R   &   F R A N C I S   c o n t i n u e d

Taylor & Francis in numbers

•  Depth of content: we publish 

2,500 journals and have a books 
backlist of 160,000 titles. In 2020 
we published nearly 7,000 new 
book titles and saw 275m articles 
downloaded from T&F Online

•  Open access options: over 99% 
of journals offer OA publishing 
options and we have 275 OA 
journals. 17% of 2020 published 
articles were OA

•  A digital publisher: nearly 60% 
of revenue came from digital 
products and platforms in 2020 
and ebook orders now account 
for 40% of book sales

•  Global business: 50% of 

revenues come from North 
America with 24% from the UK 
and Europe and 6% from China

Our commitment to high quality 
research was reflected through several 
new partnerships with learned societies. 
These included an agreement to publish 
journals for the American Real Estate 
Society and the Clinical and Experimental 
Optometry journal for Optometry 
Australia. The agreements add valuable 
specialist content to our portfolio 
while providing the societies with an 
international distribution platform, 
ensuring their research and brand 
reaches the widest possible audience.

Taylor & Francis also contributed to 
the global response to COVID-19 by 
providing free access to coronavirus-
related knowledge and ensuring all 
relevant research was prioritised in 
peer-review and production processes; 
see pages 38 and 39 for more.

Seizing market trends
Advances in technology and data 
analytics provide opportunities to make 
research discoverable by more people 
and allow it to be used in new ways. 
This increases its impact and delivers 
deeper reach for authors and greater 
utility for subscribers.

Taylor & Francis has made significant 
technology investments in recent years, 
including in digitising and meta-tagging 
content to a more granular level, 
improving search engine optimisation 
and working with reference indices such 
as Google Scholar.

In late 2020 we released a major 
upgrade to our ebooks platform. 
It now incorporates OA books and book 
chapters and has improved search and 
filtering functions and page types that 
allow for content collections to be better 
promoted. Following ongoing updates to 
our journals platform T&F Online, the 
Alexa website ranking placed it in the 
top 600 most visited websites globally.

Interest in OA publishing continues to 
grow and is an increasing feature of 
academic research, but the shape and 
speed of the trend varies by country 
and subject category. Taylor & Francis 
provides a growing range of OA choices 
and offers flexibility to libraries, 
consortia and funders.

In 2020 we worked to improve the 
pathways through which academically 
sound articles that are not accepted by 
the author’s first-choice journal are 
matched to a relevant OA journal, 
ensuring more high quality research can 
be discovered. This work, plus a series 
of focused digital marketing campaigns, 
drove a 30% increase in OA articles 
submitted to our journals.

English language research in science 
and engineering is increasingly being 
generated in China and India. In 2020 
we expanded our relationships, signing 
memoranda of understanding with the 
Faculty of Education of Beijing Normal 
University and the All India Institute of 
Medical Sciences. Providing training and 
guidance to their researchers will create 
deeper networks with authors and 
reviewers and bring high quality content 
onto our platforms.

Progressing in 2021
Taylor & Francis is in a good position to 
build on 2020’s resilient performance, 
supported by the strength of our brands 
and specialist content and growing 
range of OA products and services.

In some regions, disruption to university 
schedules is continuing and this is likely 
to create budget pressures among some 
customers. Many of Taylor & Francis’s 
subscription agreements are multi-year 
contracts and we have sought to work 
flexibly with other customers, giving 
annual subscribers the opportunity 
to lock in 2019 rates for 2021 by 
renewing early.

Continuing to invest and expand our 
OA business remains a significant focus 
and growth opportunity, including by 
expanding customer choice. We also 
see opportunities from new types of 
specialist content, including greater 
use of video, data notes and more 
advanced ebooks.

As part of FasterForward, Taylor & 
Francis is accelerating initiatives 
focused on reducing waste and carbon 
emissions. These include the removal of 
plastic packaging for printed journals 
(pages 42 to 44) and increasing the 
number of titles that can be printed 
on demand, reducing storage costs 
and wastage.

Open Research:  
Leaps and Bounds

As part of expanding our 
portfolio of specialist 
products and strengthening 
our industry partnerships, 
Taylor & Francis jumped 
deeper into several exciting 
emerging areas of open 
research and OA publishing 
in 2020.

In January we added F1000 Research 
to our portfolio, which provides fully 
managed open research publishing 
products directly to funders, learned 
societies and institutions. In 2020, this 
led to a collaboration with Japan’s 
University of Tsukuba to create the first 
ever open research platform to publish 
content bilingually in Japanese and 
English, as well as a contract to create 
and manage the OA platform for the 
European Commission and its Horizon 
2020 research and innovation project.

F1000 Research’s own platform also 
provides open research capabilities to 
authors, providing another option for 
researchers looking to publish OA with 
Taylor & Francis. This allows for rapid 
publication of scientific research – 
typically within a week – while 
maintaining research quality and 
providing end-to-end transparency for 
authors by undertaking peer review 
after first publication, with revised 
versions of record published as peer 
review progresses.

The knowledge, experience and industry 
relationships within the F1000 Research 
team are informing and supporting the 
Taylor & Francis teams in developing 
and expanding other OA products, 
including in the books business. 
OA books currently represent a 
relatively small segment of the books 
market but, we believe, have the 
potential for growth over time.

With this in mind, we are trialling a new 
approach to commissioning OA books 
by proactively approaching authors, 
working with them to match their work 
to potential funds and fast-tracking 
books through the production process.

Taylor & Francis has now published 
nearly 150 OA books and made a further 
89 book chapters openly available.

6 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

I

N
F
O
R
M
A

P
L
C

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

A
N
D

A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S

2
0
2
0

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 4

K E Y   P E R F O R M A N C E   I N D I C A T O R S

Measuring stability and strength

Group Financial KPIs
Following the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Group’s focus in 2020 was to secure the strength and stability of 
the Company for 2021 and beyond. While we continue to target the measures below as key financial performance indicators for 
the Group’s sustainable, long-term growth and the delivery of Shareholder value, balance sheet strength, liquidity and cost and 
cash management were significant priorities during the year. For commentary on these metrics and the steps taken in 2020, 
see the Group Chief Executive Review (pages 12 to 19) and Financial Review (starting on page 82).

6 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Informa’s Directors and management 
team use six financial and three 
non-financial measures to track the 
Group’s strength and performance, 
and the delivery of strategy.

Some Group KPIs are alternative 
performance measures, chosen 
because we believe they provide a 
useful and appropriate explanation 
of the Group’s business performance. 
These are defined on page 227 and their 
reconciliation to statutory measures 
explained in the Financial Review.

Read more:

 Pages 8 and 9: Group strategy

 Pages 20 and 21: Business model

 Page 82 to 93: Financial Review

Business sustainability: Dow Jones 
Sustainability Index (DJSI)

99th/74
2020 percentile/absolute score

92nd/65
2019 percentile/absolute score

Definition: The DJSI is a leading indicator of 
company sustainability. It assesses listed 
companies on 23 individual economic, social 
and environmental criteria, including some we 
target under the FasterForward programme, 
and provides an aggregate absolute score 
plus sector and all-company rankings.

Performance: Our absolute score improved, 
partly driven by advances in social and 
environmental reporting. We maintained our 
position in the DJSI World Index, the top 10% 
of participating companies, for the third year 
running and were ranked second in our 
sector globally.

Target: Under the FasterForward programme, 
we have set specific targets that measure 
our progress towards becoming an ever 
more sustainable, positive impact business. 
We also seek to maintain our position in DJSI 
World Index as a recognised indicator of 
overall business sustainability.

Use of natural resources: Greenhouse gas emissions

Underlying revenue growth
(%)

Adjusted operating profit
(£m)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 
(pence)

Energy consumption (kWh)

Scope 1 emissions (tCO2e) 

Scope 2 location-based emissions (tCO2e) 

Scope 2 market-based emissions (tCO2e) 

Total Scope 1 & 2 location-based emissions 
(tCO2e) 

Intensity ratio total location-based Scope 
1 & 2 emissions (tCO2e/colleague) 

Total Scope 1 & 2 market-based emissions 
(tCO2e) 

Carbon offsets used to compensate for 
remaining emissions (tCO2e) 

Residual carbon emissions post renewable 
energy and offsets (tCO2e)

2020

2019*

UK

ROW

UK

ROW 

5,254,684 19,356,624

7,406,783  25,368,690 

669

574

0

2,153

4,731

233

811 

1,052 

0 

3,324 

5,974 

397 

1,243

6,884

1,863

9,298 

0.35

0.93

0.54 

1.21 

669

669

0

2,386

2,386

811 

3,721 

811 

3,721 

0

0

0

*  2019 data has been updated as part of improvements to calculation methodology

Definition: Levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) or GHG emissions measure our use of natural 
resources, part of our business model, and impact on the environment. Calculations are based 
on GHG Protocol and Defra guidelines. Scope 1 emissions arise from natural gas heating, 
refrigerant gases and vehicle and generator fuel use. Scope 2 emissions are from electricity 
consumption. Location-based emissions are calculated as the average emissions intensity 
of electricity grids where we have offices, and market-based emissions take into account 
renewable energy purchasing. We compensate for unavoidable emissions by purchasing 
certified carbon offsets.

Performance: Significant energy consumption decreases are partly due to certain office 
closures and lower than usual occupancy levels at other locations because of COVID-19 working 
restrictions. We actively put many larger offices into hibernation mode to lower their energy 
footprint. The 700+ solar panels installed in our Boulder office had their first full year of 
operating and generated 274 MWh during 2020, 63% of the office consumption. In 2020 we 
achieved CarbonNeutral Company certification in accordance with The CarbonNeutral Protocol. 
More information on our emissions reductions programmes can be found in the separate full 
Sustainability Report.

Target: Under our FasterForward programme we are committed to becoming net zero carbon 
by 2030 and also have certified Science Based Targets on reducing absolute Scope 1 & 2 
emissions. See pages 42 to 44 or the 2020 Sustainability Report for more details of initiatives 
to reduce absolute GHG emissions, which include by self-generating renewable power, smart 
meter roll outs and refitting offices with more efficient technology. Informa’s balanced working 
programme means that as part of providing more flexible work patterns, offices are being 
adapted for more effective use, including some consolidation at our Oxford, London and New 
York buildings, which should create lower office energy consumption compared with 2019.

Colleague support and participation: Engagement Index
86%
2020

80%
2019

Definition: Our business model relies on colleagues’ contribution and retaining key talent, and 
engagement indices provide a measure of colleague participation and satisfaction. All colleagues 
(except contractors) are invited to participate in the confidential Inside Informa survey and the 
index is the average favourable response to five key questions, including belief in the goals of 
the business.

Performance: Two Inside Informa Pulse surveys were conducted in 2020. The most recent took 
place in June 2020 and attracted record participation (78%) and high levels of engagement with 
the Company.

Target: To maintain participation rates of over 50% and a strong overall score by engaging and 
supporting colleague effectively. See pages 30 to 34 for examples.

(41.0) 3.5
2019
2020

3.7
2018

This measures the underlying financial 
performance and growth of the business. 
It refers to revenue adjusted for acquisitions 
and disposals, phasing of events including 
biennials, impact from new accounting 
standards and accounting policy changes, 
and the effects of currency changes. See  
page 227 for a full definition and page 85 
for reconciliation to statutory measures. 

2020 saw a resilient revenue performance 
from the Group’s subscription-led businesses, 
with revenues in Informa Markets, Informa 
Connect and Informa Tech significantly 
affected by the widespread postponement 
of physical events due to the pandemic.

267.8 933.1 732.1
2020

2018

2019

An alternative measure of the Group’s 
operating performance, representing 
profit before tax, interest and adjusting 
items in a way that is comparable to prior 
year and Informa’s peers. See page 227 for 
definitions and page 85 for reconciliation 
to statutory measures. 

The cost and cash management measures 
taken in 2020 as part of our COVID-19 Action 
Plan helped limit the flow through of reduced 
revenues to adjusted operating profit. 

9.9
2020

51.0
2019

48.8
2018

This is one measure of profitability and the 
value created for Shareholders, adjusted for 
equity issuance. 

The 2019 and 2018 figures have been restated 
to reflect the new shares issued in 2020.

See page 227 for definitions and page 89 
for reconciliation to statutory measures.

Free cash flow
(£m)

Leverage ratio*
(times)

Dividend per share
(pence per share)

(153.9) 722.1 503.2

2020

2019

2018

5.6

2020

2.5

2019

2.9

2018

0.0

2020

7.50

2019

21.75

2018

This is cash flow generated by the business 
before cash flows relating to acquisitions, 
disposals and their related costs, dividends 
and new equity issuance or purchases. 
See page 227 for definitions and page 90 
for reconciliation to statutory measures.

In 2020, cash conversion rates remained high 
but absolute levels of cash flow were lower 
due to the disruption caused by the pandemic. 
Operating cash flow* was positive at £230.8m 
but free cash flow included one-off costs 
related to refinancing and cost management 
initiatives. These actions are expected to 
ensure the Group is cash positive from the 
start of 2021, even without a broader 
recovery in physical events.

The leverage ratio is the ratio of closing net 
debt to covenant-adjusted EBITDA*. See page 
227 for definitions and page 93 for calculation. 

Following steps taken under the COVID-19 
Action Plan in 2020, Informa no longer has 
financial covenants on any of its borrowings. 
However, the Group continues to manage 
its balance sheet sensibly, with the aim 
of reducing the leverage ratio over time. 
At the end of 2020, the Group’s net debt had 
reduced to £2bn and available liquidity was 
over £1bn.

Dividend per share represents the total of the 
interim and the final dividend for the financial 
year and is one measure of the value created 
for Shareholders through business 
performance and growth.

The 2019 and 2018 figures have been restated 
to reflect the new shares issued in 2020.

The Board suspended dividends in 2020 
and withdrew the 2019 final dividend as 
part of the Group’s COVID-19 Action Plan. 
This approach will be kept under review 
during 2021. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
6 6

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T

Risk and  
Resilience

As with any company, at Informa, risk 
arises both as a natural consequence 
of doing business and in the pursuit of 
our strategy. Within this context, we 
aim to manage rather than avoid risk, 
and specifically: 

•  To identify and understand business 
risks, to ensure we are being curious, 
conscious and open about the risks 
we choose to take according to our 
risk appetite

•  To develop and deploy appropriate 

and effective risk strategies to 
address these risks and take 

advantage of opportunities, where 
these are present and appropriate

•  To clearly report on risk statuses 

to deliver better results by knowing 
what actions we need to take and what 
resources are necessary to deliver them.

through governance and 
management channels

This work is guided through our risk 
policy and enterprise risk framework.

Day to day, the aim is that colleagues 
and leaders make informed risk-based 
decisions as part of business planning 
and execution, and adjust those 
decisions where circumstances or 
objectives change. This approach seeks 

The key context for the Company’s risk 
management programme in 2020 was 
the COVID-19 pandemic. The risk of a 
pandemic was previously thought to 
be extremely rare. It was however 
recognised as part of our emerging risk 
practices, which meant the potential 
impact of a major disease outbreak 
was recognised within the principal 
risk of inadequate response to a 
major incident.

Risk management governance framework

Governance

Function

Outputs

Board  
oversight

Audit 
Committee 
(Non-Executive)  
3rd line of 
defence

Risk 
Committee  
(Executive)  
2nd line of 
defence

Divisions  
(Executive)  
1st line  
of defence

•  Sets tone from the top
•  Positions risk appetite and tolerance
•  Challenges lines of defence
•  Accounts to Shareholders

Guidance and direction

Independently checks and challenges 1st and 2nd lines of defence

• 
•  Provides assurance to the Board

Audit and Board reports

•  Provides advice and guidance to the 1st line of defence
•  Considers emerging risks
•  Accountable to Audit Committee and Board

Group risk register
Principal risk reviews
Audit and Board reports

Identify and manage risks

• 
•  Receive guidance
•  Report to Risk Committee

Divisions and functions  
risk registers

6 7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

•  Emerging risks are discussed at each 
quarterly Risk Committee meeting 
and with each Division and function. 
Dedicated workshops are held to 
assess emerging risks and identify 
which should be monitored on 
risk registers

•  The most significant risks on our 
Group risk register are linked to 
our principal risks for better insight 
and management

Every principal risk is assessed to 
see whether it could have a material 
strategic or commercial impact, either 
on its own or as part of a multiple risk 
scenario. Principal risks with material 
commercial impacts then form part of 
Company viability modelling and testing.

The Risk Committee ensures principal 
risks are understood, managed 
appropriately, monitored and reported 
internally and externally. During 2020, 
the Committee held detailed reviews 
on each principal risk with the named 
EMT-level risk owner accountable for 
the overall management of that risk 
and with subject matter experts.

At each review, we consider and 
challenge whether the risk is being 
managed to the tolerance approved 
by the Board, using principal risk 
reports to monitor how far material 
financial, operational and compliance 
controls and mitigations have been 
implemented, their effectiveness, and 
how close the current net risk rating is 
to our risk tolerance. Where risks are 
outside tolerance, they are reported 
and actions agreed to manage the risk. 
The outcomes of review meetings 
are reported at the quarterly Risk 
Committee meetings, then to the Audit 
Committee and Board. Principal risk 
reviews also support the Board in 
monitoring and reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control framework.

The pandemic has had a deep and far 
reaching impact on all societies and 
businesses. At Informa, it affected 
colleagues, customers, communities 
and business operations in different 
ways, and significantly disrupted the 
operation of our physical events.

The Company acted swiftly at the 
beginning of 2020, putting in place 
a range of measures to successfully 
secure stability, strength and future 
viability, support colleagues and 
customers and adapt our operations. 
Informa’s COVID-19 Action Plan is 
described in full on pages 10 and 11 and 
discussed in the Group Chief Executive’s 
Review (pages 12 to 19).

Pandemic risk was separated into a 
stand-alone principal risk during 2020 
to better allow us to assess, manage, 
and monitor the performance of the 
response strategy. This principal risk 
was closely monitored as the nature of 
the pandemic and authority responses 
in different markets developed and 
unfolded throughout the year. 
The pandemic has, by its nature, also 
changed other aspects of the Company’s 
risk profile, with details included 
throughout this section. Subsequent  
risks and opportunities continue to be 
addressed through established 
channels including the three-year 
planning process, and by the Risk 
Committee and Board.

The Company’s risk culture continues 
to mature, with Informa’s guiding 
principles allowing colleagues the 
freedom to pursue opportunities in the 
service of championing our specialist 
customers. They also emphasise the 
importance of building trust and 
long-term partnerships, which in turn 
help ensure we conduct activities in an 
informed, risk-based manner.

We work to continuously improve what 
we do through a balanced approach that 
enables us to take risks where there are 
good commercial opportunities, while 
being transparent about the risks that 
need closer management. Examples of 
a positive and proactive approach to 
managing risk include the development 
of the Informa AllSecure health and 
safety standards for physical events 
(see pages 18 and 19) and the smooth 
shift to remote working in 2020, which 
reflects successful IT resilience planning.

Role of the Board
The Board plays an important role in 
effective risk management and oversees 
a governance model that incorporates 
an integrated assurance model through 
three lines of defence. It also formally 
articulates the Company’s overarching 
appetite and tolerance for risk, which 
is to balance economic reward with 
the specific and overall risk necessary 
for pursuing the Group’s strategy, 
as follows:

•  Risks should be managed consistently 
and in line with the Group’s strategy, 
financial objectives and guiding  
principles

•  Opportunities should only be pursued 

where the scope for appropriate 
reward is supported by an informed 
assessment of risk

•  Risks should be actively managed and 
monitored through the appropriate 
allocation of management and 
other resources

Through our risk governance structures, 
policies, frameworks, processes and 
reporting mechanisms, Directors are 
provided with the information and 
insight needed to make a robust 
assessment of the Company’s most 
material risks and understand how they 
are being mitigated and managed in 
line with this stated risk appetite and 
tolerance. The Board also plays a role in 
monitoring the Company’s culture and 
setting a strong tone from the top, 
which directly supports effective 
risk management.

Risk identification and review
The Risk Committee follows a clear, 
simple and robust process to identify 
the Group’s most significant risks, 
incorporating both top down and 
bottom up assessments:

•  Each Operating Division and Group 

function presents their material risks 
in a register to each quarterly Risk 
Committee meeting

•  We use a risk categorisation 

framework to analyse these risk 
registers. The risks identified through 
this mechanism that are considered 
most significant, in terms of their 
materiality to the Group, are recorded 
on the Group risk register

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
6 8

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   c o n t i n u e d

Relative net risk ratings of principal risks

6

d
o
o
h

i
l
e
k
i
L

1. Economic instability
2. Market risk
3. Acquisition and integration risk
4. Ineffective change management
5. Reliance on key counterparties
6. Technology failure
7. Data loss and cyber breach
8. Inability to attract and retain key talent
9. Health and safety incidents
10.  Inadequate response to major incidents
11. Inadequate regulatory compliance
12. Privacy regulation
13. Pandemic risk

2

4

13

1

5

12

8

7

11

10

9

3

Rating risk
We rate risks by considering their 
potential financial and non-financial 
impacts and the likelihood that they will 
happen, using a consistent rating grid to 
compare and prioritise risks.

Each risk has two ratings. The first is a 
gross risk rating, which assesses the 
maximum potential exposure if nothing 
is done to manage or mitigate the risk, 
and forms a baseline risk rating. 
The second is a net risk rating. 
This takes into account the controls 
and mitigations in place to reduce 
the likelihood and/or impact of the 
risk, its implementation status 
and effectiveness.

Gross and net risk ratings are regularly 
reviewed to consider whether the 
external or internal context, strategy, 
business objectives or resources 
available to manage the risk 
have changed.

Impact

Changes to principal risks
We added pandemic risk as a separate 
principal risk during 2020 to better 
allow us to assess, respond, manage 
and monitor its risk profile and the 
subsequent activity required. Over time, 
as effective vaccines and treatments 
become widely available, we expect 
this risk will recede and once again 
become rare.

The pandemic has impacted the net risk 
ratings of several other principal risks 
and may leave a longer tail of elevated 
uncertainty around some of these 
risks. Movements and the Company’s 
response to managing and mitigating 
risk are described in the principal risk 
spotlights on pages 71 to 77 and 
in summary:

•  The risk of economic instability has 

increased due to the global economic 
impact of the pandemic, and the 
effect of economic challenges and 
uncertainty on consumer behaviours, 
and some businesses elevate the risk 
from reliance on key counterparties

•  Market risk evolved during the year. 
Changes in the market for physical 
events meant this risk increased, but 
opportunity has also emerged as we 
moved to accelerate the development 
of new digital products and virtual 
events in particular

•  The risks relating to data privacy have 
slightly increased, as we use customer 
and personal data in new ways to 
develop new products and enhance 
existing services

•  We have reformulated our talent-
related risk to include the ability 
to attract as well as retain talent. 
The acceleration of our digital and 
data-enabled products will require 
new capabilities in some areas and 
attracting the right talent will be as 
critical to our success as retaining 
the key talent we have. As a result 
of this realignment and the focus 
on accelerating digital products 
and capabilities, this risk has also 
increased (continued on page 70).

6 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Managing transition risk  
and opportunity
The transition-related risks of climate 
change include potential shifts within 
the specialist markets we serve, 
changes in customer behaviour 
related to travel patterns, meeting the 
growing expectations of stakeholders 
including colleagues, customers and 
investors, carbon taxation and 
emerging legislation. We believe 
these areas are more significant and 
relevant to our business than physical 
climate change impacts at present.

In 2020 Informa launched a new 
five-year sustainability programme 
called FasterForward, and many of 
the initiatives and commitments 
addressed in FasterForward will help 
us both manage transition risk and its 
potential costs, and make the most 
of the customer and commercial 
opportunity from being a champion 
of sustainability across our products 
and markets.

One such way is by embedding 
relevant sustainability content into 
every Informa brand by 2025. In every 
market, businesses and governments 
are increasingly looking to understand 
their own sustainability challenges 
and find solutions. Ensuring high 
quality, actionable sustainability 
knowledge is embedded in all our 
information products and services, 
and not only as part of dedicated 

Physical impacts of climate change
In assessing the impacts of climate 
change on Informa’s business, we have 
considered physical assets that could be 
exposed to increasing extreme weather, 
drought and sea level rises:

•  The Company owns and relies on few 
physical assets. Our office operations 
can be easily relocated and colleagues 
are able to work remotely for 
extended periods

•  Informa’s products and services 
do not depend on large physical 
supply chains

•  For our physical events, apart from 
a small number of instances, we do 
not have commitments to specific 
locations, such as venues or 
host cities, that stretch beyond five 
years. We also have the capabilities 
to relocate and adapt events where 
needed, as proved in 2020

Further work will be conducted over 
the next year to more precisely define 
climate change scenarios and update 
the analysis on the timing and 
frequency of extreme weather, 
assess risk mitigations against these 
scenarios and then move to model 
any financial impacts.

Based on our present assessment, 
we believe Informa’s ability to move, 
relocate and reorganise how we operate 
the business manages the physical 
impact of climate change risk over the 
medium and long term. Our immediate 
focus will be on ensuring we can 
respond to short-term disruptions in 
specific locations that might occur with 
limited notice, and understanding which 
locations are more likely to experience 
extreme weather over the longer term. 
This includes strengthening business 
continuity and major incident response 
plans accordingly.

Climate change and 
sustainability
Advancing our commitment and 
performance on sustainability is 
part of Informa’s business strategy 
(pages 8 and 9). We believe being a 
responsible and sustainable business 
presents opportunities for the 
Company, our customers and our 
communities, and it also allows us to 
manage a range of emerging risks and 
stakeholder expectations, particularly 
in the area of climate change.

Climate change has been identified 
as an emerging risk for several years. 
The risk is assessed, monitored and 
reported on as part of Informa’s 
routine risk management and 
governance processes.

In 2020 we continued to deepen 
our understanding of the nature of 
climate change risk and opportunity 
in our business and markets. 
A cross-functional climate change 
working group was established, 
chaired by a member of the EMT 
and reporting to the Risk Committee, 
and the group conducted a series of 
risk workshops and interviews on 
sustainability and climate change 
during the year.

Ongoing work from this group will 
help ensure we meet expectations 
from the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
on measuring and disclosing any 
material financial impacts from 
climate change. We are publicly 
committed to meeting TCFD 
recommendations and a task force 
has been established to deliver this, 
chaired by the Group Finance Director 
and Director of IR. We intend to 
publish additional information on our 
approach to TCFD on the Informa 
website during 2020.

We consider both the physical risks 
from climate change in the short and 
long term and the impacts from the 
process to transition to a lower 
carbon world, called transition risks, 
which tend to be short to medium 
term in nature.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
71

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

7 0

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   c o n t i n u e d

P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   A N D   U N C E R T A I N T I E S

sustainability brands, will ensure 
we continue to deliver value to 
customers, meet their expectations 
and enhance our brands.

When attending our physical 
events, customers generally use 
transport to travel to a venue or 
single area where all activities take 
place. Our large-scale, branded 
events can convene whole 
international communities in 
one major hub at the same time. 
This allows attendees to connect, 
transact and share knowledge 
that supports the sustainable 
development of their market in a 
highly efficient way, and saves the 
time, cost and carbon associated 
with making the multiple business 
trips to separate locations that 
would otherwise be needed. 

Trends towards reducing business 
travel, for reasons of cost 
management, higher environmental 
taxes on flights or flight shaming, 
may present some risk to 
attendance at some events and 
may increase the strength of larger 
events that demonstrate their 
effectiveness. It could improve the 
quality of audience should only 
committed buyers and sellers 
attend and support demand for the 
virtual events we are increasingly 
investing in. It may also present an 
opportunity to demonstrate and 
further promote the efficiencies 
of physical events. Additional work 
to quantify these scenarios and 
manage risk and opportunity will 
take place as physical event 
schedules return.

  Sustainability at Informa,  

pages 42 to 44

  Full 2020 Sustainability Report  

via the Informa website

•  The likelihood and impact of a health 
and safety incident was lower in 2020 
as physical events were fewer and 
business travel and office occupancy 
rates reduced due to government 
restriction measures

•  Acquisition and integration risk was 
lower in 2020 due to lower levels of 
acquisition and divestiture activity 
in the business

Assessment of emerging risks
As well as assessing ongoing risks, we 
continue to consider how the business 
could be affected by emerging risks 
over the longer term and how strategic, 
market and product initiatives might 
manage risk and seize any new 
opportunities. It is often possible 
to predict the potential impacts 
of emerging risks, but it is more 
challenging to predict their likelihood, 
timing and velocity.

For every Risk Committee meeting, 
each Committee member highlights 
any new or emerging risks that could 
either impact the Group or one or more 
Divisions. Additional sessions are held 
with Senior Management teams and as 
part of Risk Committee meetings to scan 
for significant emerging risks.

Additional risks monitored
We monitor and manage a full range of 
risks on an ongoing basis, which are not 
currently considered to have the scale of 
impact, significance or materiality to be 
principal risks to the Company.

This includes the developing demand 
for open access in research publishing, 
which we recognise is both an emerging 
risk and opportunity to our Taylor & 
Francis business. As described in the 
Divisional Review (pages 60 to 63) we 
continue to invest in expanding and 
strengthening our OA capabilities, 
working flexibly with customers and 
offering choice in publishing models.

Informa conducted a risk assessment on 
the effects of Brexit based on assessing 
the most impactful no-deal Brexit 
scenario at a Group, Divisional and 
functional level. Following this 
assessment in the context of business 
strategy, Brexit was considered not to 
be a principal risk to the Group. 

As an internationally diversified 
company with a low reliance on moving 
physical goods between the EU and the 
UK border, the potential commercial 
and strategic impacts are considered 
immaterial. Where it does present a risk, 
such as in the physical supply of books 
to customers in the EU, detailed 
contingency planning has taken place to 
minimise business disruption. Here, we 
now have increased facilities for printing 
books on demand in Europe, supporting 
overall business resilience.

In areas of potential financial risk, the 
Group takes an ethical and low risk 
approach to tax, which limits the 
likelihood of disputes with tax 
authorities and makes unexpected 
material tax liabilities unlikely. 
Risks from currency fluctuations exist, 
particularly in the relative value of 
sterling and the US dollar. This is 
managed by the Group Treasury team 
and we seek to ensure the currency of 
the Group’s borrowings is aligned with 
the currency of our largest sources of 
cash generation.

Overall assessment
We confirm that, through the processes 
and governance described above, we 
have performed a robust assessment of 
the Company’s emerging and principal 
risks, and the Group’s principal risks are 
presented in the following pages.

1.

2.

Economic instability

Market risk

The stability of the wider economy affects customers, 
particularly consumer behaviour and the appetite to 
acquire and access products and services in a local, 
global or market-specific downturn. This could impact 
business revenues and growth; however, it could also 
present an opportunity to acquire businesses at a 
lower cost, develop new products and services and 
gain access to new markets. Fluctuations in currencies 
due to the relative positions of economies can 
positively or negatively affect financial results.

EMT owner: Group Finance Director
Latest movement: Economic instability materialised as a 
risk in 2020 and we took steps to maintain the Company’s 
stability, future viability and security

Risk appetite
We have a moderate risk appetite to seek growth by 
extending into emerging and new markets.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Economic risk and opportunity are considered in the 
three-year planning process, and Board, EMT and 
Division-level review and planning meetings constantly 
review the macro-economic environment

•  Trading results are monitored against budgets through 
the monthly reporting process, highlighting any effects 
from economic instability and informing ongoing 
commercial decision making

•  Over the last seven years, the balance and depth of 
Informa’s portfolio have increased. Having globally 
diversified operations, operating in multiple specialist 
markets and maintaining a mix of revenue sources 
between subscriptions and events builds resilience and 
helps us manage more localised market- or country-
specific economic downturn or recovery

•  We align the currency of the Group’s borrowing with 
the currency of the Group’s largest sources of cash 
generation to manage currency fluctuations

•  During 2020 we took a significant range of measures as 
part of our COVID-19 Action Plan to build stability and 
security in the Company through 2021 and beyond, as 
shown on pages 10 and 11

•  Informa entered 2021 with a strengthened financial 

position and additional balance sheet resilience against 
any prolonged impact from the global economic 
downturn. Our focus on accelerating our digital and 
data capabilities, particularly in our event-led 
businesses, should provide further portfolio 
diversification and business opportunity

Informa works deeply in a number of specialist 
markets. These markets can experience growth, 
decline, change or disruption, which in turn can alter 
customer behaviour, needs and preferences and 
change the competitive environment for our product 
and service offerings, impacting growth, revenues 
and margins.

EMT owner: Divisional CEOs
Latest movement: This risk increased during 2020 due to 
the pandemic’s impacts on our physical events, balanced 
by the emerging opportunity offered by digital services 
and virtual events

Risk appetite
We are comfortable with taking market risk and 
maximising the opportunity it presents for growth, 
including growth through developing new products 
and acquiring capabilities and positions.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Market risk is considered in strategy and investment 
decision making. It is also regularly considered by the 
Board, addressed as part of Informa’s three-year 
planning cycle and monitored through our financial 
reporting process. In 2020 we employed greater 
stress and scenario testing across our strategy and 
assumptions to ensure awareness of potential 
downside risk, in addition to continued monitoring and 
oversight of our strategy and business models

•  The breadth of our portfolio and our depth in multiple 

specialist markets provides some resilience to disruption 
in individual markets, as does the quality of our brands 
and customer relationships when maintaining 
competitive position and developing new services

•  Market research is undertaken and customer feedback 

gathered and considered when entering into new 
markets and developing or enhancing products, as 
described on pages 38 and 39 with virtual events
•  Divisional management teams meet regularly with 

Group management to consider market trends and risk 
and ongoing product development plans. While these 
are typically formal quarterly meetings, this 
consideration and engagement was much more 
frequent in 2020 due to faster changes to market 
opportunities and risks following the pandemic’s impact

•  We are continuing to closely assess the landscape for 
virtual events as we accelerate our digital and data 
capabilities in 2021, and are investing across talent, 
technology and new products to meet evolving 
customer needs, minimise market risk and maximise 
business opportunities

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
7 2

P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   A N D   U N C E R T A I N T I E S   c o n t i n u e d

3.

Acquisition and 
integration risk

4.

Ineffective change 
management

Part of Informa’s strategy is to expand its portfolio of 
products and enhance our positions and partnerships. 
Acquiring and integrating businesses is one of the 
ways the Company has historically achieved this. 
How acquired businesses perform can vary from 
expectations due to market conditions or integration 
complexity, which can impact overall growth and 
returns, the strength of our brands and 
Company culture.

EMT owner: Director of Strategy and Business Planning
Latest movement: This risk reduced as the business 
focused on its COVID-19 response and acquisition activity 
temporarily slowed

Seizing business opportunities, expanding our 
portfolio and implementing new strategies involve 
change. When change is not managed effectively, it 
can create operational challenges and impact the 
ability to achieve strategy, deliver projects or realise 
benefits to their fullest extent. Business fatigue from 
change that is managed ineffectively can impact 
colleague engagement and the retention of key talent.

EMT owner: Group Chief Operating Officer
Latest movement: No change in risk likelihood or impact

Risk appetite
Informa is prepared to take reasonable risk to acquire 
new assets, talent, capabilities, products, brands and 
innovation, for the benefit of all stakeholders.

Risk appetite
We have a high appetite for change in order to 
grow, innovate and respond to new challenges 
and opportunities.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  We allocate capital to the markets and Divisions with 
the best long-term value creation opportunity and 
make investment decisions according to set 
financial parameters

•  We actively monitor the market to identify suitable 

acquisition targets. Targets are analysed by the Group 
Corporate Development team and assessed according 
to strategic and cultural fit, with experts from multiple 
functions involved in due diligence

•  A value creation register is used for each proposed 
acquisition, assigning individual ownership for all 
aspects of execution. All acquisitions have formal 
governance, leadership and project management 
to ensure successful integration, with significant 
acquisitions receiving heightened governance

•  Divisional integration plans receive ongoing integration 
monitoring and oversight from the Group for at least 
two years post close

•  Post-acquisition performance is reported annually to 

the Board, including an assessment of any variation to 
the expected return on investment

•  2020 saw limited acquisition activity and therefore this 
risk has not incrementally increased. We continued to 
oversee and closely monitor the integration and 
performance of additions from recent years

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Informa has a track record of assimilating change 
over the last seven years. The EMT oversees and 
independently or collectively sponsors key change 
initiatives across Informa. Specific governance 
structures are set up for sizeable projects and all 
large-scale strategic changes, funding and investment 
programmes or acquisitions include change 
management disciplines and have defined governance 
and reporting structures

•  The interests of and impacts on colleagues, customers 
and Shareholders from change are closely considered, 
and decisions are guided by our purpose, to champion 
specialist customers, our strategy and guiding  
principles

•  All large-scale investments are approved through the 

Capital Investments Committee

•  Informa has stability in key leadership roles which 

allows a culture of continuous learning 
and improvement

•  Regular colleague engagement surveys are carried 

out to understand trends in sentiment and spot and 
address any issues. Colleague engagement is monitored 
as a Group KPI and is currently strong, standing at 86% 
in the last Company survey

•  Certain projects around commercial systems and 

platforms were paused during 2020 to ensure a level of 
business stability. These will be resumed on a case by 
case basis as more normal working conditions return
•  Managing change from our increased focus on digital 
services and capabilities will be a focus of ongoing 
monitoring in 2021

7 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

5.

Reliance on key 
counterparties

We work with key strategic partners to support 
certain areas of our business and deliver commercial 
objectives. A failure in key counterparty relationships 
or services could affect the delivery of specific 
products and disrupt business activities and trading, 
as well as impact customer satisfaction and colleague 
engagement. Periods of extreme economic instability 
and disruption can create additional financial or 
operational pressures on partner businesses.

EMT owner: Group Finance Director
Latest movement: The likelihood of this risk has increased 
due to the impact of the pandemic on businesses, our 
strategic partners and customers

Risk appetite
Counterparties are necessary for delivering some of our 
products, services and events, particularly in specialist 
areas or where suppliers are market leaders, and we 
therefore have a reasonable appetite to take managed risk.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Each Division and function identifies its key strategic 
counterparties, articulates the nature and extent of 
their risk exposure and confirms the mitigations and 
continuity processes in place. This is formally reviewed 
and reported to the Risk Committee

•  Additional mitigations and measures were taken in 
2020 to manage the risk that key counterparties 
experience a failure which affects their relationship 
with Informa. Divisional assessments were conducted 
with ongoing monitoring of the impact of the pandemic 
on key counterparties. We worked with specific 
partners to ensure continuity should their services 
be impacted by Brexit

•  When entering new relationships with strategic 

partners and counterparties, our due diligence includes 
but is not limited to requiring counterparties to have 
robust and tested business plans, financial stability and 
business continuity plans. Contracts and service level 
agreements are put in place and when onboarding, we 
ensure the service incorporates performance and risk 
indicators to assist us to govern the relationship and 
manage risk. We seek to manage key relationships 
proactively and ensure suppliers are paid on time so 
services are not suspended

•  When engaging with small or specialist service providers, 
we extend our expertise in critical areas of risk such as 
cyber security and data privacy into their business

•  Our Treasury Policy ensures the Company is not 

over-reliant on any single financing partner, and we took 
proactive steps to further broaden our financing in 2020

6.

Technology failure

Technology underpins our digital products, services 
and business operations. A prolonged loss of critical 
systems, networks or similar services could inhibit 
the delivery of events, products and services, increase 
costs and result in poor customer experience and 
reputational damage. Serious disruption could impact 
the day-to-day operation of our businesses and 
potentially colleague engagement.

EMT owner: Chief Commercial Officer
Latest movement: No change in risk likelihood or impact

Risk appetite
We seek to minimise the likelihood and impact of any 
business-critical technology failure.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  A range of IT governance, standards, maturity targets 

and controls are in place across the Company to 
manage technology risk

•  Our Group-wide strategy is to deploy cloud computing, 
which provides resilience for our products and services 
and the capacity for scalable solutions

•  We continuously work to reduce complexity in our 

technology landscape by streamlining legacy systems 
and those from acquired businesses

•  Technology service providers are assessed and selected 

on their capability to deliver the required service, 
reducing the risk of downtime

•  We provide secure cloud desktop services that allow 
colleagues to work securely and productively from 
anywhere. Their effectiveness was proved when the 
vast majority of colleagues moved to work remotely 
for some or most of 2020, with very few issues, and 
these capabilities will assist further as the Company 
introduces balanced working practices as standard in 
the future

•  2020 saw notable improvements in IT service delivery 
and the resilience plans for critical systems. As the 
Company moves to expand its depth and capability in 
commercial digital products and services, the resilience 
of our technology and technology failure risk will be 
kept under close review

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
75

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

74

P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   A N D   U N C E R T A I N T I E S   c o n t i n u e d

7.

8.

9.

10.

Data loss and cyber breach

We use data within our business operations and in 
commercial activities. A loss of sensitive or valuable 
data, content or intellectual property could lead 
to losses for our stakeholders, Company fines, 
investigations and business interruption. 
Managing such impacts could also divert significant 
management time away from delivering on business 
strategy and create reputational damage if not 
adequately handled.

EMT owner: Chief Commercial Officer
Latest movement: No change to the likelihood or impact 
of this risk

Risk appetite
We seek to protect our data robustly and in line with 
privacy regulations and recognised practice.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Informa has a central Information Security team 

which determines strategy and implements initiatives 
Company-wide. We aim to protect the confidentiality, 
availability and integrity of key systems by employing 
a layered defence-in-depth approach. This comprises 
administrative, technical and physical controls that 
are continuously monitored and adapted according to 
developing threats, including the ability to mitigate 
attacks initiated through human error

•  Performance and progress are reviewed by the 

Risk Committee. The continued growth in maturity 
of our cyber controls was noted during the year, 
including enhancements made to system 
authentication measures

•  We have internal and external assurance programmes 
that assess compliance with Company security policies, 
standards and controls and provide reports to the Audit 
Committee and EMT

•  There is a well-defined incident management and 

response to cyber breaches

•  We run awareness programmes to encourage a 

security-aware culture among colleagues, including 
mandatory training modules, intranet communications 
and simulated phishing exercises. In 2020 updates were 
increased and we focused on cyber threats relating to 
the pandemic and working remotely

•  Attempts to steal data are broadly becoming more 

frequent and sophisticated. While there are general 
reports of increased criminal cyber activity since the 
start of the pandemic, we have not detected any 
material increase in attempts towards our business

Ability to attract and retain 
key talent

People are at the heart of Informa’s culture, strategy 
and business model. We aim to attract great talent 
and retain key talent by making Informa a great place 
to work, engaging colleagues and supporting them to 
make the most of their skills. The loss of key talent in 
critical functions and inadequate succession planning 
for Senior Managers could impact our ability to serve 
customers, grow and deliver on our strategy and  
key initiatives.

EMT owner: Group Chief Operating Officer
Latest movement: This risk now includes attracting as well 
as retaining key talent, and has increased as we look to 
add capabilities that support the acceleration of our 
digital products and services

Risk appetite
We have a reasonable degree of risk appetite, and aim to 
manage this risk to a sustainable level through a range  
of methods.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Colleague engagement is a focus for management 
teams. As described on pages 30 to 34, we seek 
to communicate and engage with all colleagues, 
understand and respond to their needs and create a 
culture and environment that encourage talent to stay 
within our businesses. Engagement levels are tracked 
as a Company KPI with results to feedback surveys 
analysed and used to inform team and Company plans
•  The EMT and Board review talent trends and there are 

succession plans for critical roles, including appropriate 
incentive packages

•  HR leadership and the Risk Committee monitor where 
general attrition rates are above target levels, with 
management teams required to report on measures 
taken to reduce the loss of key talent. Voluntary leavers 
decreased in 2020 while colleague engagement levels 
rose. When surveyed, the level of colleagues saying 
they intend to leave the business is on a downward 
trend, standing at 8% in mid-2020

•  Where it is not possible to retain key talent in 

commercially critical roles, we manage potential 
impact through the appropriate use of post-
termination restrictions

•  As we increasingly develop and accelerate our digital 
products and data capabilities, particularly in our 
events businesses, we are building a dedicated 
programme to ensure colleagues can develop their 
skills, our businesses have the right mix of talent and 
we attract and retain talent in critical areas, including 
through appropriate reward and recognition

Health and safety incidents

When delivering events, engaging with venues and 
managing facilities, we aim to operate a safe and 
healthy environment. A serious failure has the 
potential to cause life-changing injuries and, at worst, 
fatalities. The mismanagement of health and safety 
can also result in reputational damage, investigations, 
fines and claims for damages.

EMT owner: Group Chief Operating Officer
Latest movement: Temporary reduction in risk likelihood 
due to fewer physical events and reduced business travel 
and office use

Inadequate response to 
major incidents

Operating internationally means we are exposed to 
major incidents, such as those caused by extreme 
weather or natural disasters, military action or 
terrorism, or disease outbreaks. These can harm 
people, venues and facilities and severely interrupt 
business. Companies can rarely control the cause of 
major incidents but can ensure an effective response 
that reduces their impacts. Inadequately responding 
to a major incident could result in reputational 
damage and potentially criminal and civil  
investigations.

EMT owner: Group Chief Operating Officer
Latest movement: Risk likelihood was increased at the 
start of 2020 due to the pandemic and is since stable

Risk appetite
Our first priority is the safety and wellbeing of colleagues, 
customers and business partners and we take a proactive 
approach to managing health and safety risks.

Risk appetite
We have a low appetite for this risk and proactively 
manage it.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Our focus is on prevention through establishing good 
health and safety operating standards. This is led by a 
central Health, Safety and Security team with regional 
experts who help embed consistent approaches, 
validate standards and provide targeted support

•  The Risk Committee monitors progress on health and 

safety and holds regular reviews each year

•  Events and Informa’s facilities are subject to audit 
and required actions are monitored until complete
•  We have a Company-wide travel management system 
to ensure accommodation and travel are booked to 
acceptable safety standards. It also provides support 
to colleagues in the event of an emergency

•  Mandatory online training was rolled out across the 
Company for the first time in 2020 to establish good 
practices and prevent issues occurring and Senior 
Management received updated training on their 
responsibilities. Work also continued to improve 
and document our standards and framework

•  Specific health and safety impacts from the pandemic 

were assessed and addressed. This included 
communication and support for colleagues around 
remote working, including physical and mental 
wellbeing. Informa also led an industry collaboration 
to develop enhanced AllSecure health and safety 
standards for physical events, and deployed these in 
our business as Informa AllSecure (see pages 18 and 19)

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Informa has a central Health, Safety and Security team 
that provides expertise on incident management and 
supports teams in the event of an emergency
•  In severe circumstances, a specific Crisis Council 

convenes to direct the Company’s response and in 
2020 a dedicated COVID Executive Leadership Team 
was formed to manage the pandemic response 
(see page 10)

•  We enhanced the governance and management of 

incident response risk in 2020, establishing a Business 
Resilience Council to co-ordinate key functions and 
areas of response and beginning the implementation of 
a new business resilience programme. A global security 
business impact analysis was also developed to map 
where we operate against key risk factors

•  Each Informa event has an incident response plan 

specific to its location, format and operational team. 
These were reviewed in 2020 to assess and confirm 
coverage of digital events

•  Each Division considers known extreme weather 
patterns when planning event schedules. Our  
understanding of longer-term weather impacts has 
been deepened through a dedicated climate change 
risk assessments (see pages 69 and 70)

•  The Group considers terrorism threats, proximity to 

likely targets and potential unrest or protests in event 
planning. Where operations are deemed high risk, we 
conduct enhanced security risk assessments so that 
appropriate measures can be taken to protect 
customers, colleagues and business partners

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
7 7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

76

P R I N C I P A L   R I S K S   A N D   U N C E R T A I N T I E S   c o n t i n u e d

11.

12.

13.

Inadequate regulatory 
compliance

The Group’s licence to operate is partly determined by 
compliance with national and international regulation 
and the support of our stakeholders, who increasingly 
favour companies that work in an ethical way. 
Failure to comply with applicable regulations could 
lead to fines or imprisonment, damage reputation 
and impact the ability to trade in some countries.

EMT owner: Group General Counsel and Company Secretary
Latest movement: No change in likelihood or impact 
in 2020

Risk appetite
We are committed to ethical and lawful behaviour in all 
we do. Colleagues and business partners who support 
us or act on our behalf are expected to take appropriate 
steps to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Informa’s commitment to acting responsibly and 
upholding a culture of transparency, integrity and 
respect is articulated in our guiding principles and the 
Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Partner Code 
of Conduct. These also set out the behaviour expected 
of all colleagues and business partners

•  The Group has a compliance programme designed 
to ensure we meet our obligations under material 
legislation. This is monitored to ensure continuous 
improvement. It incorporates a sanctions programme 
that includes internal controls, risk-based screening of 
vendors and customers, training and communications

•  New starters receive compliance training modules 

promptly and are required to accept the core Group 
policies relevant to their roles. Training is on areas 
including Code of Conduct, Anti-Bribery, Sanctions, 
Tax, Modern Slavery, Data Privacy, Acceptable Use 
of Technology and Information Security standards. 
Completion is required within a set timeframe and 
this is monitored and followed up where necessary

•  All colleagues received refresher training on our 

updated Code of Conduct in 2020, with additional 
training for some colleagues on Sanctions and Tax
•  We provide whistleblowing and speak-up facilities to 
enable anyone inside or outside the business to raise 
concerns confidentially. Retaliation for raising genuine 
concerns is not tolerated. All reports of breaches of our 
Code of Conduct and policies are investigated promptly 
and actions taken to remedy any breaches

Privacy regulation

Pandemic risk

We use data on current and prospective customers to 
market brands, develop and personalise products and 
create new services. The use of personal information 
is governed by privacy legislation. Tighter legislation 
could limit our access to and use of such data and 
non-compliance can lead to fines, damage reputation 
and trust and impact the ability to trade in some 
countries. Over-compliance, by taking the strictest 
individual country rules and applying them 
internationally, could impact our competitiveness.

EMT owner: Group General Counsel and Company Secretary
Latest movement: The risk has slightly increased due 
to the use of personal data in new ways for product 
development and potential risks from increased 
remote working

Risk appetite
We respect and value personal information and privacy 
and seek to comply with regulatory requirements.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  We have central and Divisional resources dedicated to 
ensuring data privacy compliance. This is led by the 
Group Data Protection Officer with Divisional Privacy 
Managers embedded into business operations
•  Our data privacy programme is re-evaluated each 
year to ensure the impacts of business priorities, 
new initiatives and emerging privacy regulation are 
addressed and incorporated. There is also ongoing 
monitoring of external factors and changes in data 
protection laws, with any operational impacts 
communicated and considered

•  The global trend is towards more rigorous privacy 

laws and our planning takes this into account, so that 
marketing strategies can still operate successfully 
under stricter regulations

•  All colleagues receive mandatory training on their data 
privacy responsibilities. Online refresher training took 
place in 2020, with a fail mark leading to retaking the 
full training

•  As our events businesses increase their use of data 

and new platforms to create more virtual events and 
additional digital services, they continue to be closely 
supported and guided by our data privacy experts on 
best practice

•  We are continuously working to strengthen our privacy 

management practices and processes, including 
through automating and enhancing our prevention 
and detection control environments 

A pandemic is an infectious disease outbreak that 
spreads across large regions and affects substantial 
numbers of people. It can have a significant impact 
on public health, including the safety of colleagues 
and customers, as well as impacting global 
economies. A pandemic may curtail in-person 
gatherings and physical events in one or more 
markets. Taken together, this can challenge 
business operations and stability and impact our 
event revenues. 

EMT owner: Group Chief Executive Officer
Latest movement: This is a newly recognised principal risk, 
which has materialised and is rated with a high impact

Risk appetite
While there is no risk appetite for pandemics, we 
recognise the need to ensure the Company’s resilience 
and ability to tolerate its impacts.

How we manage and mitigate risk
•  Informa moved swiftly to manage the impact of the 

COVID-19 pandemic. The strategy and approach were 
led by a COVID Executive Leadership Team, focused 
on fast and agile decision making and effective 
communication to the Company and other 
stakeholders, including investors and customers. 
Executive Directors were in continuous contact with 
the Board on actions

•  We implemented a wide-ranging COVID-19 Action Plan 
(see pages 10 and 11) that included the Postponement 
Programme to reschedule physical events, financing 
actions to ensure the Company’s financial stability 
and security through 2021 and beyond, cost and cash 
management measures and a range of support for 
colleagues and customers

•  The COVID Executive Leadership Team assessed and 
managed health and safety impacts throughout the 
year as a priority. In all locations, we followed and 
directed teams to follow the advice of official 
authorities. Teams received clear guidance on safe 
and effective working from home and colleagues had 
access to individual wellbeing and financial support

•  Biosecurity measures were introduced in offices. 
As described on pages 18 and 19 we developed 
Informa AllSecure, a set of enhanced health and safety 
standards for all Informa physical events to deliver 
hygienic and high quality event experiences and 
provide confidence to customers and business partners

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
7 8

V I A B I L I T Y   S T A T E M E N T

Assessing long-term prospects 
and viability 

As discussed by the Chair in his 
introduction and in the Section 172 
statement on page 45, Informa’s 
Directors are focused on promoting the 
sustainable, long-term success of the 
Group for the benefit of Shareholders, 
colleagues, customers and our other 
key communities and groups. 

We assess the Group’s viability over a 
three-year period and its longer-term 
prospects in a structured way, based on 
Informa’s business model, trends in the 
markets in which we work, the Group’s 
strategy and our principal risks.

How long-term prospects 
are assessed
The Group’s prospects are assessed 
primarily through the business planning 
and strategy process. Informa’s current 
position, Group-level strategy, business 
model and the risks related to the 
business model are all inputs into 
this assessment. 

In response to the uncertainty caused 
by the COVID-19 pandemic and the 

fast-changing nature of the pandemic’s 
disruption, we have adapted the 
business planning and strategy process 
to be more dynamic. This includes 
a continual reassessment of the 
pandemic’s impact and the potential 
timing and pace of recovery in our 
physical events portfolio in particular, 
based on current circumstances and 
known information. In addition, it 
continues to cover planning for growth 
initiatives and investment in our 
products, platforms and brands across 
the Company. 

This dynamic business planning process 
considers each Division’s assessment 
of the factors influencing their 
performance, from external factors 
such as customer demand, peer activity, 
broader market trends and risks to 
internal factors including talent trends, 
product development and technology  
platforms. 

From this process, business objectives 
are set based on what is known about 
market trends, market demands, 

emerging risks and opportunities over 
that period, plus an analysis of what the 
business needs to do to achieve those 
objectives, whether that is launching 
new activities, adapting our 
technological capabilities, securing 
additional capabilities or continuing 
existing programmes.

From these objectives and planned 
initiatives, a financial plan is established 
for each Division, including financial 
forecasts and a clear explanation of 
key assumptions and risks. Plans are 
updated at key dates and for significant 
events and are reviewed regularly in 
detail by the Group Chief Executive, 
Group Finance Director, Chief Operating 
Officer and the Director of Strategy and 
Business Planning.

These financial forecasts are also used 
as a basis for the annual impairment 
review and the viability analysis. This in 
turn informs the Group’s assessment of 
its funding requirements and is used to 
evaluate the resources and liquidity 

Factors used to assess long-term prospects
Informa’s current position

Strategy and business model

Principal risks

•  The Group’s focus on long-term 
sustainable growth through 
market specialisation

•  A strategy that includes deepening 
Informa’s business-to-business 
product portfolio, enhancing digital 
capabilities and strengthening 
operating capabilities

•  A reliance on people, talent and 
culture, strong brands, robust 
technology, forming successful 
partnerships and access to financing 

•  Enhanced commitments and 

accelerated progress on sustainability

•  The principal risks directly related 
to Informa’s business model plus 
emerging risks being monitored
•  Principal risks relate to: growth, 

including broader global economic 
instability and market disruption; 
people, including attracting and 
retaining key talent and health 
and safety; and culture, including 
regulatory compliance

•  A broad and international 

business, with deep positions in 
dozens of specialist markets and 
a diversified customer base 

•  A product portfolio that includes 
a range of business-to-business 
knowledge-based products and 
services delivered in multiple  
formats

•  Brands that have strong positions 

in their markets

•  Material proportion of 
subscription-led and 
recurring revenues

•  Customer led and focused on 

serving customers in flexible ways 

•  Flexible cost structure
•  Focus on preserving long-term 
value through the COVID-19  
pandemic

7 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

available for organic investment and for 
returning capital to Shareholders.

measures, with over £600m of savings 
secured by the end of 2020. 

How viability and going concern 
are assessed 
In assessing the viability and going 
concern basis for preparing the 
financial statements, the Directors 
have considered the future trading 
prospects of the Group’s businesses 
and the Group’s available liquidity and 
debt maturities. 

As discussed in the Group Chief 
Executive’s Review and described in the 
COVID-19 Action Plan overview on pages 
10 and 11, Informa moved quickly in 
2020 to implement a plan to secure the 
stability and strength of the Group 
and preserve its long-term value. 

In terms of the viability and going 
concern assessment, the most relevant 
and significant outcomes from the 
COVID-19 Action Plan include: Informa’s 
strengthened liquidity, following the 
oversubscribed £1bn equity issue; its 
flexible financing mix following the 
issuance of €700m in additional Euro 
bonds and £150m in additional sterling 
bonds as well as the cancellation of US 
private placement notes; and its 
effective cost and cash management 

Viability and going concern testing is 
carried out against Informa’s existing 
debt facilities, with an assumption that 
the Group’s current debt structure 
remains unchanged and there is no 
refinancing of current facilities during 
the forecast period. 

The Group has a strong available 
liquidity position as at 31 March 2021 
with £350m of cash and undrawn 
committed credit facilities of £1,050m 
and, following the actions taken in 
2020, has no financial covenants on its 
borrowings. In addition, the fact that the 
Group is a well-established borrower 
provides the Directors with confidence 
that the Group could further increase 
liquidity by raising additional debt 
finance should it be required or desired. 

Viability assessment 
The Directors have assessed Informa’s 
viability over the three-year period to 
31 December 2023. We believe this is 
an appropriate timeframe because it is 
consistent with the near-term visibility 
of market trends, the nature of 
Informa’s business and the previous 
time horizons we have planned for and 

assessed performance against. 
We recognise future assessments are 
subject to a level of uncertainty that 
increases further out in time and, 
therefore, future outcomes cannot be 
guaranteed or predicted with certainty. 

The viability assessment starts by taking 
each of the Group’s principal risks and 
considers a severe but plausible 
scenario. Where a severe but plausible 
scenario creates a potential financial 
impact of over 5% of the average 
EBITDA across 2018, 2019 and 2020, 
the principal risk is modelled against the 
Group’s financial plan to test whether 
it would adversely impact the Group’s 
viability on a stand-alone basis.

In this year’s assessment, we have 
modelled the Group’s financial plan against 
four severe but plausible scenarios: a 
considerably worse economic backdrop; 
a weaker performance than anticipated 
in certain key markets; the impact of a 
continued global economic downturn 
including a continued delay to the return 
of the majority of physical events due 
to the pandemic; and the impact of a 
significant external event on our business. 
The potential financial impacts of these 
risks are also modelled together as a single 
scenario, to understand their combined 
financial impact. 

Principal risk

Economic instability

Market risk

Acquisition and integration risk

Ineffective change management

Reliance on key counterparties

Technology failure

Data loss and cyber breach

Ability to attract and retain key talent

Health and safety incidents

Inadequate response to major incidents

Privacy regulation

Inadequate regulatory compliance

Pandemic risk

Risk assessed

Risk above 5% 
average annual 
EBITDA

Impact on 
viability 
modelled

Multi-scenario
test

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

√

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

√

x

x

√

√

√

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

√

x

x

√

√

√

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

√

x

x

√

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
8 0

V I A B I L I T Y   S T A T E M E N T   c o n t i n u e d

In this scenario, the Group maintains 
liquidity headroom of more than £1.1bn.

For the reverse stress test, the Directors 
assessed the Group’s liquidity position 
if it had no gross profit between May 
2021 and June 2022 and all physical 
event-related cash collected as at 
31 March 2021 was refunded to 
customers. The Directors believe the 
assumptions applied in this reverse 
stress test are extremely remote, given 
that the Group’s subscription-led 
businesses continue to generate profit. 
However, in this test, the Group still 
maintains a minimum liquidity 
headroom of over £200m. 

Based on these results, the Directors 
believe that the Group is well placed to 
manage its financing and other business 
risks satisfactorily. The Directors have 
been able to form a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in 
operation for at least 12 months from 
the signing date of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, and therefore consider it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.

Going concern 
The restrictions adopted by authorities 
worldwide to limit the spread of 
COVID-19 have created a degree 
of uncertainty around forecasting 
Informa’s physical events revenues. 

In response, the Directors have 
considered the Company’s ability to be 
a going concern over the assessment 
period to June 2022 based on the 
Group’s financial plan, a downside 
scenario and a reverse stress test case.

The Group’s financial plan assumes 
physical events outside of Asia start to 
return from June 2021 and there is a 
slower recovery for physical events 
compared with GDP forecasts for the 
same period in those geographies. 
In this scenario, the Group maintains 
liquidity headroom of more than £1.3bn.

For the downside case, the Directors 
took the Group’s financial plan and also 
assumed the following: 

•  No indoor physical events are held 

until 2022 outside of the parts of the 
world where such events are already 
and currently operating

•  A slower recovery of physical 
event-related businesses with 
lower levels of participants
•  Subscription-led revenues are 

affected by unfavourable market 
and macro-economic conditions, 
impacting revenues and 
profit margins

Specific scenarios we have tested 
against include: 

•  That no indoor physical events are 
held until 2022 outside of the parts 
of the world where such events are 
already and currently operating
•  That physical indoor events in 2021 
show a lower participation rate than 
normal, due to ongoing restrictions in 
the number of people able to travel 
and gather and the continued impact 
on customer confidence

•  That there is a slower recovery of 
physical event-related businesses 
from 2022 than anticipated

•  That subscription-related revenues in 
2021 are affected by unfavourable 
market and macro-economic 
conditions, impacting revenues and 
profit margins

The Group is considered viable if, after 
this assessment, there is available 
headroom on the Group’s financing 
facilities for cash liquidity to fund 
operations and repay debts as they 
fall due. 

In the latest viability risks assessments, 
the Group remains viable including 
when modelling the four largest risks 
together, with no additional cost 
mitigations assumed. 

Directors’ Viability Statement
Having completed the viability 
assessment, the Directors have 
concluded that it is unlikely, but not 
impossible, that a single risk could test 
the future viability of the Group. 

Subject to these risks and on the basis 
of the analysis undertaken, however, the 
Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue 
to operate and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due over a period of three years to 
31 December 2023.

81

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Viability modelling

Multi-year 
Divisional strategic 
plans created

Multi-year Group strategy plan

Plan tested against  
the four principal risks 
where, in a severe but 
plausible scenario, 
impact of risk is valued 
at over 5% of average 
EBITDA

Tested against  
economic 
instability

Tested against  
market risk

Tested against  
inadequate 
response to major 
incidents

Tested against  
pandemic risk

Tested against economic instability, market risk, inadequate 
response to major incidents and pandemic risk simultaneously

Group is viable if 
sufficient liquidity 
headroom is maintained

Outcomes assessed against available Group liquidity headroom

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
8 2

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W

Ensuring Stability 
and Security
O ver recent years, we 

have steadily and 
deliberately built a 
portfolio of specialist 
businesses and brands 

with international reach and scale. 
Our broad geographic mix meant we 
were alive to the challenges of the 
COVID-19 pandemic early in 2020, 
enabling us to respond quickly to 
the challenges it presented to our 
business and the wider world.

From the outset, our response to the 
pandemic was built around a focus on 
preserving and protecting the long-term 
value of our brands and businesses, 
whilst, critically, providing strong 
support to colleagues and customers.

Our agile response provided the Group 
with stability and security through 2020 
and has ensured we are well placed for 
2021 and beyond, with a secure balance 
sheet, no maturities until 2023 and 
ample liquidity to support our brands 
and customer relationships as they 
begin to recover. We remain confident 
in our ability to deliver long-term 
sustainable growth and Shareholder 
value in the years to come.

Attractive long-term operational 
and financial characteristics
One of the strengths of the Informa 
Group has always been the high 
proportion of revenues which are 
forward booked and recurring in nature. 
Our portfolio of resilient subscription-
led businesses has proved particularly 
robust through the pandemic, providing 
a solid, predictable revenue base in the 
face of significant disruption in events.

The quality of our brands, depth of 
knowledge of specialist markets and 
strength of our customer relationships 

Gareth Wright
Group Finance Director

enabled us to adapt quickly to the 
absence of physical events, rolling 
out virtual events and digital products 
to complement the many specialist 
marketing services and media products 
our event-led businesses offer. 
This opened up new revenue streams 
for the Group, helping to offset some of 
the revenue lost from physical events. 
As a Group we continue to see around 
half of our revenue coming from North 
America, about 20% from Asia, about 
20% from the UK and Europe and 10% 
from the rest of the world. 

Whilst the international mix of our 
subscription-led businesses was largely 
unchanged in 2020, the differing impact 
of the pandemic around the world is 
reflected in the currency mix of events 
revenue. Physical events ran to schedule 
in January and February before the 
impact of COVID-19 spread around the 
world and lockdown restrictions began 
to be imposed. Events later restarted in 
Mainland China and in a handful of 
other locations. The quicker recovery 
here meant that around 30% of Informa 

8 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

£600m+ 

Annualised total savings in 2020

£1bn+ 

Cash and available facilities 

Markets’ revenue was generated within 
Mainland China in 2020, almost double 
that in 2019.

The international nature of our business 
means we make tax contributions in 
multiple countries. Our approach to 
tax planning continues to be low risk, 
recognising the importance of tax 
contributions to the economies and 
communities in which we operate. 
The Group’s effective tax rate* 
decreased in 2020 to 15.0% (2019: 19.0%).

The Group has six defined benefit 
schemes, with all schemes closed 
to future accruals. We reported a 
small net pension liability of £71.4m 
(2019: £30.1m) which we continue to 
address through recovery payments.

Stability and security in financing
The impact of the pandemic on Informa 
Markets, Informa Connect and Informa 
Tech, partly offset by predictable 
performance across our subscription-
led businesses, led to a decrease in 
reported revenue to £1,660.8m in 2020 
representing an underlying decline of 
41.0% (2019: growth of 3.5%) adjusting 
for the effects of currency movements, 
acquisitions, disposals and phasing. 
Reported revenue was in line with the 
guidance issued at our half-year results. 

Encouragingly, the demand for our 
brands and strength of our customer 
relationships has meant refunds have 
remained low, at around 25% of the 
gross cash we had collected before the 
pandemic. Many customers have rolled 
credit into the rescheduled events. 
A similar approach was adopted by 
our venue partners. Together, these 
mitigated the impact on working capital 
through 2020.

As the impact of the pandemic on our 
revenues became more apparent, we 

progressively expanded the cost 
measures deployed. Alongside the 
direct savings from events that 
were unable to run, we launched a 
programme to reduce our indirect 
costs, beginning with the removal of 
all discretionary expenditure, pausing 
non-essential projects, recruitment and 
pay review, before turning to our real 
estate portfolio, consolidating space 
where possible. We introduced 
voluntary sabbaticals for colleagues 
and also offered a voluntary severance 
programme in the third quarter, 
with some targeted compulsory 
redundancies in certain areas of the 
business during the fourth quarter.

In total, the Group delivered £400m 
of direct cost savings to adjusted 
operating profit and a further £200m 
of annualised indirect cost savings 
by the end of 2020, that helped to 
limit the year-on-year reduction in 
adjusted operating profit (2020: £268m, 
2019: £933m), while also ensuring the 
Group entered 2021 with an appropriate 
level of costs for the year ahead. 

The statutory operating loss was 
£880.4m (2019: profit £538.1m), largely 
driven by the non-cash impairment of 
goodwill within the three event-led 
businesses and the reduction in 
adjusted operating profit, as well as 
reduced trading partly offset by cost 
saving measures.

In February, we secured a £750m 
surplus credit facility, which was not 
drawn, and confirmed access to a 
further £300m from the Bank of 
England Covid Corporate Financing 
Facility. This provided short-term 
liquidity should it have been required. 
In the event, neither facility was used, 
with the surplus facility cancelled later 
in the year following two successful 
issuances in the Euro bond market for a 
combined £790m and a £150m increase 
to our revolving credit facility. 

Earlier in the year, we received strong 
support from our Shareholders, both 
in pausing dividends and also in the 
issue of £1bn of fresh equity in May. 
This immediately strengthened our 
balance sheet, reducing our net debt 
and leverage, enabling us to keep 
making decisions for the long-term 
strength of our business, rather than 
to satisfy a short-term covenant 
requirement. In November, we 

redeemed all outstanding US private 
placement notes, removing all financial 
covenants. Following the Euro bond 
issues this provided us with liquidity 
of over £1bn and extended our earliest 
debt maturity to 2023. 

Our cost of debt reduced to 3.3% 
and average maturity was 4.8 years. 
We expect to be within our targeted 
leverage range of 2–2.5x by the end 
of 2022.

Looking forward to 2021 
and beyond
Our actions in 2020 have put the Group 
in a strong and stable financing position 
for 2021 and beyond. The combination 
of our cost activities and refinancing 
actions mean the Group will be cash 
positive from the start of 2021, 
regardless of a broader recovery in 
physical events. 

Our subscription-led businesses 
remain a solid foundation for the Group, 
representing 52% of Group revenue 
in 2020, and delivering another solid 
performance, underpinned by strong 
renewal rates and positive annualised 
contract values. 

As vaccine programmes progress 
around the world, we are planning 
for the progressive return of physical 
events beyond Mainland China from late 
spring 2021, although we remain flexible 
in our approach. 

The events of 2020 provided an 
opportunity for us to experiment with 
digital innovation and virtual events, 
generating deep pools of data and 
providing unique insights into our 
customers’ needs and experiences. 
As we move into 2021 we look to further 
develop our digital offerings through 
organic investments where these 
make sense.

We continue to view the Knowledge 
and Information Economy as a 
growing market, where we have 
strong, established brands across our 
information services, advanced learning 
and events businesses, providing 
potential for future growth and 
expansion as the world recovers 
from the impact of the pandemic.

  Gareth Wright

Group Finance Director

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
8 5

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

8 4

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Income Statement
The 2020 financial year was dominated by the impact of COVID-19, which led to enforced lockdown and major travel restrictions 
in most countries around the world for much of the year, severely disrupting many industries. At Informa, we demonstrated 
resilience and strength in our subscription-led businesses and the power of our data and relationships in our specialist B2B 
media, marketing services and virtual events activities. Our physical events portfolio started the year positively before being 
severely disrupted by COVID-19. Our response was to launch a major Cost Management Programme, a range of financing 
initiatives and an extended Postponement Programme, including the launch of more than 500 virtual events. Our COVID-19 
Action Plan helped to limit the overall impact on the Group’s financial performance but revenues and profits were significantly 
lower than 2019. 

Measurement and adjustments
In addition to statutory results, adjusted results are prepared for the Income Statement. These include adjusted operating profit, 
adjusted diluted earnings per share and other underlying measures. A full definition of these metrics can be found in the glossary 
of terms on page 228. The Divisional table on page 86 provides a reconciliation between statutory operating profit and adjusted 
operating profit by Division. 

Underlying revenue and adjusted operating profit growth on an underlying basis are reconciled to reported growth in the table 
below. For the calculation of underlying growth, where an event originally scheduled for 2020 was either cancelled or postponed 
to 2021, no adjustment to 2019 revenue was made.

Revenue

Operating profit/(loss)

Loss on disposal

Net finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax (charge)/credit

Profit/(loss) for the period

Adjusted operating margin

Diluted EPS1

1.  2019 restated for share placement

Adjusted 
results*
2020 
£m

1,660.8

267.8

–

(97.4)

170.4

(25.6)

144.8

16.1%

9.9p

Adjusting 
items*
2020 
£m

–

(1,148.2)

(8.4)

(153.5)

(1,310.1)

127.7

(1,182.4)

Statutory 
results
2020 
£m

1,660.8

(880.4)

(8.4)

(250.9)

(1,139.7)

102.1

(1,037.6)

(73.4p)

Adjusted 
results
2019 
£m

2,890.3

933.1

–

(111.7)

821.4

(156.1)

665.3

32.3%

51.0p

Adjusting 
items
2019 
£m

–

(395.0)

(95.4)

(12.3)

(502.7)

83.5

(419.2)

Statutory 
results
2019 
£m

2,890.3

538.1

(95.4)

(124.0)

318.7

(72.6)

246.1

17.8p

2020

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

2019

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Underlying 
(decline)/
growth

(41.0%)

(70.8%)

3.5%

6.5%

Phasing and 
other items

Acquisitions 
and disposals

Currency 
change

(0.6%)

(0.8%)

0.2%

2.1%

(0.6%)

(0.2%)

15.3%

12.1%

(0.3%)

0.5% 

3.0%

6.8%

Reported 
(decline)/
growth

(42.5%)

(71.3%)

22.0%

27.5%

Adjusting items
The items below have been excluded from adjusted results. The total adjusting items in the period increased to £1,148.2m 
(2019: £395.0m), largely due to the non-cash impairment of goodwill, one-off COVID-19-related onerous contract costs and 
one-off costs relating to the Group’s voluntary severance programme and some targeted redundancies. 

Statutory Income Statement results
The disruption to our physical events portfolio led to a 42.5% decrease in reported revenue to £1,660.8m.

The Group reported a statutory operating loss of £880.4m compared with an operating profit of £538.1m for the year ended 
31 December 2019. This reflects the reduction in revenue as well as an increase in adjusting items, with a significant proportion 
relating to a non-cash goodwill impairment of £592.9m.

This impairment reflected the impact of COVID-19 on the long-term trading outlook for our physical events portfolio within 
Informa Markets, Informa Connect and Informa Tech. The impairment review was based on forecasts as at 30 June, when the 
continued inability to run physical events in our largest market, North America, and most other locations, was expected to 
significantly impact the full-year outcome in 2020, before the assumption of a gradual recovery over the next few years.

For modelling purposes, it was assumed that the Group returns to 2019 levels of operating cash flow by 2025. This resulted in a 
non-cash impairment of £231.1m for Informa Markets, £105.9m for Informa Connect and £255.9m for Informa Tech.

Since 30 June, the expected outlook in Mainland China has improved with physical events operating throughout the second half 
of 2020 and in 2021. In addition, a number of other regions, including the US, are expected to gradually see physical events return 
in the second half of 2021, as the progressive rollout of COVID-19 vaccines leads to a relaxation in restrictions and permissions to 
hold face-to-face events return. The annual impairment review performed at 31 December 2020 showed no further impairment 
being required.

Statutory net finance costs increased by £126.9m to £250.9m, comprising £266.2m of finance costs and £15.3m of finance 
income. The main driver of the increase was one-off costs associated with the restructuring and rescheduling of debt.

The combination of all these factors led to a statutory loss before tax of £1,139.7m, compared with a profit before tax of £318.7m 
in the prior year. This statutory loss led to a tax credit for the year of £102.1m, compared with a tax charge of £72.6m in the 
prior year.

The statutory operating loss flowed through to a statutory diluted loss per share of 73.4p, compared with an earnings per share 
of 17.8p for the year ended 31 December 2019. The difference primarily reflected the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on 
trading and the related non-cash impairment charge, partially offset by the favourable tax charge for the year. There was also a 
155.5m increase in the weighted average number of shares used for calculating diluted earnings per share compared with 2019, 
reflecting the impact of the equity addition in April/May 2020, which saw 250.3m new shares being issued.

Intangible amortisation and impairment

 Intangible asset amortisation1

 Impairment – goodwill

 Impairment – acquisition-related intangible assets

 Impairment – right of use assets

 Impairment – property and equipment

 Impairment – investments

Acquisition costs

Integration costs

Restructuring and reorganisation costs

Redundancy and reorganisation costs

Vacant property and finance lease modification costs

Onerous contracts associated with COVID-19 

Other items associated with COVID-19

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration

VAT charges 

Adjusting items in operating profit

Loss on disposal businesses

Finance income

Finance costs 

Adjusting items in (loss)/profit before tax

Tax related to adjusting items

Adjusting items in (loss)/profit for the year

2020 
£m

291.8

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

2.8

46.3

47.6

30.0

47.3

5.3

(3.1)

–

1,148.2

8.4

(8.3)

161.8

1,310.1

(127.7)

1,182.4

2019
£m

312.4

0.9

3.8

4.6

–

–

3.3

56.4

6.4

2.2

–

–

3.2

1.8

395.0

95.4

(1.2)

13.5

502.7

(83.5)

419.2

1.  Excludes acquired intangible product development and software amortisation

Intangible amortisation of £291.8m relates to the historical additions of book lists and journal titles, acquired databases, 
customer and attendee relationships and brands related to exhibitions, events and conferences. As it relates to acquisitions, 
it is not treated as an ordinary cost. By contrast, intangible asset amortisation arising from software assets and product 
development is treated as an ordinary cost in the calculation of operating profit, so is not treated as an adjusting item.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
8 6

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Non-cash impairment of goodwill of £592.9m arises from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the carrying value of our 
physical events portfolio as noted in the Statutory Income Statement results section. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for further details. 

Impairment of acquisition-related intangibles of £38.5m reflects impairment for assets where businesses are no longer expected 
to trade or where the impairment review has shown the carrying value was not supportable.

Impairment of right of use assets of £36.1m, together with the vacant property and finance lease modification costs of £30.8m, 
arose from our Balanced Working Programme and the decision to permanently vacate a number of office properties from 
June 2020.

Integration costs of £46.3m include £27.5m relating to the acquisition of UBM, consisting mainly of process, property and 
colleague-related reorganisation costs. The remaining £18.8m of integration costs includes one-off costs relating to the addition 
of IHS Markit’s TMT Research and Intelligence portfolio.

Redundancy and reorganisation costs of £47.6m include the one-off costs relating to our voluntary and targeted severance 
programmes that were undertaken in the second half of 2020.

Onerous contracts associated with the pandemic were £47.3m through the period, arising from costs for events which were 
cancelled or postponed due to COVID-19, where the costs could not be recovered, typically related to venues and event set-up. 
The other items associated with COVID-19 of £5.3m are one-off indirect costs largely relating to contractual commitments to 
the owner of an event that was cancelled.

The table below shows the results and adjusting items by Division, highlighting a robust performance by our subscription-led 
businesses, Informa Intelligence and Taylor & Francis, offset by the impact of COVID-19 on physical events at Informa Markets, 
Informa Connect and Informa Tech.

Informa  
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Revenue

Underlying revenue (decline)/growth

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

Add back:

Intangible asset amortisation1

Impairment of goodwill 

Impairment – acquisition-related intangible assets

Impairment – right of use assets 

Impairment – property and equipment 

Impairment – investments

Acquisition costs

Integration costs

Redundancy and reorganisation 

Vacant property & finance lease modification costs

Onerous contracts associated with COVID-19

One-off costs associated with COVID-19

Remeasurement of contingent consideration

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit

Underlying adjusted operating profit (decline)/growth

Informa 
Markets
£m

524.4

(62.7%)

(597.4)

185.7

231.1

24.1

15.0

4.2

–

0.9

24.0

26.9

12.6

41.0

5.3

0.9

(25.7)

(106.7%)

Informa 
Connect
£m

124.2

(55.1%)

(175.8)

16.8

105.9

4.5

5.3

1.3

2.5

–

1.6

6.4

5.3

3.3

–

(0.7)

(23.6)

150.9

(45.9%)

(316.7)

20.7

255.9

6.2

2.5

0.8

–

0.4

16.9

9.6

2.2

2.9

–

(3.3)

(1.9)

(153.4%)

(103.3%)

Taylor & 
Francis
£m

556.0

(0.2%)

146.1

305.3

1.8%

63.4

16.6

52.0

–

2.7

7.0

1.0

1.4

1.3

3.0

2.9

3.6

0.1

–

–

–

1.0

6.3

1.5

–

0.2

0.8

1.8

6.3

–

–

–

103.0

4.7%

216.0

1.3%

Group
£m

1,660.8

(41.0%)

(880.4)

291.8

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

2.8

46.3

47.6

30.0

47.3

5.3

(3.1)

267.8

(70.8%)

1.  Intangible asset amortisation is in respect of acquired intangibles, and excludes amortisation of software and product development

8 7

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Adjusted Net Finance Costs
Adjusted net finance costs, consisting of the interest costs on our US private placement loan notes and our corporate bonds and 
bank borrowings, decreased by £14.3m in the year to £97.4m. The decrease primarily relates to lower interest rates following the 
refinancing of a US dollar bond and certain private placement notes in October 2019 and February 2020.

Adjusting items for finance costs of £161.8m and finance income of £8.3m primarily relate to our COVID-19 Financing Action Plan, 
which removed financial covenants from our balance sheet, pushed our earliest debt maturity out to 2023 and improved 
available liquidity to north of £1bn. The costs and income associated with this restructuring and rescheduling of debt, which 
included make-whole interest payments to debt holders, was £161.7m.

The reconciliation of adjusted net finance costs to the statutory finance costs and finance income is as follows: 

Finance income 

Finance costs 

Add back: Adjusting items relating to finance income 

Add back: Adjusting items relating to finance costs 

Adjusted net finance costs 

2020 
£m

(15.3)

266.2

8.3

(161.8)

97.4

2019
£m

(10.1)

134.1

1.2

(13.5)

111.7

Taxation
Approach to tax
The Group continues to recognise that taxes paid are part of the economic benefit created for the societies in which we operate, 
and that a fair and effective tax system is in the interests of taxpayers and society at large. We aim to comply with tax laws and 
regulations everywhere the Group does business. Informa has open and constructive working relationships with tax authorities 
worldwide and our approach balances the interests of stakeholders including Shareholders, governments, colleagues and the 
communities in which we operate. 

The Group’s effective tax rate reflects the blend of tax rates and profits in the jurisdictions in which we operate. In 2020, the 
adjusted effective tax rate was 15.0% (2019: 19%). 

The calculation of the adjusted effective tax rate is as follows:

Adjusted tax charge 

Adjusted profit before tax 

Adjusted tax rate %

2020 
£m

25.6

170.4

15.0%

2019
£m

156.1

821.4

19.0%

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
8 8

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Tax payments
During 2020, the Group paid £32.9m (2019: £100.6m) of corporation and similar taxes on profits, with the year-on-year reduction 
reflecting the lower profit before tax reported in the year. 

A breakdown of the main geographies in which the Group paid tax is as follows:

UK

Continental Europe

US

China

Rest of world

Total

The reconciliation of the adjusted tax charge to cash taxes paid is as follows:

Tax charge on adjusted profit before tax per Consolidated Income Statement

Movement in deferred tax including tax losses

Net current tax credits in respect of adjusting items

Movement in provisions for uncertain tax positions

Taxes paid in different year to charged

Taxes paid per statutory cash flow

2020 
£m

4.5

2.7

1.6

14.1

10.0

32.9

2020 
£m

25.6

2.8

(3.0)

(1.1)

8.6

32.9

2019
£m

25.8

10.7

19.9

21.8

22.4

100.6

2019
£m

156.1

(27.1)

(20.1)

4.3

(12.6)

100.6

At the end of 2020, the deferred tax assets relating to US and UK tax losses were £124.9m (2019: £69.2m) and £42.3m 
(2019: £9.5m) respectively. These are expected to be utilised against future taxable profits.

Goodwill is not amortised as it is subject to impairment review, and as a result there is no charge to adjusting items for goodwill 
amortisation. However, there can be an allowable tax benefit for certain goodwill amortisation in the US and elsewhere. 
Where this benefit arises, it reduces the tax charge on adjusted profits. 

The amortisation of intangible assets is considered an adjusting item. Therefore, the £13.4m (2019: £14.4m) of current tax credits 
taken in respect of the amortisation of intangible assets is also treated as an adjusting item, and is therefore included in the tax 
credits in respect of adjusting items.

Tax contribution
The Group’s total tax contribution, which comprises all material taxes paid to, and collected on behalf of, governments globally 
was £257.2m in 2020 (2019: £375.2m). The geographic split of taxes paid by our businesses was as follows:

Profit taxes borne

Employment taxes borne

Other taxes

Total tax contribution

UK
£m

4.5

20.1

6.1

30.7

US
£m

1.6

18.9

0.9

21.4

Other
£m

26.8

8.1

0.8

35.7

Total
£m

32.9

47.1

7.8

87.8

Earnings per share
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (EPS) decreased to 9.9p (2019: 51.0p). This reflects the decrease in adjusted earnings to 
£140.9m (2019: £644.7m), combined with a 12.8% increase in the weighted average number of shares. In April, as part of our 
COVID-19 Financing Action Plan, an equity addition led to the issue of 250.3m new shares, priced at 400p per a share, a 4% 
discount to the previous closing share price of 416.8p on 15 April 2020. The weighted average number of shares for the prior year 
has been restated to reflect the new shares issued, leading to a restatement of EPS and dividends per share as well. The restated 
EPS figures are detailed below.

An analysis of adjusted diluted EPS and statutory diluted EPS is as follows: 

8 9

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

Statutory (loss)/profit for the year

Add back: Adjusting items in (loss)/profit for the year

Adjusted profit for the year

Non-controlling interests

Adjusted earnings 

Weighted average number of shares used in adjusted diluted EPS (m)

Adjusted diluted EPS (p)

Statutory (loss)/profit for the year

Non-controlling interests

Statutory earnings 

Weighted average number of shares used in diluted EPS (m)

Statutory diluted EPS (p)

2020 
£m

(1,037.6)

1,182.4

144.8

(3.9)

140.9

1,426.5

9.9p

2020 
£m

(1,037.6)

(3.9)

(1,041.5)

1,419.7

(73.4p)

2019
£m

246.1

419.2

665.3

(20.6)

644.7

1,264.2

51.0p

2019
£m

246.1

(20.6)

225.5

1,264.2

17.8p

Dividends
In April 2020, as part of the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic through our COVID-19 Action Plan, and following 
consultation with Shareholders, the Board announced the temporary suspension of dividends, including the withdrawal of the 
2019 final dividend. 

Currency impact
One of the Group’s strengths is its international reach and balance, with colleagues and businesses located in most major regions 
of the world. This means the Group generates revenues and costs in a mixture of currencies, with particular exposure to the US 
dollar, as well as some exposure to the Euro and the Chinese renminbi. 

In 2020, approximately 63% (2019: 59%) of Group revenue was received in USD or currencies pegged to USD, with 5% (2019: 7%) 
received in Euro and around 9% (H1 2019: 8%) in Chinese renminbi.

Similarly, we incurred approximately 48% (2019: 53%) of our costs in USD or currencies pegged to USD, with 2% (2019: 3%) in Euro 
and around 7% (2019: 7%) in Chinese renminbi.

Each one cent ($0.01) movement in the USD to GBP exchange rate has a circa £8m (2019: circa £13m) impact on annual revenue, 
and a circa £3m (2019: circa £5m) impact on annual adjusted operating profit. 

In addition to the above, in 2020 we collected taxes on behalf of governments (e.g. employee taxes and sales taxes) amounting to 
£169.4m (2019: £209.9m). 

The following rates versus GBP were applied during the year:

US dollar

Euro

Chinese renminbi

2020

2019

Closing rate

Average rate

Closing rate

Average rate

1.37

1.11

8.94

1.29

1.13

8.88

1.32

1.17

9.17

1.28

1.14

8.80

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
91

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

9 0

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Free cash flow
Cash generation remains a key priority and focus for the Group, providing the funds and flexibility for paying down debt, future 
organic and inorganic investment, and consistent Shareholder returns. Our businesses typically convert adjusted operating profit 
into cash at an attractive rate, reflecting the relatively low capital intensity of the Group. In 2020, absolute levels of cash flow were 
significantly lower and conversion rates reflected the impact of COVID-19 on our event-led businesses.

The following table reconciles statutory operating (loss)/profit to operating cash flow and free cash flow. See the glossary of 
terms for the definition of free cash flow and operating cash flow.

Net cash interest payments of £271.6m were £138.8m higher than the prior year, largely reflecting the payments made to US 
private placement note holders in November 2020, as part of the restructuring and rescheduling of our debt. In 2020 borrowing 
fees of £17.6m were paid relating to new financing facilities, following the successful issuances in the Euro bond market for a 
combined £790m and the increase in our revolving credit facility (RCF) of £150m to total £1,050m.

The following table reconciles net cash inflow from operating activities, as shown in the consolidated cash flow statement to free 
cash flow:

Statutory operating (loss)/profit 

Add back: Adjusting items 

Adjusted operating profit 

Depreciation of property and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Software and product development amortisation

Share-based payments 

Loss on disposal of other assets

Adjusted share of joint venture and associate results

Adjusted EBITDA1

Net capital expenditure

Working capital movement2

Pension deficit contributions

Operating cash flow 

Restructuring and reorganisation 

Onerous contracts and one-off costs associated with COVID-19

Net interest3

Taxation

Free cash flow 

2020 
£m

(880.4)

1,148.2

267.8

16.8

30.3

41.1

11.2

0.9

(0.8)

367.3

(48.4)

(81.9)

(6.2)

230.8

(35.6)

(44.6)

(271.6)

(32.9)

(153.9)

2019
£m

538.1

395.0

933.1

17.2

33.1

41.9

10.4

–

(1.5)

1,034.2

(49.8)

(13.6)

(5.4)

965.4

(9.9)

–

(132.8)

(100.6)

722.1

1.  Adjusted EBITDA represents adjusted operating profit before interest, tax, and non-cash items including depreciation and amortisation

2.  Working capital movement excludes movements on restructuring, reorganisation, COVID-19 costs and acquisition and integration accruals as the cash flow 
relating to these amounts is included other lines in the free cash flow and reconciliation from free cash flow to net funds flow. The variance between the 
working capital in the Free Cash Flow and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement is driven by the non-cash movement on these items.

3.  Amount includes £161.7m (2019: £13.5m) of make-whole interest paid in respect of the early repayment of private placement and bond debt

The decrease in cash generated compared with 2019 is largely driven by the impact of COVID-19 on operating profit, together with 
the one-off costs associated with COVID-19 and its adverse impact on working capital movement. The calculation of operating 
and free cash flow conversion is as follows:

Operating cash flow/free cash flow 

Adjusted operating profit 

Operating cash flow conversion/Free cash flow conversion 

Operating cash flow conversion*

Free cash flow conversion

2020
£m

230.8

267.8

86.2%

2019
£m

965.4

933.1

103.5%

2020
£m

(153.9)

267.8

(57.5%)

2019
£m 

722.1

933.1

77.4%

Net capital expenditure was £48.4m (2019: £49.8m), equivalent to 2.9% of 2020 revenue (2019: 1.7%).

The working capital outflow of £81.9m was £68.3m higher than the £13.6m outflow in 2019, reflecting the impact of COVID-19 on 
working capital phasing within the event-led businesses. This was primarily driven by lower cash collections in the year due to the 
cancellation of events in 2020 and, hence, lower levels of rebooking. It also reflects a small amount of refunds paid to customers 
in the year, where events were cancelled and lower forward commitments to events scheduled for H1 2021, due to ongoing 
COVID-19 uncertainty.

The Group continues to hold cash in advance of events, with £466m of cash relating to future events and services held as at 
31 December 2020. The strength of our brands and demand for our products led to relatively few customers asking for refunds 
of cash committed to events that were postponed or cancelled, with only £102m requested during the year.

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities per statutory cash flow

Interest received

Borrowing fees paid

Purchase of property and equipment

Purchase of intangible software assets

Product development cost additions

Add back: Acquisition and integration costs paid

Free cash flow 

2020 
£m

(139.5)

5.7

(17.6)

(10.7)

(23.8)

(13.9)

45.9

(153.9)

2019
£m

719.6

5.5

–

(17.5)

(25.3)

(7.0)

46.8

722.1

Net cash from operating activities decreased by £859.1m to record an outflow of £139.5m, principally driven by the reduction in 
adjusted operating profit and the increased interest payments associated with the restructuring and rescheduling of our debt.

The following table reconciles cash generated by operations, as shown in the consolidated cash flow statement, to operating cash 
flow shown in the free cash flow table above:

Cash generated by operations per statutory cash flow

Capex paid

Add back: Acquisition and integration costs paid

Add back: Restructuring and reorganisation costs paid

Onerous contracts and one-off costs paid associated with COVID-19

Operating cash flow per free cash flow statement

2020 
£m

153.1

(48.4)

45.9

35.6

44.6

230.8

2019
£m

958.5

(49.8)

46.8

9.9

–

965.4

The following table reconciles free cash flow to net funds flow and net debt, with net debt reducing by £628.0m to £2,029.6m 
during the year ended 31 December 2020, primarily due to the net receipt of £973.7m from the proceeds of the equity addition, 
partly offset by the free cash outflow of £153.9m, acquisitions investment of £176.3m and £59.9m unfavourable movement in 
exchange rates, mainly driven by the movement in the USD to GBP exchange rates.

Free cash flow

Acquisitions

Disposals

Dividends paid to Shareholders

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Issuance of shares

Purchase of shares

Net funds flow

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange

Net finance lease additions in the year1

IFRS 16 leases at 1 January 2019

IFRS 16 finance lease receivable at 1 January 2019

Net debt b/f 

Net debt 

1.  Amount excludes finance lease cash repayments or receipts

2020 
£m

(153.9)

(176.3)

10.4

(0.2)

(13.6)

973.7

(1.3)

638.8

61.3

(59.9)

(12.2)

–

–

2019
£m

722.1

(311.1)

179.3

(280.0)

(17.5)

–

(15.9)

276.9

5.7

87.4

(16.5)

(343.6)

14.4

(2,657.6)

(2,029.6)

(2,681.9)

(2,657.6)

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
92

F I N A N C I A L   R E V I E W   c o n t i n u e d

Financing and leverage
Net debt was £2.0bn at 31 December 2020 (2019: £2.7bn), with the year-on-year improvement reflecting positive funds flow, 
supported by the equity addition in April/May. Unutilised committed financing facilities relating to the Group’s RCF were 
£1,050.0m (2019: £843.1m). Combined with £299.4 of cash, this resulted in available liquidity at 31 December 2020 of £1,349.4m.

On 24 February 2020, we made an early repayment to US private placement holders of the $200.5m debt maturing in  
December 2020.

On 6 October 2020, we issued a Euro Medium Term Note (EMTN) of €700m with a maturity of October 2025. Additionally, on 
3 November 2020 we issued an EMTN of £150m with a maturity of July 2026.

On 6 November 2020, as part of the Group’s COVID-19 Financing Action Plan, we made an early repayment to the US private 
placement holders of $1,387.1m, with the associated fees being recognised in the Income Statement.

On 26 November 2020, the Group’s RCF was increased by £150m to £1,050m. On 14 December 2020, there were extensions to 
the RCF resulting in facilities of £30m (2019: £30m) maturing in February 2023, £420m (2019: £270m) maturing in February 2024, 
£60m (2019: £60m) maturing in February 2025 and £540m (2019: £540m) maturing in February 2026.

Following the proactive management of our financing structure, the average debt maturity on our drawn borrowings is currently 
4.8 years (5.5 years as at 31 December 2019), with no significant maturities until July 2023.

Net debt and committed facilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Private placement loan notes 

Private placement fees

Bond borrowings

Bond borrowing fees

Bank borrowings – revolving credit facility (RCF) 

Bank borrowing fees

Derivative assets associated with borrowings

Derivative liabilities associated with borrowings

Net debt before leases 

Finance lease liabilities

Finance lease receivables

Net debt 

Borrowings (excluding derivatives, leases and fees)

Unutilised committed facilities (undrawn portion of RCF)

Total committed facilities

2020 
£m

(299.4)

–

–

2,111.1

(15.3)

–

(2.6)

(44.6)

7.5

1,756.7

280.8

(7.9)

2,029.6

2,111.1

1,050.0

3,161.1

2019
£m

(195.1)

1,212.8

(2.7)

1,279.1

(11.0)

56.9

(2.2)

(3.9)

22.4

2,356.3

316.6

(15.3)

2,657.6

2,548.8

843.1

3,391.9

Following the repayment of the US private placement loan notes in November 2020, there are no financial covenants on our 
debt facilities in issue at 31 December 2020. Based on previous calculations, our covenant leverage ratio at 31 December 2020 
was 5.6 times (31 December 2019: 2.5 times), and the interest cover* ratio was 3.6 times (31 December 2019: 9.4 times). Both  
are calculated in accordance with our historical note purchase agreements which no longer applied at 31 December 2020.

See the glossary of terms on page 228 for the definition of leverage ratio and interest cover.

The calculation of the leverage ratio is as follows:

Net debt as reported 

Adjusted EBITDA

Leverage

Adjustment to EBITDA for covenant calculation1

Adjustment to net debt for covenant calculation1

Leverage ratio per previous debt covenants

1.  Refer to the glossary for details of the nature of previous debt covenant adjustments to EBITDA and net debt for leverage ratio

The calculation of interest cover is as follows:

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted net finance costs 

Interest cover 

Interest cover covenant EBITDA adjustment to ratio1

Interest cover per previous debt covenant

9 3

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I
C

R
E
P
O
R
T

2020 
£m

2,029.6

367.3

5.5x

0.8x

(0.7x)

5.6x

2020 
£m

367.3

97.4

3.8x

(0.2x)

3.6x

2019
£m

2,657.6

1,034.2

2.6x

0.2x

(0.3x)

2.5x

2019
£m

1,034.2

111.7

9.3x

0.1x

9.4x

1.  Refer to the glossary for details of the nature of previous debt covenant adjustments to EBITDA for interest cover

Share placement 
As part of our COVID-19 Action Plan, on 15 April 2020 the Company announced a share issue of 250,318,000 new ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 19.99% of the Company’s existing issued share capital. 125,159,000 new ordinary shares were issued 
on 20 April 2020 and, as part of the same process, a further 125,159,000 on 5 May 2020. The share issue placing price was 400p 
per share, representing a discount of 4% to the closing share price of 416.8p on 15 April 2020. The gross proceeds raised through 
the placement were £1,001.3m, with net proceeds of £973.7m.

Corporate development 
Informa has a proven track record in creating value through identifying, executing and integrating complementary businesses 
effectively into the Group. In 2020, cash invested in acquisitions was £176.3m (2019: £311.1m), with £84.6m relating to acquisitions 
including £7.3m of cash paid for business assets (2019: £227.1m), £45.9m (2019: £46.8m) relating to acquisition and integration 
costs, £28.1m (2019: £32.2m) relating to the cash settlement on the exercise of an option relating to minority interests in certain 
Fashion shows in the US, £16.8m (2019: £nil) relating to the settlement of options relating to a 4.1% minority holder of certain 
parts of our ASEAN businesses and £0.9m (2019: £5.0) relating to other investments. Net proceeds from disposals amounted to 
£10.4m (2019: £179.3m).

Acquisitions
On 9 January 2020, the Group acquired F1000 Research Limited for cash consideration of £14.9m. The business is an open 
research publishing company and forms part of the Taylor & Francis business. 

On 2 October 2020, the Group acquired the business of TrialScope Inc. for cash consideration, net of cash acquired, of £54.1m. 
TrialScope is a pharmaceutical subscription software business and forms part of the Informa Intelligence Division. 

Pensions
The Group continues to meet all commitments to its pension schemes, which include six defined benefit schemes. 
At 31 December 2020, the Group had a net pension liability of £71.4m (31 December 2019: £30.1m). Gross liabilities were 
£786.8m at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £730.8m). The increase in liabilities is predominantly driven by the 
decrease to the discount rates used for calculating the present value of the pension liability.

The net deficit remains relatively small compared with the size of the Group’s balance sheet. All schemes are closed to 
future accrual.

  Gareth Wright

Group Finance Director
22 April 2021

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
9 4

C H A I R ’ S   I N T R O D U C T I O N   T O   G O V E R N A N C E

The  
Chair’s  
2020 Review

Derek Mapp
Chair

It has been my pleasure 
to serve the interests of 
Informa’s Shareholders, 
colleagues and other 
stakeholders, and I leave 
confident in the knowledge 
that the Company has an 
exciting future, supported 
by a first-class leadership 
and Board.

F irstly, on behalf of the 

Board, I would like to 
thank all Shareholders 
for their invaluable support 
throughout what has been 

the most challenging period the 
Company has faced during my time 
as Chair.

Your Company has been quick to respond 
to the challenges of the COVID-19 
pandemic, building a position of stability 
and security through 2020, with a clear 
focus on protecting and preserving the 
long-term value of Informa’s brands and 
businesses. This was only possible with 
the strong support of all the Company’s 
stakeholders and for this we are 
very grateful.

At the heart of the Group’s resilience, 
and something that is key to long-term 
success, is the strong and unique culture 
at Informa. This thrives on collaboration, 
working together to find solutions and 
acting and taking decisions quickly. 
Combined with appropriate governance 
and oversight, and a relentless ambition 
to do more, your Board is confident the 
Group is well placed to return and 
rebound on the other side of 
the pandemic. 

In accordance with the principles and 
provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board continues 
to monitor the Group’s culture and ensure 
a supportive tone is set from the top. 
Further details on this are provided in the 
Strategic and Directors’ Reports, including 
our Section 172 statement on page 45. 

Stability and security
As my introduction on page 4 outlines, 
a foundation of the Group’s stability 
and security in 2020 was the resilience 
and strength of our subscription-led 
businesses. Taylor & Francis and 
Informa Intelligence both performed 
well, underlining the strength of our 
brands and value of our specialist 
content and data.

Informa Markets, Informa Connect 
and Informa Tech all faced material 
disruption from the pandemic, 
reflecting widespread lockdown 
measures and travel restrictions across 
the world, which made running physical 
events impossible for much of the year. 
In response, we deployed a major 
Postponement Programme across 
our events portfolio. 

9 5

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

In the absence of physical events, 
we continued to support customers 
through specialist media and marketing 
services products and more than 500 
virtual events. As in many industries, 
digital adoption has accelerated through 
the pandemic. Virtual events and digital 
services offer the potential to augment, 
extend and enhance our established 
physical event brands and we are 
excited about these opportunities.

As the impact of the pandemic became 
clear, the Group moved quickly to 
manage costs and preserve cash, 
deploying a £600m cost management 
programme. In addition, we undertook 
a series of initiatives to strengthen the 
Group’s balance sheet, including 
extending credit facilities, redeeming 
US private placement notes and issuing 
debt and equity.

An engaged and effective Board 
The Board continues to play an 
important role in providing advice, 
challenge and scrutiny to management, 
and its overall governance, conduct and 
engagement therefore contributes to 
the delivery of Group strategy. In 2020, 
this was particularly important given the 
fast-moving situation and necessary 
actions required to ensure the long-
term health of the Company.

As Chair, I am responsible for the 
overall effectiveness of the Board and 
aim to ensure there is a constructive 
relationship with management, allowing 
each Director to fully contribute. 

Informa has a clear governance 
structure for decision making, with 
Board decisions made collectively, 
following input from each Director. 
Access to management and Company 
information is provided at every Board 
meeting and through updates and 
reports on important matters, and 
Directors are encouraged to spend 
time with colleagues and Shareholders 
outside of Board meetings

In 2020, the pandemic led to more 
frequent interaction and engagement 
with the Executive Directors and 
the Senior Management team. 
The extensive demands put on the 
Directors demonstrated their 
commitment to Company matters 
and capacity to meet their duties 
to the Board.

As part of our triennial cycle, in 
January 2021 the Board appointed 
an independent consultant to carry 
out an external evaluation of its 
effectiveness. Details of the initial 
findings of this Board evaluation can 
be found on page 105. 

Chair succession and evolution 
of the Board 
In January 2020, the Group confirmed 
that a Chair succession process was 
underway, with the intention to have it 
completed by year end. Subsequently, 
I agreed to extend my tenure to allow 
the Board to focus on the response to 
COVID-19, and will now step down at the 
Annual General Meeting in June 2021. 

This follows the appointment of 
John Rishton as Chair Elect, which is 
discussed in more detail on page 109. 
John’s significant non-executive and 
international executive experience, 
combined with his deep understanding 
and knowledge of Informa and its culture, 
make him an outstanding successor. 

It has been my pleasure to serve the 
interests of Informa’s Shareholders, 
colleagues and other stakeholders. I leave 
confident in the knowledge that the 
Group has an exciting future, supported 
by a first-class leadership and Board.

This partly reflects the continual 
evolution of the Board to match the 
Company’s growth and international 
expansion. We have a strong belief in 
the value of diversity, from diversity of 
gender and background to diversity of 
knowledge and experience, to ensure 
as broad a range of perspectives as 
possible. As of the end of 2020, 30% of 
our Board Directors were women, over 
20% were from outside of the UK and 
there is a wide range of relevant industry 
experience and expertise. 

For example, Gill Whitehead, appointed 
to the Board in 2019, has brought 
significant experience in digital, 
data and analytics. This has proved 
particularly valuable as the Group has 
deepened its commitment to digital 
development, and Gill is acting as a 
Non-Executive adviser to several 
important virtual and digital event 
service initiatives. Gill, who has served 
on the Audit Committee over the last 
year, will also become Chair of the Audit 
Committee when John takes up the role 
of Board Chair. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
9 7

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

9 6

C H A I R ’ S   I N T R O D U C T I O N   T O   G O V E R N A N C E   c o n t i n u e d

G O V E R N A N C E   R E P O R T

Supporting colleagues
Informa is a people business, built 
on the work and contributions of 
10,000 colleagues across the world. 
By colleagues and workforce, we mean 
anyone who works in the Group on a 
full or part time basis and we give 
consideration to temporary and 
contract-based colleagues as well as 
those who are permanently employed 
by Informa. 

The Heart of Informa, on pages  
28 to 44, provides more details of 
how colleagues and Informa’s other 
stakeholders contribute and engage 
with the Group. Helen Owers is the 
Non-Executive Director with designated 
responsibility for colleague engagement 
but all members of the Board take 
responsibility for, and indeed enjoy, 
connecting with colleagues, ensuring 
the Board is widely visible and enabling 
each of us to understand the interests 
of colleagues, whether Senior Managers 
or from any part of the Company. 

In 2020, Board engagement with 
management increased significantly 
as the normal Board schedule was 
supplemented with weekly Board 
calls to support the response to the 
pandemic. In total, 18 Board meetings, 
calls and sub-committee meetings took 
place through the year. 

We believe there is no better way to 
understand the views of colleagues 
than meeting directly and so, in 
previous years, Board meetings have 
been rotated around Informa’s offices. 
This enabled the Board to host town 
halls and have informal conversations 
with colleagues over lunch. For obvious 
reasons, this approach had to be put on 
hold in 2020 and a conscious decision 
was taken not to initiate an additional 
virtual Board programme. The Company 
prioritised maintaining the well-
developed, multi-format Group and 
Divisional communications programmes 
described on pages 30 to 34. 

There was much focus on the response 
to the pandemic, with management 
openly sharing the challenges and 
thinking behind decisions as well as 
discussing what action might need to 
be taken in the future. Another key 
topic was diversity and inclusion, as 
racial equality and justice in particular 
were rightly thrust into the spotlight. 
This generated many open 

conversations and debates and led 
to the launch of AllInforma Nations, 
an addition to our existing group of 
colleague-led networks, to specifically 
support ethnic minority colleagues 
and be a focus for celebrating  
different cultures.

The Board received regular updates 
from the Executive Directors on their 
own communication and engagement 
programmes in 2020. In 2021, with 
stability and security established, the 
Board’s engagement with colleagues 
will use a range of digital and virtual 
formats, along with reinstating in-
person town halls and location visits 
when it is possible to do so. 

We continue to spend time assessing 
and monitoring the Company’s culture 
to ensure it remains aligned with the 
Group’s values and purpose. 

As mentioned earlier, this culture is very 
much based on open engagement and 
discussion, and providing colleagues 
with authority to take informed 
risk-based decisions as part of business 
planning and daily work, and is 
encapsulated in the Company’s four 
guiding principles. 

The Heart of Informa section and the 
Board’s Section 172 statement describe 
the variety of ways we engage with and 
receive feedback from stakeholders. 
This provides the Board with a regular 
temperature check on how effective the 
Company’s culture is and if it remains 
true to the Company’s principles. 
This alignment was never more 
important than in 2020. The Company’s 
response to the pandemic – establishing 
business stability and security while 
supporting each other, customers and 
our communities – ably demonstrates 
a strength of culture and values.

Strong Shareholder relationships 
The Directors receive regular detailed 
reports and verbal updates on the 
Company’s Investor Relations 
programme at each Board meeting, 
as described on page 35. 

In addition, the Board maintains direct 
relationships with major Shareholders 
through regular one-on-one meetings 
via formal events and programmes. 
This includes a Chair’s annual investor 
roadshow, which was launched four 
years ago and runs every January.

In 2020, this included Shareholder 
meetings representing around two 
thirds of the Group’s issued share 
capital. Fellow Non-Executive Directors, 
Stephen Davidson, Gareth Bullock and 
John Rishton, joined me for a number of 
these meetings, with no subject off the 
table for discussion. 

In addition, in November, the Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee, 
Stephen Davidson, joined me to 
consult with Shareholders on the 
proposed new Remuneration Policy 
and the 2021-2023 Equity Revitalisation 
Plan. Feedback from meetings led to 
some material changes to the final 
proposals, which were subsequently 
approved by Shareholders in December. 

The Equity Revitalisation Plan is a key 
component of Informa’s strategy to 
return to growth and drive value back 
into Informa’s equity following the 
pandemic, and more details are in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Looking forward
While the unprecedented circumstances 
of COVID-19 have impacted the 
Company’s short-term performance, 
the Board remains confident of the 
long-term attractions and potential 
of Informa. The Knowledge and 
Information Economy remains an 
attractive market for innovation and 
growth and our specialist brands, 
wealth of specialist talent and growing 
digital capabilities put us in a strong 
position to seize future opportunities. 

Your Board will continue to closely 
monitor the Group to ensure it 
maintains stability and security through 
2021 and beyond, while encouraging 
and supporting a broader recovery and 
rebound. It will also ensure the Group 
does not lose sight of its broader goals 
and responsibilities, including our 
ambition to become a more sustainable, 
positive impact business, through the 
FasterForward programme.

I would like to give a final thanks 
to my fellow Board members, the 
management team and all colleagues 
across the Group for their continued 
dedication to the Company, not just 
over the past year but during my entire 
tenure at the Group. It has been a 
pleasure and privilege to be a part of 
Informa and I look forward to following 
the Group’s future successes.

UK Corporate Governance Code

Details of how Informa applied the main principles of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code be found as follows:

1. Board Leadership and Company Purpose

A  Effective Board .............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 101

B  Purpose, values and culture  ................................................................................................................................................ page 101

C  Governance framework  ............................................................................................................................................................... page 100

D  Stakeholder engagement  .......................................................................................................................................................... page 103

E  Workforce policies and practices  ........................................................................................................... pages 30 to 34

2. Division of Responsibilities

F  Role of the Chair  ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 100

G  Independence  ................................................................................................................................................................................................. page 104

H  External commitments and conflicts of interest .......................................................................... page 104

I  Board Resources  ........................................................................................................................................................................................ page 104

3. Composition, Succession and Evaluation

J  Appointments to the Board .................................................................................................................................................. page 105

K  Board skills, experience and knowledge  ..................................................................................................... page 108

L  Annual Board evaluation  ........................................................................................................................................................... page 105

4. Audit, Risk and Internal Control

M  Financial reporting  .................................................................................................................................................................................. page 112  
External auditor & Internal audit  .................................................................................................... pages 114 to 115

N  Fair, Balanced and Understandable Review  ........................................................................................... page 112

O  Internal financial controls and Risk management  ...................................................................... page 113

5. Remuneration

P  Linking remuneration with purpose and strategy  ......................................... pages 116 to 119

Q  Remuneration Policy review  .............................................................................................................. pages 116 and 117

R  Performance outcomes in 2020  ....................................................................................................... pages 120 to 128

Compliance statement
Informa’s Board is accountable to 
Shareholders for its standards of 
governance and is committed to the 
principles of corporate governance set 
out in the Financial Reporting Council 
(FRC) 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code (2018 Code), available on the 
FRC website.

The Board continues to apply the 
highest standards of corporate 
governance and is pleased to report 
that during 2020, except as set out 
below, Informa has complied with 
the provisions of the 2018 Code. 

Provision 19 – Chair tenure  
The process to appoint a successor for 
the Chair was initiated in January 2020. 
The process was postponed in March 
2020 in order to maintain continuity 
in leadership and allow management 
to focus on business stability, as the 
Group managed the immediate impacts 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Chair 
succession process was restarted in 
September and, in January 2021, John 
Rishton was appointed as Chair Elect, 
effective from the AGM in June 2021. 
Further details on the process followed 
are set out on page 109.

Provision 21 – external evaluation 
The triennial external Board review was 
due to take place during 2020. However, 
it was considered more appropriate for 
the evaluation to be postponed until 
the Chair succession process had been 
completed. The Board evaluation, led by 
No 4, therefore took place in early 2021 
and further details on the process and 
initial findings are set out on page 105. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
9 8

B O A R D   O F   D I R E C T O R S

Strength in Depth

1.

3.

5.

7.

9.

2.

4.

6.

8.

10.

Key

 Board Committee Chair 

N  Nomination Committee

A  Audit Committee 

R  Remuneration Committee

1. Derek Mapp  N  
Chair

Appointed: March 2008

Skills and experience: Derek 
is an experienced Chair and 
entrepreneur who brings an 
abundance of commercial and 
governance experience within 
various sectors to the Group.

He joined Taylor & Francis Group in 
1998 as a Non-Executive Director 
before becoming a Non-Executive 
Director at Informa in 2004 and 
Chair in 2008. Derek will retire from 
the Board at the conclusion of the 
2021 AGM.

In 2017, Derek won the Quoted 
Companies Non-Executive Director 
of the Year award for his work as 
Chairman of Huntsworth plc, a 
position he held until March 2019. 
He founded and was Managing 
Director of several businesses 
including Tom Cobleigh PLC and 
Imagesound Plc.

He has a keen interest in sports and 
served as Chairman of the British 
Amateur Boxing Association.

Other current appointments: 
Derek is Chairman of Mitie Group 
plc and a private company.

2. Stephen A. Carter CBE
Group Chief Executive

Appointed: September 2013

Skills and experience: Stephen was 
appointed Group Chief Executive 
in 2013 after serving as a Non- 
Executive Director from 2010.

Stephen formerly held senior 
positions in Media and Technology 
businesses including President and 
Managing Director EMEA of Alcatel 
Lucent Inc. and Managing Director 
and COO of NTL (now Virgin Media). 
In the public sector, Stephen was 
the founding CEO of Ofcom before 
serving as Chief of Strategy to 
Prime Minister, The Right Hon. 
Gordon Brown, and as Minister for 
Telecommunications and Media.

In 2007 he was awarded a CBE for 
services to the Communications 
industry and was made a Life Peer 
in 2008.

Other current appointments: 
Stephen is a Non-Executive Board 
member of United Utilities PLC 
and Chairman of the Henley 
Music Festival.

3. Gareth Wright
Group Finance Director

Appointed: July 2014

Skills and experience: Gareth 
has extensive senior executive 
experience in finance roles. 
He has held various positions 
within Informa since joining in 
2009, including Deputy Finance 
Director and Acting Group Finance 
Director, prior to his appointment 
as Group Finance Director in 
July 2014.

Gareth was previously the Head of 
Group Finance and Acting Group 
Finance Director at National 
Express Group PLC. He qualified 
as a chartered accountant with 
Coopers & Lybrand (now part of 
PwC), and worked in its audit 
function from 1994 to 2001.

Other current appointments: 
Gareth has no other appointments.

4. Gareth Bullock  A   R   N  
Senior Independent Director

Appointed: January 2014

Skills and experience: Gareth 
brings over 40 years’ experience 
in the financial services industry. 
He retired from the Board of 
Standard Chartered PLC in 2010, 
where he was responsible for 
Africa, the Middle East, Europe 
and the Americas as well as 
chairing Risk and Special Assets 
Management. He has both wide 
functional and international 
experience, having been Head of 
Corporate Banking in Hong Kong, 
CEO Africa, Group Chief 
Information Officer and Head 
of Strategy. He has significant 
industrial and retail board 
experience in both the UK 
and China.

9 9

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Board appointments since  
31 December 2020

Patrick Martell  
Group Chief Operating 
Officer

Appointed: 1 March 2021

Skills and experience: Patrick 
joined Informa as CEO of the 
Intelligence Division in 2014 
and has also served as Chief 
Operating Officer since 2019. 
Prior to joining Informa, 
Patrick was CEO of St Ives plc.

Other current appointments: 
Patrick is a Non-Executive 
Director and Remuneration 
Committee Chair at RM plc.

Committee members

Audit
John Rishton (Chair)

Gareth Bullock

David Flaschen

Gill Whitehead

Nomination
Derek Mapp (Chair)

Gareth Bullock

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen

Mary McDowell

Helen Owers

John Rishton

Gill Whitehead

Remuneration
Stephen Davidson (Chair)

Gareth Bullock

Mary McDowell

Helen Owers

Gareth has held numerous board 
positions including Tesco PLC, 
Spirax-Sarco Engineering PLC, 
Fleming Family & Partners Ltd, the 
British Bankers’ Association and 
Global Market Group Ltd (in China).

Gareth holds an MA from 
St Catharine’s College, Cambridge  
University.

Other current appointments: 
Gareth is Chairman of The 
Development Bank of Wales PLC.

5. John Rishton  A   N
Non-Executive Director 
and Chair Elect

Appointed: September 2016

Skills and experience: John brings 
significant international experience 
to Informa. He was Chief Executive 
Officer of Rolls-Royce Group PLC 
from 2011 to 2015, having been a 
Non-Executive Director since 2007. 
Before joining Rolls-Royce, John was 
Chief Executive and President of 
the Dutch international retailer, 
Royal Ahold NV, and, prior to that, 
Chief Financial Officer. He also 
formerly held the position of CFO 
of British Airways PLC.

John will assume the role of Board 
Chair following the conclusion of 
the 2021 AGM.

John is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Management  
Accountants.

Other current appointments:  
John is Chair of Serco Group PLC 
and a Non-Executive Director at 
Unilever plc (retiring at the 2022 
AGM) and Associated British Ports 
Holdings Ltd (stepping down on 
30 April 2021).

6. Helen Owers  R   N  
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: January 2014

Skills and experience: Helen has 
extensive international senior 
executive experience within the 
Media sector, notably in business 
information from her role as 
President of Global Businesses 
and Chief Development Officer 
with Thomson Reuters.

Helen previously worked as a Media 
and Telecoms strategy consultant 
at Gemini Consulting and has 
expertise in professional publishing 
having worked at Prentice Hall.

Helen holds an MBA from IMD 
Business School and a BA from 
the University of Liverpool.

Other current appointments: 
Helen is Non-Executive Director of 
PZ Cussons PLC and Eden Project 
International Limited and an 
independent Governor of 
Falmouth University.

7. Mary McDowell  R   N
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: June 2018

Skills and experience: Mary joined 
the Board in June 2018 having 
previously been a Non-Executive 
Director of UBM plc. She has 
experience as a technology 
company CEO and has led both 
enterprise and consumer divisions 
of multi-national companies in the 
Technology industry. Mary was 
appointed as President and CEO 
of Mitel Networks Corporation in 
October 2019.

Mary was CEO of Polycom from 
2016 until its acquisition by 
Plantronics in 2018. Prior to this, 
Mary was an Executive Partner at 
Siris Capital LLC, following nine 
years spent at Nokia, most recently 
as Executive Vice President in 
charge of Nokia’s Mobile Phones 
(feature phones) unit. Before  
joining Nokia, Mary served 17 years 
at HP-Compaq, including five years 
as SVP and General Manager in 
charge of the company’s industry- 
standard server business.

Other current appointments: Mary 
is a Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Compensation 
Committee at Autodesk, Inc.

8. Stephen Davidson  R   N
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: September 2015

Skills and experience: Stephen 
brings extensive media, 
telecommunications, corporate and 
financial market experience to the 
Informa Board having previously 
been CFO and Chief Executive 
of Telewest, Executive Chairman 
of Mecom Group PLC and Vice 
Chairman of Investment Banking 
at WestLB Panmure.

Stephen has held various positions 
in both industry and investment 
banking throughout his career. 
He has also held numerous 
Chairman and Non-Executive 
positions on the boards of 
Media, Telecoms and Technology  
companies.

Stephen holds an MA from the 
University of Aberdeen.

Other current appointments: 
Stephen is Chairman of Datatec 
Limited and Actual Experience PLC 
(retiring at the 2022 AGM) and a 
Non-Executive Director of MCB 
Group Ltd.

9. David Flaschen  N   A
Non-Executive Director

Appointed: September 2015

Skills and experience: David has 
over 20 years of executive and 
leadership experience in the 
Information Services industry, 
including roles at Thomson 
Financial and Dun & Bradstreet.

David has significant expertise in 
online companies, having held 
Non-Executive Directorships at 
TripAdvisor Inc. and BuyerZone.
com amongst others. He is a 
frequent speaker on corporate 
governance having been cited 
as one of 10 Next Generation of 
Directors by Corporate Board 
Member Magazine.

A professional football player, 
David was a founding member of 
the Executive Committee of the 
North American Soccer League 
Players Association. He holds 
an MBA from Wharton School, 
University of Pennsylvania.

Other current appointments: 
David is Non-Executive Director 
and Audit Committee Chair at 
Paychex Inc.

10. Gill Whitehead  N   A
Non-Executive Director and 
Audit Committee Chair Elect

Appointed: August 2019

Skills and experience: Gill brings 
significant digital, data and 
analytics experience to the 
Group. She was Senior Director 
of Client Solutions & Analytics at 
Google UK for three years, where 
she led teams in data analysis, 
measurement, user experience, 
consumer segmentation 
and insights.

Previously Gill worked at Channel 
Four and BBC Worldwide in a 
range of strategy leadership and 
technology-driven roles. She began 
her career at the Bank of England 
and then at Deloitte Consulting. 
Gill was a Non-Executive Director at 
the Financial Ombudsman Service 
from 2015 to 2018.

Gill is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants and holds 
a BSc from the University of 
Nottingham and is currently 
undertaking an MSc in Social 
Sciences of the Internet at the 
University of Oxford’s Internet  
Institute.

Other current appointments: Gill 
is a Non-Executive Director of 
Camelot, operator of the UK 
National Lottery.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
101

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

10 0

I N T R O D U C T I O N   T O   T H E   G O V E R N A N C E   R E P O R T

Corporate Governance Report

Board Leadership and Company Purpose

Informa PLC is the ultimate holding company of the Group and is controlled by its Board of Directors. This report has been 
prepared in accordance with the 2018 Code and the Company’s statement of compliance is on page 97.

The Company has an established governance structure that facilitates the effective management of the Group, focusing on the 
key areas affecting the sustainable, long-term success of the business.

Board of Directors

Responsible for the management, direction and performance of the Company. Provides leadership and delivers sustainable 
long-term success for Shareholders and other stakeholders. The Board sets the Company’s purpose, values and standards, 
making sure it leads by example and aligns strategic aims with the desired business culture. It also determines the risks faced by 
the business, gauges the level of risk it is prepared to take to achieve its strategy and ensures that systems of risk management 
and control are in place.

Details of matters reserved for the Board’s approval are set out on our website: www.informa.com

Chair

Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

The Chair is responsible for leading the 
Board, setting the agenda and ensuring its 
effectiveness. This position is responsible for 
promoting a culture of openness and robust 
debate within the Board and setting the tone 
of the Group as a whole. The Chair ensures 
there is effective communication with 
Shareholders and other stakeholders and 
that the Board has a clear understanding of 
their views.

The Non-Executive Directors provide 
independent oversight and constructive 
challenge to the Executive Management Team, 
helping to develop proposals on strategy, 
scrutinising performance in meeting agreed 
goals and objectives. They play a primary role 
in succession planning, appointing and, where 
necessary, removing Executive Directors.

The Senior Independent Director acts as a 
sounding board for the Chair and, where 
necessary, serves as an intermediary for the 
other Directors. This position is responsible 
for leading the Chair’s performance evaluation 
and is an additional point of contact for 
Shareholders and other stakeholders.

Group Chief Executive: Overall responsibility 
for day-to-day operational management of 
the Group. Responsible for proposing and 
implementing the Company’s strategy, driving 
performance and optimising Group resources. 
Leads engagement with various stakeholders: 
colleagues, Shareholders, partners 
and customers.

Group Finance Director: Responsibility for 
raising and servicing the Group’s financing, 
maintaining a financial control system capable 
of delivering robust financial reporting 
information. Leads the Finance, Tax, Treasury 
and Internal Audit functions and chairs the 
Risk Committee and Treasury Committee.

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee

Remuneration Committee

Responsible for the oversight of financial and 
narrative reporting, providing assurance on 
the effectiveness of internal control, risk 
management systems, and the effectiveness 
and objectivity of external and 
internal auditors.

Responsible for recommending appointments 
to the Board, Committee membership, 
succession planning, diversity and inclusion. 
Ensures that the Board and Senior Management 
have the appropriate skills, knowledge and 
experience to operate effectively.

Responsible for the Executive Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, sets the remuneration 
of the Chair, Executive Directors and Senior 
Management, and approves annual and 
long-term performance objectives and awards.

Committee Report on pages 110 to 115

Committee Report on pages 106 to 109

Committee Report on pages 116 to 131

Risk Committee

Treasury Committee

See page 113

Responsible for developing and implementing 
policies to identify and analyse the Group’s 
financial risks, set appropriate controls and 
limits and review compliance. The policies 
provide written principles on funding 
investments, credit risk, foreign exchange 
and interest rate risk.

Executive  
Management Team

Manages all operational aspects of the Group 
under the direction and leadership of the Chief 
Executive. Membership comprises both Executive 
Directors, CEOs of the Group’s five Operating 
Divisions and key central Group functions.

Informa’s purpose is to champion the 
specialist, by connecting people – 
typically businesses and professionals 
– with the expert knowledge that helps 
them learn more, know more and do 
more in their roles, work and companies. 

The Board’s role is to lead the Company 
in establishing and achieving this 
purpose and, in doing so, to seek to 
promote the sustainable, long-term 
success of the Company for the benefit 
of Shareholders and wider society. 
The Board spends considerable time 
assessing Informa’s opportunities and 
the risks it faces, approving its strategic 
objectives and ensuring that the 
necessary financial and human 
resources are available for those 
objectives to be met. 

As set out in the Chair’s introduction, 
Informa’s Board has a culture that 
reflects that of the Company. The Board 
receives regular reports from the Group 
IR and HR Directors on colleague-
focused initiatives and engagement 
including diversity and inclusion, and 
the Audit Committee receives reports 
from the Head of Compliance on Speak 
Up whistleblowing reports. Within the 
Board, the Chair encourages full 
participation from each Director, open 
engagement and constructive debate 
and discussion, with collaborative 
decision making. The Chair arranges 
informal meetings and events to 
help build rapport and productive 
relationships between members of 
the Board and Senior Management. 

Board and Committee meetings 
held in 2020
Board colleagues are expected to attend 
all scheduled meetings of the Board and 
the Committees on which they serve. 
This year, due to the time-critical nature 
of assessing and responding to the 
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on 
the business, more frequent, and at 
times weekly, Board calls were arranged 
at short notice during the height of the 
pandemic. Every Director made a 
significant effort to join each call, 
despite increased obligations from 
other commitments at the same time. 
Where a Director was unable to attend, 
their opinions and comments on the 
matters being considered were sought 
in advance and shared.

Details of Board and Committee 
attendance during 2020 are set out 
in the table below: 

Derek Mapp

Stephen A. Carter 

Gareth Wright

Gareth Bullock

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen 

Mary McDowell 

Helen Owers

John Rishton 

Gill Whitehead

Board1

Audit

Remuneration

Nomination

Scheduled

Additional2

Committee3

Committee

Committee4

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

6/6

5/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

5/6

6/6

5/6

n/a

n/a

n/a

4/4

n/a

4/4

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

n/a

n/a

n/a

8/8

8/8

n/a

8/8

8/8

n/a

n/a

2/4

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

2/4

4/4

1.  In addition, several Board colleagues attended five sub-committee meetings to approve the Company’s full-year and half-year results, the placing and 

EMTN issuances

2.  While Stephen A. Carter, Helen Owers and Gill Whitehead were unable to attend one Board meeting called at short notice to consider the EMTN issuance, 

they spoke with the Chair and Group Finance Director beforehand and gave their support

3.  The Chair, Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director attended each Audit Committee meeting by invitation and all Board members are invited 

to attend those meetings at which the full-year and half-year results are considered

4.  Derek Mapp and John Rishton did not attend Nomination Committee meetings where the Chair succession process was considered 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
102

G O V E R N A N C E   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Key areas of Board focus in 2020
At each scheduled Board meeting, reports are presented by the Group Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director and members 
of the Senior Management team, covering the operational and financial performance of the business, governance developments, 
investor relations, internal and external communications and corporate development. In addition, and where relevant, a verbal 
report is given by each of the Board Committees.

Specific areas of focus by the Board during 2020 included:

Topics

Key items considered 

Response to COVID-19

•  Discussed and appraised all major developments in the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic, 

with a particular focus on cash preservation and cash liquidity. The COVID-19 Action Plan is summarised 
on pages 10 and 11 

•  Promoted colleague wellbeing, including the creation of a dedicated support fund
•  Endorsed enhanced health and safety measures for colleagues and customers

Cash, debt and capital 
management

•  Regularly reviewed the Group’s cash position and forward cash projections
•  Reviewed the Group’s debt, capital and funding arrangements and strategy
•  Approved a non-pre-emptive placing of new shares representing approximately 19.99% of the Company’s 

existing issued share capital

•  Approved the issue of £790m equivalent Euro bonds
•  Approved the repayment of US private placement noteholders, removing financial covenants from the 

Group’s debt structure

Strategy

•  Considered strategic opportunities for the Group 
•  Received Divisional strategic updates

Financial performance

•  Reviewed and approved the Group’s full-year 2019 and half-year 2020 results together with the 2019 

Annual Report

•  Approved the reappointment of Deloitte LLP as auditor subject to Shareholder approval at the AGM
•  Reviewed pension arrangements within the Group
•  Approved the annual budget 

Risk management  
and compliance

•  Appraised the principal risks, mitigating actions and controls
•  Considered the Board’s risk appetite and tolerances
•  Approved renewal of insurance cover 
•  Received update on the health, safety and security framework

Governance and compliance

•  Received regular updates on our compliance programme 
•  Received and approved the 2019 Gender Pay Report and Modern Slavery Statement 
•  Reviewed the breach management process
•  Undertook annual review of all conflicts of interest

Diversity and inclusion

•  Considered and discussed diversity and inclusion strategies and priorities within the Group and noted 

Divisional activity in this regard

•  Received updates on colleague activities and colleague network launches 

Stakeholder engagement 

•  Received regular updates on the Group’s ongoing colleague engagement programme
•  Reviewed the results of the annual Inside Informa Pulse colleague survey
•  Received presentations from the Head of Sustainability and approved the Group’s five-year  

FasterForward sustainability programme and its commitments 

Board priorities for 2021
The Board will continue to monitor the Group’s strength and stability whilst overseeing and supporting the acceleration of digital 
services and the data-enabled capabilities programme. As in previous years, risk management will continue to be a priority for 
the Board, including the emergence of new risks such as sustainability. Additionally, the Board will concentrate on ensuring a 
seamless transition between the departing and incoming Chairs, as well as enhancing the composition of the Board in relation 
to international diversity.

10 3

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

consultation, some Shareholders 
indicated that they would not be able 
to support the Policy for a range of 
different technical, policy and principled 
reasons. This range of different 
preferences was reflected in the final 
voting outcome, with both resolutions 
receiving support of just under 60%. 

While acknowledging the wide range 
of different views amongst some of its 
Shareholders, the Board believes that 
the new approach adopted through 
the ERP is the right approach for all 
stakeholders, and will continue to 
engage with all Shareholders to provide 
ongoing clarity and reassurance.

AGM – 2021
The 2021 AGM will be held on 3 June 
2021. The Notice of AGM will be 
dispatched as a separate document 
to all Shareholders and will also be 
available on the Informa website.

The Notice of AGM will set out the 
resolutions to be proposed at the AGM 
together with an explanation of each 
resolution. At least 20 business days’ 
notice of the AGM will be provided in 
order to allow Shareholders time to 
consider the resolutions being 
proposed. Details on how to appoint 
a proxy and the voting process will be 
set out in the Notice of AGM.

Facilities will be made available to allow 
Shareholders to participate and vote 
electronically at the 2021 AGM and to 
ask questions in real time should they 
wish to do so. Further information on 
how to join the meeting electronically 
can be found in the Notice of AGM.

Restrictions on public gatherings are 
expected to remain in place as at the 
date of the 2021 AGM. The health and 
safety of our Shareholders, colleagues 
and the wider community are important 
to the Board and we therefore strongly 
encourage Shareholders to participate 
in the 2021 AGM electronically and not 
to try to attend the meeting in person.

Relations with Shareholders  
and wider stakeholders 
As set out in the Heart of Informa 
section, Shareholders are among the 
Company’s most important stakeholders.

Informa has an active investor and 
Shareholder engagement programme 
designed to maintain positive and 
constructive relations with key financial 
audiences, including institutional 
investors, buyside and sellside analysts, 
debt holders and potential Shareholders 
in the UK and internationally. The Group 
also engages with the proxy agencies 
that advise certain Shareholders on 
governance and voting matters. 

We aim to provide clear, timely and 
balanced corporate and financial 
information, both in person and 
digitally, creating ongoing dialogue 
and discussion between management 
and these audiences, and ensuring all 
applicable standards for public company 
disclosure are met. 

Informa operates a Level I sponsored 
American Depository Receipts (ADR) 
programme through BNY Mellon to 
facilitate investment from US-based 
Shareholders, with ADR ownership 
accounting for 1.08% of Informa’s share 
capital at the end of December 2020.

For more information on how investor 
engagement is governed, and the way 
in which the Board receives the views of 
Shareholders on a regular basis directly 
and through reporting, see pages 35  
to 37. 

Shareholder meetings
Shareholder meetings are usually a 
valuable forum for the Board to engage 
with investors, and retail investors in 
particular. In a normal year, all Directors 
would attend the AGM, and an update 
given on the Company’s performance. 
Unfortunately, due to government 
guidance and social distancing 
measures, Informa’s Shareholder 
meetings during 2020 were held as 
closed meetings with only the minimum 
number of Directors, and the Company 
Secretary, present to form a quorum. 

As Shareholders were unable to attend 
in person and ask questions directly 
to the Board, they were instead 
encouraged to submit their questions 
to our Investor Relations team via email. 

General Meeting – May 2020 
On 4 May 2020, a General Meeting was 
held at 240 Blackfriars Road, London 
SE1 8BF to obtain Shareholder approval 
for the Directors to allot the Conditional 
Placing Shares, being 125,159,000 new 
ordinary shares. 

The Conditional Placing was part of a 
larger placing, of approximately 19.99% 
of Informa’s existing issued share capital 
which was announced on 16 April 2020 
and raised gross proceeds of £1bn. 
Further details of the placing can be 
found on page 47. 

A poll was taken on the resolution 
put to the meeting and passed by 
the required majority.

AGM – June 2020 
The 2020 AGM was held at Informa’s 
registered office at 5 Howick Place, 
London SW1P 1WG on Friday 12 June 
2020. A poll was taken on each 
resolution and all were passed by 
the required majority.

The Board noted the voting outcome on 
the resolution to approve the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, which received 
64.87% support from Shareholders. 
Investors’ main concerns related to 
the level of pension contributions 
for the Executive Directors and 
the lack of a post-employment 
shareholding requirement. 

Both concerns were addressed in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy put to 
Shareholders at the General Meeting 
in December 2020.

General Meeting – December 2020
On 23 December 2020, following an 
extensive consultation process with 
investors, a General Meeting was held 
to consider the adoption of a new 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 
Equity Revitalisation Plan (ERP).

Once again, voting on the resolutions 
was by way of a poll and they were 
passed by the requisite majority. 

During the consultation process, the 
Board was pleased with the significant 
support shown for the overall rationale 
and principles for the revised Policy, 
with its focus on long-term equity 
ownership and equity value. 
Nevertheless, throughout the 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
10 5

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

10 4

D I V I S I O N   O F   R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S

C O M P O S I T I O N ,   S U C C E S S I O N   A N D   E V A L U A T I O N

Division of Responsibilities

Composition, Succession and Evaluation

The roles of Chair and Group Chief 
Executive are exercised by separate 
individuals and have clearly defined 
responsibilities. The division of 
responsibilities between all Board 
members is reviewed annually by the 
Board and available on our website. 

All Directors have access to the advice 
and service of our Company Secretary. 
The Company Secretary is also 
responsible for advising the Board, 
through the Chair, on all governance 
matters and supporting the Board in 
ensuring that the right policies, 
processes, information and resources 
are available to allow them to function 
effectively and efficiently.

Commitment
As required by the 2018 Code, the 
Nomination Committee, on behalf 
of the Board, reviews the ability 
of all Non-Executive Directors 
to allocate sufficient time to the 
business in order to discharge 
their responsibilities effectively.

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors 
have letters of appointment which 
set out the average anticipated 
time commitment for their roles. 
The Directors are also expected 
to allocate sufficient additional time 
to meet the expectation of their roles, 
including spending time in the business 
and on the ongoing development of 
their knowledge of the business. 

In 2020 particularly, the Chair and Non-
Executive Directors showed sustained 
commitment to the Company in their 
willingness to attend Board, Committee 
and sub-committee meetings at short 
notice and the depth of ongoing support 
provided to the Executive Management 
Team (EMT) while the Company 
responded to the impacts of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

The Remuneration Committee Chair, 
the Senior Independent Director and 
the Audit Committee Chair joined the 
Chair in his multi-day annual investor 

roadshow in January. The Chair and 
Remuneration Committee Chair also 
consulted widely with our major 
Shareholders in November prior 
to the revised Remuneration Policy 
being proposed at the December 2020 
General Meeting. Further details on this 
consultation are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 116  
to 131.

All Directors are required to disclose 
any additional appointments or other 
significant commitments and these are 
detailed in the biographies on pages 
98 and 99. 

Independence
Informa’s Board includes independent 
Non-Executive Directors who support 
and constructively challenge the EMT 
on their proposals and bring strong, 
independent judgement to the 
boardroom. The number of 
independent Directors, and their 
knowledge and experience, provides 
sufficient balance of views that carry 
significant weight in the Board’s 
decision-making process. The Board 
considers all of its Non-Executive 
Directors to be independent in 
character and judgement. 

If Directors need to access independent 
advice about the performance of their 
duties, they are entitled to do so at the 
Company’s expense. 

Directors’ conflicts of interest
In accordance with the Articles of 
Association the Company, the Board is 
able to authorise any matter that would 
otherwise result in a Director breaching 
their duty to avoid a conflict of interest. 

The Board has procedures which 
require Directors to notify the Chair and 
Company Secretary of all new external 
interests and any actual or perceived 
conflicts of interest that may affect 
their role as a Director of the Company. 

As part of this process, the Board:

•  Considers each conflict situation 

separately according to the particular 
situation and in conjunction with the 
Company’s Articles

•  Keeps records and Board minutes on 
authorisations granted by Directors 
and the scope of any approvals given

•  Regularly reviews conflict 

authorisations

Each of the Directors has a non-material 
holding in the Company. Full details of 
the Directors’ shareholdings are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 116 to 131. 

Information and support
Throughout the year, the Directors 
are regularly updated on the Group’s 
businesses and the environment in 
which it operates. These updates are 
provided by written briefings and 
meetings with Senior Management 
at every scheduled Board meeting. 

The Board agenda is set by the Chair, 
in collaboration with the Group Chief 
Executive and Company Secretary. 
Each scheduled meeting includes a 
Management Report from the Group 
Chief Executive, a financial update 
from the Group Finance Director and 
executive reports from the Chief 
Operating Officer, Director of Investor 
Relations, Director of Strategy and 
Planning and on governance matters 
from the Group Company Secretary. 
The Chair of each Board Committee also 
provides an overview of the matters 
considered and decisions taken at their 
respective meetings.

Board and Committee members receive 
papers with the appropriate level 
of detail to enable a discussion of 
developments inside and outside 
the Group that may impact or have 
impacted the business. All papers are 
circulated in sufficient time prior to 
meetings using a secure Board portal. 

Board composition 
During 2020, the Board comprised the 
Chair, two Executive Directors and seven 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Their biographies can be found on pages 
98 and 99 and their responsibilities are 
summarised on page 100 and set out 
in full on the Company’s website.

Prior to recommending reappointments 
at the AGM, the Board considers 
whether each Non-Executive Director 
continues to be independent and to 
appropriately challenge management, 
as well as each other, in Board and 
Committee meetings. Following review, 
the Board has reaffirmed that each 
Non-Executive Director is able to offer 
an external perspective on the business, 
is able to constructively challenge and 
scrutinise activities, is independent in 
character and judgement, and has 
the required experience necessary 
to perform their role as an 
independent Director. 

Board appointments
The Nomination Committee leads 
the formal, rigorous and transparent 
process in relation to Board 
appointments and its full report 
is on pages 106 to 109.

The Company appoints all Non-
Executive Directors to the Board for an 
initial three-year term, subject to their 
election by Shareholders at the first 
AGM following their appointment and 
their subsequent re-election each year. 
The expectation is that two further 
three-year terms will follow, resulting 
in a total term of nine years from the 
first AGM.

Letters of appointment are provided to 
each Non-Executive Director and these 
are available for Shareholders to view at 
the Company’s registered office during 
normal business hours.

Induction and development
All Directors receive a formal induction 
to the Group on first joining the Board. 
It is designed to be both comprehensive 
and tailored, to provide new Directors 
with a good understanding of Informa’s 
business structure, Operating Divisions 
and markets. The induction is 
co-ordinated by the Company Secretary 
with oversight by the Chair and includes 
dedicated time with members of the 
EMT and, where possible, scheduled 
visits to Informa offices and events. 
The programme is tailored based on 
experience and background and the 
requirements of the new Director. 

It is also important that all Directors 
regularly refresh and update their skills 
and knowledge and receive relevant 
training when necessary. During 2020, 
a series of knowledge and technical-
focused presentations and discussions 
were provided to allow our Non-
Executive Directors to deepen their 
knowledge of our business and the 
markets in which we operate. 
Subjects considered included a deep 
dive into the products delivered by 
the Financial Intelligence business, 
the positioning and prospects for the 
Pharma Intelligence business, as well 
as health and safety and sustainability 
including climate change-related 
matters. In addition, all Board members 
undertook our Code of Conduct training 
during the year.

Evaluation of the Board, 
its individual members and  
its Committees
As reported on page 97, our triennial 
external Board review took place in 
early 2021, having been postponed 
from 2020 due to the pandemic and 
Chair succession process. The review 
was carried out by No 4, an independent 
consultancy specialising in Board 
Effectiveness reviews, and which has 
no connection to the Company or any 
individual Director.

The review included a series of 
interviews with all Board colleagues, 
as well as the EMT and a number of key 
external advisers, including the lead 
external audit partner, the Group’s 
corporate broking and financial 
advisers, and our remuneration 
advisers. In addition, No 4 attended 
the February 2021 Board and Audit 
Committee meetings as an observer. 

A full and thorough assessment was 
made, focusing on a wide range of 
topics, including the dynamics and 
inner workings of the Board and its 
Committees, the quality of information, 
discussions and access to management, 
the purpose and culture of the 
business, the quality and timeliness 
of stakeholder engagement, the 
relationships between Non-Executive 
Directors and Senior Management, and 
the composition and leadership of the 
Board. Initial findings were presented 
to the Board in April 2021 when actions 
to address areas for improvement 
were agreed.

The hard-line conclusion was that the 
Board of Informa PLC operates to high 
market standards, and is particularly 
well advanced on colleague engagement 
and colleague support, especially in 
light of the challenges presented by 
COVID-19. This is reflected in the strong 
relationship between the Board and 
Leadership Team, which strikes a good 
balance of challenge and support, 
and the culture of openness and 
transparency, which ensures all Board 
members contribute to discussions. 
The Chair is highly respected by all and 
is seen to manage meetings effectively. 
This makes the transition to the new 
Chair through 2021 particularly 
important and this process is well 
advanced, and progressing smoothly 
to plan.

Further details on outcomes and actions 
following the Board evaluation will be 
disclosed in the 2021 Annual Report.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
10 6

N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T

Nomination Committee Report

Derek Mapp
Chair
Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the 
Nomination Committee (the Committee) 
for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Committee membership
The Committee membership is 
comprised of all of the independent 
Non-Executive Directors as follows:

Members

Derek Mapp (Chair)

Gareth Bullock

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen

Mary McDowell

Helen Owers

John Rishton

Gill Whitehead 

See page 101 for meeting attendance during  
the year

Stephen A. Carter attends Committee 
meetings by invitation.

Role of the Committee
The Committee’s responsibilities are 
set out in full in its terms of reference, 
available on the Informa website.

As a broad summary, the Committee 
is tasked to continuously assess and 
review how the Board is structured, 
considering whether any changes 
are required, and to monitor the 
engagement and retention of talent 
across the Group. In a business that 
is as focused on people and as reliant 
on the talent and skills of all colleagues 
as Informa is, this is a responsibility 
the Committee takes seriously. Indeed, 
the matters discussed at Committee 
meetings often become discussion 
points for all Directors at Board  
meetings.

The responsibilities of the  
Committee include:

•  Reviewing the size, structure, 

composition and diversity of the 
Board, identifying and recommending 
suitable candidates for Board 
appointments, and their membership 
of the Board’s standing Committees
•  Ensuring appropriate succession plans 

are in place for the Board and reviewing 
similar plans for Senior Executives
•  Reviewing colleague engagement 

activities, monitoring diversity and 
inclusion initiatives across the Group 
and ensuring critical people reporting 
requirements such as in relation to 
the UK gender pay gap are met

•  Reviewing and approving the 

Committee’s disclosures in the Annual 
Report and reviewing the Committee’s 
terms of reference on a regular basis

The verbal report on the outcome of 
Committee meetings is provided to the 
full Board and all Directors receive the 
minutes of Committee meetings 
for information.

Key activities during 2020
Early in the year, the Board confirmed 
that it had commenced a Chair 
succession plan, with the initial 
expectation that a new Chair would 
be in place by the end of 2020. As the 
incumbent Chair, I was not involved in 
the appointment of my successor, with 
the process being led by our Senior 
Independent Director, Gareth Bullock, 
on behalf of the Committee. 
Spencer Stuart was appointed to assist 
with the search, as a reputable external 
adviser with no other connection to the 
Company or its Directors.

Following an extensive process, I am 
delighted that John Rishton has been 
selected to succeed me as Chair of the 
Company and agree wholeheartedly 
with the Senior Independent Director 
and the Committee’s conclusion that he 
is the ideal candidate. Further details 
on the process followed are set out on 
page 109.

10 7

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

key markets. It also continues to be a 
significant matter of focus for the Board, 
particularly for any future changes to 
Board succession and composition.

2020 has been an extraordinary year 
due to the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic, and this has put considerable 
pressure on colleagues, both personally 
and professionally. The Committee has 
paid particular attention to how the 
Group has managed the disruption to 
work patterns and impact on colleague 
wellbeing, closely monitoring the wide 
range of actions taken to provide 
assistance, of which it has been 
fully supportive.

As described in the Heart of Informa 
on pages 30 to 34, Informa is a people 
business and our colleagues are our 
most important assets. Diversity, and 
maintaining a balanced mix of talent at 
all levels, brings competitive advantage 
to the Group and supports the business’ 
future growth and potential.

The Committee and the Board have 
continued to increase their focus on 
diversity and inclusion across the 
Company and within our communities. 
Informa wholeheartedly recognises 
the benefits of a diverse and inclusive 
culture. Hence, across the Group 
we strive to create a diverse mix of 
experience, styles of thoughts, gender, 
social and ethnic backgrounds, age, 
disability and education. This is 
equally important for the Board, as 
its effectiveness relies on the ability 
to draw on Directors with a range 
of relevant and valuable skills 
and experience.

Conversations on the Company’s 
inclusive culture, with additional focus 
on racial justice and equality, took 
place during full Board meetings rather 
than in Committee, allowing all Board 
colleagues and Senior Management to 
participate, share their knowledge and 
experience and agree next steps for the 
Group. The Board is supportive of the 
increased transparency of racial and 
ethnic diversity and of the activities and 
initiatives which have been enhanced 
or introduced.

In light of this appointment, John 
Rishton will step down as Chair of the 
Audit Committee at the AGM in June 
2021, following the completion of 
the 2020 year end process, at which 
point Gill Whitehead will take on that 
responsibility. Further details on Gill’s 
experience and qualification for the role 
as Chair of the Audit Committee are set 
out on page 110.

Diversity and inclusion
Informa seeks to recognise and 
encourage diversity in its broadest 
sense throughout the Group, including 
but not limited to gender, age, disability, 
ethnicity, education and social 
background. The Group also fosters a 
working environment based on respect, 
welcoming all talents and allowing all 
colleagues to participate on an equal 
basis, in line with Informa’s culture 
and strategy.

The Board has adopted a diversity 
policy which requires the Committee to 
regularly review the structure, size and 
composition of the Board, taking into 
account the balance of skills, experience, 
independence, international experience 
in key markets, diversity and knowledge 
of the Company and the industry in 
which we operate. While all Board 
appointments continue to be made 
on merit against objective selection 
criteria, diversity, including those of 
gender, age, ethnicity, nationality, 
social background, disability or any 
other distinction, will be a key area 
of focus for future appointments.

The Board continues to be guided by 
the targets set by the 30% Club, an 
international organisation working to 
increase the representation of women 
and diverse talent at all levels, and the 
Hampton-Alexander Review, and aspires 
for women to represent 33% of Board 
membership and to improving the 
gender balance of leadership teams and 
Senior Management. At 31 December 
2020, three out of ten, or 30%, of the 
Board is female.

The Board also continues to support 
the findings of the Parker Review on the 
ethnic diversity of boards and notes the 
key findings of the 2020 Parker Review 
update. Enhancing board, senior 
management and colleague ethnic 
diversity is a matter of increasing focus 
for company boards in UK and in other 

Board balance

Male 

Female 

70%

30%

Board tenure

0–3 years 

3–6 years 

6–9 years 

10%

40%

40%

Over 9 years 

10%

Board age

44–49 

50–59 

60+ 

20%

30%

50%

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
10 9

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

10 8

N O M I N A T I O N   C O M M I T T E E   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Through this challenging period, access 
to, and oversight from, Board colleagues 
was particularly beneficial to Informa, 
providing valuable experience, 
reassurance and guidance. Beyond  
the additional time commitment and 
contributions to Board discussions,  
the Non-Executive Directors joined  
the Executive Directors and Senior 
Management in voluntarily sacrificing 
a portion of their fees, offering a 25% 
reduction through the full lockdown 
period of the second quarter, as well as 
taking their remaining fees during that 
period in the form of ordinary shares.

Succession planning
The Committee regularly reviews 
succession plans for the Board and 
Senior Management, with plans for the 
Executive Directors and members of the 
Senior Management team prepared on 
an immediate, medium- and long-term 
basis, reflecting their day-to-day 
responsibilities for business operations. 

In early 2021, the Committee 
recommended that Patrick Martell, 
the Group Chief Operating Officer, be 
appointed as an Executive Director from 
1 March 2020. Having successfully led 
the Intelligence Division since 2014, 
and previously led the integration of 
both Penton Information Services and 
UBM into Informa, the Committee 
believes that Patrick has the necessary 
skills to drive forward the Group’s 
strategy in relation to digital products 
and service acceleration. 

Succession plans for the Non-Executive 
Directors reflect the nature of their 
roles and the 2018 Code requirement 
to regularly refresh the Board. 
Following Gareth Bullock’s decision 
not to stand for re-election at the 2021 

AGM, a search is underway to appoint 
an additional Non-Executive Director 
to enhance the Board’s diversity and 
international experience in key markets.

Under the direction of the Group 
Chief Executive, the Committee also 
monitors the talent and performance 
management of Senior Executives 
across the Divisions.

UK colleagues and gender pay
One of the reporting requirements that 
the Committee oversees relates to UK 
gender pay gap reporting. The Group 
recently published its latest Colleagues 
and Pay report, setting out any 
difference between the average pay 
of female and male colleagues in the 
UK as required under the relevant 
UK legislation.

As at April 2020, the Group’s UK gender 
pay gap stood at 21.3%, driven by a 
greater number of male than female 
colleagues in the upper quartile of pay, 
and with more balance evident in 
colleague numbers and pay within the 
other three quartiles. The comparative 
Group figure for 2019 is 22.3%. The  
median bonus pay gap was 39.0%. 
The comparative UK national average  
is 15.5%. 

Details of the programmes and 
initiatives underway to ensure all 
colleagues can develop their careers 
in the Group on an equal basis are 
included in the Colleagues and Pay 
report on the Informa website.

  Derek Mapp

Chair 
Nomination Committee
22 April 2021

Board and colleague balance by gender

Colleagues

Senior Management and direct 
reports

Directors

Average over 2020

Average over 2019

F 6,465
M 4,480

F 60
M 150

F 3
M 7

F 59%
M 41%

F 29%
M 71% 

F 30%
M 70%

F 6,670
M 4,568

F 65
M 150

F 3
M 7

F 59%
M 41%

F 30%
M 70%

F 30%
M 70%

Experience and skills
As explained previously, the triennial 
external Board evaluation due to take 
place in 2020 was delayed, and instead 
took place during the first quarter of 
2021. As part of that review, No 4 
reviewed the balance of executive 
skills and experience on the Board.

Board balance by experience 
and skills

Media and publishing

Business-to-business operations

Digital and technology

Corporate governance

Risk management

Financial experience

Leadership experience in 
international business

Remuneration and talent

Business transformation and integration

Regulatory affairs

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

All Directors standing for re-election at 
the AGM continue to be independent 
and the overall balance of knowledge, 
skills, experience and diversity ensures 
that each makes a valuable contribution 
to the Board. The Directors’ commitment 
to Informa, and the value that their 
varied experience brings, was 
highlighted by their willingness to make 
time to attend the frequent additional 
ad hoc Board meetings, informal calls 
and other Board communication 
through 2020, which was considerably 
higher than in previous years due 
to the disruption caused by the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

Succession process for  
Chair of the Board
On 7 January 2020, the Board confirmed 
that it had started a process to identify 
a successor to Derek Mapp as Chair of 
the Board. As the Company’s Senior 
Independent Director, I led the process 
on behalf of the Committee, with 
external advice being provided by 
Spencer Stuart. Spencer Stuart does 
not have any other connection with the 
Company or any individual Director.

In early March 2020, the Committee 
considered my initial report on Board 
succession planning, with neither Derek 
Mapp nor John Rishton participating in 
the discussions which followed. As part 
of this report, the Committee finalised 
the job description for the role of Board 
Chair and provided feedback on an 
initial long-list of candidates.

As the pandemic spread, and its impact 
on the business became clearer, the 
Board determined that its prime focus 
should be given to the COVID-19 Action 
Plan to deliver stability and strength to 
the Group and implement a range of 
measures to support colleagues around 
the world. The Committee concluded 
that continuity and stability would best 
be provided by asking Derek Mapp to 
continue as Chair of the Board, seeing 
the Group through to the other side of 
the pandemic.

In September, once the Group had 
established a position of stability and 
security, the Chair succession process 
resumed. It quickly became clear that 
one candidate in particular had the 
appropriate experience, skills and 
knowledge for the role, with the right 
attributes to be effective both during 
this extended period of disruption and 
to seize opportunities on the other 
side of the pandemic. As a result, the 
Committee recommended to the Board 
that John Rishton be appointed as the 
next Chair of the Board.

John has been a Non-Executive Director 
of Informa, and Chair of the Audit 
Committee, since September 2016. 
Since his appointment, John has been a 
highly regarded member of the Board, 
providing strong contributions to Board 
and Committee meetings, intellectual 
rigour and a mature, pragmatic and 
balanced style. He has developed a 
deep understanding of the Group’s 
business and strategy together with the 
challenges it currently faces, as well as 
a strong feel for Informa’s distinctive 
culture. He has developed strong 
relationships with the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors alike, with 
whom his gravitas and style help to 
draw the very best from the Board.

In reaching the decision, the Committee 
acknowledged the wealth of experience 
John brought to the Board: as a former 
Chief Executive Officer of two large, 
complex, global listed businesses; as 
Chief Financial Officer of a global airline; 
and as a result of his directorships in 
a variety of UK listed and overseas 
businesses during his career. 
This combination of executive and 
non-executive experience, across 
several sectors and geographies, has 
resulted in an ability to be agile and 
successful in different environments 
and cultures and when facing significant 
strategic, operational and governance  
challenges.

John will assume the position of 
Board Chair at the conclusion of the 
Company’s AGM in June 2021 when 
Derek Mapp will retire.

On behalf of the Board and colleagues, 
the Committee would like to thank 
Derek for his diligence and unfailing 
support of the Company during his 
tenure as a Non-Executive Director 
and as Chair of the Board. His wise 
and experienced counsel, his effective 
management of the Board and his 
humour will be much missed, and we 
wish him and his family all the very best 
for the future.

  Gareth Bullock

Senior Independent Director
22 April 2021

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
110

A U D I T ,   R I S K   A N D   I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L

Audit Committee Report

John Rishton
Chair
Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the 
Audit Committee (the Committee) for 
the year ended 31 December 2020. 

The report that follows details the 
role of the Committee, the significant 
matters considered during the year 
and how the Committee has carried 
out its responsibilities. 

Committee membership, 
independence and experience
The Committee membership is 
solely comprised of independent 
Non-Executive Directors namely:

Members

John Rishton (Committee Chair)*

Gareth Bullock

David Flaschen

Gill Whitehead (Committee Chair Elect)

*  The Committee Chair is deemed to have recent 
and relevant financial experience as required 
by the 2018 Code

See page 101 for meeting attendance during  
the year

As announced in January 2021, I will 
step down as Committee Chair on my 
appointment as Board Chair following 
the conclusion of the Company’s 2021 
AGM. At that time, Gill Whitehead will 
assume the role of Committee Chair. 
Gill is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales and has significant financial and 
operational experience through her 
roles at the Bank of England, Deloitte 
Consulting, BBC, Channel 4 and Google. 
Gill is currently conducting research at 
Oxford’s Internet Institute into the uses 
of data and artificial intelligence in 
business. The Board has determined 
that Gill will meet the requirement for 
at least one member of the Committee 
to have recent and relevant financial  
experience.

In March 2021, Gareth Bullock advised 
that he would not stand for re-election 

at the 2021 AGM and he will retire as 
a Director, and as a member of the 
Committee, at the conclusion of the 
AGM. Gareth has been a member of the 
Committee since his first appointment 
in January 2014 and I would like to thank 
him for his considered and thoughtful 
contributions to Committee discussions 
during his tenure. His insights will be 
missed and, on behalf of the Committee, 
I wish him well for the future.

The Board is currently reviewing the 
membership of the Committee and 
an appropriate announcement will 
be made in due course.

The Board has once again confirmed 
that it is satisfied that all members 
of the Committee are independent 
in judgement and have the broad 
commercial knowledge and competence 
in the business-to-business information 
services market and specialist industry 
markets in which Informa operates. 
The Committee members provide a mix 
of financial and business experience 
that allows for effective discussion, 
challenge where appropriate and 
oversight of critical financial matters, 
enabling each member to fulfil 
their responsibilities.

Meeting attendees
All Board colleagues have access to 
Committee papers and an open 
invitation to attend Committee 
meetings. All colleagues are particularly 
encouraged to attend those meetings at 
which the full-year and half-year results 
are considered.

Members of Senior Management, 
including the Group Finance Director, 
Chief Operating Officer, Head of Internal 
Audit and Group General Counsel, are 
invited to attend each meeting together 
with representatives of the external 
auditor. During 2020, the Head of Group 
Finance, Head of Tax and former Chief 
Information Officer also attended 
one or more meetings to facilitate 
information-sharing and discussion.

111

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Committee meetings conclude with 
private meetings between the members 
and, either jointly or separately, the 
external audit partner and internal 
auditors. No member of management 
is present during these discussions.

I continue to hold regular meetings 
with the Board Chair, the Group Chief 
Executive and the Group Finance 
Director, as well as other members of 
Senior Management, to obtain a good 
understanding of issues affecting the 
Group and to identify matters which 
require meaningful discussion at 
Committee meetings.

I also meet the external audit partner 
and Head of Internal Audit privately to 
discuss any matter they wish to raise 
or concerns they may have.

Training and induction
Committee members receive updates 
on legal and governance changes on an 
ongoing and timely basis. During 2020, 
the Committee received a presentation 
on the forthcoming regulatory initiatives 
including those arising from the Brydon 
Review, the Kingman Review and the 
FRC audit market reform principles. 

Any new members of the Committee 
receive an induction on first 
appointment and all members are able 
to obtain training at the Company’s 
expense on any legal or accounting 
requirements required to carry out 
their roles.

The Committee’s terms of reference also 
set out that members of the Committee 
are able to obtain independent legal and 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense. No such advice was obtained 
during 2020.

I would like to thank my fellow 
Committee and Board colleagues, 
Senior Management, the Finance team 
and other colleagues, as well as the 
internal and external auditors, for the 
hard work they have undertaken during 
this extraordinary year and during my 
tenure as Committee Chair. I wish Gill all 
the very best in her new role and know 
that she will receive the same support 
from colleagues as I have received. 

  John Rishton

Chair 
Audit Committee
22 April 2021

Role of the Committee
The principal responsibilities of the 
Committee are:

•  Financial reporting: to monitor the 
integrity of the Company and the 
Group’s financial statements and 
any formal announcement relating 
to the financial performance, review 
significant financial reporting 
judgements, issues and estimates, 
and confirm whether, taken as a 
whole, the Annual Report and 
financial statements is fair, 
balanced and understandable
•  Risk management and internal 

controls: on behalf of the Board, to 
review and monitor the effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal financial 
controls and risk management 
systems and procedures
•  External audit: to assess the 

effectiveness of the external audit 
process, review and monitor the 
external auditor’s independence and 
objectivity, develop and implement 
a policy on the supply of non-audit 
services by the external auditor and 
make recommendations to the 
Board about the appointment, 
reappointment and removal of 
the external auditor and the 
remuneration and terms 
of engagement

Area of focus

Matters considered 

Financial reporting

•  The integrity and accuracy of the full-year and half-year financial results and the Annual Report 

and financial statements, including whether they were fair, balanced and understandable

•  The appropriateness and disclosure of accounting policies and key judgements
•  Assessed whether the Group remained viable and that it remained appropriate to prepare financial 

statements on a going concern basis (see pages 78 to 81 for further details)

Risk management and 
internal controls

•  Considered the Group’s principal risks and the controls in place to mitigate those risks, the Group’s risk 

appetite and tolerance and the process to identify and manage emerging risks

•  Reviewed the adequacy and appropriateness of the Group’s systems of internal controls and risk 

management together with their effectiveness

•  Oversight of the work of the executive Risk Committee
•  Received reports on instances of fraud or attempted fraud and reviewed the development of processes 

to identify, report and prevent fraud

•  Reviewed the business’ information security capabilities, particularly with regard to cyber security risks 

External audit

Internal audit

Governance

•  Approved the plan for the audit of the Group’s 2020 financial statements and associated fees
•  Reviewed and approved non-audit services provided by the external auditor and related fees
•  Considered the effectiveness and independence of the external auditor 

•  Approved the internal audit plan for 2020 and performance against the plan
•  Reviewed audit actions, ensuring resolution in a timely manner
•  Considered the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function

•  Considered the Group’s anti-bribery and corruption policies and procedures
•  Reviewed reports on whistleblowing by colleagues and other stakeholders
•  Received an update on the UK regulatory environment and forthcoming regulatory changes

Other key matters

•  Reviewed and approved a revised Group Treasury Policy
•  Considered and approved a Tax Governance Framework and reaffirmed the Group tax strategy
•  Undertook an annual review of Committee effectiveness

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
112

A U D I T ,   R I S K   A N D   I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L   c o n t i n u e d

•  Internal audit: to monitor and review 
the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 
function and the annual internal 
audit plan

The Committee’s terms of reference are 
available on the Informa website.

The Board of Directors is responsible 
for preparing the Annual Report and 
financial statements for the Group, and 
the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 
found on page 135 includes an 
explanation of how the Board has 
ensured that the Annual Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2020 is fair, 
balanced and understandable. 

The Strategic Report on pages 4 to 93 
provides details of the business model 
and how the Company generates value 
for stakeholders.

The Committee’s main areas of activity 
during 2020 are set out below:

Financial reporting
The Board of Directors of the Company 
has delegated authority to the 
Committee to review the content 
and tone of the preliminary results 
announcement, Annual Report and 

financial statements and the half-year 
financial results. Drafts of the Annual 
Report are reviewed by the Committee 
Chair, and the Committee as a whole, 
prior to formal consideration and 
approval by the Board.

•  Whether the Annual Report was 
consistent with information 
previously communicated to 
investors, analysts and 
other stakeholders

•  The consistency of the Strategic 

Fair, balanced and understandable 
reporting
In early 2021 the Committee reviewed 
the structure and content of the 2020 
Annual Report and financial statements 
and considered the processes 
undertaken to prepare and verify 
the content.

As in previous years, the Committee 
considered the process for preparing 
the Annual Report, including the 
oversight of the steering committee, 
and the way in which the overall 
prospects and financial position of the 
Group are disclosed. In particular,  
the Committee considered:

•  Whether the overall message of the 
narrative reporting was consistent 
with the primary financial statements, 
the industry as a whole and the wider 
economic environment, particularly 
as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic

Report and the financial statements
•  The linkage between the Company’s 
performance, business model and 
its strategy

In addition, the Committee assessed 
whether suitable accounting policies 
had been adopted by the Group and 
reviewed accounting papers prepared 
by Senior Management on the main 
financial reporting judgements as well 
as the external auditor’s reports on the 
full-year and half-year results.

As a result, the Committee reported to 
the Board that it considered that the 
Annual Report, taken as a whole, was 
fair, balanced and understandable 
and that it provided the necessary 
information for Shareholders to 
adequately assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

Other significant matters considered during the year 
The key matters considered by the Committee during the year ended 31 December 2020 are set out below:

Impairment review

At each half-year, the Company is required to carry out a review to assess whether there is any impairment to 
the value of goodwill and intangible assets shown on the balance sheet. The review considers both external and 
internal factors such as projected operating profits, future long-term growth rates, discount rates and, during 2020, 
the economic impact from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Management presented its assumptions around future operating profits, setting out the uncertainty relating to 
the depth of the economic impact from the pandemic, and the speed of any subsequent recovery, alongside the 
variability in the recovery across the geographies in which the Group operates. Further details on the assumptions 
used in the impairment analysis are set out in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As a result of the impairment review undertaken at the half-year, a goodwill impairment charge of £592.9m was 
recorded in relation to the Group’s three event-led Divisions.

A further review was undertaken at year end which showed headroom in all Divisions, reflecting the improvement in 
forecast cash flows since 30 June 2020. Previously recognised impairments of goodwill cannot be reversed and so the 
charge remains in the results for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Information security

In addition to the update provided by the Group Chief Operating Officer at each Board meeting, during the year, 
the Committee undertook a deep dive into the Group’s information security controls and cyber vigilance. 

The review highlighted the progress made by management which, by enhancing security training, implementing 
a consistent response to incidents, addressing vulnerabilities in the Group’s systems including protection against 
viruses and malware and extending multifactor authentication on key systems, had resulted in a better understanding 
of information security within the business. 

Principal risks – Pandemic

During 2020, pandemic risk was separated into a stand-alone principal risk. The Risk Committee was responsible for 
assessing, managing and monitoring its risk profile and the actions Senior Management needed to take to mitigate its 
effect on the Group. 

The Committee received an update on this principal risk at each meeting, providing support and guidance for 
management. Further details on principal risks are set out on pages 71 to 77.

Measurement of retirement  
benefit obligations

The Committee continues to monitor the Group’s retirement benefits obligations, particularly its six defined benefit 
schemes, the most significant of which is the UBM Pension Scheme. 

Details of the Group’s defined benefit schemes, its pensions strategy, and the principal assumptions adopted 
following advice received from independent actuaries, are set out in Note 34 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

113

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Risk management and  
internal controls
The Board has delegated responsibility 
for overseeing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems to the Committee. 
The Committee has established and 
has oversight of an executive 
Risk Committee. 

Informa’s internal control and financial 
risk management systems and 
procedures include:

•  Business planning: each Division 
produces and agrees an annual 
business plan against which the 
performance of the business is 
regularly monitored

•  Financial analysis: each Division’s 
operating profitability and capital 
expenditure are closely monitored. 
Management incentives are tied to 
annual and longer-term financial 
results. These results include 
explanations of variance between 
forecast and budgeted performance 
and are reviewed in detail by the EMT 
on a monthly basis. Key financial 
information is regularly reported to 
the Board

•  Group Authority Framework: the 

framework provides clear guidelines 
on approval limits for capital and 
operating expenditure and other key 
business decisions for all Divisions
•  Risk assessment: risk assessment is 

embedded into the operations of the 
Group and reports are provided to 
the EMT, Risk Committee, Audit 
Committee and the Board

•  Compliance: compliance policies and 

procedures are based on the US 
Federal Sentencing Guidelines and 
address the wide variety of legislature 
and other requirements with which 
the Group has to comply. Regular  
reports are provided to the Board, 
EMT and Divisional management

The Board recognises that risks must be 
taken to achieve the Group’s business 
objectives and is responsible for 
ensuring that a sound system of internal 
controls is maintained and that regular 
reviews are undertaken to ensure 
their effectiveness. This includes 
consideration of financial, operational 
and compliance controls, risk 
management and the Group’s high 
level internal control arrangements. 

The system of internal controls is 
designed to manage material risks, by 
addressing their cause and mitigating 
their potential impact, and can only 
provide reasonable, rather than 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss, recognising that 
expected benefits should not exceed 
the cost of the control procedures.

The EMT, led by the Group Chief 
Executive, meets regularly to consider 
and review the Group’s overall 
operational and financial performance 
and material risks and mitigating 
actions, with each Division given 
operational autonomy within a robust 
internal control framework. Details of 
the activities of the Divisions are set out 
on pages 48 to 63.

As detailed in the Risk Management 
section on pages 66 to 70, the Board has 
adopted a risk management framework 
to identify, evaluate and manage the 
Group’s significant risks which is 
overseen by the Risk Committee. 

Risk Committee
The executive Risk Committee is 
responsible for ensuring that Group 
risk is managed effectively, monitoring 
business risks and their impact on the 
Group and the minutes of all Risk 
Committee meetings are circulated to 
Audit Committee members. The findings 
of the Risk Committee are reported to 
the Committee at each meeting and 
consideration given to any significant 
matters raised.

Membership of the Risk Committee 
comprises the Group Finance Director 
(who has been appointed as Chair), the 
Chief Operating Officer, Group General 
Counsel, Head of Internal Audit, Head of 
Group Compliance, Chief Information 
Security Officer, Group HR Director, 
Chief Commercial Officer, Head of 
Group Health, Safety and Security, 
Group Risk Manager and a 
representative from each of the 
Operating Divisions. 

The Risk Committee meets quarterly 
and its principal duties include:

•  Overseeing the Group’s current risk 

exposures and recommending to the 
Committee, and the Board, which 
risks should be recognised as the 
Group’s principal and emerging risks

•  Providing guidance to the Board and 
the Committee regarding the Group’s 
overall risk appetite, tolerance 
and strategy

•  Ensuring that a regular robust 

assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group is undertaken, 
including those risks that would 
threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity
•  Reviewing the Group’s overall risk 

assessment processes, the 
parameters of the qualitative and 
quantitative metrics used to review 
the Group’s risks, and monitoring 
mitigating actions 

•  Reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems, including all 
material operational and compliance  
controls

•  Reviewing the Group’s approach to, 
and management of, health and 
safety risks, including the Health 
and Safety Risk Appetite Statement
•  Reviewing the adequacy and security 
of the Company’s whistleblowing 
arrangements for colleagues and 
contractors to raise concerns 
in confidence about possible 
wrongdoing in financial reporting 
or other matters

•  Reviewing the Group’s instances 
of fraud and fraud reporting to 
the Committee

•  Reviewing the Group’s insurance  

arrangements

During 2020, the Risk Committee 
reviewed the effectiveness of the 
Group’s response to the COVID-19 
pandemic, including the challenges 
arising from the switch to home 
working, postponement and 
cancellation of events, digital 
transformation, colleague wellbeing 
and supply chain disruption. Further  
details on the Group’s response to the 
pandemic are set out on pages 10 and 11.

The Risk Committee reviewed the 
Divisional risk registers at least twice 
during 2020 as the COVID-19 pandemic 
affected the business of the event-led 
businesses in particular. In addition, 
Divisional risk reviews were undertaken 
with the Group Risk Manager to assess 
how risks were being managed and the 
mitigating actions being taken in 
relation to emerging risks. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
115

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

114

A U D I T ,   R I S K   A N D   I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L   c o n t i n u e d

Divisional risks form part of the Group 
risk register from which the Group’s 
principal risks are identified and 
materiality calculated. Further  
information on the Group’s principal 
risks is available on pages 71 to 77.

External auditor
Deloitte LLP (Deloitte) continues as the 
Group’s external auditor. Deloitte was 
first appointed in 2004 and reappointed 
in 2016 following an audit tender.

The Committee reviews the 
appointment of the external auditor 
annually and, in accordance with 
legislation and its own terms of 
reference, will undertake a competitive 
tender for external audit services every 
10 years. In addition, companies listed 
on the London Stock Exchange are 
required to rotate auditors every 
20 years. Therefore, in line with this 
requirement, Deloitte’s last eligible year 
to serve as the Group’s auditor will be 
the year ending 31 December 2023.

Anna Marks has acted as the audit 
engagement partner since August 2018. 
Anna is a senior audit partner with 
significant expertise in the areas of 
audit, due diligence and stock exchange 
and other regulatory reporting in the UK 
and US. She is also a member of the 
North and South Europe Board of 
Deloitte LLP.

The Committee takes its responsibility 
for the development, implementation 
and monitoring of the Group’s policy 
on external audit seriously. This policy 
assigns oversight responsibility for 
monitoring independence, objectivity 
and compliance with ethical and 
regulatory requirements to the 
Committee, and day- to-day 
responsibility to the Group Finance 
Director. It states that the external 
auditor is jointly responsible to the 
Board and the Committee, with the 
Committee as the primary contact. 
The policy also sets out which categories 
of non-audit services the external 
auditor will and will not be allowed to 
provide to the Group, subject to de 
minimis levels.

Non-audit services
The Committee believes that certain 
non-audit services should be able to be 
provided by the external auditor. This is 
because the external auditor’s existing 
knowledge of the business would result 
in the most efficient and effective way 
for these non-audit services to be 
carried out.

The non-audit fees consisted of £0.3m 
in relation to the half-year review and 
£0.2m for other services including 
assurance in respect of the EMTN 
programme annual update, the Q4 
EMTN financing and other financing 
work and for specified procedures 
completed as part of the verification 
of Executive Directors’ Remuneration.

The Committee regularly reviews the 
Non-Audit Services Policy, and the 
resulting fees accrued, in order to 
safeguard the ongoing independence 
of the external auditor. In September 
2020 the Committee reviewed and 
updated the policy to reflect changes 
to the FRC’s revised Ethical and 
Auditing Standards.

The policy defines the services that the 
external auditor is and is not permitted 
to provide. It also sets out the approvals 
required before the external auditor 
is authorised to undertake non-
audit services:

•  Pre-approval is required from the 

Chair of the Audit Committee for all 
non-prohibited proposed non-audit 
engagements where the fees would 
be greater than £25k, or if individual 
engagements in aggregate for any 
year would exceed £100k

•  Pre-approval is required from the 

Chair of the Audit Committee for any 
proposed non-audit engagements 
which would take the ratio of current 
financial year non-audit fees 
compared to the average of audit 
fees for the previous three financial 
years over 70% 

•  The Group Finance Director provides 

each Committee meeting with a 
rolling analysis of non-audit services 
from the external auditor

Details of all fees charged by the 
external auditor during the year 
ended 31 December 2020 are set out 
in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. During the year, the Group 
paid non-audit fees totalling £0.5m to 
Deloitte (2019: £0.3m), being 16% 
(2019: 9%) of the 2020 audit fee.

The non-audit fees incurred were 
disclosed and approved in accordance 
with Group policy.

External auditor effectiveness
The performance of the external auditor 
continues to be reviewed annually, in 
accordance with best practice, to assess 
the delivery of the external audit service 
and to identify areas for improvement. 
The review takes into account the 
quality of planning, delivery and 
execution of the audit (including the 
audit of subsidiary companies), the 
technical competence and strategic 
knowledge of the audit team and 
the effectiveness of reporting and 
communication between the audit team 
and management. Performance is 
assessed according to whether the audit 
exceeds, meets or is below expectations 
against a variety of factors.

The Committee specifically assessed 
the following items in performing 
the review:

•  Level of auditing skills and technical 

accounting knowledge and the level of 
knowledge of the Group’s operations 
demonstrated by the audit team

•  Integrity, independence and 
objectivity of the audit team

•  Accessibility and interaction with the 
Committee, including briefings on 
significant and emerging issues
•  Adequacy of audit scope, planning 
and use of relevant technology, 
including data analytics

•  Quality of partner, lead manager and 

specialists (if required)

•  Robustness and efficiency of the audit
•  Whether there was an appropriate 
focus on the key risks facing the 
Group, including fraud

•  Communications
•  Value of insights

The conclusion showed a continuing 
high degree of satisfaction in the 
effectiveness of the external audit, 
which is consistent with the 
performance in previous years. 
The Committee will discuss specific 
feedback with the external auditor and 
consider whether any action is required 
to be taken in response to the feedback.

In addition, the lead audit partner, 
Anna Marks, met with each member 
of the Committee to establish their 
expectations for the 2020 audit. 
Details on how the external auditor 
performed against these expectations 
was included in its year end briefing to 
the Committee.

Internal audit
During 2020 the co-sourcing partnership 
between an in-house Internal Audit 
team and KPMG continued, with both 
teams reporting to a single Group Head 
of Internal Audit. Due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, and subsequent cost savings 
implemented by the Group, a greater 
proportion of the work for 2020 was 
carried out by the in-house team. 
While KPMG continues to be available 
to provide additional expertise where 
required, is it unlikely that new specialist 
audit work will be commissioned 
during 2021.

At the beginning of each year the 
Committee approves the annual internal 
audit plan with an emphasis on the 
Group’s key risk areas and certain key 
financial controls. One of the effects of 
the pandemic was that the majority of 
audits undertaken during the year were 
done remotely, and it is highly likely that 
the majority of the 2021 internal audit 
work will continue to be performed 
remotely due to ongoing 
travel restrictions.

During 2020, an increasing number 
of requests were received from the 
business, both the Divisions and 
functions, to perform specific audits 
or reviews. These included financial 
control work, support for sustainability 
reporting, HR processes and ad hoc 
investigations. It is anticipated that 
these requests will continue in 2021.

The Head of Internal Audit attends each 
Audit Committee and Risk Committee 
meeting, tabling reports on:

•  Any issues identified around the 
Group’s business processes and 
control activities during the course 
of their work

•  The implementation of management 
action plans to address any identified 
control weaknesses

•  Any management action plans where 

resolution is overdue

An Internal Audit effectiveness review 
is carried out each year to assess the 
delivery of the function and areas 
for improvement.

Committee effectiveness
At the end of 2020, the Committee 
Chair led an effectiveness review of the 
Committee’s performance with input 
from Committee colleagues, the Group 
Finance Director, Group Head of Internal 
Audit, KPMG and Deloitte. The review 
concluded that:

•  Committee meetings were well 

organised with a disciplined approach

•  Meeting papers contained the right 
balance of detail and summary, 
allowing engaged discussions with 
appropriate challenge

•  Presentations from members of 

Senior Management provided insight 
into the business 

•  The diverse backgrounds of 

Committee colleagues brought an 
additional dimension to discussions, 
as did the attendance of other 
Board members

Areas for further attention remained 
including horizon scanning on new 
regulatory requirements and cyber 
matters and additional Divisional 
presentations. The use of virtual 
meetings during the year had been 
successful and consideration would be 
given to a mix of physical and hybrid 
meetings going forward. 

The external evaluation undertaken by 
No 4 also reviewed the effectiveness of 
the Committee and the initial outcomes 
of that evaluation are set out on 
page 105.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
116

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T

Statement from the Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

underlying growth of the markets we 
serve, the Group’s strategic priorities 
and internal budgets, as well as market 
expectations, direct feedback from 
Shareholders and the wider macro 
and geo-political environment.

In 2020, the year was dominated by the 
extraordinary situation created by the 
COVID-19 pandemic. This put significant 
additional pressure on the business, 
our customers and colleagues, and led 
to severe disruption within Informa’s 
event-led businesses.

Against this backdrop, the Board 
determined that the primary objective 
in 2020 was to protect and support 
colleagues, whilst preserving the 
long-term value of the Group’s brands 
and customer relationships. This led 
to the development of a COVID-19 
Action Plan, with an emphasis on 
managing costs and preserving cash, 
strengthening the balance sheet and 
increasing operating flexibility.

In implementing the Remuneration 
Policy for 2020, the Committee 
determined that the appropriate 
approach and performance measures 
should match the above key priorities, 
including a strong focus on cash 
management and cash preservation. 
The Group strategy resulted in 
deploying a Postponement Programme 
for the physical events portfolio through 
to late spring and early summer 2021. 
The Committee therefore also decided 
it would be prudent for the final 
determination of 2020 annual 
performance outcomes to be completed 
alongside an assessment of the trading 
environment in July 2021, when the 
extended 2020 Postponement 
Programme is scheduled to 
be completed.

2021-2023 Remuneration Policy
One of the commitments of the 
outgoing Chair was to work with myself 
to establish an updated Remuneration 
Policy relevant to the current situation, 
reflecting the very different position the 

Group now finds itself in and the 
significant uncertainty ahead, at least in 
the near term.

Therefore, in the final quarter of 2020, 
once the Group had established stability 
and security, we consulted extensively 
with Shareholders on the 2021-2023 
Equity Revitalisation Plan (ERP). 
This new Remuneration Policy was 
subsequently approved by Shareholders 
at a General Meeting on 23 December 
and implemented from 1 January 2021.

The ERP is an important component 
of the Group’s strategy to return to 
growth and drive value back into 
Informa’s equity in the aftermath 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. It offers 
a more straightforward approach 
to remuneration through the use 
of restricted shares, providing 
management with greater flexibility in 
restoring the Company to health over 
the next few years, without the potential 
limitations that historical multi-metric 
long-term incentive awards might 
present. The ERP will also act as a strong 
retention tool for the broader Senior 
Management team, to whom it will 
also apply.

The Chair and I consulted with around 
30 institutional Shareholders on the ERP, 
representing nearly 70% of Informa’s 
equity. As ever, there were many 
different and sometimes conflicting 
views on the detail of the proposals, 
making it difficult to create a framework 
that met everyone’s institutional and 
individual preferences. However, there 
was strong support for the overall 
rationale of the ERP, a fully aligned 
three-year plan for all Senior 
Management, using restricted share 
awards rather than multi-metric 
long-term incentive awards through a 
period of expected volatility, and closely 
aligned to Shareholders, focused on 
driving growth into the business and 
value back into Informa’s equity.

The ERP also incorporates updates to 
market best practice in two key areas, 

Stephen Davidson
Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee (the Committee), I am 
pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for 2020. As usual, 
this Report is split into two sections, 
my Annual Statement as Chair of the 
Committee, and the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Committee membership
The Committee membership is 
comprised wholly of independent 
Non-Executive Directors as follows: 

Members

Stephen Davidson (Committee Chair)

Helen Owers

Gareth Bullock

Mary McDowell

See page 101 for meeting attendance during 
the year

The Committee’s primary purpose is 
to incentivise Informa’s Directors and 
Senior Management by aligning their 
interests with the strategic priorities of 
the Group and the creation of long-term 
value for Informa’s Shareholders and 
other stakeholders.

The approach and structure of incentive 
plans is decided upon by considering 
a range of factors, including the 
international nature of the Group, the 

117

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

where thinking has evolved significantly 
over the period since the last policy 
review: Executive Directors’ pension 
entitlements and post-employment 
shareholding obligations.

On pensions, Informa’s Executive 
Directors have agreed with the 
Committee that existing contractual 
pension entitlements will be rewritten 
and reduced to reflect the relevant 
colleague community contribution 
level by the end of 2022.

On Executive Director shareholding 
requirements, our existing Policy 
already included a two-year post-vest 
holding requirement for Directors and 
this has been maintained within the 
ERP. In addition, the in-employment 
shareholding requirement has been 
increased to 400% of salary for the 
Group Chief Executive and 275% for the 
Group Finance Director, further raising 
the commitment to equity ownership 
and equity value within the new Policy.

Further, the ERP introduces an 
additional holding requirement when 
Executive Directors leave the Group, 
with the commitment to a two-year 
post-employment holding obligation 
of at least 150% of salary.

These changes, along with others, 
ensure the Policy incorporates the latest 
market practice, as well as complying 
with the six pillars set out in paragraph 
40 of the 2018 Code.

Performance and incentive 
outcomes
The reach and depth of the COVID-19 
pandemic led to severe disruption in 
the Group’s event-led businesses, 
putting greater dependence on the 
performance of Informa’s subscription-
led businesses. The COVID-19 Action 
Plan was therefore focused on 
managing costs and preserving cash, 
strengthening the balance sheet and 
protecting and supporting colleagues 
whilst maintaining digital product 
development and delivering a material 
commercial event Postponement 
Programme running through to late 
spring and early summer 2021.

The operational cost initiatives were 
carefully planned to minimise any 
impact on colleagues, focusing in the 
main on removing discretionary costs, 
reducing our real estate footprint, 

recovering direct event costs, 
minimising travel, renegotiating 
contracts, and the tight control of 
marketing and promotion expenditure. 
As it affected colleagues, the vast 
majority were achieved through a 
sabbatical programme, a voluntary 
severance programme, a number of 
flexi-time offers and delayed or highly 
controlled recruitment.

The savings also included a direct 
contribution from Executive Directors 
and the Senior Management team. 
Firstly, the Executives voluntarily waived 
the increase in base salary that had 
previously been approved prior to 
the onset of COVID-19. The Executives 
and leadership team then voluntarily 
sacrificed 33% and 25% of their salaries 
respectively for the full COVID-19 
lockdown period of the second quarter, 
a contribution that was also matched 
by the Chair and all of the Non-Executive 
Directors of the Board. Subsequently, 
it was also agreed that a 33%/25% 
reduction would be applied to any 
annual performance incentives that may 
be earned by Executive Directors and 
the Senior Management team for 2020.

While a significant UK employer and 
a UK listed company, as a largely 
international business, the Group 
decided not to use government furlough 
or other support schemes in the UK, 
including not accessing funds within 
the Bank of England’s Covid Corporate 
Financing Facility. Instead, we focused 
on our own actions and initiatives, 
including those outlined above, as well 
as a significant refinancing programme 
and support from Shareholders, 
which included a temporary dividend 
postponement (duly reflected in the 
salary sacrifice and applied discount 
to any annual incentives).

This response and range of initiatives 
introduced to support colleagues and 
protect the business proved highly 
effective, and I have no doubt that the 
leadership team rightly worked harder 
and contributed more than ever in 
2020 to keep your Company stable and 
secure. Without their swift and decisive 
action, the Group would undoubtedly 
be in a much more challenging position 
today. On behalf of the Committee, I 
would like to put on record our thanks 
for their relentless commitment.

Informa owns and operates a portfolio 
of businesses with five Operating 
Divisions. The Group’s remuneration 
approach is designed to incentivise 
colleagues on the objectives and 
performance of the individual operating 
units for which they work, balanced 
with a relevant portion of shared, 
Group compensation incentives. 
This approach uses a mixture of in-year 
variable compensation and long-term 
equity compensation.

In 2020, this remained the remuneration 
approach, ensuring colleagues within 
the two subscription-led businesses 
were appropriately motivated and 
incentivised. In the three event-led 
businesses, which were materially 
disrupted by the exceptional 
circumstances of COVID-19, a 
different approach to retention 
and incentivisation was designed 
and implemented.

For the Senior Management team and 
the Executive Directors, the approach to 
remuneration in 2020 also continued to 
reflect the breadth of the portfolio, with 
management held accountable for the 
performance of each of the businesses, 
as well as the overall effectiveness of 
the COVID-19 pandemic Action Plan. 
These measures were then assessed 
within the context of the significant 
overall impact of COVID-19 on the 
Group and the impact this has had 
on Shareholders and its wider 
stakeholder group.

Beyond the salary sacrifice outlined 
and further contributions detailed 
below, this led to the suspension of 
all previously agreed cost of living 
increases for the Executive Directors 
and Senior Management team, as well 
as the broader colleague community 
within the event-led businesses and 
Group functions significantly impacted 
by the COVID-19 pandemic.

2020 Short-Term Incentive Plan 
(STIP)
In line with the 2020 remuneration 
approach outlined, annual incentives 
in our two subscription-led businesses, 
Taylor & Francis and Informa 
Intelligence, were set against 
appropriate 2020 targets for these 
businesses, ensuring as full a 
contribution as possible to support 
the rest of the Group. Despite some 
disruption from COVID-19, both these 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
118

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

businesses performed well, delivering 
resilient revenues and growth in 
underlying profits, and triggering 
appropriate incentive awards for  
those eligible.

In the Group’s three event-led 
businesses, a benefit of having a 
significant presence in Mainland China 
was that we recognised the potential 
impact of COVID-19 in late January. 
This enabled appropriate 2020 targets 
to be set for teams in these businesses 
early in the year, focusing on the 
immediate priorities such as managing 
costs, preserving cash, rescheduling our 
events portfolio, pivoting into virtual 
events, maintaining brand visibility 
and data currency and, finally, most 
critically, supporting colleagues 
and customers.

A consistent approach was applied to 
2020 annual incentives for the Senior 
Management team and the 2020 STIP 
for the Executive Directors, with the 
focus put on the immediate priorities 
for the Group and the Board.

The Committee therefore set 
performance targets in four key areas:

1. Cost and Cash Management – 25%
2.  Corporate Financial Security and 

Financing – 25%

3.  Colleague and Customer 

Communication and Engagement 
– 25%

4.  Colleague and Customer Leadership 

– 25%

These four measures will be assessed 
on a balanced scorecard basis by the 
Committee, using a combination of 
quantitative and qualitative analysis, 
based around the five key objectives 
for each category, with each being 
worth 5% of the total.

On Cost and Cash Management,  
the objectives include the effective 
implementation of a stepped cost 
programme that minimises colleague 
departures and meets indirect cost 
tolerance targets for the year. 
This also includes the implementation 
of cash control and cash retention 
measures, including a customer 
management programme to manage 
customer impacts.

On Corporate Financial Security and 
Financing, the objectives include the 
implementation of a flexible financing 
programme that builds stability and 
security into the Group’s balance sheet. 
This includes the addition of bank credit 
lines, the extension of debt maturities 
and the effective management of the 
Group’s credit rating, as well as the 
assessment and effective delivery of 
other appropriate forms of equity and 
debt financing that further secure the 
balance sheet.

On Colleague and Customer 
Communication and Engagement, 
objectives include the delivery of an 
effective, innovative and compelling 
international colleague communications 
programme using a range of 
engagement channels, including regular 
town halls, videos and blogs. This also 
includes the development of a 
mechanism to identify and support 
colleagues experiencing particular 
challenges due to the pandemic. 

Finally, and importantly, on Colleague 
and Customer Leadership, objectives 
focus on effective leadership through 
the crisis, with an emphasis on 
protecting long-term value for 
colleagues, customers and other 
stakeholders. This includes the 
implementation of a major events 
Postponement Programme, the 
development of safety protocols for 
events to ensure customer safety and 
the effective management of colleague 
morale and protection of Group culture.

The Executive Directors and the Senior 
Management team have voluntarily 
proposed to apply the same 33% and 
25% reductions that were applied to 
their salary for the full COVID-19 
lockdown period of the second quarter, 
to any annual incentives that might 
be earned for 2020 under this 
balanced scorecard.

In the second half of 2020, the Company 
extended its events Postponement 
Programme to late spring or early 
summer 2021. The Committee therefore 
decided it would also be prudent for 
the final determination of 2020 annual 
performance outcomes to be completed 
alongside an assessment of trading 
in July 2021, when the extended 
Postponement Programme is 
scheduled to be completed.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
2018-2020 LTIP award
The three-year 2018-2020 LTIP award 
completed on 31 December 2020. 
For this award, there were two 
measures for both Executive Directors: 
total shareholder return (TSR) compared 
to the FTSE 51–150 peer group, 
excluding financial services and natural 
resources companies (50%); and the 
three-year annual growth rate in 
adjusted diluted earnings per share 
(EPS) (50%).

The 2018-2020 LTIP award performed 
strongly in 2018 and 2019 on both the 
TSR and the EPS growth measures.

However, the final outcome of the 50% 
TSR element is determined by the TSR 
measurement on the last day of the 
three-year period, and so is a cliff-edge 
outcome. The unique COVID-19 
disruption to the physical events market 
in 2020 therefore had a significant 
impact on this overall TSR outcome. 
Having been tracking at 80% after two 
years, it resulted in a zero performance 
calculation after three years, reflecting 
the very different stock market reaction 
to those companies like Informa that 
operate in sectors directly impacted 
by COVID-19, compared with those 
operating in sectors that have been 
unaffected, or indeed that benefited. 
Despite the significant negative impact 
of these exogenous circumstances on 
the overall TSR outcome, the Committee 
determined that no change to the TSR 
calculation was appropriate.

In relation to the second 50% of the 
2018-2020 award, based on EPS 
performance, the Committee had 
already recorded the actual EPS 
growth over the first two years of the 
performance period (2018 and 2019). 
In 2018 this was 6.7% and in 2019 it 
was 4.3%. 

Aligning its thinking with the approach 
taken to the 2020 STIP, the Committee 
decided that for the final 2020 year 
of the 2018-2020 LTIP, it should use a 
different, more relevant performance 
measure that would focus the 
management team on the necessary 
priorities for the Group through the 
year. Given the critical focus on cash 
management and preservation, 
the Committee adopted the same 
cash measures within the 2020-2022 
LTIP grant: operating cash flow 

119

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

generation and operating cash flow 
conversion. Appropriate 2020 targets 
were set for each of these cash 
measures, including a range of £80m to 
£190m for the former and 35% to 55% 
for the latter. In aggregate, performance 
against these two cash measures 
represented one sixth of the total 
2018-2020 LTIP outcome, with the 
2018 and 2019 EPS performances 
representing a further two sixths, 
such that these measures in total 
represented three sixths or 50% of the 
total outcome of the 2018-2020 LTIP.

Combining the outcome of this 50% of 
the award with the 0% outcome on the 
50% shareholder return measure (TSR) 
resulted in 36.6% of the overall 2018-
2020 LTIP award vesting.

Colleague share plans
The Board continues to support and 
encourage broader equity ownership 
amongst all colleagues in the Group, 
as a highly effective way to connect 
and align everyone to the Company’s 
strategy, performance and progress.

Whilst the short-term reduction in 
Informa’s share price due to the 
COVID-19 pandemic has affected the 
current value of colleagues’ equity 
holdings, this mirrors the impact on 
Shareholders and has the potential 
to recover over time.

Encouragingly, there has continued to 
be a consistent commitment to the 
Group’s main share plan, ShareMatch, 
which was launched six years ago and 
provides colleagues with one free share 
for every share purchased, subject to a 
holding period. Participation has grown 
to over 27% of eligible colleagues in 
countries where ShareMatch is 
available. This compares with around 
2% equity ownership pre-launch.

In addition, our US Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan, a share ownership 
programme tailored to local regulations, 
has continued to grow since its launch 
in January 2019, with 16% of eligible 
colleagues participating to date.

As part of the ERP, which reduces the 
focus on short-term rewards and puts 
greater emphasis on long-term equity 
commitment, the terms of ShareMatch 
have been further improved. From April 
2021, colleagues who elect to participate 
in the plan will receive two Company-

funded shares for every colleague-
funded share bought, up to the 
annual investment limit of £1,800. 
This will increase carried equity 
interest, encourage greater levels 
of participation and further improve 
Shareholder alignment.

and recovers, some aspects will have 
evolved through the experience of 2020. 
For Informa, the importance of data, 
and the increased use of digital 
technology across all our businesses 
and products, have undoubtedly 
accelerated through the period.

Shareholder engagement
The Board believes regular engagement 
with Shareholders is important, 
ensuring there are established channels 
of communication and providing an 
opportunity to gauge views on the 
Company’s strategy, management 
and governance.

The Executive Directors and Investor 
Relations team were particularly 
active through 2020, reflecting the 
unprecedented circumstances brought 
about by COVID-19, undertaking more 
than 500 investor engagements through 
the year.

It was an equally busy year of 
engagement for the Non-Executive 
Directors. In January, I accompanied 
the Group Chair on his annual investor 
roadshow, meeting with 25 of our 
largest Shareholders to discuss a wide 
range of topics. We were joined by the 
Senior Independent Director and the 
Chair of the Audit Committee for several 
of these meetings.

As outlined, later in the year, as 
we formulated plans for the new 
Remuneration Policy, we consulted 
extensively with Shareholders to gauge 
views and input on our thinking. In total, 
we met with around 30 institutions, 
representing nearly 70% of our issued 
share capital. This input led to some 
material changes to the final proposals 
within the ERP, which was subsequently 
approved by Shareholders at a General 
Meeting in December.

Looking ahead: 2021-2023 Equity 
Revitalisation Plan 
2020 was as challenging a year as many 
of us will ever face, both personally 
and professionally, and I have huge 
admiration for the commitment and 
resilience that all colleagues at Informa 
have demonstrated.

The impact of COVID-19 will continue 
to be felt in our markets and our 
businesses over the coming years and, 
like many industries, as activity returns 

We were already investing to strengthen 
our capabilities in these areas but will 
need to continue to adapt and evolve 
our offering to meet these changing 
customer needs. The 2021-2023 ERP 
speaks to this, with its simplified 
approach to remuneration aligned 
directly to value growth, which will be 
applied across the broader leadership 
team that will lead the Group through 
this critical period.

The ERP ensures closer alignment with 
Shareholders across the Group over the 
next three critical years, with a focus on 
driving growth into the business and 
value back into Informa’s equity.

As always, we would like to thank 
Shareholders and all our stakeholders 
for their continued support and 
welcome any comments and feedback.

  Stephen Davidson

Chair 
Remuneration Committee
22 April 2021

Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Policy we are 
reporting against was approved 
by Shareholders in June 2018 and 
extended for a further year at the 
AGM in June 2020. 

The 2021-2023 Remuneration Policy, 
approved at a General Meeting 
on 23 December 2020, has been 
implemented from 1 January 2021 
and will be reported on in next year’s 
Annual Report. 

Both Remuneration Policies can be 
found on the Company’s website at: 
www.informa.com/investors/
corporate-governance/terms-of-
reference

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
12 0

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Annual Report on Remuneration

This section of the Report sets out details of the remuneration outcomes for 2020 across Informa and specifically for the 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors, with comparison to remuneration outcomes for 2019.

Directors’ remuneration in 2020 was operated in line with the Remuneration Policy approved by Shareholders at the 2018 AGM 
as detailed on our website: www.informa.com.

Any information contained in this section of the Report that is subject to audit has been highlighted.

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)

(£)

Stephen A. Carter

Gareth Wright

2020

2019

2020

2019

Salary1

772,407

841,860

440,416

480,018

Benefits and 
allowances

Payment in 
lieu of 
pension

Total fixed 
pay

Short-term 
incentive
awards2

Long-term 
incentive
awards3

Total  
variable
pay

Total fixed
and variable
pay

51,536

68,505

17,344

15,931

210,465

1,034,408

–

442,300

442,300

1,476,708

210,465

1,120,830

1,068,405

923,107

1,991,512

3,112,342

120,005

120,005

577,765

615,954

–

495,187

189,144

394,760

189,144

766,909

889,947

1,505,901

1.  Both Stephen A. Carter and Gareth Wright made a voluntary salary sacrifice of 33% for the full COVID-19 lockdown period of April to June 2020 inclusive

2.  The Committee has decided that it would be prudent for the final determination of any 2020 STIP outcome to be made alongside an assessment of trading 
in July 2021, when the extended Postponement Programme is scheduled to be completed. Under the Remuneration Policy in operation during 2020 and 
2019, any STIP awards in excess of 100% of base salary are deferred into shares for a further three years in line with the Company’s Deferred Share Bonus 
Plan (DSBP)

3.  The LTIP award granted in 2018 will vest and become exercisable at 36.64% following the announcement of the Company’s 2020 full-year results on 22 April 
2021. The estimated value of the LTIP award (including accrued dividend shares) has been calculated using the average share price over the three-month 
period to 31 December 2020, being 499.39p. Pages 121 and 122 set out more information on the performance achieved, how vesting was determined and 
how the value shown above was calculated, including how much of the value is attributable to share price growth during the period from grant to vesting. 
The value of the 2017 LTIP awards included in the single total figure of remuneration for 2019 has been updated to reflect the actual share price on vesting 
(being 477.90p on 16 March 2020) rather than the average for the three months to 31 December 2019 which was used in the 2019 Annual Report. The share 
price at grant was 651.50p

Notes to the single total figure of remuneration table (audited)
Fixed pay
Salary
In line with our overall remuneration philosophy to put the emphasis on performance-related pay ahead of fixed pay, following 
a review in early 2020, it was proposed that Executive Directors’ base salaries would increase by 1%. As the range and impact of 
the COVID-19 pandemic became clear, the Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to waive this increase in 2020. Additionally, the 
Executive Directors made a voluntary salary sacrifice of 33% for the full COVID-19 lockdown period of April to June 2020 inclusive. 

Stephen A. Carter

Gareth Wright

2020 
Salary

£841,860

£480,018

2019 
Salary

£841,860

£480,018

Benefits and allowances
The benefits received by the Executive Directors include one or more of: private healthcare, car allowance or driver costs in 
lieu, ShareMatch matching share awards, professional advice, life assurance, travel insurance and travel expenses incurred for 
accompanied attendance at certain corporate events.

121

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Pension
During 2020, the Company made a cash payment of 25% of basic salary to the Executive Directors in lieu of pension 
contributions. Neither Executive Director is a member of the defined benefit schemes provided by the Group or any of its 
subsidiaries, and accordingly they have not accrued entitlements under these schemes. As part of the 2021-2023 Remuneration 
Policy, pension contributions for any new Executive Directors will be aligned with the relevant colleague community on 
appointment, whilst the pension contributions of the incumbent Executive Directors will be aligned with the relevant colleague 
community by the end of 2022. Further details are summarised on page 129 and set out in full in the 2021-2023 Remuneration 
Policy on our website: www.informa.com.

Variable pay
Short-Term Incentive Plan
The maximum STIP opportunity for 2020 was 175% of salary for Stephen A. Carter and 150% of salary for Gareth Wright.

The unique circumstances of the pandemic and impact it had on the Group through 2020 led to a shift in priorities for Informa 
and its management teams, with a clear focus on supporting colleagues and customers, managing costs, preserving cash and 
protecting the long-term value of our brands and businesses. Therefore, the Committee concluded that the Executive Directors 
should be measured against a balanced scorecard of targets relevant to the delivery of an effective response to the pandemic. 
Performance targets were set in four key areas:

•  Cost and Cash Management 
•  Corporate Financial Security and Financing
•  Colleague and Customer Communication and Engagement
•  Colleague and Customer Leadership

These four areas would be independently assessed on a balanced scorecard basis by the Committee, based around five key 
objectives for each category, with each objective being worth 5% of the total, and each category therefore with a maximum 
payout equivalent to 25% of the respective STIP maximum.

In the second half of 2020, the Company extended its Postponement Programme to late spring or early summer 2021. 
The Committee therefore decided it was also prudent that the final determination of 2020 annual performance outcomes be 
completed alongside an assessment of trading in July 2021, on the other side of the extended Postponement Programme. As set 
out in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s Statement on pages 116 to 119, the Executive Directors have voluntarily proposed to 
apply the same 33% reduction that was applied to their salary for the full COVID-19 lockdown period in the second quarter, to any 
annual incentives that might be earned, following the Committee’s determination.

Details of the Committee’s assessment of the 2020 STIP will be provided in the 2021 Annual Report.

Long-Term Incentive Plan awards
The LTIP awards granted on 22 March 2018 to Stephen A. Carter and Gareth Wright included two equally weighted performance 
conditions, being the Group’s equity performance, measured through the TSR vs. the FTSE 51–150 peer group (excluding financial 
services and natural resources companies), and the Group’s financial performance, measured through the three-year compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR) in adjusted EPS.

In relation to the 50% of the award focused on TSR, 20% of this element of the award would vest if Informa is ranked at median, 
increasing on a straight line basis to full vesting if Informa ranks at or above the 80th percentile, while a ranking below median 
would result in the lapsing of the TSR element of the LTIP. The TSR measurement is completed on the last day of the three-year 
period and so is a cliff-edge outcome. Therefore, the unique disruption to the physical events market from the pandemic had a 
significant impact on the final year of the performance period and, hence, the overall outcome. Having been tracking strongly 
after two years, the Company’s remuneration consultant has confirmed that Informa’s TSR over the period was ranked at the 
24th percentile vs. the peer group, resulting in a zero performance outcome after three years. The Committee determined that, 
despite the significant negative impact of these circumstances on the overall outcome, no change to the TSR calculation was  
appropriate.

In relation to the 50% of the award focused on EPS performance, 3% EPS growth each year would result in 20% of this element 
of the award vesting, with full vesting at 8% or higher growth (and on a straight line basis between these points). In 2018, EPS 
growth was 6.7% and in 2019 it was 4.3%, leaving the LTIP tracking just above the mid-point of the range outlined above after two 
of the three years of the performance period. For the final year, 2020, as with the STIP, the Committee decided that given the 
Group’s priorities had necessarily switched to cost management and cash preservation, it would use different, more relevant 
performance measures and so it adopted the same cash measures within the 2020 LTIP grant of operating cash flow and free 
cash flow conversion. These cash targets were achieved in full and this outcome was then proportionately adjusted to represent 
one of the three years of the LTIP performance period.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
12 2

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Combining the outcome of this 50% of the award with the 0% outcome on the 50% TSR measure resulted in 36.64% of the overall 
2018 LTIP award vesting, as detailed in the table below. These awards will vest and become exercisable on or shortly after 22 April 
2021, when the Company’s full-year results for the year ended 31 December 2020 are announced:

Measure

TSR against comparator group

EPS CAGR

Cash returns

2020 operating cash flow

2020 free cash flow conversion

Total LTIP

Performance targets

Weighting (% 
of maximum)

Threshold

Maximum

Actual 
outcome

Payout (% of 
maximum)

50%

Median

80th 
percentile

24th
percentile vs. 
peer group

0%

33.3%

16.7%

3%

8%

5.5%

19.94%

£80m

35%

£190m

£230.8m

55%

86.2%

8.35%

8.35%

36.64%

The performance outcomes above have resulted in the following LTIP vesting levels:

Value of shares expected to vest (£000s)

Face value of 
award on date 
of grant (£000)

Number of 
LTIP options 
granted

Proportion 
expected to 
vest

Face value of 
vested options 
on date of 
grant 

Impact of 
share price 
appreciation/ 
(depreciation)
since grant1

1,651

706

228,848

97,865

36.64%

36.64%

£604,753

(£186,019)

£258,615

(£79,549)

Value of 
dividend 
shares on 
vesting

£23,566

£10,078

Total value of 
vesting 
awards

Number of 
shares
exercisable2

£442,300

£189,144

88,568

37,875

Director

Stephen A. Carter

Gareth Wright

1.  Calculated by subtracting the face value at the time of grant of the proportion of the award that vested from the value of the award on the date of vesting. 

For the purposes of this table, and the single total figure table on page 120, the LTIP award has been valued using the average share price for the three months 
ended 31 December 2020, being £4.9939. The share price at grant was £7.2124

12 3

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Executive Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
Shareholding requirements
The Committee believes that equity ownership by the Executive Directors, wider management team and the colleague base 
is an important and effective way to align their interests with those of the Company’s Shareholders. Under the terms of the 
Remuneration Policy in operation during 2020, Executive Directors are required to hold a percentage of their salary in shares, 
or in exercisable options over shares, equivalent to their largest outstanding LTIP award. Executive Directors are expected to 
meet the guideline within five years of appointment or of 25 May 2018 (being the date of the 2018 AGM), whichever is the later, 
and to maintain this holding throughout their term of office.

Shareholdings
The beneficial interest of each Executive Director in the Company’s shares (including those held by connected persons) as at 
31 December 2020 and their anticipated beneficial interests as at 22 April 2021 are set out below:

Beneficial
holding1

Vested but 
unexercised 
options

Share
Match2

DSBP
awards3

Total 
interests  
as at 31 
December
20204

Shareholding 
as % of salary 
as at 31 
December
20205

Value of 
total 
interests  
as at 31 
December 
2020

Total 
interests as 
at 22 April 
2021

Shareholding 
as % of  
salary as at 
22 April 20215

2018 LTIP
award6

Value of 
total
interests 
as at 
22 April 
20215

Stephen A. 
Carter 

Gareth 
Wright

 167,349 

 461,685 

 3,911 

 134,674 

 767,619 

455% £3,833,413

88,568

856,187

508% £4,275,712

 43,595 

 463,714 

 5,549 

 51,271 

 564,129 

587% £2,817,204 

37,875

602,004

626% £3,006,348

1.  Stephen A. Carter’s beneficial shareholding receives share dividends through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

2.  Shares held under ShareMatch are made up of shares purchased by the Executive Director, shares ‘matched’ by the Group and dividend shares

3.  Includes DSBP awards granted in 2016, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and accrued dividends to 31 December 2020

4.  Total interests are shares held legally or beneficially, including those held by connected persons, exercisable options held in the LTIP and shares held in 

ShareMatch, in accordance with the Company’s Executive Shareholding Guidelines

5.  The average share price for the three months to 31 December 2020 (being 499.39p) has been used to calculate the shareholding as a percentage of salary

6.  The 2018 LTIP will vest and become exercisable on or shortly after 22 April 2021. Full details are set out on pages 121 and 122

2.  Including accrued dividends to 31 December 2020

Share scheme interests awarded during the year (audited)
2020 LTIP

Stephen A. Carter

Gareth Wright

Type of award

LTIP (option)

LTIP (option)

Number of 
options 
awarded

Value as a 
percentage of 
base salary

Face value at 
date of

award (£000)2 

649,9171

277,9311

300%

225%

£2,526

£1,080

Both Stephen A. Carter and Gareth Wright exceed the share ownership guidelines for 2020.

Stephen A. Carter 

Gareth Wright

300%

508%

225%

626%

1.  The performance conditions attached to this award are (i) TSR vs. FTSE 51–150 (50%); (ii) absolute cash generation for each of 2020, 2021 and 2022 (25%); and 
(iii) cash conversion for each of 2020, 2021 and 2022 (25%). Both cash metrics are calculated using the Group’s defined operating cash flow or operating cash 
conversion metrics which will be disclosed at the conclusion of the performance period due to commercial sensitivities. The performance conditions will be 
measured over the three years to 31 December 2022 and 25% of the award will vest in the event that threshold performance is achieved. In addition, the 
awards are subject to a share price cap on vesting of £12 per share

2.  The face value of the awards granted on 24 March 2020 were calculated using the closing price on the day prior to the grant date (being 388.60p)

All options granted in 2020 are subject to an additional two-year holding period following vesting. During the two-year 
holding period, Executive Directors are only allowed to dispose of shares to meet income tax, National Insurance or other 
regulatory obligations.

 Shareholding requirement % 

 Shareholding % as at 22 April 2021

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
12 4

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Scheme interests
The table below shows details of the outstanding awards held by Executive Directors as at 31 December 2020, and includes 
awards granted in 2020. LTIP awards are subject to the achievement of performance conditions set at grant and DSBP awards are 
based on the prior achievement of annual performance conditions and will become exercisable on the third anniversary of grant.

In accordance with the Code, all continuing Directors stand for election or re-election by the Company’s Shareholders on an 
annual basis. The Company may terminate an Executive Director’s appointment with immediate effect without notice or payment 
in lieu of notice under certain circumstances, prescribed within the Executive Director’s service contract. The Executive Directors’ 
service contracts are available for inspection at the registered office during normal business hours and at the AGM.

Held at 1 
January
20201

Exercised 
during 2020

Granted 
during 2020

Lapsed 
during 2020

Accrued 
dividend 
shares at 31 
December 
2020

Total held 
at 31 
December
20202

Held at 31 
December
20201

Date options 
exercisable

Option expiry 
date

External appointments
The Executive Directors are entitled to accept external board appointments provided that the Board determines that it is 
appropriate. The Executive Director is entitled to retain any fees in relation to such external appointments.

12 5

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Director/
Scheme

Date of 
grant

Stephen A. Carter

LTIP

17/03/2016

15/03/2017

22/03/2018

30/05/2018

30/05/2018

21/03/2019

21/03/2019

21/03/2019

24/03/2020

DSBP

02/03/2018

21/03/2019

24/03/2020

Gareth Wright

LTIP

08/09/2014

12/02/2015

17/03/2016

15/03/2017

22/03/2018

30/05/2018

30/05/2018

21/03/2019

21/03/2019

21/03/2019

24/03/2020

DSBP

17/03/2016

02/03/2018

21/03/2019

24/03/2020

1.  Excludes accrued dividends

2.  Includes accrued dividends

239,820

253,345

228,848

65,101

43,401

227,341

68,2020

45,468

–

28,039

45,468

–

112,521

117,527

102,555

108,341

97,865

27,840

18,560

97,220

29,166

19,444

–

3,413

15,987

25,925

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

649,917

–

–

58,297

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

277,931

–

–

–

3,903

–

(75,624)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(32,340)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

239,820

177,721

228,848

65,101

43,401

227,341

68,202

45,468

649,917

28,039

45,468

58,297

112,521

117,527

102,555

76,001

97,865

27,840

18,560

97,220

29,166

19,444

277,931

3,413

15,987

25,925

3,903

28,706

15,438

12,880

3,664

2,442

6,460

1,938

1,292

268,526

17/03/2019

16/03/2026

193,159

15/03/2020

14/03/2027

241,728

22/04/2021

21/03/2028

68,765

30/05/2021

29/05/2028

45,843

01/03/2022

29/05/2028

233,801

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

70,140

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

46,760

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

–

649,917

24/03/2023

23/03/2030

1,578

1,292

–

17,722

18,511

12,275

6,602

5,508

1,566

1,044

2,762

828

552

–

408

899

736

–

29,617

02/03/2021

01/03/2028

46,760

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

58,297

24/03/2023

23/03/2030

130,243

08/09/2017

07/09/2024

136,038

12/02/2018

11/02/2025

114,830

17/03/2019

16/03/2026

82,603

15/03/2020

14/03/2027

103,373

22/04/2021

21/03/2028

29,406

30/05/2021

29/05/2028

19,604

01/03/2022

29/05/2028

99,982

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

29,994

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

19,996

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

277,931

24/03/2023

23/03/2030

3,821

17/03/2019

16/03/2026

16,886

02/03/2021

01/03/2028

26,661

21/03/2022

20/03/2029

3,903

24/03/2023

23/03/2030

Payments to past Directors (audited)
No payments were made to past Directors during the year ended 31 December 2020.

Payments for loss of office (audited)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2020.

Other disclosures
Service contracts
The Executive Directors have rolling service contracts with the Company which have notice periods of 12 months on either side.

Stephen A. Carter1

Gareth Wright

Date of service contract

9 July 2013

9 July 2014

1.  Stephen A. Carter was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 11 May 2010, CEO-Designate on 1 September 2013 and became Group Chief Executive on 

1 December 2013

Stephen A. Carter has been a Non-Executive Director of United Utilities Group PLC since September 2014. During the year to 
31 December 2020, he received fees of £76,190 in respect of this role (2019: £79,333). Stephen A. Carter also served as a Non-
Executive Board member of the Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) until December 2020 and chose 
not to receive remuneration for this role. 

Gareth Wright has no external appointments.

Total shareholder return and Group Chief Executive pay
The graphs below illustrate the Group’s TSR performance compared with the performance of the FTSE All-Share Media Index, the 
FTSE 350 Index excluding Investment Trusts and the FTSE 51–150 peer group (excluding financial services and natural resources), 
in the 10-year period ended 31 December 2020. These indices and peer group have been selected for this comparison because 
the Group is a constituent company of all three.

Historical TSR performance
Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding invested in Informa over 10 years:

£500

£400

£300

£200

£100

£0

D ec 1 0

D ec 1 1

D ec 1 2

D ec 1 3

D ec 1 4

D ec 1 5

D ec 1 6

D ec 1 7

D ec 1 8

D ec 1 9

D ec 2 0

£500

£400

£300

£200

£100

£0

D ec 1 0

D ec 1 1

D ec 1 2

D ec 1 3

D ec 1 4

D ec 1 5

D ec 1 6

D ec 1 7

D ec 1 8

D ec 1 9

D ec 2 0

£500

£400

£300

£200

£100

£0

D ec 1 0

D ec 1 1

D ec 1 2

D ec 1 3

D ec 1 4

D ec 1 5

D ec 1 6

D ec 1 7

D ec 1 8

D ec 1 9

D ec 2 0

Informa

FTSE All-Share Media

Informa

FTSE 51–150 peer group median

FTSE 51–150 peer group average

Informa

FTSE 350 excluding Investment Trusts

Over the same period, the total remuneration of the individual holding the role of Group Chief Executive has been as follows:

Year

CEO

2011

Peter  
Rigby

2012

Peter  
Rigby

2013

20131

2014

20152

2016

2017

2018

2019

20203

Peter  
Rigby

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

Stephen A. 
Carter

CEO single figure 
of remuneration

CHF
5,231,269

CHF
3,987,897

CHF
3,718,566

£588,365 £1,794,152 £2,083,275 £3,407,650 £4,132,219 £4,125,262 £3,112,342 £1,476,708

STIP payout  
(% of maximum)

LTIP vesting  
(% of maximum)

75.70%

65.90%

n/a

59.00%

66.70%

69.80%

40.00%

82.40%

93.33%

71.80% 

n/a

74.00%

42.50%

–

n/a

n/a

34.60%

79.30%

83.00%

93.90%

70.15% 

36.64%

1.  Group Chief Executive remuneration for Stephen A. Carter for 2013 covers the period from 1 September 2013 to 31 December 2013

2.  The LTIP award made in 2013 and which vested in 2015 was pro-rated to reflect Stephen A. Carter’s time as CEO-Designate during that year

3.  The Committee has decided that it would be prudent for the final determination of any 2020 STIP outcome to be made alongside an assessment of trading in 

July 2021, when the extended Postponement Programme is scheduled to be completed

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
Single total figure of remuneration for Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The remuneration of the Chair is determined by the Committee in consultation with the Group Chief Executive. The remuneration 
of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by the Chair and the Executive Directors within the limits set by the Articles.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reviewed in early 2020 and a 1% increase in fees proposed. As the implications of the 
COVID-19 pandemic started to become apparent, the Non-Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to waive this increase in 2020. 

For the period from April to June 2020 inclusive, the Non-Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to reduce their fees by 25% and 
to take the remainder of their fees during this period in the form of ordinary shares.

The current fees for the Chair and other Non-Executive Directors are as follows:

12 7

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Chair

Non-Executive Directors

Additional fees: Audit Committee Chair

Remuneration Committee Chair

Senior Independent Director

Current fee (£)

378,750

65,295

13,965

10,525

10,525

The table below shows the actual fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2020, 
together with the percentage change in fees and benefits:

Non-Executive Director

Derek Mapp

Gareth Bullock

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen

Mary McDowell

Helen Owers

John Rishton

Gill Whitehead3

2020

2019

Percentage change

Total fees1
(£)

355,078

71,081

71,081

61,214

61,214

61,214 

74,306

61,214 

Benefits2
(£)

5,209

127

950

6,863

1,270

3,805

619

191

Total fees
(£)

377,813 

75,632 

 75,632 

 65,134 

 65,134 

65,134 

 79,064 

27,206 

Benefits2
(£)

6,462

2,572

3,120

12,073

4,238

6,274

3,530

327

Fees %

Benefits %

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(6.0)

(19.4)

(95.1)

(69.6)

(43.2)

(70.0)

(39.4)

(82.5)

(41.6)

1.  The Chair and Non-Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to reduce their base salaries by 25% for the period April to June inclusive, and the net fees for that 

period were paid in the form of newly issued shares

2.  Taxable benefits disclosed relate to the reimbursement of taxable relevant travel and accommodation expenses for attending Board meetings and 

professional advice and include tax which is settled by the Company. The 2019 comparative figures for Derek Mapp, Helen Owers and Gill Whitehead have 
been restated to include expenses incurred during 2019 but paid in 2020

3.  Gill Whitehead was appointed to the Board on 1 August 2019; her fees for 2019 therefore only reflect the five months of her appointment for that year. 

For fair comparison, the percentage change in her fees between 2019 and 2020 has been calculated using the full time equivalent fee for 2019

12 6

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Relative importance of spend on pay
Informa is a people business, dependent on the contributions and expertise of its colleagues around the world. The Group 
believes in the importance of investing in colleagues and offering market competitive salaries, as well as flexible benefits 
and further opportunities such as ShareMatch. The table below shows the aggregate colleague remuneration, dividends 
paid, revenue and operating profit as stated in the financial statements, for the years ended 31 December 2020 and 
31 December 2019:

Total number of colleagues1

Aggregate colleague remuneration (£m)1

Remuneration per colleague (£)

Dividends paid in the year (£m)2

1.  Figures taken from Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  Figures taken from Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2020

10,945

2019

 11,174

£553.8m

 £605.6m

£50,598

 £54,197 

£nil

 £280.3m

Percentage  
change

(2.05%)

(8.55%)

(6.64%)

(100%)

CEO pay ratios
The table below sets out the ratios of the Group Chief Executive to the equivalent pay for the lower quartile, median and upper 
quartile UK employees (calculated on a full time basis). While the Group Chief Executive is based in the UK, his role and remit are 
international and the pay ratios required by the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Requirements 2018 take no account of 
those colleagues based outside the UK (68% of total colleagues). The ratios are calculated using total pay and benefits for UK 
colleagues and the disclosure will build up over time to cover a rolling 10-year period.

Year

2020

20192

Method1

Option A

Option A

25th percentile ratio

Median ratio

75th percentile ratio

46.8:1

100.5:1

34.5:1

74.6:1

22.6:1

47.9:1

1.  Calculated as total pay and benefits for all UK colleagues, using the same methodology that is used to calculate the Chief Executive’s single figure 

of remuneration

2.  The 2019 ratio figures have been restated to reflect the actual value of the Group Chief Executive’s 2017-2019 LTIP award on vesting

Year

2020

25th percentile ratio

Median ratio

75th percentile ratio

Salary

Total pay and benefits

£27,500

£31,574

£37,020

£47,792

£62,000

£65,298

The Committee selected Option A as the most appropriate for the Company on the basis that it provides the most robust and 
statistically accurate means of identifying the lower quartile, median and upper quartile colleagues and is consistent with the 
Group’s pay, reward and progression policies. Base salaries of all colleagues, including the Executive Directors, are set with 
reference to a range of factors including market comparators, individual experience and performance in role.

The total compensation calculations for UK colleagues include salary, bonus payments and benefits package, and, where 
appropriate, LTIP earnings. The CEO comparator figure is that of total fixed and variable pay as set out in the single total figure 
of remuneration on page 120.

The ratios for 2020 have decreased from those of 2019, largely as a result of the reduction to the Group Chief Executive’s total 
single figure of remuneration for 2020. This decrease reflects the combination of the 33% voluntary salary sacrifice made for 
the full COVID-19 lockdown period of the second quarter, the lower outcome on the Group Chief Executive’s 2018-2020 LTIP due 
to the significant impact the COVID-19 pandemic had on the physical events market, and, hence, the Company’s TSR performance 
compared to its peer group, and the Committee’s decision to make the final determination of any 2020 STIP outcome alongside 
an assessment of trading in July 2021, when the extended Postponement Programme is scheduled to be completed. 

The following table shows the percentage change in salary, benefits and bonus from 2019 to 2020 for the Group Chief Executive 
and Group Finance Director together with the average percentage change from 2019 to 2020 for all colleagues in the Group:

Stephen A. Carter (Group Chief Executive)

Gareth Wright (Group Finance Director)

All colleagues

Salary %

Benefits %

Bonus %

(8.2%)

(8.2%)

1.8%

(24.8%)

8.9%

(3.2%)

n/a

n/a

(37.4%)

Details of the percentage change in fees and benefits for the Non-Executive Directors are shown on page 127.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
12 8

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Non-Executive Directors’ shareholdings (audited)
As announced on 26 March 2020, the Chair and Non-Executive Directors volunteered to reduce their fees by 25% for the period 
April to June 2020 and to receive shares in lieu of their net fees over the same period. Shares were newly issued at the closing 
share price on the last working day of each month. 

Non-Executive Directors are not subject to a shareholding requirement.

Details of their interests in shares (including those held by connected persons) as at 31 December 2020 and 2019 are set 
out below:

Non-Executive Director

Derek Mapp

Gareth Bullock

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen1

Mary McDowell

Helen Owers

John Rishton

Gill Whitehead

Shareholding 
as at  
31 December 
2020

Shareholding 
as at  
31 December  
2019

216,937

18,013

7,647

10,651

9,714

8,049

19,716

4,184

135,766

13,576

3,350

7,000

6,299

3,976

15,163

n/a

1.  David Flaschen holds 3,651 ordinary shares and 3,500 American Depository Receipts (ADRs). One ADR is equivalent to two ordinary shares

There have been no changes to these holdings between 31 December 2020 and the date of this Report.

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible to participate in any of the Company’s share plans or join any Group pension scheme.

Letters of appointment
All Non-Executive Directors have a letter of appointment with the Company, which are available for inspection at the registered 
office during normal business hours. The effective dates of appointment are shown below:

Non-Executive Director

Derek Mapp

Gareth Bullock

Helen Owers

Stephen Davidson

David Flaschen

John Rishton

Mary McDowell

Gill Whitehead

Effective date of appointment

17 March 2008

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

1 September 2015

1 September 2015

1 September 2016

15 June 2018

1 August 2019

12 9

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

How we intend to implement the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2021
A summary of how the Committee intends to apply the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (Policy) for the year ending 31 December 
2021 is set out below.

Base salary and fees
The base salaries of the Executive Directors will remain the same and, for comparison, the typical range for salary increase for  
UK colleagues is 1%–3%.

Similarly, the fees payable to the Chair and the basic fees payable to the Non-Executive Directors will remain the same. 

Retirement benefits
Executive Directors appointed prior to 23 December 2020 will continue to receive a cash payment of 25% of basic salary towards 
retirement plan contributions. As set out in the Policy approved in December 2020, the retirement benefits for these incumbent 
Executive Directors will be reduced to the level of the relevant colleague community by the end of 2022. Any new Executive 
Director appointed after 23 December 2020 will receive retirement benefits in line with the relevant colleague community  
from appointment.

Annual bonus
In 2021, the maximum annual bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors has been reduced and reset to 100% of base salary, 
payable in cash, in line with the Equity Revitalisation Plan.

The same structural approach is proposed for 2021 as for the previous year, i.e. a balanced scorecard, with five objectives in each 
of four categories; where each objective is worth 5% and each category is worth a maximum of 25% of the award. 

The categories for 2021 will be as follows:

•  Cash Flow
•  Digital Growth Initiatives
•  Subscription Revenue and Cost Control
•  Colleague Communication and Engagement

The first three categories reflect the three main strategic operating objectives for the Group in 2021, whilst the final category is 
topically critical and consistently important to the Group.

There will be no payment of an annual bonus if performance falls below expected standards.

Equity Revitalisation Plan
In January 2021, and as set out in the circular to Shareholders dated 25 November 2020, the Committee made an ERP award for 
2021, 2022 and 2023 to the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. In line with the Policy approved in December 2020, 
the ERP awards were equal to 200% of base salary per annum for the Group Chief Executive and 135% of base salary per annum 
for the Group Finance Director.

The Executive Directors will gain a beneficial interest in the ERP award in three tranches, starting with the first tranche in 2021, 
the second in 2022 and the third in 2023. Each tranche has a three-year vesting period, followed by a two-year holding period, 
with the first tranche not vesting until January 2024, followed by the second tranche in January 2025 and third tranche in January 
2026, subject to the following underpinning conditions:

•  Shareholder value underpin: If when an award vests the Informa share price is not above £5.454 for the ERP award, the 

award will not vest until the share price exceeds that price for a period of at least three months. If this has not been achieved 
within two years from the original vesting date, no shares will vest and the award will lapse

•  Shareholding commitment: The Group Chief Executive is required to hold shares or exercisable options equal to 400% of 

base salary and the Group Finance Director and any new Executive Directors are required to hold shares or exercisable options 
equal to 275% of base salary. Incumbent Executive Directors are expected to meet this shareholding requirement within five 
year of 23 December 2020. Any new Executive Director will be required to meet the shareholding requirement within five years 
of appointment

•  Post-employment holding commitment: Executive Directors are required to retain a shareholding of 150% of their final base 

salary for two years after resignation

•  Malus and clawback: Existing malus and clawback provisions continue to apply to restricted equity awards under the ERP, 

as do all good/bad leaver provisions

No further ERP awards will be granted to the Group Chief Executive or Group Finance Director until 2024.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
13 0

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E M U N E R A T I O N   R E P O R T   c o n t i n u e d

Remuneration Committee membership and responsibilities
Throughout the year ended 31 December 2020, and as at the date of this report, the Committee was comprised wholly 
of independent Non-Executive Directors, being Stephen Davidson (Committee Chair), Helen Owers, Gareth Bullock and 
Mary McDowell.

Full biographies for the Committee members and their attendance at meetings during the year are shown on pages 98 and 99, 
and 101 respectively.

The Board Chair and the Group Chief Executive attend meetings of the Committee by invitation only and are not present when 
matters relating to their own fees or remuneration are discussed. In determining the Executive Directors’ remuneration, the 
Committee consulted the Board Chair about its proposals.

The Group HR Director, Group Company Secretary and the Company’s remuneration advisers attended meetings and provided 
assistance to the Committee during the year, other than for any item relating to their own remuneration.

There is regular communication between the Committee Chair, Board Chair, Group Chief Executive and Group HR Director on all 
aspects of remuneration within the Group. The Committee Chair is also available to the remuneration advisers to discuss matters 
of governance or the Remuneration Policy.

Key responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s terms of reference are reviewed annually and are available on the Company’s website. The Committee’s key 
areas of responsibility are:

•  Setting the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors and the Company Chair
•  Reviewing the Remuneration Policy and strategy for members of Senior Management, whilst having regard to pay and 

employment conditions across the Group

•  Determining the total remuneration package of the Executive Directors and Senior Management
•  Approving the design and implementation of all colleague share plans and pension arrangements
•  Approving the design of, determining targets and monitoring performance against conditions attached to all annual and 

long-term incentive awards to Executive Directors and Senior Management and approving the vesting and payment outcomes 
of these arrangements

•  Selecting, appointing and setting the terms of reference of any independent remuneration advisers

Activities of the Remuneration Committee during 2020
The Committee met eight times in the year ended 31 December 2020 during which the following activities were undertaken:

•  Drafted and proposed a new Remuneration Policy to Shareholders for approval
•  Approved the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report
•  Reviewed the base salaries of the Executive Directors and other members of Senior Management
•  Assessed the level of achievement of targets for the 2019 STIP and set targets for the 2020 STIP
•  Assessed the achievement of targets for the LTIP awards made in 2017 and set targets for the LTIP awards made in 2020
•  Reviewed and approved awards made under the STIP (including the DSBP) and LTIP
•  Received updates on corporate governance and remuneration matters from the independent remuneration consultant

131

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Remuneration consultants
Mercer Kepler was appointed as independent remuneration consultant by the Committee in May 2017 following a commercial 
tender and supported the Committee on remuneration-related matters in 2020. With the Committee’s lead adviser moving to 
Ellason LLP at the start of 2021, the Committee decided to appoint Ellason as its independent adviser from 1 January 2021 in 
order to obtain appropriate support and retain continuity. 

Mercer Kepler and Ellason are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operate under the 
Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Mercer Kepler and Ellason do not have any other 
association with the Company and are considered independent by the Committee.

Fees paid to Mercer Kepler for the year ended 31 December 2020, charged on a time basis, amount to £41,610 (2019: £52,266) and 
relate to attendance at Committee meetings, Remuneration Policy review and advice to the Committee. The Committee has not 
requested advice from any other external remuneration advisory firm during the year ended 31 December 2020.

Result of voting at the 2020 AGM and the General Meeting in December 2020
At the 2020 AGM, Shareholders approved the Remuneration Policy which was in place for 2020 together with the Annual Report 
on Remuneration for the year ended 2019. In addition, Shareholders approved the 2021-2023 Remuneration Policy at a General 
Meeting held on 23 December 2020. The results of those votes are shown below:

Votes for

Votes against

Number

%

Number

%

Total votes 
cast

Votes withheld 
(abstentions)

Approval of the Annual Report on Remuneration 
in 2020

1,193,382,105

Approval of the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

755,328,579

97.48

64.87

30,858,424

409,053,205

2.52

1,224,240,529

25,051,568

35.13

1,164,381,784

84,910,314

Approval of the 2021-2023 Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy

694,307,564

59.43

473,876,836

40.57

1,168,184,400

18,893,941

This Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

  Stephen Davidson

Chair 
Remuneration Committee
22 April 2021

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
13 2

O T H E R   S T A T U T O R Y   I N F O R M A T I O N

Other Statutory Information

This section contains the remaining matters the Directors are required to report on each year, which do not appear elsewhere in 
the Annual Report and Accounts. 

Additional information incorporated into this section by reference, including information required in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and Listing Rule 9.8.4R, can be found in the following sections:

Information

Future business developments 

Risk factors and principal risks

Colleague policies and engagement

Engagement with suppliers, customers and others

Greenhouse gas emissions

Viability and going concern statements

Section 172 statement

Governance arrangements

Long-term incentive plans

Financial instruments, financial risk management objectives and policies

Post balance sheet events

Dividends

Page

4 to 93

66 to 77

30 to 34 

35 to 41 

64 

78 to 81 

45 to 47

94 to 135

116 to 131

192 to 201 

219

174

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association 
(Articles) were last amended in June 2020 
and contain, amongst others, provisions 
on the rights and obligations attached to 
the Company’s shares. The Articles may 
only be amended by special resolution at 
a general meeting of Shareholders and 
are available on the Company’s website 
at www.informa.com. 

Appointment and replacement  
of Directors
The rules for appointing and replacing 
Directors are set out in the Articles. 
Directors can be appointed by ordinary 
resolution of the Company or by the 
Board. The Company can remove a 
Director from office by passing an 
ordinary resolution or by notice being 
given by all other Directors.

Directors
The names and biographical details of 
all Directors and details of their Board 
Committee membership are on pages 
98 and 99. 

In accordance with the Articles and 
the 2018 Code, all continuing Directors 
will offer themselves for election or 
re-election by Shareholders at the 2021 
AGM. Both Derek Mapp and Gareth 
Bullock have advised that they will retire 
as Directors and as Chair of the Board 
(in the case of Derek Mapp) or Senior 
Independent Director (in the case of 
Gareth Bullock) at the conclusion of the 
2021 AGM. 

Directors’ interests
The Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
pages 116 to 131 contains details of the 
remuneration paid to the Directors, 
their interests in the shares of the 
Company and any awards granted to 
the Executive Directors under any of the 
Company’s all-colleague or executive 
share schemes. The Directors’ 
Remuneration Report also summarises 
the Executive Directors’ service 
agreements and the Non-Executive 
Directors’ letters of appointment. 
These are also available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered office.

No Director had a material interest 
in any contract in relation to the 
Company’s business at any time 
during the year.

Powers of the Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out 
in the Articles and allow the Board to 
exercise all the powers of the Company. 
The Company may by ordinary 
resolution authorise the Board to issue 
shares and increase, consolidate, sub-
divide and cancel shares in accordance 
with its Articles and English law.

Directors’ indemnities
To the extent permitted by English law 
and the Articles, the Company has 
agreed to indemnify the Directors in 
respect of any liability arising from or in 
connection with the execution of their 
powers, duties and responsibilities as 
a Director of the Company, any of its 
subsidiaries or as a trustee of an 
occupational pension scheme for 
colleagues. The indemnity would not 
provide coverage where the Director is 
proved to have acted fraudulently or 
dishonestly. The Company purchases 
and maintains Directors’ and Officers’ 
insurance cover against certain legal 
liabilities and the costs of claims in 
connection with any act or omission 
by its Directors and Officers in the 
execution of their duties.

13 3

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

Colleague engagement and 
equal opportunities
Informa runs ongoing and proactive 
internal communications and colleague 
engagement programmes, designed 
to support and inform colleagues and 
foster a dynamic and engaged culture 
throughout the Group, and based on 
a recognition that talent is one of the 
Group’s most important assets. 

The Board is directly involved in 
engagement activities and also receives 
feedback and reporting on colleague 
matters, so that the Directors can weigh 
and consider the interests of colleagues 
in decision making. Full details are 
included in the Section 172 statement 
on pages 45 to 47.

Diversity, equality and inclusion are 
important matters to the Group, and 
Informa aims to attract and retain 
talented colleagues with a wide range 
of backgrounds, skills and experiences. 
This breadth is both an essential 
business need and, the Group believes, 
the only and right way to operate. 
More information on the Group’s 
inclusion initiatives can be found on 
pages 30 to 34 and details of diversity 
measures and commitments are set out 
in the Nomination Committee Report. 

We recognise the value that differences 
bring, including but not limited to 
difference of gender, age, race, 
nationality, social background, 
professional and personal experiences 
and preferences. We comply fully with 
all national equal opportunities 
legislation and make recruitment and 
promotion decisions based solely on the 
ability to perform each role. Colleagues, 
and potential colleagues, receive the 
same treatment regardless of age, 
gender, sexual orientation, disability, 
ethnicity or religion. In the event that 
a colleague’s circumstances change, 
every effort is made to ensure that their 
employment with the Group continues 
including, where possible, providing 
specialised training and adjusting their 
working environment.

customers, suppliers and a range of 
other business partners, based on 
building trust, delivering mutual benefit 
and sharing a commitment to high 
standards of conduct. 

Pages 38 to 41 describe how the 
business works with customers, 
suppliers and business partners to 
understand their needs and respond in 
a way that delivers value to them and 
helps the Company succeed in turn. 
The Board’s Section 172 statement 
on pages 45 to 47 describes how the 
Directors engage with these groups, 
understand their interests and consider 
and respond to them, particularly as 
part of key decision making.

Share capital
Informa PLC is a public company limited 
by shares, incorporated in England and 
Wales. It has a premium listing on the 
London Stock Exchange and is the 
holding company of the Informa Group 
of companies.

The Company has one class of shares 
being ordinary shares of 0.1p each, all of 
which are fully paid. As at 31 December 
2020, the Company’s issued share 
capital comprised 1,502,137,804 
ordinary shares of 0.1p each. During the 
year, the Company issued 250,339,270 
new ordinary shares. Of those, 
250,318,000 new ordinary shares 
were issued in the placing, while the 
remaining shares were issued to the 
Non-Executive Directors in lieu of 
fees for April to June 2020 inclusive. 
Further details on the Company’s 
share capital is set out in Note 35 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

At the 2020 AGM, the Directors were 
granted authority to make market 
purchases of up to 150,210,000 ordinary 
shares, representing just under 10% 
of its issued share capital at that time. 
This authority, which was not exercised 
during 2020 or to the date of this report, 
will expire at the conclusion of the 2021 
AGM, when the Directors intend to 
propose that the authority is renewed.

Engagement with customers, 
suppliers and other groups 
Informa’s Directors recognise the 
importance of successful, long-term 
partnerships with the Group’s 

Rights and obligations attaching  
to shares
The rights attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares are set out in the 
Articles available on the Company’s 

website. Subject to relevant legislation, 
any share may be issued with or have 
attached to it such preferred, deferred 
or other special rights and restrictions 
as the Company may decide by ordinary 
resolution, or, if no such resolution is in 
effect, as the Board may decide so far 
as the resolution does not make specific 
provision. No such resolution is 
currently in effect. 

The Company may pass an ordinary 
resolution to declare that a dividend 
be paid to holders of ordinary shares, 
subject to the recommendation of the 
Board as to the amount. On liquidation, 
holders of ordinary shares may share in 
the assets of the Company. Holders of 
ordinary shares are also entitled to 
receive the Company’s Annual Report 
and, subject to certain thresholds being 
met, may requisition the Board to 
convene a general meeting or the 
proposal of resolutions at AGMs. 
None of the ordinary shares carry any 
special rights with regard to control of 
the Company.

Voting rights
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled 
to attend and speak at general meetings 
of the Company and to appoint one or 
more proxies, or, if the holder of shares 
is a corporation, to appoint a 
corporate representative. 

On a show of hands, each holder of 
ordinary shares who is present in 
person, or if a corporation is present 
by a duly appointed corporate 
representative who is not themselves a 
member, shall have one vote. On a poll, 
every holder of ordinary shares present 
in person or by proxy shall have one 
vote for every share of which they are 
the holder. 

Electronic and paper proxy 
appointments and voting instructions 
must be received no later than 48 hours 
before a general meeting. A holder of 
ordinary shares can lose the entitlement 
to vote at general meetings where 
that holder has been served with a 
disclosure notice and has failed to 
provide the Company with information 
concerning interests held in 
those shares. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
13 5

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

R
E
P
O
R
T

13 4

D I R E C T O R S ’   R E P O R T   A N D   O T H E R   S T A T U T O R Y   I N F O R M A T I O N   c o n t i n u e d

S T A T E M E N T   O F   D I R E C T O R S ’   R E S P O N S I B I L I T I E S

Except as set out above and as 
permitted under applicable statutes, 
there are no limitations on voting 
rights of holders of a given percentage, 
number of votes or deadlines for 
exercising voting rights.

Restrictions on transfer of securities  
in the Company
There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of securities in the Company, except that:

•  The Directors may from time to time 

refuse to register a transfer of a 
certificated share which is not fully 
paid, provided it meets the 
requirements given under the Articles 

•  Transfers of uncertificated shares 

must be carried out using CREST, and 
the Directors can refuse to register a 
transfer of an uncertificated share, in 
accordance with the regulations 
governing the operation of CREST
•  Legal and regulatory restrictions may 
be put in place from time to time, for 
example insider-trading laws

•  In accordance with the Listing Rules, 
the Directors and certain Company 
colleagues require approval to deal 
in the Company’s shares

•  Where a Shareholder with at least 
a 0.25% interest in the Company’s 
certificated shares has been served 
with a disclosure notice and has 
failed to provide the Company with 
information concerning interests in 
those shares 

•  The Directors may decide to suspend 
the registration of transfers, for up to 
30 days a year, by closing the register 
of Shareholders. The Directors cannot 
suspend the registration of transfers 
of any uncertificated shares without 
obtaining consent from CREST

There are no agreements between 
holders of ordinary shares that are 
known to the Company which may 
result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities or on voting rights.

Shares held on trust
From time to time, shares are held by a 
trustee in order to satisfy entitlements 
of colleagues to shares under the 
Group’s share schemes. Usually the 
shares held on trust are no more than 
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of 
the Group’s share schemes for one year. 
The shares held by these trusts do not 
have any special rights with regard to 
control of the Company. While these 
shares are held on trust, their rights are 

not exercisable directly by the relevant 
colleagues. The current arrangements 
concerning these trusts and their 
shareholdings are set out in Note 36 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 31 December 2020, the Company 
had received notice of the following 
notifiable interests in the Company’s 
issued share capital, in accordance with 
the FCA’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules (DTR 5). The information provided 
below was correct at the date of 
notification to the Company:

Shareholder

BlackRock, Inc.

FIL Limited

Newton Investment 
Management Limited

Generation Investment 
Management

APG Asset Management N.V.

Lazard Asset Management LLC

Artemis Investment Manager LLP

Invesco Ltd

% 
Shareholding

5.92%

5.16%

5.12%

4.89%

4.55%

4.30%

3.59%

3.55%

Political donations
Neither the Company nor the Group 
made any political donations during 
2020 or 2019.

Overseas branches
The Company operates branches in the 
following countries: Australia, China, 
France, Hong Kong, Ireland, Japan, 
Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, 
Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, 
Switzerland, Taiwan, the UAE, the US 
and Vietnam.

Audit and auditor
Each of the Directors at the date of 
approval of this report confirms that: 

•  To the best of their knowledge there is 
no relevant audit information that has 
not been brought to the attention of 
the auditor

•  They have taken all steps required of 
them to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor 
was aware of that information

Between 31 December 2020 and the 
date of this Report, the Company has 
been notified of the following change 
in substantial shareholdings:

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness 
to continue in office as auditor and, on 
the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee, a resolution to reappoint 
Deloitte as the Company’s auditor will 
be proposed at the 2021 AGM.

The Directors’ Report was approved by 
the Board on 22 April 2021 and signed 
on its behalf by

  Rupert Hopley

Group General Counsel and 
Company Secretary
Informa PLC
Company Number: 8860726

Shareholder

Newton Investment 
Management Limited

% 
Shareholding

4.93%

All notifications made to the Company 
under DTR 5 are published on the 
Regulatory Information Service and 
made available on the Investors section 
of our website.

Change of control
There are no significant agreements 
to which the Company is a party that 
take effect, alter or terminate upon a 
change of control following a takeover 
bid, except for the Group’s principal 
borrowings described in Note 29 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

The Company does not have agreements 
with any Director or colleague that would 
provide compensation for loss of office 
or employment resulting from a change 
of control on takeover, except that 
provisions in the Company’s share 
schemes and plans may cause options 
and awards granted to colleagues to 
vest on a takeover under such schemes 
and plans.

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors consider the Annual 
Report and financial statements, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for Shareholders 
to assess the Company and the Group’s 
position, performance, business model 
and strategy.

In addition, in accordance with DTR 
4.1.12R, each of the Directors, whose 
names and roles appear on pages 98 
and 99, confirm that, to the best of 
their knowledge:

•  The Consolidated Financial 

Statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRS as 
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group and 
the Parent Company

•  The Management Report (which 

includes the Strategic Report and 
the Directors’ Report) includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Group, together with a 
description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces

Approved by the Board and signed on 
its behalf by

  Gareth Wright

Group Finance Director
22 April 2021

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law the 
Directors are required to prepare 
the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted 
by the European Union and Article 4 of 
the International Accounting Standard 
(IAS) Regulation and have elected to 
prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards and applicable law), including 
FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic 
of Ireland.

Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and the Company and of 
the profit or loss of the Group and the 
Company for that period.

In preparing the Parent Company 
financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently
•  Make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent

•  State whether applicable UK 

Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements

•  Prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business

In preparing the Group financial 
statements, IAS 1 requires 
that Directors:

•  Properly select and apply  

accounting policies

•  Present information, including 

accounting policies, in a manner 
that provides relevant, reliable, 
comparable and understandable  
information

•  Provide additional disclosures 

when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRS are insufficient 
to enable users to understand the 
impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on 
the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance

•  Make an assessment of the 

Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern

The Directors are responsible for 
keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at 
any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group. This enables 
them to ensure that the financial 
statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and the Group and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information 
included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13 6

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N F O R M A   P L C

Independent Auditor’s report 
to the members of Informa PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1. Opinion
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements of Informa plc (the Parent Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the Group’s loss for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 

conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in 
the UK and Republic of Ireland; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  The Consolidated Income Statement
•  The Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
•  The Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity
•  The Consolidated and Parent Company Balance Sheets
•  The Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
•  The related Notes 1 to 42 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
•  The related Notes 1 to 12 to the Parent Company Financial Statements

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Parent 
Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 The Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the FRC’s) Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
The non-audit services provided to the Group and Parent Company for the year are disclosed in Note 7 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the 
Group or the Parent Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

13 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  The recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill
•  The timing of revenue recognition

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

Materiality

Scoping

Significant changes in 
our approach

Newly identified  

Increased level 
of risk

  Similar level  

of risk

  Decreased  
level of risk

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £20m, which was determined on the 
basis of 5% of a three-year average profit before tax (PBT) adjusted for the amortisation of intangibles, 
impairment and one-off finance costs. The three-year average has been calculated to indicate an average 
financial performance, reflecting the significant impact of COVID-19 on 2020 performance and the 
expected short-term disruption as a result of the pandemic. 

We performed full scope audits or an audit of specified balances and transactions at the principal business 
units, the majority of which use the services provided by the Group’s shared services centers in the UK, US, 
China, Hong Kong and Singapore. These in-scope business units account for 79% (2019: 73%) of the Group’s 
revenue and 76% (2019: 76%) of the Group’s adjusted operating profit. The current year percentage for 
Group adjusted operating profit has been calculated on an absolute basis, reflecting the impact of COVID-19 
on the profitability, and in some cases loss making nature, of individual business units. 

Our planned audit approach was discussed with the Audit Committee in September 2020 and December 
2020, including our updated basis for determining materiality as discussed above.

The key audit matter in respect of the recoverability of goodwill has been refined to reflect the conditions 
present during the current year. Specifically, we have broadened the scope of the key audit matter to 
include the Informa Markets and Informa Connect businesses as well as Informa Tech which was a key 
audit matter in 2019. 

Additionally, as a result of identifying the impact of COVID-19 as a trigger event for an impairment review, 
management assessed the recoverability of goodwill at 30 June 2020. This assessment was in addition 
to the annual impairment assessment at 31 December 2020. Our key audit matter therefore relates to 
management’s assessments at both 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2020. 

The key audit matter in respect of the timing of revenue recognition has been refined to no longer include 
revenue resulting from unit sales as we consider the likelihood and magnitude of misstatement in relation 
to the cut off of unit sales to no longer present factors akin to a significant risk. The appropriate recognition 
of subscription revenue remains a key audit matter. 

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

•  An assessment of the reasonableness of management’s forecasting assumptions, considering the consistency of these 

assumptions with the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties and other assumptions taken by management in preparing 
the financial statements

•  An assessment of the historical accuracy of forecasts prepared by management
•  Consideration of the level of liquidity headroom present in management’s base case and sensitised scenarios
•  Consideration of the financing facilities available, including the nature of these facilities and associated terms, the availability 

of future financing and repayment terms of financing already in place

•  Testing of the clerical accuracy of the model used to prepare management’s forecasts
•  Consideration of the appropriateness of the disclosures included within the Consolidated Financial Statements in respect of 

going concern

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add 
or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the Directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
13 8

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N F O R M A   P L C 
c o n t i n u e d

5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Recoverability of carrying value of goodwill

Key audit matter description

As at 31 December 2020, goodwill of £5,576.6m (2019: £6,144m) is recognised. The balance at 31 December is after an impairment charge of £593m 
recorded during the year. 

Where goodwill exists, accounting standards require that management perform an annual impairment test, computing the ‘recoverable amount’ 
based on the higher of ‘value in use’ and ‘fair value less costs to sell’. The recoverable amount is then compared to the balance sheet carrying value 
of each cash generating unit or group of cash generating units (CGU). 

Management performs its impairment assessment in respect of goodwill on a divisional basis by aggregating the CGUs at the Divisional level, 
reflecting the lowest level at which they monitor goodwill. This is discussed further in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Management performs its annual assessment of the recoverability of goodwill ascribed to all CGUs using a 31 December valuation date. In addition 
to this annual assessment, accounting standards require an assessment of impairment indicators at each reporting date and, where such indicators 
exist, an impairment review to be undertaken. 

At 30 June 2020, as a result of the economic disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, management identified impairment indicators relevant 
to the CGUs within the Informa Markets, Informa Tech and Informa Connect divisions. Following the completion of this impairment review exercise 
an impairment charge of £593m was recorded. The CGUs within the Informa Markets, Informa Tech and Informa Connect divisions also represent 
those with the greatest risk of impairment at 31 December 2020 given the continued disruption to the markets in which they operate. In light of this, 
management has included a key source of estimation uncertainty relating to the depth of the economic impact from COVID-19, and the speed of any 
subsequent recovery.

The CGUs within the Informa Markets, Informa Tech and Informa Connect divisions will be collectively referred to as the ‘Relevant CGUs’ throughout 
this key audit matter. 

In completing its impairment review at 31 December 2020, management prepared forecasts for five years, using the Group’s budget for year one 
and the Group’s forecast cash flows for years two to five. In completing its impairment review at 30 June 2020, management prepared a five and 
a half-year forecast using the Group’s budget for the initial six months and the Group’s forecast cash flows for the remaining five years. In both 
instances, a terminal value was then applied beyond the final year of the forecast using growth factors and discount rates applicable for each CGU.

There is inherent uncertainty, and therefore significant judgement, in the forecast cash flows for the period to December 2025.

5.1. Recoverability of carrying value of goodwill continued

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

We assessed management’s impairment reviews of goodwill for the Relevant CGUs at both 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2020 using a range of audit 
procedures, including:

•  Obtaining an understanding of the basis of preparation of the cash flow forecasts used in the impairment review, including the associated 

governance process for their compilation and approval, and assessing the design and implementation of relevant controls within the impairment 
review process

•  Assessing the inherent control risk associated with management estimations, including the reliability of its data sources, assumptions, cash flow 

forecasts and impairment models

•  Assessing recent forecasting accuracy against actual performance and, specifically with reference to the impairment review at 30 June 2020, 

• 

challenging the basis on which management was able to forecast accurately given the uncertain environment
Involving our internal valuation specialists to assess the appropriateness of the key assumptions including the discount rates and long-term 
growth rates prepared by management’s expert valuation advisers. Additionally our internal valuation specialists were involved in assessing 
management’s valuation model for compliance with the valuation principles of accounting standards

13 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

• 

•  Further challenging the cash flow forecasts used within the impairment model based on our understanding of the business and developments 
within the year. This included challenging the forecast future impact of COVID-19 on each division by reference to external data sources, market 
intelligence and the behaviour evident as the exhibitions market in China reopened in the second half of 2020
In respect of the impairment review at 31 December 2020, performing breakeven analysis on the key assumptions within the impairment model 
for the CGU, and assessing whether the breakeven scenarios represented reasonably possible changes in the key assumptions
In respect of the impairment review at 30 June 2020, understanding the sensitivity of the impairment charge to key assumptions within the 
impairment model, and assessing whether the sensitivity scenarios modelled by management resulted in a material change to the recorded 
impairment charge

• 

•  Challenging management to analyse, and provide evidence to support, the increase in value in use between 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2020
•  Challenging the accuracy and completeness of the goodwill disclosures included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and the 

associated critical judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty included in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed we concluded that the assumptions management had applied in their impairment reviews and the overall 
conclusions from their reviews were reasonable.

5.2. The timing of revenue recognition

Key audit matter description

A risk of material misstatement exists in respect of the recognition of subscriptions revenue totalling £671.3m (2019: £660.0m) across the Taylor & 
Francis, Informa Intelligence and Informa Tech Divisions. Specifically, we identified a risk that the deferral and release of subscription revenues may 
not appropriately match the subscription period in customer contracts. This risk was also identified as a potential area of fraudulent management 
manipulation.

The selection of long-term growth rates and the discount rate assumptions requires judgement and is important to this key audit matter. 
Management engages independent expert valuation advisers to assist in deriving appropriate long-term growth rates and discount rates.

The Group’s revenue recognition accounting policies are disclosed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements with an analysis by revenue 
stream and by segment in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We considered the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill as a key audit matter due to the significant amount of audit resources and effort 
applied in respect of testing the impairment reviews of goodwill at both 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2020.

Management discusses the policies and processes followed in respect of the impairment review in Notes 3 and 16 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

We confirmed our understanding of the Taylor & Francis, Informa Intelligence and Informa Tech business models, as well as our understanding of the 
principles set out in customer contracts and the sales process. 

We then obtained an understanding of the design and implementation of relevant controls by performing sample transaction walkthroughs of the 
revenue recording process, from order processing to invoice production through to cash collection. 

These procedures enabled us to design and perform substantive audit procedures to respond to the specific risk identified. The procedures we 
performed across the entities within our audit scope included the following:

•  Performed detailed testing of a sample of subscription transactions, obtaining and reviewing the relevant order confirmations and contracts to 

validate whether revenue was appropriately recorded across the term

•  Used data analytics techniques to recalculate the deferred revenue in relation to subscription revenue for contracts spanning the year end

Key observations

Based on the audit procedures performed we concluded that timing of revenue recognition in respect of subscriptions was appropriate.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
14 0

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N F O R M A   P L C 
c o n t i n u e d

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope 
of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

£20.0 million (2019: £34.0 million)

£12.9 million (2019: £17.0 million)

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Reflecting the statutory loss before tax of £1.0bn reported 
for the year ended 31 December 2020, our materiality is 
based on a percentage of the three-year average statutory 
pre-tax profit adjusted for amortisation of intangible 
assets acquired in business combinations, impairments 
of goodwill and one-off finance costs. Materiality 
of £20.0m represents 5% of this measure. In 2019 
our materiality was 5% of the pre-tax profit measure 
in that year. 

We adjust for amortisation of intangible assets acquired 
in business combinations, losses on disposals and one-off 
finance costs to use a profit measure also used by analysts 
and other users of the financial statements, and because 
profits adjusted for these items more closely align with 
current cash flows.

In the year ended 31 December 2020, to reflect the 
significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the 
performance of the Group’s event portfolio during the 
year our benchmark has changed to the three-year 
average statutory profit before tax adjusted for the items 
above reflecting the expected short-term disruption as a 
result of the pandemic.

Given the quantum of the net assets on the Parent Company 
balance sheet we have capped materiality to 45% (2019: 35%) 
of Group materiality which equates to 0.1% of net assets 
(2019: 0.1% of net assets).

Net assets is typically considered an appropriate 
benchmark for materiality as the Parent Company 
is a holding company.

141

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £1.0m 
(2019: £1.7m), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation 
of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, 
and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level. We specifically considered the impact of COVID-19 on the 
Group, including the differing impact of COVID-19 disruption on each segment and business unit. 

The business units in scope for the current year audit were selected based on the relative contributions of individual business 
units to the consolidated Group revenue and adjusted operating profit, as well as the relative risks associated with each 
individual business unit. Accordingly there have been changes to the business units in scope compared with the prior year. 
These changes include a greater proportion of business units in scope being based in China, reflecting the faster recovery of the 
Chinese exhibitions market, and a greater proportion of business units from the Taylor & Francis Division given the lower relative 
disruption to its operations. 

Based on our assessment, we performed either a full scope audit or an audit of specified balances and transactions at the 
principal business units within the shared services centres in Colchester (UK), Kent (UK), Sarasota (US), Florida (US), Cleveland, 
Ohio (US), New York (US), Singapore, Shanghai (China), and Hong Kong (China). 

As a result of exhibitions reopening in China earlier than elsewhere we identified two business units in China which are not 
accounted for within one of the Group’s shared service centres which made a material contribution to the Group in the period. 
These business units are accounted for by local management teams and were subject to full scope audits. 

The Parent Company is located in the UK and audited directly by the Group audit team. 

The in-scope locations (those at which a full scope audit or an audit of specified balances and transactions were performed as 
part of the Group audit) represent 79% (2019: 73%) of the Group’s revenue and 76% (2018: 76%) of the Group’s adjusted operating 
profit. This is detailed further in the graphs below:

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted PBT (three-year average) 

£405m

Group materiality 

£20m

Component materiality range 

£12m to £9m

Audit Committee reporting threshold  £1m

6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance 
materiality

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

70% (2019: 70%) of Group materiality

70% (2019: 70%) of Parent Company materiality

Basis and rationale 
for determining 
performance 
materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered the outcome of our risk assessment and our assessment of the 
Group’s control environment including our plan to rely on the operating effectiveness of certain systems and controls, 
as well as the potential reduction in the effectiveness of the internal control environment during the year as a result of 
changes to working patterns. We also considered the value of uncorrected misstatements identified in previous years. 

Full audit scope 

Specified audit procedures 

Review at Group level 

65%

14%

21%

Full audit scope 

Specified audit procedures 

Review at Group level 

65%

11%

24%

The current year percentages for adjusted operating profit have been calculated on an absolute basis, reflecting the impact 
of COVID-19 on the profitability, and in some cases loss making nature, of individual business units. 

The Group audit team directly audits the entirety of the Group’s goodwill and acquired intangible assets. Our audit work at all 
the locations in the Group audit scope was conducted to a materiality of between £9m to £12m, and therefore not exceeding 60% 
of Group materiality of £20.0m.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
14 2

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N F O R M A   P L C 
c o n t i n u e d

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment 
IT specialists within the Group audit team tested the Group’s two main Enterprise Resource Planning systems centrally. 
Where IT access controls were found not to be operating effectively throughout the year, additional procedures were performed 
to mitigate the risk that access could have been gained to the financial reporting systems. As such, we were able to rely upon the 
IT controls associated with both Enterprise Resource Planning systems.

The Group’s two main Enterprise Resource Planning systems cover the majority of business units within the Group’s shared 
service centres; however, a number of other Enterprise Resource Planning systems are used by the Group, including by certain 
business units within the scope of our audit in both China and the US. 

From our walkthroughs and understanding of the entity and the controls at the business cycle and account balance levels, we 
relied on controls within the purchase-to-pay cycle for those business units associated with the Group’s two main Enterprise 
Resource Planning systems. 

7.3. Working with other auditors
Global travel restrictions implemented in response to COVID-19 meant that we were unable to physically visit any component 
teams. Through the use of video conferencing and other digital platforms we were, however, able to maintain regular 
communications with all component teams and have therefore continued to maintain appropriate direction and oversight. 

For each component, we included the component audit team in our team briefings, to discuss the audit instructions and our 
Group risk assessment, including our assessment of the risk of fraud, to confirm their understanding of the business, and to 
discuss their local risk assessment. Throughout the audit, we maintained regular contact in order to support and direct their 
audit approach. We also attended (via video conference) local audit close meetings with local management, performed remote 
reviews of audit working papers where considered necessary, and reviewed component auditor reporting to us detailing the 
findings from their work.

At the Group level, we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that 
there were no significant risks of material misstatement in the aggregated financial information of the remaining components 
not subject to audit. 

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information contained within the Annual Report. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

14 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below. 

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with 
laws and regulations, we considered the following:

•  The nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the Group’s 

remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets

•  Results of our enquiries of management, Internal Audit and the Audit Committee about their own identification and 

assessment of the risks of irregularities

•  Observations from our component audit partners as to any potentially heightened risks in their geographies
•  Any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 

relating to:
 – identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of 

non-compliance

 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud
 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations

•  The matters discussed among the audit engagement team including significant component audit teams and relevant internal 
specialists, including tax, valuations, pensions, IT and analytics specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the 
financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud. These discussions were, in part, facilitated by a forensic specialist 

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud 
and identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: The recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill; the 
timing of revenue recognition; and the classification of items as ‘adjusting’ within the Income Statement. In common with all 
audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions 
of those laws and regulations that: 

•  Had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 

regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and tax legislation

•  Do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability 

to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These included GDPR, anti-bribery legislation and anti-money laundering regulations

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
14 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

14 4

I N D E P E N D E N T   A U D I T O R ’ S   R E P O R T   T O   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   I N F O R M A   P L C 
c o n t i n u e d

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified both the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and the timing of 
revenue recognition as key audit matters with a potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains 
these matters in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we performed in response to those key audit matters. 

14. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

•  We have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  Reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions 

•  The Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns

of relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements

•  Enquiring of management, the Audit Committee and in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation 

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

and claims

•  Performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 

misstatement due to fraud

•  Reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing Internal Audit reports and reviewing 

correspondence with HMRC

•  In addressing the risk of fraud in the classification of items as ‘adjusting’ within the income statement, we have assessed the 
reasonableness of management’s accounting policy regarding the classification of items as ‘adjusting’ and the judgements 
taken by management in the application of that policy to a sample of items

•  In addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and 

other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; 
and evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members 
including internal specialists and significant component audit teams, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-
compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  The information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements

•  The Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 

•  The Directors’ statement with regard to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any 

material uncertainties identified set out on page 80

•  The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 

period is appropriate set out on pages 78 to 83

•  The Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 112
•  The Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on pages 

66 to 70

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems 

set out on pages 113 and 114

•  The section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out on pages 110 to 115

14.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 
have not been made or the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

15. Other matters which we are required to address
15.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were reappointed by the members of the AGM on 12 June 2020 
to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 17 years, covering the years ending 31 December 2004 
to 31 December 2020.

15.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the Audit Committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee we are required to provide in accordance with 
ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed.

  Anna Marks FCA (Senior statutory auditor)

For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London 
22 April 2021

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
14 6

F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

C O N S O L I D A T E D   I N C O M E   S T A T E M E N T   F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

147

Financial 
Statements

Consolidated Income Statement

Parent Company Balance Sheet

 147

 220

Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

 148

Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity 

 149

Consolidated Balance Sheet

 150

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 151

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

 152

Parent Company Statement of 
Changes in Equity

 221

Notes to the Parent Company  
financial statements

 222

Glossary of terms: alternative 
performance measures

 228

Five-year summary

 230

Revenue

Net operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss) before joint ventures 
and associates

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

Operating profit/(loss)

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax (charge)/credit

Profit/(loss) for the year

Attributable to:

– Equity holders of the Company

– Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share

– Basic (p)1

– Diluted (p)1

Notes

5

7

20

21

11

12

13

15

37

15

15

Adjusted 
results 
2020
£m

1,660.8

Adjusting 
items 
2020
£m

Statutory 
results 
2020
£m

–

1,660.8

(1,393.8)

(1,148.2)

(2,542.0)

Adjusted 
results 
2019
£m

2,890.3

(1,958.7)

Adjusting 
items 
2019
£m

Statutory 
results 
2019
£m

–

2,890.3

(395.0)

(2,353.7)

267.0

0.8

267.8

–

7.0

(104.4)

170.4

(25.6)

144.8

(1,148.2)

(881.2)

–

0.8

(1,148.2)

(880.4)

(8.4)

8.3

(8.4)

15.3

(161.8)

(266.2)

(1,310.1)

(1,139.7)

127.7

102.1

(1,182.4)

(1,037.6)

931.6

1.5

933.1

–

8.9

(120.6)

821.4

(156.1)

665.3

(395.0)

–

(395.0)

(95.4)

1.2

(13.5)

(502.7)

83.5

(419.2)

536.6

1.5

538.1

(95.4)

10.1

(134.1)

318.7

(72.6)

246.1

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

140.9

3.9

(1,182.4)

(1,041.5)

–

3.9

644.7

20.6

(419.2)

–

225.5

20.6

9.9

9.9

(73.4)

(73.4)

51.2

51.0

17.9

17.8

1.  2019 restated for share placement (see Note 4)

All amounts in 2020 and 2019 relate to continuing operations.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
14 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

14 8

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E   F O R   T H E 
Y E A R   E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y   F O R   T H E 
Y E A R   E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

(Loss)/profit for the year

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Remeasurement of the net retirement benefit pension obligation

Tax credit relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Total items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that have been reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Recycling of exchange gain arising on disposal of foreign operation

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange loss on translation of foreign operations

Exchange (loss)/gain on net investment hedge debt

Loss on derivatives in net investment hedging relationships

(Loss)/gain on derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships

Movement in cost of hedging reserve

Tax credit relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Other comprehensive expense for the year

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year before initial application of IFRS 16

Effect of initial application of IFRS 16 that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year 

Total comprehensive (expense)/income attributable to:

– Equity holders of the Company

– Non-controlling interests

Notes

34

2020
£m

(1,037.6)

2019
£m

246.1

(47.6)

8.3

(39.3)

(1.6)

0.7

(0.9)

–

1.2

(46.2)

(13.0)

(42.0)

(1.1)

1.3

11.9

(89.1)

(128.4)

(1,166.0)

–

(1,166.0)

(1,169.8)

3.8

(233.5)

73.1

(28.2)

3.8

3.2

–

(180.4)

(181.3)

64.8

4.1

68.9

48.2

20.7

At 31 December 2018

Effect of initial application of IFRS 16 
on 1 January 2019

At 1 January 2019 as restated for 
initial application of IFRS 16

Profit for the year

Exchange loss on translation 
of foreign operations

Exchange gain on net investment 
hedge debt

Loss arising on derivative hedges

Foreign exchange recycling of 
disposed entities

Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
pension schemes

Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive (expense)/
income for the year

Dividends to Shareholders

Dividends to non-controlling 
interests

Share award expense

Issue of share capital

Own shares purchased

Transfer of vested LTIPs

Disposal of non-controlling interests

At 31 December 2019

Loss for the year

Exchange gain on translation of 
foreign operations

Exchange loss on net investment 
hedge debt

Loss arising on derivative hedges

Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
pension schemes

Tax relating to components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the year

Dividends to non-controlling 
interests

Share award expense

Issue of share capital

Own shares purchased

Transfer of vested LTIPs

Acquisition of non-controlling 
interest

Share  
capital
£m

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Translation
reserve
£m

Other 
reserves
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Non- 
controlling 
interests
£m

Total
£m

Total
equity
£m

905.3

63.3

1,974.5

2,933.8

5,878.2

193.4

6,071.6

1.3

–

1.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

905.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

63.3

–

(233.6)

73.1

(21.2)

1.2

–

–

(180.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,974.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10.4

–

(15.9)

(5.7)

1.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

973.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(46.1)

(13.0)

(41.8)

–

11.9

(89.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.2

–

(1.3)

(4.9)

–

–

4.1

4.1

–

4.1

2,937.9

225.5

5,882.3

225.5

193.4

20.6

6,075.7

246.1

(233.6)

0.1

(233.5)

–

–

–

–

(1.6)

0.7

73.1

(21.2)

1.2

(1.6)

0.7

224.6

(280.3)

44.1

(280.3)

–

–

–

–

5.7

–

–

10.4

–

(15.9)

–

1.3

(1,041.5)

(1,041.5)

–

–

–

(13.0)

(41.8)

(47.6)

(47.6)

8.3

20.2

–

–

–

–

–

20.7

–

(17.5)

–

–

–

–

(0.5)

196.1

3.9

73.1

(21.2)

1.2

(1.6)

0.7

64.8

(280.3)

(17.5)

10.4

–

(15.9)

–

0.8

5,838.0

(1,037.6)

–

–

–

–

(13.0)

(41.8)

(47.6)

20.2

(46.1)

(0.1)

(46.2)

(1,080.8)

(1,169.8)

3.8

(1,166.0)

–

–

–

–

4.9

9.3

–

11.2

973.7

(1.3)

–

9.3

(13.6)

–

–

–

–

(9.3)

177.0

(13.6)

11.2

973.7

(1.3)

–

–

5,642.0

1.3

905.3

(117.2)

1,964.6

2,887.9

5,641.9

At 31 December 2020

1.5

1,878.8

(206.2)

1,969.6

1,821.3

5,465.0

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
151

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

15 0

C O N S O L I D A T E D   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   A S   A T   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

C O N S O L I D A T E D   C A S H   F L O W   S T A T E M E N T   F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D 
3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property and equipment

Right of use assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates

Other investments

Deferred tax assets

Retirement benefit surplus

Finance lease receivables

Other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets

Inventory

Trade and other receivables

Current tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Finance lease receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total assets

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital

Share premium account

Translation reserve

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

1.  Restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

Notes

33

19

17

17

17

18

20

14

14

27

27

27

27

38

38

18

35

28

28

2020
£m

153.1

(32.9)

(259.7)

(139.5)

5.7

(10.7)

(23.8)

(13.9)

(7.3)

(77.3)

(0.9)

10.4

(117.8)

(0.2)

(13.6)

788.3

(61.3)

–

(1,227.8)

(17.6)

(37.1)

2.3

(44.9)

(1.3)

973.7

360.5

103.2

1.1

195.1

299.4

2019
£m

958.5

(100.6)

(138.3)

719.6

5.5

(17.5)

(25.3)

(7.0)

(59.4)

(167.7)

(5.0)

179.3

(97.1)

(280.0)

(17.5)

443.7

(499.7)

41.2

(143.4)

(9.4)

(34.5)

2.3

(32.2)

(15.9)

–

(545.4)

77.1

(6.9)

124.9

195.1

Notes

16

17

19

38

20

20

22

34

38

23

24

25

23

28

38

29

38

24

30

31

31

29

24

22

34

30

31

31

35

35

36

2020
£m

5,576.6

3,094.5

49.1

209.9

20.0

7.3

8.4

–

6.4

20.2

44.6

20191
£m

6,144.4

3,437.4

69.0

264.4

19.8

10.1

6.7

4.9

13.0

27.8

3.9

Operating activities

Cash generated by operations

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Interest received

Purchase of property and equipment

Purchase of intangible software assets

Product development costs additions

Purchase of intangibles related to titles, brands and customer relationships

Acquisition of subsidiaries and operations, net of cash acquired

9,037.0

10,001.4

Acquisition of investment

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Dividends paid to Shareholders

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Proceeds from EMTN bond issuance

Repayment of loans

New loan advances

Repayment of private placement borrowings

Borrowing fees paid

Repayment of the principal lease liabilities

Finance lease receipts

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

Cash outflow from purchase of shares 

Cash inflow from issue of shares 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

31.3

358.1

4.9

299.4

1.5

–

38.5

476.1

8.9

195.1

2.3

1.0

695.2

9,732.2

721.9

10,723.3

–

(33.4)

(0.2)

(78.0)

(44.7)

(343.7)

(700.6)

(152.2)

(34.2)

(36.4)

(97.5)

(35.0)

(482.8)

(746.5)

(1,200.6)

(1,584.6)

(2,093.2)

(2,380.7)

(247.4)

(7.5)

(406.4)

(71.4)

(44.8)

(16.2)

(2.7)

(2,889.6)

(4,090.2)

5,642.0

1.5

1,878.8

(206.2)

1,969.6

1,821.3

5,465.0

177.0

5,642.0

(282.4)

(22.4)

(540.4)

(35.0)

(19.1)

(17.4)

(3.3)

(3,300.7)

(4,885.3)

5,838.0

1.3

905.3

(117.2)

1,964.6

2,887.9

5,641.9

196.1

5,838.0

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 22 April 2021 and were signed 
on its behalf by

  Stephen A. Carter 

Group Chief Executive 

  Gareth Wright
  Group Finance Director

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
 
15 2

N O T E S   T O   T H E   C O N S O L I D A T E D   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D 
3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

1. General information
Informa PLC (the Company) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and is listed on 
the London Stock Exchange. The Company is a public company limited by shares and is registered in England and Wales with 
registration number 08860726. The address of the registered office is 5 Howick Place, London SW1P 1WG. The nature of the 
Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 4 to 93.

The Consolidated Financial Statements as at 31 December 2020 and for the year then ended comprise those of the Company 
and its subsidiaries and its interests in joint ventures and associates (together referred to as the Group).

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling (GBP), which is the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which the Group operates and the functional currency of the Parent Company, Informa PLC. Foreign operations are included 
in accordance with the policies set out in Note 2.

2. Significant accounting policies 
Basis of accounting
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the Companies Act 20006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 
1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

The Directors have considered the Company’s ability to be a going concern over the assessment period to June 2022 based on 
the Group’s financial plan, a downside scenario and a reverse stress test case. The Group’s financial plan assumes physical events 
outside of Asia start to return from June 2021 and there is a slower recovery for physical events compared with GDP forecasts 
for the same period in those geographies. In this scenario, the Group maintains liquidity headroom of more than £1.3bn.

For the downside case, the Directors took the Group’s financial plan and also assumed the following: 

•  No indoor physical events are held until 2022 outside of the parts of the world where such events are already and 

currently operating

•  A slower recovery of physical event-related businesses with lower levels of participants 
•  Subscription-related revenues are affected by unfavourable market and macro-economic conditions, impacting revenues 

and profit margins

In this scenario, the Group maintains liquidity headroom of more than £1.1bn.

For the reverse stress test, the Directors assessed the Group’s liquidity position if it had no gross profit between May 2021 and 
June 2022 and all physical event-related cash collected as at 31 March 2021 was refunded to customers. The Directors believe 
the assumptions applied in this reverse stress test are extremely remote, given that the Group’s subscription-led businesses 
continue to generate profit. However, in this test, the Group still maintains a minimum liquidity headroom of £0.2bn.

Based on these results, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its financing and other business risks 
satisfactorily. The Directors have been able to form a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operation for at least 12 months from the signing date of the Annual Report and Accounts, and therefore consider 
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements. Further detail is contained 
in the Strategic Report on page 80.

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial 
instruments, pension assets, investments and a private placement loan which are measured at fair value. The principal 
accounting policies adopted are set out below, all of which have been consistently applied to all periods presented in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Group will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 
31 December 2020 for UK subsidiaries listed on page 226.

15 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the accounts of the Company and all its subsidiaries. Control is achieved 
where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity, has the rights to variable 
returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The results of subsidiaries 
acquired or sold are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective 
date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the results of acquired subsidiaries to bring their 
accounting policies into line with those used by other members of the Group.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. Non-controlling interests in the 
net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity and consist of the net assets of those 
interests at the date of the original business combination plus their share of changes in equity since that date.

Joint ventures are joint arrangements in which the Group has the rights to the net assets through joint control with a third party. 
Joint operations arise where there is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when 
decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control, and where the joint 
operators have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. Associates are undertakings 
over which the Group exercises significant influence, usually from 20%–50% of the equity voting rights, in respect of the financial 
and operating policies and is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture.

The Group accounts for its interests in joint ventures and associates using the equity method. Under the equity method, the 
investment in the joint venture or associate is initially measured at cost. The carrying amount is adjusted to recognise changes 
in the Group’s share of profit or loss of the joint venture or associate since the acquisition date. The Income Statement reflects 
the Group’s share of the results of operations of the entity. The Statement of Comprehensive Income includes the Group’s share 
of any other comprehensive income recognised by the joint venture or associate. Dividend income is recognised when the right to 
receive the payment is established. Where an associate or joint venture has net liabilities, full provision is made for the Group’s 
share of liabilities where there is a constructive or legal obligation to provide additional funding to the associate or joint venture.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the 
dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are retranslated 
at the rates ruling at that date. These translation differences are included in net operating expenses in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the 
date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are not retranslated.

The balance sheet of foreign subsidiaries is translated into pounds sterling at the closing rates of exchange. The Income 
Statement results are translated at an average exchange rate, recalculated for each month at that month’s closing rate from 
the equivalent for the preceding month.

Foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of opening net investments in foreign subsidiaries at the closing rate 
are taken directly to the translation reserve. In addition, foreign exchange differences arising from retranslation of the foreign 
subsidiaries’ results from monthly average rate to closing rate are also taken directly to the Group’s translation reserve. 
Such translation differences are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in the financial year in which the operations 
are disposed. The translation movements on matched long-term foreign currency borrowings, qualifying as hedging instruments 
under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, are also taken directly to the translation reserve.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the acquisition closing rate. This is then revalued at the year end rate with any foreign exchange 
difference taken directly to the translation reserve.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
15 4

2. Significant accounting policies continued 
Business combinations
The acquisition of subsidiaries and other asset purchases that are assessed as meeting the definition of a business under the 
rules of IFRS 3 Business Combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition is 
measured at the aggregate of fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity instruments issued by the 
Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. If the accounting for business combinations involves provisional amounts, which 
are finalised in a subsequent reporting period during the 12-month measurement period as permitted under IFRS 3, restatement 
of these provisional amounts may be required in the subsequent reporting period. Acquisition and integration costs incurred are 
expensed and included in adjusting items in the Consolidated Income Statement.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in 
the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through the Consolidated Income Statement.

Put option arrangements that allow non-controlling interest Shareholders to require the Group to purchase the non-controlling 
interest are treated as derivatives over equity instruments and are initially recognised at fair value within derivative financial 
liabilities, with a corresponding charge directly to equity. Interest rate swaps, forward exchange contracts, put options and other 
derivatives are classified as financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and are measured at each 
reporting date at fair value. Changes in the fair values are included in profit or loss within financing income/expense unless the 
instrument has been designated as a hedging instrument.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration, which is classified as a financial liability that is within 
the scope of IFRS 9, will be recognised in the Income Statement.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount 
recognised for non-controlling interests over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration 
is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised in the Income Statement. 
The Group recognises any non-controlling interest at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets.

Disposals
At the date of a disposal, or loss of control, joint control or significant influence over a subsidiary, joint venture or associate, 
the Group derecognises the assets and liabilities of the entity, with the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest and any 
cumulative translation differences recorded in equity. The fair value of consideration including the fair value of any investment 
retained is recognised. The consequent profit or loss on disposal that is not disclosed as a discontinued operation is recognised 
in profit and loss within ‘profit or loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations’.

Revenue
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers provides a single, principles-based, five-step model to be applied to all sales 
contracts. It is based on the transfer of control of goods and services to customers, and requires the identification and 
assessment of the satisfaction of delivery of each performance obligation in contracts in order to recognise revenue.

Where separate performance obligations are identified in a single contract, total revenue is allocated on the basis of relative 
stand-alone selling prices to each performance obligation, or management’s best estimate of relative value where stand-alone 
selling prices do not exist.

Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods 
and services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes, and provisions for 
returns and cancellations. Revenue for each category type of revenue is typically fixed at the date of the order and is not variable.

Payments received in advance of the satisfaction of a performance obligation are held as deferred income until the point at which 
the performance obligation is satisfied. Aside from an immaterial amount which is separately disclosed on the face of the balance 
sheet under non-current liabilities and relates to payment in advance received for biennial and triennial events and exhibitions, 
deferred income balances included in current liabilities at the year end reporting date will be recognised as revenue within 
12 months. Therefore, the aggregate amount of the transaction price in respect of performance obligations that are unsatisfied 
at the year end reporting date is the deferred income balance which will be satisfied within one year.

Revenue type

Exhibitor and  
related services 

Performance obligations

Revenue recognition accounting policy Timing of customer payments

Provision of services associated 
with exhibition and conference 
events, including virtual events.

Performance obligations are satisfied 
at the point of time that services are 
provided to the customer with revenue 
recognised when the event has taken 
place. In light of postponements due to 
COVID-19 the performance obligations 
and revenue recognition will align with 
the revised event dates.

Subscriptions

Provision of journals and online 
information services that are 
provided on a periodic basis or 
updated on a real-time basis.

Performance obligations are satisfied 
over time, with revenue recognised 
straight line over the period of 
the subscription.

Transactional sales

Provision of books and specific 
publications in print or 
digital format.

Attendee revenue

Provision of exhibition or 
conference events.

Marketing, advertising 
services and sponsorship

Provision of advertising, 
marketing services and 
event sponsorship.

Revenue is recognised at the point 
of time when control of the product 
is passed to the customer or the 
information service has been provided. 
Control is passed to the customer 
when the goods have been delivered 
to them.

Performance obligations are satisfied at 
the point of time that the event is held, 
with attendee revenue recognised at 
this date.

Performance obligations are satisfied 
over the period of the advertising 
subscription or over the period when 
the marketing service is provided. 
Revenue relating to advertising or 
sponsorship at events is recognised on 
a point of time basis at the event date.

15 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Payments for events are normally 
received in advance of the event dates, 
which are typically up to 12 months in 
advance of the event date and are held 
as deferred income until the event 
date. In light of the COVID-19 situation, 
payments received may extend beyond 
12 months before the event date where 
there have been postponements 
to events.

Subscriptions payments are 
normally received in advance of the 
commencement of the subscription 
period which is typically a 12-month 
period and are held as deferred income.

Transactional sales to customers are 
typically on credit terms and customers 
pay accordingly to these terms.

Payments by attendees are normally 
received either in advance of the event 
date or at the event. In light of the 
COVID-19 situation, payments received 
may extend beyond 12 months before 
the event date where there have been 
postponements to events.

Payment for such services are normally 
received in advance of the marketing, 
advertising or sponsorship period.

Revenue relating to barter transactions is recorded at fair value and the timing of recognition is in line with the above. 
Expenses from barter transactions are recorded at fair value and recognised as incurred. Barter transactions typically 
involve the trading of show space or conference places in exchange for services provided at events or media advertising.

There are no material contract assets arising on work performed in order to deliver performance obligations. See Notes 5 and 6 
for further details of revenue by type, business segment and geographic location.

Pension costs and pension scheme arrangements
Certain Group companies operate defined contribution pension schemes for colleagues. The assets of the schemes are held 
separately from the individual companies. The pension cost charge associated with these schemes represents contributions 
payable and is charged as an expense when incurred.

The Group also operates funded defined benefit schemes for colleagues. The cost of providing these benefits is determined 
using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at regular intervals. There is no service cost 
due to the fact that these schemes are closed to future accrual. Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the 
opening net defined benefit liability or asset and is shown in finance costs, and the administration costs are shown as a 
component of operating expenses. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur, outside 
of the Consolidated Income Statement and in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet represents the actual deficit or surplus in the 
Group’s defined benefit plans under IAS 19. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any 
economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
15 6

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain colleagues. These are measured at fair value at date of grant. 
An expense is recognised to spread the fair value of each award over the vesting period on a straight line basis, after allowing 
for an estimate of awards that will not vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity 
instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the Income Statement 
such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate.

For awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), where the proportion of the award is dependent on the level of total 
shareholder return, the fair value is measured using a Monte Carlo model of valuation, which is considered to be the most 
appropriate valuation technique. The valuation takes into account factors such as non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations. Where the proportion of the award is dependent on earnings per share performance conditions, 
which are non-market-based measures, the fair value is remeasured at each reporting date to reflect updates for expected or 
actual performance. For awards issued under ShareMatch, the fair value is expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting 
period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. 

Own shares are deducted in arriving at total equity and represent the cost of the Company’s ordinary shares acquired by the 
Employee Share Trust (EST) and ShareMatch in connection with certain of the Group’s colleague share schemes.

Interest income
Interest income is recognised on an accruals basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable. Cash flows from interest income are included as part of investing activities in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax payable and deferred tax. Current tax is based on taxable profit for 
the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated Income Statement because it excludes items 
of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or 
deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
by the reporting date.

A current tax provision is recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that 
the Group will be required to settle that obligation. The provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the 
present obligation at the balance sheet date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted 
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences 
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which 
deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises 
from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and 
liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax nor accounting profit. To the extent that goodwill is tax deductible, where 
a taxable temporary difference arises from the subsequent tax deductible amounts, the associated deferred tax liability 
is recognised.

Deferred tax is calculated for all business combinations in respect of intangible assets and properties. A deferred tax liability 
is recognised to the extent that the fair value of the assets for accounting purposes exceeds the value of those assets for 
tax purposes and will form part of the associated goodwill on acquisition. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable 
temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates except where the Group is able to control the 
reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

157

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Current and deferred tax are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement, except when they relate to items that are 
recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the current and deferred tax are also recognised 
in other comprehensive income or directly in equity respectively. Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

The Group is a multinational group with tax liabilities arising in many geographic locations. This inherently leads to complexity in 
the Group’s tax structure. Therefore, the calculation of the Group’s current tax liabilities and tax expense necessarily involves a 
degree of estimation and judgement in respect of items whose tax treatment cannot be finally determined until resolution has 
been reached with the relevant tax authority or, as appropriate, through a formal legal process. The resolution of issues is not 
always within the control of the Group and issues can, and often do, take many years to resolve.

Payments in respect of tax liabilities for an accounting period result from payments on account and on the final resolution of 
open items. As a result, there can be substantial differences between the tax charge in the Income Statement and tax payments. 
The final resolution of certain of these items may give rise to material profit and loss and/or cash flow variances. Any difference 
between expectations and the actual future liability is accounted for in the period identified.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises from the acquisition of a subsidiary or business and is calculated as the excess of the purchase consideration 
over the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired at the date of acquisition. Goodwill also includes amounts 
corresponding to deferred tax liabilities recognised in respect of acquired intangible assets. It is recognised as an asset at 
cost, assessed for impairment at least annually and subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal 
of a subsidiary or business, the attributable goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal. Fair value 
measurements are based on provisional estimates and may be subject to amendment within one year of the acquisition in line 
with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, resulting in an adjustment to goodwill.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that it may be impaired, at the 
segment level. This represents an aggregation of the CGUs and reflects the level at which goodwill is monitored in the business. 
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the composition of its CGUs to reflect the impact of changes to cash inflows associated 
with reorganisations of its management and reporting structure.

Where an impairment test is performed, the carrying value is compared with the recoverable amount which is the higher of the 
value in use and the fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is the present value of future cash flows and is calculated using a 
discounted cash flow analysis based on the cash flows of the CGU compared with the carrying value of that CGU, including 
goodwill. The Group estimates the discount rates as the risk-adjusted cost of capital for the particular CGU. If the recoverable 
amount of the CGU or group of CGUs is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce 
the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the 
carrying amount of each asset in the unit.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. For intangible assets acquired in business combinations, cost is calculated based 
on the Group’s valuation methodologies. These assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives on a straight line basis, 
as follows:

Book lists
Journal titles
Brands and trademarks
Customer relationships databases and intellectual property
Software
Product development

20 years1
20 years1
5–30 years
5–30 years
3–10 years
3–5 years

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax is calculated 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised.

1.  Or licence period if shorter

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Software which is not integral to a related item of hardware is included in intangible assets. Capitalised internal-use software 
costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software, and payroll and 
other direct costs for employees who devote substantial time to the project. Capitalisation of these costs ceases when the project 
is substantially complete and available for use. These costs are amortised on a straight line basis over their expected useful lives.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
15 8

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Product development expenditure is capitalised as an intangible asset only if all of the certain conditions are met, with all 
research costs and other development expenditure being expensed when incurred. The capitalisation criteria are as follows:

•  An asset is created that can be separately identified, and which the Group intends to use or sell
•  It is technically feasible to complete the development of the asset for use or sale
•  It is probable that the asset will generate future economic benefit
•  The development cost of the asset can be measured reliably

The expected useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually. The Group does not have any intangible assets with 
indefinite lives (excluding goodwill).

Property and equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and provision for impairment. Depreciation is 
provided to write off the cost less the estimated residual value of property and equipment on a straight line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets.

Freehold land is not depreciated. The rates of depreciation on other assets are as follows:

Freehold buildings
Leasehold land and buildings including right of use assets
Equipment, fixtures and fittings

50 years
Shorter of useful economic life or life of the lease
3–5 years

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the net sale proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Leases
The Group as lessee
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right of use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term 
leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (such as tablets and personal 
computers, small items of office furniture and telephones). For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as 
operating leases expensed directly to the Income Statement.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
using the discount rate implicit with the lease. Where a discount rate is not implicit in the lease, we calculate an incremental 
borrowing rate reflecting the risk profile of the underlying asset and the term of the lease length. The lease liability is presented 
as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying 
amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the discount rate used at commencement) and by reducing the carrying 
amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right of use asset) whenever:

•  A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability 

is remeasured based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised 
discount rate at the effective date of the modification

•  The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payments, in which cases the lease 
liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a changed discount rate at the effective date of 
the modification

Right of use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the 
commencement day, less any lease incentives received and vacant property provisions. They are subsequently measured at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Right of use assets are depreciated over the expected lease term of the 
underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. Right of use assets are presented as a separate 
line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Group applies IAS 36 to assess whether a right of use asset is impaired and accounts 
for any identified impairment loss against the right of use asset.

IFRS 16 requires certain judgements and estimates to be made. The most significant of these relate to the discount rates 
used and the term of the lease life; however, these are not considered a critical accounting judgement or key source 
of estimation uncertainty.

159

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Discount rates are calculated on a lease by lease basis. For the majority of leases, the rate used is a portfolio rate, based on 
estimates of incremental borrowing costs. The portfolio of rates depends on the territory of the relevant lease, hence the 
currency used, and the weighted average lease term. As a result, reflecting the breadth of the Group’s lease portfolio, the 
transition approach adopted has required a level of judgement in selecting the most appropriate discount rate. For a small 
number of leases, the standard permits the adoption of a portfolio approach whereby a single group guarantee discount rate 
can be used for leases of a similar nature; therefore this practical expedient has been used where appropriate.

IFRS 16 defines the lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease together with the options to extend or terminate a lease, 
if the lessee were reasonably certain to exercise that option. Where a lease includes the option for the Group to extend the lease 
term, the Group makes a judgement as to whether it is reasonably certain that the option will be taken and an assumed expiry 
date is determined. Where there are extension options on specific leases and the assumed expiry date is determined to have 
changed, the lease term is reassessed. This reassessment of the remaining life of the lease could result in a recalculation of the 
lease liability and the right of use asset and potentially result in a material adjustment to the associated balances of depreciation 
and finance lease interest.

The Group as lessor
Leases for which the Group is a lessor are classified as finance or operating leases. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer 
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other leases 
are classified as operating leases.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sub-lease as two separate contracts. 
The sub-lease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right of use asset arising from the head lease. 
Rental income from operating leases is recognised directly in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognised as finance lease receivables at the amount of the Group’s present 
value of the lease receipts. The finance lease receivable is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect 
interest on the finance lease receivable (using the discount rate used at commencement) and by reducing the carrying amount 
to reflect the lease payments received.

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows 
that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the asset belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset, for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or CGU) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or CGU) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense immediately, unless the relevant 
asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Other investments
Other investments are entities over which the Group does not have significant influence (typically where the Group holds less 
than 20% interest in the voting interests of the entity). Other investments are classified as assets held at fair value through profit 
and loss under IFRS 9, with changes in fair value reported in the Income Statement.

Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and expenses incurred in 
bringing the inventory to its present location and condition. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less 
marketing and distribution costs expected to be incurred. Pre-publication costs are included in inventory, representing costs 
incurred in the origination of content prior to publication. These are expensed systematically, reflecting the expected sales 
profile over the estimated economic lives of the related products (typically over four years).

Financial assets
Financial assets are recognised in the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
16 0

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables and other receivables are measured on initial recognition at fair value, and are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment. Further details on the Group’s loss allowance 
considerations can be found in Note 32(f).

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and balances with banks and similar institutions. Cash equivalents comprise 
bank deposits and money market funds, which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have a maturity of three 
months or less and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and 
form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose 
of the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.

Impairment of financial assets
The Group recognises lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) for trade receivables and lease receivables. The ECLs on these 
financial assets are estimated based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the 
debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at 
the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate. The carrying amount is reduced by the ECL through the 
use of a provision account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the provision account. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the provision account. Changes in the carrying 
amount of the provision are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk 
since initial recognition. However, if the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial 
recognition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a 
financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default 
events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Group
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs and stated at amortised 
cost using the effective interest rate method. The amortised cost calculation is revised when necessary to reflect changes in the 
expected cash flows and the expected life of the borrowings including the effects of the exercise of any prepayment, call or 
similar options. Any resulting adjustment to the carrying amount of the borrowings is recognised as finance costs in the 
Income Statement. Cash flows relating to finance costs are included in operating activities in the Consolidated Cash Flow 
Statement.

Net debt
Net debt consists of cash and cash equivalents and includes bank overdrafts, borrowings, derivatives associated with debt 
instruments, finance leases and other loan receivables where these are interest bearing and do not relate to deferred 
consideration arrangements.

Debt issue costs
Debt issue costs, including premia payable on settlement or redemption, are accounted for on an accrual basis in the 
Consolidated Income Statement using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying amount of the 
instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

161

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Trade and other payables
Trade payables and other payables are initially measured at fair value, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, 
using the effective interest rate method.

Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, as set out above, with interest expense recognised on an 
effective yield basis.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. 
The derivative instruments utilised by the Group to hedge these exposures are interest rate swaps and cross currency swaps. 
The Group does not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes. Where an effective hedge is in place against changes in the 
fair value of borrowings, the hedged borrowings are adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged with 
a corresponding income or expense included in the Income Statement within finance costs. The offsetting gains or losses from 
remeasuring the fair value of the related derivatives are also recognised in the Income Statement within finance costs.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative 
is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the 
nature of the hedge relationship. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with 
a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Group 
has both a legally enforceable right and intention to offset.

The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

•  Hedges of a change of fair value of recognised assets and liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge)
•  Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction 

(cash flow hedge)

•  Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedge)

The Group designates and documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and 
hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. Furthermore, 
at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument is highly effective 
in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, which is when the hedging 
relationship meets all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements: 

•  There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument 
•  The effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship
•  The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Group 

actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Group actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item

If a hedging relationship ceases to meet the hedge effectiveness requirement relating to the hedge ratio but the risk management 
objective for that designated hedging relationship remains the same, the Group adjusts the hedge ratio of the hedging 
relationship (i.e. rebalances the hedge) so that it meets the qualifying criteria again.

The Group elects to exclude foreign currency basis from the designation of the financial instrument, applying the cost of hedging 
approach. The amounts accumulated in the cost of hedging reserve is reclassified to profit or loss in line with the aligned 
hedged item.

Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in 
profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the 
hedged risk. The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the change in the hedged item attributable to the hedged 
risk are recognised in the line of the Consolidated Income Statement relating to the hedged item.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
16 2

2. Significant accounting policies continued
Cash flow hedge
Changes in fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated, and effective, cash flow hedges of forecast 
transactions are recognised in other comprehensive income, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item 
from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. 
The cumulative amount recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified into the Consolidated Income Statement out 
of other comprehensive income in the same period when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss.

Hedges of net investment in foreign operations
Hedges of net investment in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument in relation to the effective portion of the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in 
the foreign currency translation reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Gains and losses on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge 
accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve are reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged item is disposed of.

Discontinuation of hedge accounting
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or no longer qualifies 
for hedge accounting; the discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer 
expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement in 
the period.

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 
12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or 
current liabilities. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 24 and 32.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of 
the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the reporting date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is 
material. Any difference between the amounts previously recognised and the current estimates is recognised immediately in 
the Consolidated Income Statement.

Restructuring provisions are recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to the affected parties or implementation has commenced.

Alternative performance measures
In addition to the statutory results, adjusted results are prepared for the Income Statement, including adjusted operating profit 
and adjusted diluted earnings per share, as the Board considers these non-GAAP measures to be a useful and alternative way to 
measure the Group’s performance in a way that is comparable to the prior year. See the glossary on page 228 for definitions of 
non-GAAP measures, which includes adjusted measures shown in Notes 8 and 15. 

Adoption of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)
Standards and interpretations adopted in the current year
The following amendments have been adopted in the current year:

•  Amendment to IFRS 16 Leases: Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions 
•  Amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations: Definition of a Business 
•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform 
•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8: Definition of Material 
•  Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards 

The adoption of these amendments has not led to any changes to the Group’s accounting policies or had any material impact 
on the financial position or performance of the Group. Other amendments and interpretations to IFRSs effective for the period 
ended 31 December 2020 have had no impact on the Group.

16 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, the Directors are required to make 
judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that 
are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Critical accounting judgements
In addition to the judgement taken by the Group in selecting and applying the accounting policies set out above, the Directors 
have made the following judgements concerning the amounts recognised in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Identification of adjusting items
The Group provides adjusted results and underlying measures in addition to statutory measures, in order to provide additional 
useful information on business performance trends to Shareholders. The Board considers these non-GAAP measures as the 
most appropriate way to measure the Group’s performance because it aids comparability to the prior year and is also in line with 
the similarly adjusted measures used by peers and therefore facilitates comparison.

The terms ‘adjusted’ and ‘underlying’ are not defined terms under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable with similarly-titled 
measurements reported by other companies. Management is therefore required to exercise its judgement in appropriately 
identifying and describing these items. These measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements. 
In 2020, management has exercised judgement on the classification of items in relation to COVID-19, in particular onerous contract 
costs and other one-off costs associated with COVID-19.

The Financial Review provides reconciliations of alternative performance measures (APMs) to statutory measures and also 
provides the basis of calculation for certain APM metrics. These APMs are provided on a consistent basis with the prior year.

Identification of CGUs
For impairment testing purposes, judgement is used to allocate goodwill to the specific groups of CGUs that have benefited 
and are expected to benefit from this goodwill. When there are changes in business structure, judgement is required to identify 
any changes to the CGU groups, taking account of the lowest level of independent cash inflows being generated, amongst 
other factors. CGU groups are based on business segments as defined in Note 6.

Estimation uncertainty
As at the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group noted two key sources of estimation uncertainty in relation to contingent 
consideration and measurement of retirement obligations. For contingent consideration, due to cash disbursements and the 
natural progression on these time limited consideration payments, the estimate in this regard has become less material, so 
management no longer views this to be a key source of estimation uncertainty at 31 December 2020. Further details of this can 
be found in Note 30. Retirement benefit obligations remain significant at 31 December 2020, and as such are discussed as a 
key source of estimation uncertainty in detail below. An additional key source of estimation uncertainty was identified relating 
to the cash flow forecasts for the impairment assessment of goodwill.

Judgements and estimates associated with the impairment assessment
For the impairment review, management has estimated future cash flows for the Group. This is based on projected operating 
profits, future long-term growth rates and discount rates. Management views the key source of estimation uncertainty to 
be around future operating profits, with uncertainty relating to the depth of the economic impact from COVID-19, and the 
speed of any subsequent recovery, alongside variability in the recovery across the geographies in which the Group operates. 
Management’s approach for establishing these assumptions has been detailed in Note 16. Details of the impact of any 
uncertainties associated with the impairment assessment are provided in Note 16. Management has also made critical 
judgements relating to the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) rate and long-term growth rate (LTGR). The method for 
establishing these assumptions are detailed in the goodwill note (Note 16).

At 31 December 2020, the business forecast is subject to higher levels of uncertainty compared with prior years given the impact 
of COVID-19 on our event-led businesses. This drives increased uncertainty when considering future cash flow forecasts, as the 
shorter- and longer-term impacts of COVID-19 evolve. Operationally, this uncertainty relates to future COVID-19 containment 
policies, such as travel restrictions or limitations on physical events, the extent of the economic impact alongside the speed of the 
future recovery, delayed recovery to business confidence and variability in each of these factors across the various geographies 
the Group operates within. In our impairment assessment, management has considered these uncertainties whilst making the 
above key assumptions.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
16 4

3. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Measurement of retirement benefit obligations
The measurement of the retirement benefit obligation and surplus involve the use of a number of assumptions. The most 
significant of these relate to the discount rate, the rate of increase in pension and mortality assumptions. The most significant 
scheme is the UBM Pension Scheme (UBMPS). Note 34 details the principal assumptions which have been adopted following 
advice received from independent actuaries and also provides sensitivity analysis with regard to changes to these assumptions. 
As at 31 December 2020, the Group had a total pension liability of £786.8m (31 December 2019: £730.8m), and a net pension 
deficit of £71.4m (31 December 2019: £30.1m).

4. Restatement
Fair value restatement 
Finalisation of the acquisition balance sheet of Centre for Asia Pacific Aviation Pty Ltd (CAPA)
In 2020 the Group completed the IFRS 3 fair value exercise in relation to the acquisition of CAPA within the 12-month 
remeasurement period from the acquisition date. This has resulted in the following restatements to the balance sheet 
as at 31 December 2019, with no impact to the Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2019: 

•  An increase of £0.7m in provisions and a corresponding increase in goodwill 
•  Increase in accruals of £0.1m and a corresponding increase in goodwill
•  Impairment of £0.2m in fixed assets and a corresponding increase in goodwill

Fair value restatements to the acquisition balance sheet of the TMT Research and Intelligence portfolio from 
IHS Markit (TMT)
An update to the provisional fair value 1 August 2019 acquisition balance sheet of TMT has resulted in the following restatements 
to the balance sheet as at 31 December 2019, with no impact on the Income Statement for the year ended 31 December 2019: 

•  A reduction in trade receivables of £0.3m, with a corresponding increase in goodwill 

Restatement of EPS and dividends per share due to discount on the share placement
On 15 April 2020 the Company announced a share placement of 250,318,000 new ordinary shares, representing approximately 
19.99% of the Company’s existing issued share capital. 125,159,000 new ordinary shares were issued on 20 April 2020 and a 
further 125,159,000 on 5 May 2020. The share placement price was 400p per share and represented a discount of 4% to the 
closing share price of 416.8p on 15 April 2020. The gross proceeds raised through the placement were £1,001.3m. The issue 
of shares at a discount required the restatement of prior years’ weighted average number of shares, earnings per share and 
dividends per share.

Basic EPS (p)

Diluted EPS (p)

Adjusted basic EPS (p)

Adjusted diluted EPS (p)

Weighted average number of shares used in basic EPS calculation

Weighted average number of shares used in diluted EPS calculation

Dividends per share (p)

Year ended 31 
December 2019 
(Restated)

Year ended 31 
December 2019 
(as previously 
reported)

17.9

17.8

51.2

51.0

18.0

18.0

51.5

51.3

1,259,117,620

1,264,230,940

7.50

1,250,660,231

1,255,739,205

7.55

Restatement of 2019 operating segments and revenue by type
The operating segments results for the year ended 31 December 2020 were restated to reflect moves of certain businesses 
between operating segments with no impact on reported total income statement results. 

2019 revenue by type disclosure has been restated to align revenue types with 2020 following the refinement to the classification. 
See Note 5 for restated amounts and amounts previously reported.

16 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

5. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue by type is as follows; refer to accounting policy in Note 2 on revenue for an explanation of the 
nature of revenue types, their timing and related expected cash flows and any uncertainties and significant payment terms.

Year ended 31 December 2020

Exhibitor

Subscriptions

Transactional sales

Attendee

Marketing and advertising services

Sponsorship

Total

Year ended 31 December 20191

Exhibitor

Subscriptions 

Transactional sales

Attendee

Marketing and advertising services

Sponsorship

Total

Informa 
Markets
£m

359.1

26.1

12.9

26.7

77.1

22.5

Informa 
Connect
£m

Informa 
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Taylor & 
Francis
£m

21.6

1.6

4.1

54.7

14.7

27.5

12.2

59.3

30.5

17.3

21.0

10.6

–

279.4

13.1

0.2

11.7

0.9

–

316.2

239.2

–

0.6

–

Total
£m

392.9

682.6

299.8

98.9

125.1

61.5

524.4

124.2

150.9

305.3

556.0

1,660.8

Informa 
Markets
£m

1,140.8

23.9

12.7

80.7

101.2

78.4

1,437.7

Informa 
Connect
£m

Informa
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Taylor & 
Francis 
£m

Total
£m

58.6

2.0

5.7

138.7

21.1

60.0

286.1

64.8

38.2

23.0

76.8

16.8

36.6

0.5

293.9

18.7

2.0

33.0

2.6

–

1,264.7

302.0

256.7

–

0.9

–

660.0

316.8

298.2

173.0

177.6

256.2

350.7

559.6

2,890.3

1.  Restated for restructure of operating segments and alignment of revenue types across the Group (see Note 4). Previously reported revenue is detailed below

Previously reported year ended 31 December 2019

Exhibitor

Subscriptions

Transactional sales

Attendee

Marketing and advertising services

Sponsorship

Total

Informa 
Markets
£m

1,213.6

–

–

71.2

91.5

73.9

1,450.2

Informa 
Connect
£m

53.6

–

–

142.3

21.4

58.3

275.6

Informa
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Taylor & 
Francis
£m

Total
£m

71.2

42.0

–

84.3

18.5

40.2

256.2

–

296.0

18.9

–

33.8

–

348.7

–

1,338.4

302.5

257.1

–

–

–

640.5

276.0

297.8

165.2

172.4

559.6

2,890.3

6. Business segments
The Group has identified reportable segments based on financial information used by the Directors in allocating resources and 
making strategic decisions. We consider the chief operating decision maker to be the Executive Directors.

The Group’s five identified reportable segments under IFRS 8 Operating Segments are as described in the Strategic Report. 
There is no difference between the Group’s operating segments and the Group’s reportable segments.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
16 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

16 6

6. Business segments continued
Segment revenue and results
The Group’s primary internal Income Statement performance measures for business segments are revenue and adjusted 
operating profit. A reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to statutory operating profit and profit before tax is provided below:

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies described in Note 2. 
Adjusted operating results by operating segment is the measure reported to the Directors for the purpose of resource allocation 
and assessment of segment performance. Finance costs and finance income are not allocated to segments, as this type of activity 
is driven by the central Treasury function, which manages the cash positions of the Group.

Segment assets

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Informa Intelligence

Taylor & Francis

Total segment assets

Unallocated assets

Total assets

31 December
2020
£m

31December
20191
£m

6,155.1

487.1

770.1

992.7

967.0

9,372.0

360.2

9,732.2

6,737.6

684.5

1,089.3

980.9

1,007.3

10,499.6

223.7

10,723.3

1.  Restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the Group monitors the 
non-current tangible, intangible and financial assets attributable to each segment. All assets are allocated to reportable 
segments except for certain centrally held balances, including cash, some intangible software assets relating to Group 
infrastructure, balances receivable from businesses sold and taxation (current and deferred). Assets used jointly by reportable 
segments are allocated on the basis of the revenues earned by individual reportable segments.

Geographic information
The Group’s revenue by location of customer and information about its segment assets by geographic location are 
detailed below:

UK

Continental Europe

North America

China

Rest of world

 Revenue

Segment non-current assets1

2020
£m

138.9

174.3

846.3

213.6

287.7

2019
£m

203.2

338.7

1,357.8

405.4

585.2

1,660.8

2,890.3

2020
£m

2,278.3

1,019.2

3,766.8

1,740.7

179.0

8,984.0

20192
£m

2,493.8

1,042.1

4,392.3

1,862.4

195.3

9,985.9

1.  Non-current amounts exclude financial instruments, deferred tax assets and retirement benefit surplus

2.  Restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

No individual customer contributed more than 10% of the Group’s revenue in either 2020 or 2019.

Year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit before joint ventures 
and associates1

Share of adjusted results of joint ventures and associates 
(Note 20)

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit

Intangible asset amortisation (Note 17)2

Impairment – goodwill (Note 16)

Impairment – acquisition-related intangibles

Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Impairment – property and equipment

Impairment – external investments

Acquisition and integration costs (Note 8)

Restructuring and reorganisation costs (Note 8)

Onerous contracts and one-off costs associated with 
COVID-19 (Note 8)

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration 
(Note 8)

Operating (loss)/profit

Loss on disposal of businesses (Note 21)

Finance income (Note 11)

Finance costs (Note 12)

Loss before tax

Informa 
Markets
£m

Informa 
Connect
£m

Informa 
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Taylor & 
Francis
£m

Total
£m

524.4

124.2

150.9

305.3

556.0

1,660.8

(26.1)

(24.0)

(1.9)

103.0

216.0

267.0

0.4

(25.7)

(185.7)

(231.1)

(24.1)

(15.0)

(4.2)

–

(24.9)

(39.5)

(46.3)

(0.9)

(597.4)

0.4

(23.6)

(16.8)

(105.9)

(4.5)

(5.3)

(1.3)

(2.5)

(1.6)

(11.7)

(3.3)

0.7

–

(1.9)

(20.7)

(255.9)

(6.2)

(2.5)

(0.8)

–

(17.3)

(11.8)

(2.9)

3.3

(175.8)

(316.7)

–

103.0

(16.6)

–

(2.7)

(7.0)

(1.0)

(1.4)

(4.3)

(6.5)

(0.1)

–

63.4

–

216.0

(52.0)

–

(1.0)

(6.3)

(1.5)

–

(1.0)

(8.1)

–

–

146.1

0.8

267.8

(291.8)

(592.9)

(38.5)

(36.1)

(8.8)

(3.9)

(49.1)

(77.6)

(52.6)

3.1

(880.4)

(8.4)

15.3

(266.2)

(1,139.7)

1.  Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates included the following amounts for depreciation and other amortisation: £38.8m for Informa 

Markets, £8.2m for Informa Connect, £19.2m for Informa Intelligence, £3.7m for Informa Tech and £18.3m for Taylor & Francis

2.  Excludes acquired intangible product development and software amortisation

Year ended 31 December 2019 (restated)3

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates1

Share of adjusted results of joint ventures and associates 
(Note 20)

Adjusted operating profit

Intangible asset amortisation (Note 17)2

Impairment – goodwill 

Impairment – acquisition-related intangibles

Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Acquisition and integration costs (Note 8)

Restructuring and reorganisation costs (Note 8)

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration 
(Note 8)

VAT charges (Note 8)

Operating profit

Loss on disposal of businesses (Note 21)

Finance income (Note 11)

Finance costs (Note 12)

Profit before tax

Informa 
Markets
£m

1,437.7

489.2

Informa 
Connect
£m

286.1

46.5

1.4

490.6

(197.6)

(0.9)

(3.8)

(1.4)

(39.3)

(3.0)

1.6

(1.8)

244.4

0.1

46.6

(17.9)

–

–

– 

(4.6)

(0.2)

(1.7)

– 

22.2

Informa 
Tech
£m

Informa 
Intelligence
£m

Taylor & 
Francis
£m

256.2

71.4

–

71.4

(21.7)

– 

– 

– 

(12.2)

(0.6)

–

–

36.9

350.7

107.3

–

107.3

(23.2)

–

–

(0.9)

(3.3)

(4.8)

(3.1)

– 

72.0

559.6

217.2

–

217.2

(52.0)

–

–

(2.3)

(0.3)

–

–

–

162.6

Total
£m

2,890.3

931.6

1.5

933.1

(312.4) 

(0.9)

(3.8)

(4.6)

(59.7) 

(8.6)

(3.2)

(1.8)

538.1

(95.4)

10.1

(134.1)

318.7

1.  Adjusted operating profit before joint ventures and associates included the following amounts for depreciation and other amortisation: £37.0m for Informa 

Markets, £9.2m for Informa Connect, £23.1m for Informa Intelligence, £3.7m for Informa Tech and £19.2m for Taylor & Francis

2.  Excludes acquired intangible product development and software amortisation

3.  Restated for restructure of operating segments (see Note 4)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
16 8

7. Operating profit
Operating profit has been arrived at after charging/(crediting): 

Cost of sales

Staff costs (excluding adjusting items)

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Impairment – goodwill 

Impairment – acquisition-related intangibles

Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Impairment – property and equipment 

Impairment – investments

Depreciation – property and equipment

Depreciation – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Acquisition-related costs

Integration-related costs

Restructuring and reorganisation costs

Onerous contracts and one-off costs associated 
with COVID-19

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent 
consideration

VAT charges

Net foreign exchange gain

Auditor’s remuneration for audit services

Other operating expenses

Total net operating expenses before share of 
joint ventures and associates

Adjusted 
results 
2020
£m

Adjusting 
items 
2020
£m

Statutory 
results 
2020
£m

Notes

9

17

8

8

8

19

8

19

38

8

8

8

8

8

8

527.3

634.8

41.1

–

–

–

–

–

16.8

30.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3.1)

3.2

143.4

–

–

291.8

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

–

–

2.8

46.3

77.6

52.6

(3.1)

–

–

–

–

527.3

634.8

332.9

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

16.8

30.3

2.8

46.3

77.6

52.6

(3.1)

–

(3.1)

3.2

143.4

Adjusted 
results 
2019
£m

981.3

692.8

41.9

–

–

–

–

–

17.2

33.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

(9.3)

3.4

198.3

Adjusting 
items 
2019
£m

Statutory 
results 
2019
£m

–

–

312.4

0.9

3.8

4.6

–

–

–

–

3.3

56.4

8.6

–

3.2

1.8

–

–

–

981.3

692.8

354.3

0.9

3.8

4.6

–

–

17.2

33.1

3.3

56.4

8.6

–

3.2

1.8

(9.3)

3.4

198.3

1,393.8

1,148.2

2,542.0

1,958.7

395.0

2,353.7

Amounts payable to the auditor, Deloitte LLP, and its associates by the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are 
provided below:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services to the Group:

 Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

Total audit fees

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for non-audit services comprises:

 Half-year review

 Other services

Total non-audit fees

2020
£m

2.3

0.9

3.2

0.3

0.2

0.5

2019
£m

2.5

0.9

3.4

0.2

0.1

0.3

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and its associates for non-audit services to the Company are included in the consolidated 
disclosures above.

The Audit Committee approves all non-audit services within the Company’s policy. The Committee considers that certain 
non-audit services should be provided by the external auditor, because its existing knowledge of the business makes this the 
most efficient and effective way for those non-audit services to be carried out, and does not consider the provision of such 
services to impact the independence of the external auditor. In 2020 the non-audit fees paid to Deloitte totalled £0.5m 
(2019: £0.3m), which represented 16% (2019: 9%) of the 2020 audit fee, with £0.3m relating to the half-year review. 

A description of the work of the Audit Committee is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 110 to 115 and 
includes an explanation of how auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded when non-audit services are provided 
by the auditor. No services were provided under contingent fee arrangements.

16 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

8. Adjusting items
The Board considers certain items should be recognised as adjusting items (see glossary on page 228) since, due to their nature 
or infrequency, such presentation is relevant to an understanding of the Group’s performance. These items do not relate to the 
Group’s underlying trading and are adjusted from the Group’s adjusted operating profit measure. The following charges/(credits) 
are presented as adjusting items:

Intangible amortisation and impairment

 Intangible asset amortisation

 Impairment – goodwill

 Impairment – acquisition-related intangible assets

 Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

 Impairment – property and equipment

 Impairment – investments

Acquisition costs

Integration costs

Restructuring and reorganisation costs

 Redundancy and reorganisation costs

 Vacant property and finance lease modification costs

Onerous contracts associated with COVID-19

Other one-off costs associated with COVID-19

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration

VAT charges

Adjusting items in operating loss/profit

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Adjusting items in loss/profit before tax

Tax related to adjusting items

Adjusting items in loss/profit for the year

Notes

17

16

17

38

21

11

12

13

2020
£m

291.8

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

2.8

46.3

47.6

30.0

47.3

5.3

(3.1)

–

1,148.2

8.4

(8.3)

161.8

1,310.1

(127.7)

1,182.4

2019
£m

312.4

0.9

3.8

4.6

–

–

3.3

56.4

6.4

2.2

–

–

3.2

1.8

395.0

95.4

(1.2)

13.5

502.7

(83.5)

419.2

The principal adjusting items are in respect of the following:

•  Intangible asset amortisation – the amortisation charges in respect of intangible assets acquired through business 

combinations or the acquisition of trade and assets

•  Impairment – the Group tests for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently when an indicator exists. 

Impairment charges are separately disclosed and are excluded from adjusted results. Note 16 provides details of the 
impairment of goodwill

•  Impairment of right of use assets relate to the permanent closure of a number of office properties in 2020
•  Acquisition costs are the costs and fees incurred by the Group in acquiring businesses 
•  Integration costs are the costs incurred by the Group in integrating share and asset acquisitions and included £27.5m relating 

to the integration of UBM

•  Restructuring and reorganisation costs are incurred by the Group in business restructuring and operating model changes 

and in 2020 this included voluntary and targeted redundancy programmes

•  Vacant property and finance lease modification costs arose from the permanent closure of office properties in 2020
•  Onerous contracts associated with COVID-19 relate to onerous contract costs for events which have been cancelled 
or postponed and the costs cannot be recovered. The costs largely relate to venue, marketing and event set-up costs

•  Other one-off costs associated with COVID-19 are the one-off indirect cost incurred as a result of COVID-19, largely relating 

to a contractual commitment to the owner of an event that was cancelled

•  Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration is recognised in the year as a charge or credit to the Consolidated 
Income Statement unless qualifying as a measurement period adjustment arising within one year from the acquisition date
•  VAT charges related to an increase of the existing provisions for VAT penalties relating to the UAE which the Group is disputing 
•  Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations – the loss on disposal primarily relates to the impairment of loan 

note receivables

•  Finance income reflects the fair value movement on an acquisition put option
•  Finance costs relate to the one-off costs in relation to the issue of EMTNs and repayment of the Group’s US private placements 

in 2020

•  The tax items relate to the tax effect on the items above and adjusting tax items which are analysed in Note 13

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
17 0

9. Staff numbers and costs
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by segment, 
was as follows:

The movement in number of options during the year is as follows:

171

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020 
Number 
of options

2019
Number 
of options

5,500,523

5,072,890

3,291,347

2,042,374

(272,026)

(1,370,098)

(858,313)

(244,643)

7,661,531

5,500,523

Average Number 
of employees

2020

4,730

1,189

1,129

1,579

2,318

2019

5,042

1,200

921

1,841

2,170

10,945

11,174

2020
£m

553.8

47.6

21.6

11.8

634.8

45.7

680.5

2019
£m

605.6

54.6

21.8

10.8

692.8

5.7

698.5

2019
£m

3.9

0.3

2.0

6.2

Outstanding at 1 January

LTIPs granted in the year

LTIPs exercised in the year

LTIPs lapsed and modification adjustment in the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable awards included in outstanding number of options at 31 December

1,442,713

914,402

In order to satisfy outstanding share awards granted under the LTIP, the share capital would need to be increased at 
31 December 2020 by 6,963,887 shares (2019: 4,541,535 shares) taking account of the 697,644 (2019: 958,988) shares held in the 
Employee Share Trust (Note 36). The Company will satisfy the awards either through the issue of additional share capital or the 
purchase of shares as needed on the open market. The average exercise price for LTIP exercised during the year was £4.49 
(2019: £8.03). The exercise price for the majority of LTIP awards is 0.1p per share award and the average period to exercise was 
5.3 years (2019: 5.7 years) for awards exercisable at 31 December 2020. 

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over one, two and three years 
back from the date of grant. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on the Group’s best estimate, for the 
effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

ShareMatch (Share Incentive Plan)
In June 2014, the Company launched ShareMatch, a global Share Incentive Plan (tax qualifying in the UK), under which eligible 
colleagues can invest up to the limit of £1,800 per annum in the Company’s shares. The scheme includes a matching element, 
whereby for every one share purchased by the colleague, the Company will award the participant one matching share. 
Matching shares are subject to forfeiture if the purchased shares are withdrawn from the scheme within three years of purchase 
or if the colleague leaves the Group, unless the reason for leaving is due to restructuring or retirement. In addition, both the 
purchased and matching shares are eligible to receive any dividends payable by the Company, which are reinvested in more 
shares. Employee subscriptions can be made on a monthly or one-off lump sum basis and matching shares are purchased on 
a monthly basis, through a UK Trust. Further details are set out in the remuneration section of the financial statements.

Outstanding at 1 January

Purchased in the year

Transferred to participants in the year

Outstanding at 31 December

2020 
ShareMatch
Number of
share awards

2019
ShareMatch
Number of
share awards

474,878

299,466

(63,647)

710,697

411,812

88,933

(25,867)

474,878

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Informa Intelligence

Taylor & Francis

Total

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs associated with staff charged to operating profit (Note 34)

Share-based payments (Note 10)

Staff costs (excluding adjusting items)

Redundancy costs

The remuneration of the Directors, who are the key management personnel of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for 
each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures (Note 39). Further information about the remuneration 
of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Remuneration Report on pages 120 to 128.

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2020
£m

2.1

0.3

1.7

4.1

10. Share-based payments
The Group recognised total expenses of £11.8m (2019: £10.8m) relating to share-based payment costs in the year ended 
31 December 2020 with £10.1m (2019: £9.4m) relating to equity-settled LTIPs, £1.1m (2019: £1.0m) relating to equity-settled 
ShareMatch and £0.6m (2019: £0.4m) relating to Employee Share Purchase Plan (ESPP) awards.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards have a grant price used in the valuation of the awards equal to the closing 
share price from the day prior to the grant date. LTIP awards in 2020 were conditional share awards with specific performance 
conditions and a performance period of three years. To the extent that they are met or satisfied then awards will be exercisable 
following the end of the relevant performance period. The TSR award components of the LTIPs are valued using a Monte Carlo 
simulation model. LTIP allocations are equity-settled and will lapse if the colleague leaves the Group before an LTIP grant is 
exercisable, unless the employee meets certain eligibility criteria. 

In 2020 the Remuneration Committee modified the performance achievement level for EPS CAGR for LTIP awards granted to 
Gareth Wright and Stephen A. Carter on 22 March 2018 and 21 March 2019. The performance condition for EPS compound annual 
growth rate (CAGR) were previously measured over the three years to 31 December 2020 and three years to 31 December 2021 
and in light of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic the performance criteria were adjusted to reflect the EPS CAGR over the 
first two years of the performance period (2018 and 2019) and for 2020 year and 2021 year these were switched to be on cash 
measures; see Remuneration Report on pages 118 and 119 for further details. The Income Statement impact of this modification 
is total increase in the estimated share-based payment Income Statement charge of £1.1m, with £0.5m impacting the year ended 
31 December 2020 and £0.6m impacting the year ending 31 December 2021. The increase reflects the fair value based on the 
number of shares expected to vest and the share price at the date of modification.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
17 2

11. Finance income

Interest income on bank deposits

Interest income finance lessor leases

Fair value gain on financial instruments through the Income Statement

Finance income before adjusting items

Adjusting item: finance income associated with debt issuance and fair value gain on acquisition put options

Total finance income

12. Finance costs

Interest expense on borrowings and loans1

Interest on IFRS 16 leases

Interest cost on pension scheme net liabilities

Total interest expense

Notes

38

34

Fair value loss on financial instruments through the Income Statement

Financing costs before adjusting items

Adjusting item: financing expense associated with early repayment of debt and associated termination of 
put options2

Total finance costs

1.  Included in interest expense above is the amortisation of debt issue costs of £12.4m (2019: £5.1m)

2.  The adjusting item for finance costs in 2020 and 2019 primarily relates to the finance fees associated with early repayment of debt

13. Taxation
The tax (credit)/charge comprises:

Current tax:

UK

Continental Europe

US

China

Rest of world

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

Current year

Credit arising from tax rate changes

Total deferred tax

Total tax (credit)/charge on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities

2020 
£m

5.5

0.1

1.4

7.0

8.3

2019
£m

4.7

0.8

3.4

8.9

1.2

15.3

10.1

2020
£m

92.3

12.2

0.7

105.2

(0.8)

104.4

161.8

266.2

2020
£m

(1.1)

(1.1)

4.2

11.8

11.6

25.4

(132.7)

5.2

(127.5)

(102.1)

2019
£m

105.5

14.3

1.4

121.2

(0.6)

120.6

13.5

134.1

2019
£m

21.6

23.2

12.0

29.6

22.6

109.0

(19.5)

(16.9)

(36.4)

72.6

17 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The tax on adjusting items within the Consolidated Income Statement relates to the following:

Intangible assets amortisation

Benefit of goodwill amortisation for tax purposes only

Deferred tax recognised on fair value adjustments

Impairment of intangibles and goodwill

Impairment of IFRS 16 right of use assets

Impairment of property and equipment

Impairment of investments

Acquisition and integration-related costs

Restructuring and reorganisation costs

Onerous contracts and other items associated with COVID-19

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration

VAT charges

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Total tax on adjusting items

Notes

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

21

8

8

Gross 
2020
£m

(291.8)

–

–

(631.4)

(36.1)

(8.8)

(3.9)

(49.1)

(77.6)

(52.6)

3.1

–

(8.4)

8.3

(161.8)

(1,310.1)

Tax 
2020
£m

57.2

(22.6)

–

16.5

8.0

2.1

–

8.2

17.4

10.9

(0.1)

–

2.2

(1.6)

29.5

127.7

Gross 
2019
£m

(312.4)

–

–

(4.7)

(4.6)

–

–

(59.7)

(8.6)

–

(3.2)

(1.8)

(95.4)

1.2

(13.5)

(502.7)

Tax 
2019
£m

92.1

(23.0)

16.5

1.0

0.9

–

–

11.4

1.8

–

0.7

–

(20.4)

–

2.5

83.5

The current and deferred tax are calculated on the estimated assessable profit for the year. Taxation is calculated in each 
jurisdiction based on the prevailing rates of that jurisdiction. On 3 March 2021 the UK Government announced its intention to 
increase the UK Corporation Tax rate from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. If this change had been enacted by 31 December 2020, 
it would not have had a material impact on the amount of deferred tax recognised. A reconciliation of the actual tax expense to 
the expected tax expense at the applicable statutory rate is shown below:

(Loss)/profit before tax

Tax (credit)/charge at effective UK statutory rate of 19.0% (2019: 19.0%)

Different tax rates on overseas profits

Disposal-related items

Non-deductible expenditure

Non-taxable income

Benefits from financing structures

Tax incentives

Adjustments for prior years

Net movement in provisions for uncertain tax positions

Impact of changes in tax rates

Deferred tax recognised on fair value adjustments

Movements in deferred tax not recognised

Tax (credit)/charge and effective rate for the year

2020

£m

(1,139.7)

(216.5)

(27.3)

(0.1)

121.9

(2.1)

(5.5)

(1.7)

6.6

1.1

5.2

–

16.3

(102.1)

%

19.0

2.4

–

(10.7)

0.2

0.5

0.1

(0.6)

(0.1)

(0.4)

–

(1.4)

9.0

2019

£m

318.7

60.6

22.8

36.9

10.9

(6.2)

(6.1)

(1.9)

(6.9)

(4.3)

(16.9)

(16.5)

0.2

72.6

%

19.0

7.1

11.6

3.4

(1.9)

(1.9)

(0.6)

(2.2)

(1.3)

(5.3)

(5.2)

0.1

22.8

In addition to the income tax charge to the Consolidated Income Statement, a tax credit of £20.2m (2019: credit of £0.7m) has 
been recognised directly in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income during the year.

Current tax liabilities include £54.2m (2019: £53.1m) in respect of provisions for uncertain tax positions. In 2017, the European 
Commission announced that it would be opening a State Aid investigation into the UK’s Controlled Foreign Company regime 
and in particular the exemption for group finance companies. Like many UK- based multinational companies, the Group has 
made claims in relation to this exemption. On 3 March 2021, a charging notice was issued by HMRC to Informa in relation to 
certain Group companies and periods and on 1 April 2021, Informa paid an amount of £5.5m to HMRC. The Group is awaiting 
confirmation from HMRC as to the position for other Group companies and periods where the exemption was claimed and we 
believe that the maximum amount that could become payable in addition to the £5.5m already paid is £19.1m including interest. 

As part of the acquisition accounting relating to contingent liabilities, an amount of £8m has been provided in relation to UBM 
companies. We do not currently believe it is probable that we will ultimately have a liability in relation to this matter and therefore 
have not provided for any additional amounts.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
Earnings per share
In addition to basic EPS, adjusted diluted EPS has been calculated to provide useful additional information on underlying earnings 
performance. Adjusted diluted EPS is based on profit attributable to equity Shareholders which has been adjusted to exclude 
items that, in the opinion of the Directors, would distort underlying results with the items detailed in Note 8.

174

14. Dividends

2020
Pence per 
share
£m

20191
Pence per 
share
£m

2020
£m

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 and the year ended 
31 December 2019

1.  Restated for share placement (see Note 4) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2019
£m

–

–

185.8

94.5

280.3

–

–

14.75p

7.50p

22.25p

Earnings per share

(Loss)/profit for the year

Non–controlling interests

–

–

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Earnings for the purpose of statutory basic EPS/statutory basic EPS (p)

Earnings for the purpose of statutory diluted EPS/statutory diluted EPS (p)

1.  Restated for share placement (see Note 4)

In April 2020 the Group announced the temporary suspension of dividend payments, including the withdrawal of the proposed 
2019 final dividend. There was no interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2020 or proposed final dividend for the year 
ended 2020. As at 31 December 2020 £0.2m (2019: £0.4m) of dividends were still to be paid, and total dividend payments in the 
year were £0.2m (2019: £280.0m).

In the year ended 31 December 2020 there were dividend payments of £13.6m (2019: £17.5m) to non-controlling interests.

15. Earnings per share
Basic
The basic earnings per share calculation is based on the loss attributable to equity Shareholders of the parent of £1,038.0m 
(2019: profit £225.5m). This loss on ordinary activities after taxation is divided by the weighted average number of shares in 
issue (less those shares held by the Employee Share Trust and ShareMatch), which is 1,419,707,507 (2019: 1,259,117,620).

Diluted
The diluted earnings per share calculation is based on the basic EPS calculation above except that the weighted average number 
of shares includes all potentially dilutive options granted by the reporting date as if those options had been exercised on the first 
day of the accounting period or the date of the grant, if later, giving a weighted average of 1,419,707,507 (2019: 1,264,230,940). 
In 2020 there were 6,813,614 potential ordinary shares which are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share.

The table below sets out the adjustment in respect of dilutive potential ordinary shares for use in the calculation of diluted EPS:

Weighted average number of shares used in basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Weighted average number of shares used in diluted earnings per share

1.  Restated for share placement (see Note 4)

2020

20191

1,419,707,507 1,259,117,620

–

5,113,320

1,419,707,507 1,264,230,940

The table below sets out the adjustment in respect of dilutive potential ordinary shares for use in the calculation of diluted 
adjusted EPS:

Weighted average number of shares used in basic earnings per share

Effect of dilutive potentially ordinary shares

Weighted average number of shares used in diluted adjusted earnings per share

1.  Restated for share placement (see Note 4)

2020

20191

1,419,707,507 1,259,117,620

6,813,614

5,113,320

1,426,521,121 1,264,230,940

Adjusted earnings per share

Earnings for the purpose of statutory basic EPS/statutory basic EPS (p)

Adjusting items (Note 8):

Intangible asset amortisation 

Impairment – goodwill 

Impairment – acquisition-related intangible assets

Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Impairment – property and equipment

Impairment – investments

Acquisition and integration costs

Restructuring and reorganisation costs

Onerous contracts associated with COVID-19

Other items associated with COVID-19

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration

VAT charges

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Tax related to adjusting items

Earnings for the purpose of adjusted basic EPS/adjusted basic EPS (p)

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares (p)

Earnings for the purpose of adjusted diluted EPS/adjusted diluted EPS (p)

1.  Restated for share placement (see Note 4)

175

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Earnings
2020
£m

(1,037.6)

(3.9)

(1,041.5)

–

(1,041.5)

Per share 
amount
2020
Pence

(73.4)

–

(73.4)

Earnings
2020
£m

(1,041.5)

Per share 
amount
2020
Pence

(73.4)

291.8

592.9

38.5

36.1

8.8

3.9

49.1

77.6

47.3

5.3

(3.1)

–

8.4

(8.3)

161.8

(127.7)

140.9

–

140.9

20.5

41.8

2.7

2.5

0.6

0.3

3.5

5.5

3.3

0.4

(0.2)

–

0.6

(0.6)

11.4

(9.0)

9.9

–

9.9

Earnings
2019
£m

246.1

(20.6)

225.5

–

225.5

Earnings
2019
£m

225.5

312.4

0.9

3.8

4.6

–

–

59.7

8.6

–

–

3.2

1.8

95.4

(1.2)

13.5

(83.5)

644.7

–

644.7

Per share 
amount
20191
Pence 

17.9

(0.1)

17.8

Per share 
amount
20191
Pence 

17.9

24.8

0.1

0.3

0.4

–

–

4.7

0.7

–

–

0.2

0.1

7.6

(0.1)

1.1

(6.6)

51.2

(0.2)

51.0

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
176

16. Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions in the year1

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 1 January 20201

Additions in the year (Note 18)

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 January 2019

Disposals

Impairment loss for the year

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2020

Disposals

Impairment loss for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 20191

£m

6,464.9

128.3

(149.7)

(182.4)

6,261.1

57.5

(0.8)

(79.9)

6,237.9

(121.0)

1.1

(0.9)

4.1

(116.7)

0.8

(592.9)

47.5

(661.3)

5,576.6

6,144.4

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4) 

The Group tests for impairment of goodwill at the business segment level (see Note 6 for business segments) representing 
an aggregation of CGUs reflecting the level at which goodwill is monitored. Intangible assets are tested for impairment at the 
individual CGU level. The impairment testing of goodwill involved testing for impairment at a segment level by aggregating the 
carrying value of assets across CGUs in each Division and comparing this to value in use calculations derived from the latest 
Group cash flow projections.

There were five groups of CGUs for goodwill impairment testing in 2020 and these were identical to the business segment 
reporting detailed in Note 6 (2019: five CGU groups).

CGU groups

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Informa Intelligence

Taylor & Francis

Carrying 
Amount
31 December
2020
£m

Carrying 
Amount
31 December
2019
£m

3,598.8

3,848.3

328.3

433.3

678.6

537.6

436.7

678.0

648.0

533.4

5,576.6

6,144.4

Number of
CGUs
2020

Number of
CGUs
2019

6

3

1

4

1

15

8

5

1

4

1

19

Impairment review
As goodwill is not amortised, it is tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if there are indicators of 
impairment. During the year, an impairment indicator was identified in three of our groups of CGUs, namely the business 
segments which derive the majority of their revenue from operating physical events: Informa Markets, Informa Connect and 
Informa Tech. This was as a result of the containment measures to prevent the spread of COVID-19 and the resulting reduction 
in forecast events revenues.

The outbreak of COVID-19 has led to the cancellation or postponement of the majority of physical events since March 2020, 
and therefore a reduction in the revenue generated by these businesses. The short-term and potential longer-term impact 
were considered as an indicator of impairment. Because of this, an impairment analysis was carried out at 30 June 2020 and 
an impairment of £592.9m was recognised. Due to the ongoing restrictions, and in line with our accounting policy, an annual 
impairment review was performed on 31 December 2020. The testing involved comparing the carrying value of assets in 
each CGU with value in use calculations or assessments of fair value less costs to sell, derived from the latest Group cash 
flow projections.

At 30 June, long-term growth rates were 2.3% for Informa Markets, 1.7% for Informa Connect and 1.9% for Informa Tech. 
The pre-tax discount rates were 10.1% for Informa Markets, 10.7% for Informa Connect and 11.8% for Informa Tech.

The goodwill impairment test at 30 June 2020 resulted in an impairment to the following CGU groups:

17 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Impairment of goodwill

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Total

Year ended
31 December 
2020
£m 

Year ended
31 December 
2019
£m

231.1

105.9

255.9

592.9

–

–

–

–

Management has used the following assumptions in its impairment analysis as at 31 December 2020:

Key assumption

How we have defined this

Projected cash flows

Long-term growth rate

For 2021, management has used the budget to provide the forecast for the year. For the periods 2022-2025, management 
has made a judgement as to the likely shape and length of recovery in the sectors they operate. Management’s short- to 
medium-term forecasts from 2022 to 2025 reflect a deeper economic impact and slower recovery on the events industry 
when compared with GDP forecasts for the same period in the relevant geographies. This is based on management 
expecting large-scale physical events to be one of the last parts of the economy to return to normal trading levels. 

Considering these inputs to the financial forecasts, this results in a recovery to 2019 cash flow levels for the events revenues 
for these CGUs over the course of the period from 2021 to 2025. These projections represent the Directors’ best estimate of 
the future performance of these businesses. For non-events revenues, there is a stable growth trajectory over the medium 
to longer term.

Across each of these time horizons, management has considered external metrics, market data and publicly available 
economic outlooks, taking these into account when determining the estimate.

For the Group’s value in use calculation, a perpetual growth rate has been applied to the 2025 operating cash flow. 
Long-term growth rates are based on external reports on long-term GDP growth rates for the main geographic markets in 
which each CGU and Division operates and therefore are not considered to exceed the long-term average growth prospects 
for the individual markets. Long-term growth rates have not been risk adjusted to reflect any of the uncertainties noted 
above, as these uncertainties are reflected in the forecasts.

Discount rate applied

We have calculated the WACC for each CGU and CGU group. For the cost of debt, we have considered market rates, based 
on entities with a comparable credit rating. The cost of equity is calculated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). 
Discount rates have not been risk adjusted to reflect any of the uncertainties noted above, as these uncertainties are 
reflected in the forecasts.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
17 8

16. Goodwill continued
Management has concluded that there was no impairment indicated in the impairment test conducted as at 31 December 2020, 
noting headroom as follows:

17. Other intangible assets

Key assumptions and headroom

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Informa Intelligence

Taylor & Francis

Headroom on 
CGU groups

Long-term market 
growth rates

Pre-tax discount rates

2020
£m

170.4

64.7

44.1

894.7

2,337.3

2020

2.5%

1.8%

2.0%

1.9%

1.7%

2019

2.2%

1.7%

1.9%

1.7%

1.6%

2020

11.1%

11.7%

11.3%

10.4%

8.8%

2019

9.3%

9.6%

10.9%

10.2%

8.9%

The headroom shown above represents the excess of the recoverable amount over the carrying value.

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivities provided represent areas assessed by management to be a key source of estimation uncertainty, as described 
in Note 3. 

Key uncertainties relate to the depth of the economic impact from COVID-19 containment measures, the speed of recovery, and 
the variability in impact across the geographies in which the group operates, which may impact our future cash flows, discount 
rates and LTGR. 

Our cash flow sensitivity analysis scenario considers a potentially extended and severe restriction on our ability to run events 
into the future. The sensitivity specifically considers the impact on cash flows if COVID-19 restricted our ability to run events 
outside of Mainland China in 2021, as well as the impact that would have on our business in the medium to longer term. 
When taken together these would be equivalent to a further 11.9% reduction in cash flow from 2021 to 2025. 

Sensitivity analysis scenarios also considered changes to the key assumptions including the rate of WACC and LTGR. We based 
this sensitivity analysis on reasonably possible changes to the cost of capital and LTGR in the markets in which we operate. 
These sensitivities show the impact of WACC rates increasing by 1.0% and LTGR reducing by 1.0%. 

The results from the sensitivity analysis would indicate the following impairments to CGU groups, in addition to the £592.9m 
impairment that has been recorded in the results for the year:

Informa Markets

Informa Connect

Informa Tech

Informa Intelligence

Taylor & Francis

Total

Cash flow 
reduction
£m

(603.8)

(30.5)

(16.7)

–

–

WACC rates 
increasing 
by 1.0%
£m

LTGR
reduction 
by 1.0%
£m

(393.5)

(256.1)

–

(39.1)

–

–

–

(22.0)

–

–

(651.0)

(432.6)

(278.1)

The above sensitivities indicate management’s assessment of reasonably plausible, material changes which could lead to a 
further impairment.

17 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Database and 
intellectual 
property, 
brand and 
customer 
relationships
£m

Exhibitions 
and 
conferences, 
brand and 
customer 
relationships 
£m

Publishing 
book lists and 
journal titles
£m

Intangible 
software 
assets
£m

Product
development1
£m

Sub-total2
£m

Total2
£m 

896.7

657.9

3,652.6

5,207.2

252.5

71.2

5,530.9

–

25.3

(16.8)

(3.0)

258.0

–

1.3

21.2

(12.9)

(2.7)

264.9

(109.5)

(30.6)

–

5.1

6.7

–

7.0

(11.3)

(1.3)

65.6

–

1.0

13.9

(5.0)

(1.6)

73.9

(41.8)

(11.3)

–

10.8

1.2

45.1

94.7

(165.0)

(149.9)

5,355.8

2.3

25.7

36.6

(67.3)

(81.8)

5,271.3

(1,676.5)

(354.3)

(3.8)

64.4

51.8

–

0.4

–

(16.4)

880.7

–

3.9

1.5

–

(16.9)

869.2

(494.4)

(51.8)

–

–

10.0

(536.2)

–

(51.9)

(0.1)

–

12.2

40.3

–

(116.8)

(35.7)

545.7

98.6

19.1

–

(27.0)

(34.9)

601.5

(524.2)

(61.1)

–

33.7

15.2

(536.4)

58.7

(17.5)

(5.2)

26.3

18.1

4.8

62.0

(20.1)

(93.5)

45.1

62.4

(136.9)

(145.6)

3,605.8

5,032.2

(96.3)

0.4

–

(22.4)

(25.7)

2.3

23.4

1.5

(49.4)

(77.5)

3,461.8

4,932.5

(1,525.2)

(312.4)

(3.8)

48.5

43.9

(506.6)

(199.5)

(3.8)

14.8

18.7

(676.4)

(58.7)

(222.4)

(33.2)

22.4

20.0

(1,749.0)

(128.3)

(41.1)

(1,918.4)

–

(291.8)

(38.5)

48.7

50.3

–

(31.0)

(5.0)

11.9

2.2

–

(10.1)

–

3.9

1.0

–

(332.9)

(43.5)

64.5

53.5

(576.0)

(456.0)

(948.3)

(1,980.3)

(150.2)

(46.3)

(2,176.8)

293.2

344.5

145.5

9.3

2,513.5

2,929.4

2,952.2

3,283.2

114.7

129.7

27.6

24.5

3,094.5

3,437.4

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries 
and operations

Additions3

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2020

Reclassification1

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries 
and operations

Additions3

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Amortisation

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment losses

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2020

Reclassification1

Charge for the year

Impairment losses2

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

1.  Update to the categorisation of intangible assets from the acquisition of Penton

2.  £5.0m impairment of intangible software assets is included within integration costs in adjusting items (see Note 8)

3.  Additions includes business asset additions and product development. Of the £36.6m (2019: £94.7m) total additions, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
shows £45.0m (2019: £91.7m) for these items with £23.8m (2019: £25.3m) for intangible software assets, £13.9m (2019: £7.0m) of product development and 
£7.3m (2019: £59.4m) for titles, brands and customer relationships

Intangible software assets include a gross carrying amount of £226.0m (2019: £223.0m) and accumulated amortisation of 
£128.8m (2019: £114.0m) which relates to software that has been internally generated. The Group does not have any of its 
intangible assets pledged as security over bank loans.

In addition to the impairment review of goodwill a review of intangible assets identified an impairment of £38.5m relating to 
brands and customer relationships where the recoverable amount did not support the carrying amount, and included selected 
individual events which have been discontinued.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18 0

18. Business combinations

Cash paid on acquisitions net of cash acquired

Current year acquisitions

TrialScope

F1000 Research Limited

Prior year acquisitions including deferred and contingent payments 

IHS Markit Database and Research portfolio

Other

Total cash paid in year net of cash acquired

2020
£m

54.1

14.9

(1.8)

10.1

77.3

2019
£m

–

–

123.3

44.4

167.7

TrialScope acquisition
On 2 October 2020 the Group acquired the business and assets of TrialScope Inc. TrialScope is a pharmaceutical subscription 
software business and forms part of the Informa Intelligence Division. Cash consideration, including estimated working capital, 
was £57.5m ($73.9m), deferred consideration was £1.2m ($1.5m) and non-cash consideration was £0.9m ($1.1m). 

Final consideration is subject to the finalisation of working capital amounts. 

The provisional fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date are shown in the 
table below.

181

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Acquisitions
To determine the value of separately identifiable intangible assets on a business combination, and deferred tax on these 
intangibles, the Group is required to make estimates when utilising valuation methodologies. These methodologies include 
the use of discounted cash flows, revenue forecasts and the estimates for the useful economic lives of intangible assets.

There are estimates involved in assessing what amounts are recognised as the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities 
acquired through business combinations, particularly the amounts attributed to separate intangible assets such as titles, brands, 
acquired customer lists and associated customer relationships. These estimates impact the amount of goodwill recognised on 
acquisitions. Any provisional amounts are subsequently finalised within the 12-month measurement period, as permitted by 
IFRS 3. The Group has built considerable knowledge of these valuation techniques, and for major acquisitions, defined as when 
consideration is £75m or above, the Group also considers the advice of third party independent valuers to identify and support 
the valuation of intangible assets arising on acquisition.

The provisional amounts recognised in respect of the estimated fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities for 2020, and 
acquisitions and payments made in 2020 relating to prior year acquisitions were:

Acquisition-related intangibles

Other intangibles

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Identifiable net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash consideration

Deferred and contingent cash consideration

Non-cash consideration

Total

Net cash outflow arising on acquisitions:

Initial cash consideration

Deferred and contingent consideration paid

Less: cash settlement in 2019

Less: cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisitions

Other 
acquisitions 
including 
deferred 
consideration
£m

Deferred 
consideration 
and 
finalisation 
of working 
capital
£m

TrialScope
£m

19.1

2.5

1.7

3.4

(1.8)

(5.2)

(4.9)

14.8

44.8

59.6

57.5

1.2

0.9

59.6

57.5

–

–

(3.4)

54.1

3.9

–

0.2

–

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.7)

3.2

12.7

15.9

15.9

–

–

15.9

15.9

–

(1.0)

–

14.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8.3

–

8.3

–

8.3

–

–

8.3

Total
£m

23.0

2.5

1.9

3.4

(1.9)

(5.3)

(5.6)

18.0

57.5

75.5

73.4

9.5

0.9

83.8

73.4

8.3

(1.0)

(3.4)

77.3

Acquisition-related intangibles

Other intangibles

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Deferred tax liabilities

Identifiable net assets acquired

Goodwill

Total consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash consideration

Deferred consideration

Non-cash consideration

Total consideration

Provisional 
fair value 
adjustments
£m

Provisional 
fair value
£m

Book value
£m

–

2.5

2.0

3.4

(1.4)

(4.9)

–

1.6

19.1

–

(0.3)

–

(0.4)

(0.3)

(4.9)

13.2

19.1

2.5

1.7

3.4

(1.8)

(5.2)

(4.9)

14.8

44.8

59.6

57.5

1.2

0.9

59.6

Provisional goodwill of £44.8m arising on the acquisition has initially been identified as relating to the following factors:

•  Enhancing the Group’s capabilities in clinical trial-related workflow solutions, particularly in the disclosure space 
•  Providing additional strength to the Group in key areas of the pharma market, including increasing the Group’s presence in the 

growing regulatory and patient recruitment space

•  Synergy opportunities from incremental revenue opportunities
•  Adding to the Group a skilled and experienced team

Acquisition costs charged to operating profit amounted to £0.9m.

The business generated an adjusted and statutory operating profit of £0.4m, profit after tax of £0.3m and £3.3m of revenue for 
the period from the date of acquisition to 31 December 2020. If the acquisition had completed on the first day of the financial 
year, it would have generated £0.4m of profit after tax and £11.1m of revenue for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Other business combinations made in 2020
There was one other acquisition completed in the year ended 31 December 2020 which related to the acquisition of F1000 
Research Limited (F1000) on 9 January 2020 for cash consideration of £14.9m. F1000 is an open access publishing platform for 
a range of research, article and data outputs and forms part of Taylor & Francis. 

Deferred and contingent consideration paid in 2020 relating to business combinations completed in prior years
In the year ended 31 December 2020 there were contingent and deferred net cash payments of £8.3m relating to acquisitions 
completed in prior years which include a receipt of £1.8m for the finalisation of working capital amounts.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18 2

18. Business combinations continued
Finalisation of valuation of 1 August 2019 IHS Markit Database and Research portfolio (TMT) 2019 acquisition
One year on from the acquisition of the IHS Markit portfolio, as is required, we have completed the finalisation of the valuation 
of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, resulting in the following true-ups and minor 
adjustments, with the finalisation of the valuation resulting in a fair value of acquired intangible assets of £29.6m and goodwill 
of £111.3m.

Intangible assets

IFRS 16 right of use assets

Property and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Deferred income

Finance lease liabilities

Current tax liability

Provisions

Deferred tax liability

Identifiable net (liabilities)/assets acquired

Goodwill

Total

Provisional 
fair value 
adjustments 
recognised 
in 2019
£m

Final fair 
value 
adjustments 
recognised 
in 2020
£m 

Final fair 
value 
recognised 
in 2020
£m 

Book value
£m

–

–

0.1

10.5

(2.6)

(17.7)

–

–

–

–

(9.7)

29.6

1.2

(0.1)

(0.5)

(2.3)

–

(1.2)

(0.1)

(1.2)

(2.0)

23.4

–

–

–

(0.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.3)

29.6

1.2

–

9.7

(4.9)

(17.7)

(1.2)

(0.1)

(1.2)

(2.0)

13.4

111.3

124.7

Equity transactions
When there is a change in ownership of a subsidiary without a change in control, the difference between the consideration paid/
received and the relevant share of the carrying amount of net assets acquired/disposed of the subsidiary is recorded in equity. 
The carrying amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative 
interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair 
value of the consideration paid is recognised directly in equity 

Cash paid

Disposal of non–controlling interests

Recognised in equity

2020
£m

(44.9)

–

–

2019
£m

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

The cash payment of £44.9m relating to the settlement of put option liabilities relates to a £28.1m cash settlement in January 
2020 on the exercise of an option relating to minority interests in certain Fashion shows in the US and a £16.8m payment in 
August 2020 for the settlement of options held by a 4.1% minority holder of parts of the ASEAN businesses, bringing ownership 
to 100% for these businesses.

19. Property and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions1

Acquisitions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2020

Additions1

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

Impairment

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 20192

18 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Freehold land 
and buildings
£m

Leasehold 
land and 
buildings
£m

Equipment, 
fixtures and 
fittings
£m

Total 
property and 
equipment
£m

3.1

–

–

–

–

3.1

–

–

–

3.1

(0.6)

(0.1)

–

–

64.6

8.9

1.4

(2.9)

(2.1)

69.9

5.4

(6.6)

(1.7)

67.0

(15.1)

(7.4)

2.1

1.4

(0.7)

(19.0)

–

–

–

–

(7.4)

4.6

(7.8)

0.9

57.8

9.3

0.2

(14.6)

(1.4)

51.3

5.3

(7.7)

(1.7)

47.2

(40.1)

(9.7)

12.9

1.3

(35.6)

(9.4)

5.6

(1.0)

1.6

(0.7)

(28.7)

(38.8)

2.4

2.4

38.3

50.9

8.4

15.7

125.5

18.2

1.6

(17.5)

(3.5)

124.3

10.7

(14.3)

(3.4)

117.3

(55.8)

(17.2)

15.0

2.7

(55.3)

(16.8)

10.2

(8.8)

2.5

(68.2)

49.1

69.0

1.  Cash paid in relation to additions was £10.7m (2019: 17.5m)

2.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

The Group does not have any of its property and equipment pledged as security over bank loans.

20. Other investments and investments in joint ventures and associates
Investments in joint ventures and associates
The carrying value of investments in joint ventures and associates are set out below:

At 1 January

Arising on disposal of subsidiaries and operations

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

Foreign exchange

At 31 December

2020
£m

19.8

(0.7)

0.8

0.1

20.0

2019
£m

19.1

(0.7)

1.5

(0.1)

19.8

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18 4

20. Other investments and investments in joint ventures and associates continued
The following represents the aggregate amount of the Group’s share of assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the Group’s 
joint ventures:

21. Disposal of subsidiaries and operations
During the year, the Group generated the following profit/(loss) on disposal of subsidiaries and operations:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Net (liabilities)/assets

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit after tax

100% of 
results
2020
£m

78.3

84.7

163.0

(121.2)

(68.1)

(26.3)

9.0

8.6

6.8

Group  
share  
2020
£m

14.4

15.7

30.1

(24.2)

(12.9)

(7.0)

1.2

1.2

0.8

100% of  
results
2019
£m

98.6

100.7

199.3

(102.3)

(50.3)

46.7

10.7

5.7

4.7

Group  
share  
2019
£m

18.2

18.2

36.4

(20.4)

(9.5)

6.5

2.5

1.6

1.5

The Group’s investments in joint ventures at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

Company

Independent Materials Handling Exhibitions Limited

Guzhen Lighting Expo Co. Ltd

GML Exhibition (Thailand) Co. Ltd

Guangdong International Exhibitions Ltd

Divisions

Informa Markets

Informa Markets

Informa Markets

Informa Markets

Lloyd’s Maritime Information Services Ltd

Informa Intelligence

Country of 
incorporation 
and operation

Class of  
shares  
held

Shareholding 
or share of 
operation

Accounting 
year end

UK

China

China

China

UK

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

50% 31 December

35.7% 31 December

49% 31 December

27.5% 31 December

50% 31 December

The Group’s investments in associates at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

Company

Independent Television News Limited

PA Media Group Ltd

Divisions

Informa Markets

Informa Markets

Country of 
incorporation 
and operation

Class of  
shares  
held

Shareholding 
or share of 
operation

Accounting 
year end

UK

UK

Ordinary

Ordinary

20% 31 December

17% 31 December

Other investments
The Group’s other investments at 31 December 2020 are as follows:

Life Sciences media brands portfolio

Agribusiness Intelligence portfolio

Media assets portfolio

Lifestyle events

Other operations profit/(loss) on disposal

Loss for the year from disposal of subsidiaries and operations

22. Deferred tax

Net deferred tax liabilities

Accelerated capital allowances

Intangibles

Pensions

Losses

Other

The movement in deferred tax balance during the year is:

Net deferred tax liability at 1 January

Credit to other comprehensive income for the year

Effect of initial application of IFRS 16

Acquisitions and additions

Disposal

Credit to profit or loss for the year

Foreign exchange movements

Net deferred tax liability at 31 December

At 1 January

Additions in year

Impairment (see Note 8)

Foreign exchange

At 31 December

2020
£m

10.1

0.9

(3.9)

0.2

7.3

2019
£m

5.1

5.0

–

–

10.1

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of deferred tax balances for the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Deferred tax liability

Deferred tax asset

2020
£m

406.4

(8.4)

398.0

Other investments include investments in unlisted equity securities and convertible loan notes which are redeemable through 
the issue of equity. Investments are held at fair value through profit or loss under IFRS 9.

Deferred tax assets have been recognised because, based on the Group’s current forecasts, it is expected that there will be 
taxable profits against which these assets can be utilised.

18 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020
£m

(1.1)

 (2.6)

(5.0)

–

0.3

(8.4)

2019
£m

10.8

35.6

(120.6)

(13.3)

(7.9)

(95.4)

Consolidated Balance Sheet at 
31 December

Consolidated Income 
Statement year ended 
31 December

2020
£m

–

623.4

(14.6)

(174.5)

(36.3)

398.0

2019
£m

(1.2)

 660.3

(7.4)

(82.9)

 (35.1)

533.7

2020
£m

0.1

(36.6)

0.9

(88.7)

(3.2)

(127.5)

2020
£m

533.7

(16.2)

–

5.6

(0.4)

(127.5)

2.8

398.0

2019
£m

1.7

(75.2)

0.8

33.7

2.6

(36.4)

2019
£m

595.5

(0.7)

1.0

7.9

(16.1)

(36.4)

(17.5)

533.7

2019
£m

540.4

(6.7)

533.7

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18 6

22. Deferred tax continued
The Group has the following unused tax losses in respect of which no deferred tax assets have been recognised:

24. Derivative financial instruments

•  £279.5m (2019: £295.6m) of UK tax losses
•  £103.6m (2019: £106.3m) of US Federal tax losses which expire between 2024 and 2037. In addition, there are unrecognised 

deferred tax assets in respect of US State tax losses of £6.4m (2019: £5.0m)

•  £251.6m (2019: £251.6m) of UK capital losses which are only available for offset against future capital gains
•  £5.5bn (2019: £7.2bn) of Luxembourg tax losses
•  £29.1m (2019: £36.0m) of Brazilian tax losses
•  £64.5m (2019: £22.3m) of tax losses in other countries

No deferred tax has been recognised in respect of these tax losses as it is not considered probable that these losses will 
be utilised.

In addition, the Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets in relation to other deductible temporary differences of £4.3m 
(2019: £0.3m). No deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of these amounts as it is not considered probable that 
they will be utilised.

The aggregate amount of withholding tax on post-acquisition undistributed earnings for which deferred tax liabilities have not 
been recognised was £3.7m (2019: £2.0m). No liability has been recognised because the Group, being in a position to control the 
timing of the distribution of intra-Group dividends, has no intention to distribute intra-Group dividends in the foreseeable future 
that would trigger withholding tax.

23. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Less: provision 

Trade receivables net

Other receivables

Accrued income

Prepayments

Total current

Non-current

Other receivables

Less: provision

Other receivables net

2020
£m

264.2

(47.7)

216.5

39.7

26.3

75.6

358.1

27.0

(6.8)

20.2

20191
£m

287.0

(34.7)

252.3

51.4

50.3

122.1

476.1

31.2

(3.4)

27.8

Financial assets – non-current

Interest rate swaps – hedged

Cross currency swaps – hedged

Financial assets – current 

Call options

Financial liabilities – current

Currency forwards – not hedged

Put options over non-controlling interests

Financial liabilities – non-current

Cross currency swaps – hedged

25. Inventory

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

Cross currency swaps that are associated with debt instruments are included within net debt (see Note 27). £44.6m (2019: £2.5m) 
derivative financial assets and £7.5m (2019: £22.4m) derivative financial liabilities relate to loan notes swapped to USD using cross 
currency swaps. £nil (2019: £1.4m) interest rate swaps relates to USD borrowings that were repaid in 2020.

In 2020 the Group issued new loan notes (see Note 29) and we swapped to USD using cross currency swaps with the 
following terms:

•  A fixed rate of interest on £150.0m of EMTN borrowings with a five-year maturity and pays a fixed rate of interest for $195.2m
•  A fixed rate of interest on €700.0m of EMTN borrowings with a five-year maturity and pays a fixed rate of interest for $821.6m

Put options over non-controlling interests relate to options over previous acquisitions and minority interests in certain Fashion 
shows in the US that were settled in 2020. 

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

26. Reconciliation of movement in net debt for the year ended 31 December 2020

378.3

503.9

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense during the year was £32.0m (2019: £40.5m).

The write-down of inventory during the year amounted to £2.3m (2019: £2.9m).

The average credit period taken on sales of goods is 60 days (2019: 49 days). Under the normal course of business, the Group 
does not charge interest on its overdue receivables.

The Group’s exposures to credit risk and impairment losses related to trade and other receivables are disclosed in Note 32. 
The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Increase in cash and cash equivalents in the year (including cash acquired)

Cash flows from net drawdown of borrowings and derivatives associated with debt

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows

Non-cash movements including foreign exchange

Movement in net debt in the period (before opening IFRS 16 debt)

Net debt at beginning of the year

IFRS 16 lease liabilities at 1 January 2019

IFRS 16 finance lease receivables at 1 January 2019

Net finance lease additions in year

Net debt at end of the year

18 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020
£m

–

44.6

44.6

–

–

0.2

–

0.2

7.5

7.5

2019
£m

1.4

2.5

3.9

1.0

1.0

–

36.4

36.4

22.4

22.4

2020
£m

7.9

23.4

31.3

2020
£m

103.2

535.6

638.8

1.3

640.1

2019
£m

6.2

32.3

38.5

2019
£m

77.1

199.8

276.9

93.1

370.0

(2,657.6)

(2,681.9)

–

–

(12.1)

(343.6)

14.4

(16.5)

(2,029.6)

(2,657.6)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
18 8

27. Movements in net debt
Net debt consists of cash and cash equivalents and includes bank overdrafts, borrowings, derivatives associated with debt 
instruments, finance leases and other loan note receivables where these are interest bearing and do not relate to deferred 
contingent arrangements.

Cash at bank and on hand

Overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank loans due in less than one year

Bank loans due in more than one year

Bank loan fees due in more than one year

Private placement loan notes due in less than one year

Private placement loan notes due in more than one year

Private placement loan note fees

Bond borrowings due in more than one year

Bond borrowing fees

Derivative assets associated with borrowings

Derivative liabilities associated with borrowings

Lease liabilities

Finance lease receivables

Net debt

At 1 January
2020
£m

Non-cash
Movements
£m

Cash flow
£m

Exchange 
movements
£m

At 
31 December 
2020
£m

195.1

–

195.1

–

(56.9)

2.2

(152.2)

(1,060.6)

2.7

(1,279.1)

11.0

3.9

(22.4)

(316.6)

15.3

(2,657.6)

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

–

3.7

(2.7)

–

4.3

40.7

14.9

(6.8)

(5.4)

49.1

103.2

–

103.2

–

61.3

–

153.0

1,074.8

–

1.1

1.1

–

(4.4)

–

(0.8)

(17.9)

–

299.4

–

299.4

–

–

2.6

–

–

–

(788.3)

(43.7)

(2,111.1)

–

–

–

37.1

(2.3)

638.8

–

–

–

5.5

0.3

15.3

44.6

(7.5)

(280.8)

7.9

(59.9)

(2,029.6)

Included within the net cash inflow of £638.8m (2019: inflow of £276.9m) is £61.3m (2019: £499.7m) of loan repayments, £nil 
(2019: £41.2m) of facility loan drawdowns, £788.3m (2019: £433.7m) of proceeds from EMTN bond issuances and £1,227.8m 
(2019: £143.4m) of private placement repayments.

28. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and on hand

Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

2020
£m

299.4

299.4

2019
£m

195.1

195.1

The cash at bank and on hand is presented net of the Group’s legal right to offset overdrafts, if applicable. The Group’s exposure 
to interest rate risks and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and liabilities is disclosed in Note 32.

18 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

29. Borrowings
Total borrowings, excluding derivative assets and liabilities associated with borrowings, are as follows:

Current

Bank borrowings ($200.0m) – repaid March 2019

Private placement loan note ($200.5m) – repaid February 2020

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Bank borrowings – revolving credit facility1

Bank debt issue costs

Bank borrowings – non-current

Private placement loan note ($385.5m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($45.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($120.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($55.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($76.1m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($80.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($200.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($130.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($365.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($116.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private placement loan note ($200.0m) – repaid November 2020

Private debt issue costs

Private placement – non-current

Bond borrowings ($350.0m) – repaid November 2019

Euro Medium Term Note (€650.0m) – due July 2023

Euro Medium Term Note (€700m) – due October 2025

Euro Medium Term Note (£450.0m) – due July 20262

Euro Medium Term Note (€500.0m) – due April 2028

Bond and EMTN borrowings issue costs

Bond and EMTN borrowings – non-current

Total non-current borrowings

Notes

2020
£m

27

27

27

27

–

–

–

–

(2.6) 

(2.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

583.6

628.5

450.0

449.0

(15.3)

2,095.8

2,093.2

2,093.2

2019
£m

–

152.2

152.2

56.9

(2.2)

54.7

–

35.0

91.1

41.7

61.8

60.7

151.8

98.7

277.1

90.9

151.8

(2.7)

1,057.9

–

553.4

–

300.0

425.7

(11.0)

1,268.1

2,380.7

2,532.9

1.  On 26 November 2020, the Group’s RCF was increased by £150m to £1,050m. On 14 December 2020 there were extensions to the RCF resulting in facilities 
of £30m (2019: £30m) maturing February 2023, £420m (2019: £270m) maturing February 2024, £60m (2019: £60m) maturing February 2025 and £540m 
(2019: £540m) maturing February 2026.

2.  On 3 November 2020, the Group issued an additional £150m EMTN to increase the borrowings in this tranche to £450m (2019: £300m)

Following debt repayments in November 2020 there are no longer any debt covenants on any of the Group’s bank facilities. 
The Group does not have any of its property and equipment and other intangible assets pledged as security over loans.

At 31 December 2020, the Group had private placement loan notes amounting to $nil (2019: $1,587.6m). All US private placement 
loan notes were repaid on 6 November 2020, with any associated fees being recognised in the Income Statement. The decision to 
repay the US private placement loan notes was taken in 2020.

For the purpose of refinancing the borrowings the Group issued the following Euro Medium Term Notes (EMTNs), which are debt 
instruments traded outside of the US and Canada.

On 22 October 2019, EMTN fixed term loan notes were issued totalling €500.0m with a maturity of 22 April 2028. 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
19 0

29. Borrowings continued
In addition, the Group issued the following EMTNs during 2020:

•  €700.0m on 6 October 2020 with a maturity of 6 October 2025
•  £150.0m on 3 November 2020 with a maturity of 5 July 2026

The average debt maturity on our drawn borrowings is currently 4.8 years (2019: 5.5 years).

The Group maintains the following lines of credit:

•  £1,050.0m (2019: £900.0m) revolving credit facility, of which £nil (2019: £56.9m) was drawn down at 31 December 2020. 

Interest is payable at the rate of LIBOR plus a margin

•  £109.7m (2019: £152.9m) comprising a number of bilateral bank uncommitted facilities that can be drawn down to meet 
short-term financing needs, of which £nil (2019: £nil) was drawn at 31 December 2020. These facilities consist of £60.0m 
(2019: £70.0m), USD 22.3m (2019: USD 22.3m), €nil (2019: €40.0m), AUD 1.0m (2019: AUD 1.0m), CAD 2.0m (2019: CAD 2.0m), 
SGD 2.3m (2019: SGD 2.3m) and CNY nil (2019: CNY 50.0m). Interest is payable at the local base rate plus a margin

•  Four bank guarantee facilities comprising in aggregate up to USD 10.0m (2019: USD 10.0m), €7.0m (2019: €7.0m), £16.0m 

(2019: £9.0m) and AUD 1.5m (2019: AUD 1.5m)

The effective interest rate for the year ended 31 December 2020 was 3.3% (2019: 3.9%). 

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is disclosed in Note 32(g).

30. Provisions

At 1 January 2019

IFRS 16 adjustment on adoption at 1 January 2019

Increase in year

Acquisition of subsidiaries1

Currency translation

Utilisation

Release

At 1 January 20201

Increase in year

Utilisation

Release

At 31 December 2020

2020

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

20191

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Contingent 
consideration
£m

Acquisition & 
integration
£m

Property 
leases
£m

Restructuring 
provision
£m

Other
provision1
£m

40.6

–

3.4

8.6

(0.3)

(32.8)

(0.8)

18.7

1.9

(13.7)

(0.2)

6.7

0.4

6.3

13.3

5.4

5.2

–

6.9

–

–

(10.0)

(1.6)

0.5

21.2

(20.8)

(0.1)

0.8

0.8

–

0.5

–

22.7

(10.5)

1.0

–

–

(2.9)

(3.7)

6.6

35.4

(7.4)

(2.5)

32.1

7.3

24.8

0.6

6.0

3.8

–

9.1

–

(6.2)

(2.5)

4.2

47.6

(29.8)

(1.0)

21.0

20.6

0.4

3.9

0.3

21.2

–

16.5

0.7

–

(11.6)

(2.7)

24.1

56.9

(50.4)

(1.7)

28.9

15.6

13.3

16.7

7.4

Total1
£m

93.5

(10.5)

36.9

9.3

(0.3)

(63.5)

(11.3)

54.1

163.0

(122.1)

(5.5)

89.5

44.7

44.8

35.0

19.1

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

Contingent consideration will be paid primarily in one to two years. The contingent consideration is based on future business 
valuations and profit multiples (both Level 3 fair value measurements) and has been estimated on an acquisition by acquisition 
basis using available profit forecasts (a significant unobservable input). The higher the profit forecast, the higher the fair value of 
any contingent consideration (subject to any maximum payout clauses), and if all future business valuations and profit multiples 
were achieved, the maximum undiscounted amounts payable for contingent consideration would be £8.9m (2019: £138.6m).

Acquisition & integration provisions relate to the costs and fees incurred in acquiring businesses and subsequently integrating 
these into the Group. Of the £21.2m increase in the year £2.6m relates to acquisitions and the remaining £18.6m is associated 
with the UBM and IHS Markit TMT Research and Intelligence portfolio integrations. 

The £35.4m property lease increase in the year relates to provisions for the future costs of a number of office properties that 
have been permanently vacated. These provisions will be utilised over the course of the remaining lease. We expect the £24.8m 
non-current property lease provisions to be fully utilised by 31 December 2029.

Restructuring provisions occur as a result of business restructuring and operating model changes within the Group. The Group’s 
2020 severance programme resulted in a £43.4m increase in year with £20.3m expected to be utilised in 2021.

Other provisions primarily consist of onerous contracts, legal and various other claims. Of the £56.9m increase in year £47.3m 
relates to onerous contracts provisions for events which have been cancelled or postponed as a result of COVID-19 and the costs 
cannot be recovered. £3.1m of this provision remains at 31 December 2020 and is expected to be utilised in 2021. Also included in 
the £28.9m provision at 31 December 2020 are £11.8m relating to multiple legal claims.

31. Trade and other payables and deferred income
Trade and other payables

191

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Current

Deferred consideration

Trade payables2

Accruals

Other payables

Total current

Non-current

Other payables

Total non-current

2020
£m

0.2

62.7

248.9

31.9

343.7

16.2

16.2

359.9

20191
£m

2.5

99.8

329.0

51.5

482.8

17.4

17.4

500.2

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4) 

2.  Included within trade payables is a £7.9m (2019: £nil) refund provision relating to amounts which may need to be repaid for cancelled or postponed events

Trade payables and accruals principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average 
credit period taken for trade purchases is 45 days (2019: 44 days). There are no suppliers who represent more than 10% of the 
total balance of trade payables in either 2020 or 2019. The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all 
payables are paid within the credit timeframe. Therefore, under the normal course of business, the Group is not charged interest 
on overdue payables. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade payables is approximate to their fair value.

Deferred income

Total current

Total non-current

Total

2020
£m

700.6

2.7

703.3

2019
£m

746.5

3.3

749.8

Deferred income relates to payments received or to be received in advance of the satisfaction of a performance obligation. 
Non-current amounts relate to payment in advance received or to be received for biennial and triennial events and exhibitions.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
192

32. Financial instruments
(a) Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to the following risks from its use of financial instruments:

•  Market risk
•  Credit risk
•  Liquidity risk

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s management of capital, and 
the Group’s objectives, policies and procedures for measuring and managing risk.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. 
The Board has established a Treasury Committee which is responsible for developing and monitoring the Group’s financial risk 
management policies. The Treasury Committee meets regularly and reports to the Audit Committee on its activities.

The Group Treasury function provides services to the Group’s businesses, co-ordinates access to domestic and international 
financial markets, and monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group. These risks include 
market risk (including currency risk, interest risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Treasury Committee has put in place policies to identify and analyse the financial risks faced by the Group and has set 
appropriate limits and controls. These policies provide written principles on funding investments, credit risk, foreign exchange 
risk and interest rate risk. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed by the Treasury Committee. This Committee 
is assisted in its oversight role by the Internal Audit function, which undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk 
management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit Committee. 

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group is able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to 
stakeholders and supporting the future development of the business. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the 
Group may suspend or adjust the amount of dividends paid to Shareholders, return capital to Shareholders, issue new shares 
or sell assets to reduce debt.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt, which includes borrowings (Note 29), and cash and cash equivalents 
(Note 28), and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital (Note 35), reserves and 
retained earnings.

Cost of capital
The Group’s Treasury Committee reviews the Group’s capital structure on a regular basis and, as part of this review, the 
Committee considers the weighted average cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital.

19 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

(b) Categories of financial instruments
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of 
measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised in respect of each class of financial asset, 
financial liability and equity instrument, are disclosed in Note 2.

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Finance lease receivables

Cash at bank and on hand

Derivative assets associated with borrowings

Investments in unquoted companies

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Bank borrowings

Private placement loan notes

Bond borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivative liabilities associated with borrowings

Derivative liabilities associated with put options over non-controlling interests

Trade payables

Accruals

Other payables

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Total financial liabilities

Notes

23

23

38

28

27

20

29

29

29

38

27

24

31

31

31

31

30

2020
£m

216.5

59.9

7.9

299.4

44.6

7.3

635.6

(2.6)

–

2,095.8

280.8

7.5

–

62.7

248.9

48.1

0.2

6.7

20191
£m

252.3

79.2

15.3

195.1

3.9

10.1

555.9

54.7

1,210.1

1,268.1

316.6

22.4

36.4

99.8

329.0

68.9

2.5

18.7

2,748.1

3,427.2

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

(c) Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income or 
the value of its holdings of financial instruments.

The Group manages these risks by maintaining a mix of fixed and floating rate debt and currency borrowings using derivatives 
where necessary. The Group does not use derivative contracts for speculative purposes.

Leverage ratio
Debt covenants ceased to apply to all the Group’s borrowing facilities from November 2020 following the repayment of debt 
subject to debt covenants. The previous principal financial covenant ratios under the Group’s borrowing facilities were maximum 
net debt to covenant-adjusted EBITDA of 3.5 times and minimum EBITDA interest cover of 4.0 times. 

The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. Risk management is carried out by a central Treasury function under 
policies approved by the Board of Directors. There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to market risks or the manner 
in which these risks are managed and measured.

Under these previous covenant ratios at 31 December 2020, the ratio of net debt (using average exchange rates) to EBITDA was 
5.6 times (2019: 2.5 times). The ratio of EBITDA to net interest payable in the year ended 31 December 2020 was 3.6 times 
(2019: 9.4 times). See the glossary of terms on page 228 for the definition of these previous leverage and interest cover ratios.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
19 4

32. Financial instruments continued
(d) Interest rate risk
The Group has no significant interest-bearing assets at floating rates, except cash, but is exposed to interest rate risk as entities 
in the Group borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash 
flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at or converted to fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The interest rate risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate borrowings and by the use of 
interest rate swap contracts. The Group’s exposures to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed 
in the liquidity risk section of this note.

The following table details financial liabilities by interest category:

2020

20191

Fixed rate
£m

Floating rate
£m

Non-interest 
bearing
£m

Fixed rate
£m

Floating rate
£m

Non-interest 
bearing
£m

Bank overdraft

Bank borrowings

Private placement loan notes

Bond borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivatives liabilities 
associated with borrowings

Derivative liabilities associated 
with put options over 
non-controlling interests

Trade payables

Accruals

Other payables

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

–

–

–

2,095.8

280.8

7.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

62.7

248.9

48.1

0.2

6.7

Total
£m

–

(2.6)

–

2,095.8

280.8

–

–

1,175.3

1,268.1

316.6

7.5

22.4

–

62.7

248.9

48.1

0.2

6.7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

54.7

34.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

36.4

99.8

329.0

68.9

2.5

18.7

Total
£m

–

54.7

1,210.1

1,268.1

316.6

22.4

36.4

99.8

329.0

68.9

2.5

18.7

2,384.1

(2.6)

366.6

2,748.1

2,782.4

89.5

555.3

3,427.2

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
100% (2019: 97%) of borrowings are at fixed interest rates; hence the Group’s interest rate sensitivity would only be affected 
by the exposure to variable rate debt.

If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s profit for the 
year would have decreased or increased by £nil (2019: £0.9m).

Derivatives designated in hedge relationships

Interest rate swaps – derivative financial assets

2020
£m

–

2019
£m

1.4

The interest rate swaps are used to increase the Group’s exposure to interest rates to maintain a balance of fixed and floating 
interest rate cost.

At 31 December 2019, the Group had an interest rate swaps in place for $76.1m matched against $76.1m of the US private 
placement loan notes due June 2024; this was recognised in a fair value through profit and loss relationship. This interest rate 
swap was closed when the US private placement notes were repaid in November 2020, with any amounts being recognised in 
the Income Statement. 

19 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

(e) Foreign currency risk
The Group is a business with significant net USD transactions; hence exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise.

Allied to the Group’s policy on the hedging of surplus foreign currency cash inflows, the Group will usually seek to finance its 
net investment in its principal overseas subsidiaries by borrowing in those subsidiaries’ functional currencies, primarily USD. 
This policy has the effect of partially protecting the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet from movements in those currencies 
to the extent that the associated net assets are hedged by the net foreign currency borrowings.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities at the reporting date are 
as follows:

USD

EUR

Other

Assets

Liabilities

2020
£m

606.9

46.9

45.1

698.9

2019
£m

336.7

40.9

352.3

729.9

2020
£m

(509.1)

(1,071.4)

(1,086.0)

(3,379.2)

2019
£m

(1,936.8)

(1,115.0)

(1,024.9)

(4,076.7)

The foreign currency borrowings of £1,661.1m (2019: £2,248.8m) are used to hedge the Group’s net investments in 
foreign subsidiaries.

USD

Average rate

Closing rate

2020

1.29

2019

1.28

2020

1.37

2019

1.32

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
In 2020, the Group earned approximately 63% (2019: 59%) of its revenues and incurred approximately 48% (2019: 53%) of its 
costs in USD or currencies pegged to USD. The Group is therefore sensitive to movements in USD against GBP. In 2020, each 
$0.01 movement in the USD to GBP exchange rate has a circa £8m (2019: circa £13m) impact on revenue and a circa £3m 
(2019: circa £5m) impact on adjusted operating profit. Offsetting this are reductions to the value of USD borrowings, interest 
and tax liabilities. This analysis assumes all other variables, including interest rates, remain constant.

Derivatives designated in hedge relationships

Cross currency swaps – derivative financial assets

Cross currency swaps – derivative financial liabilities

2020
£m

44.6

(7.5)

2019
£m

2.5

(22.4)

There are cross currency swaps over the EMTN borrowings where the Company receives the following:

•  A fixed rate of interest for £450.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of July 2026 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $588.9m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €150.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of July 2023 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $174.1m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €500m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of April 2028 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $551.6m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €700.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of October 2025 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $821.6m

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
19 6

32. Financial instruments continued
At 31 December 2020, the fair value of these swaps was a net financial asset of £37.1m (2019: £19.9m liability); of these amounts 
a £49.8m (2019: £1.5m) asset was designated in a net investment hedge relationship and a £12.7m (2019: £21.4m) liability was 
designated in a cash flow hedge relationship.

Of the amounts in hedging relationships, there was £98.2m (2019: £58.2m) loss within the net investment hedging reserve, 
£1.5m (2019: £2.6m) gain within the cash flow hedging reserve and £2.8m (2019: £1.5m) gain within the cost of hedging reserve. 
All amounts relate to continuing hedge relationships.

These hedges were assessed to be highly effective at 31 December 2020 with the small ineffective portions of the hedging 
contracts included in financing income.

(f) Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are trade and other receivables (Note 23) and cash and cash equivalents (Note 28), which 
represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. 
The Group has adopted a policy of assessing creditworthiness of counterparties as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss 
from defaults.

The Group’s exposure and the creditworthiness of its counterparties are continuously monitored, and the aggregate value of 
transactions concluded is spread amongst approved financial institutions. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits 
that are reviewed and approved as part of the Group’s treasury policies.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk.

Trade receivables
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables and the amounts presented in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet are net of the expected credit loss (ECL). Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse 
industries and geographic areas, and the Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics 
of each customer. The Group does not have significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of 
counterparties having similar characteristics. The Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are 
related entities. Concentration of credit risk did not exceed 5% of gross trade receivables at any time during the year and we 
have not experienced a significant increase in concentration of credit risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

All customers have credit limits set by credit managers and are subject to the standard terms of payment of each Division. 
As Informa Markets, Informa Connect and the journals part of the Taylor & Francis Division operate predominantly on a prepaid 
basis, they are not subject to the same credit controls and they have a low bad debt history. The Group is exposed to normal 
credit risk and potential losses are mitigated as the Group does not have significant exposure to any single customer.

The Group recognises lifetime ECL for trade receivables using a provisioning matrix. The ECL is estimated based on the Group’s 
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an 
assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money 
where appropriate. The carrying amount is reduced by the ECL through the use of a provision account. The Group writes off a 
trade receivable against the provision account when the receivable is considered uncollectible. This occurs when the debtor is 
in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the debtor has been placed under liquidation 
or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings. None of the trade receivables that have been written off are subject to enforcement 
activities. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the provision account. Changes in the 
carrying amount of the provision are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

We have assessed the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our ECL and concluded that there were no significant changes 
required in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions during the current reporting period.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

Ageing of trade receivables:

Not past due

Past due 0–30 days

Past due over 31 days

Books provision (see below)

Gross 
2020
£m

123.6

54.8

85.8

–

264.2

Provision
2020
£m

–

–

(32.5)

(15.2)

(47.7)

Gross
2019
£m

126.0

73.2

87.8

–

287.0

Provision
20191
£m

–

–

(19.2)

(15.5)

(34.7)

19 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

Trade receivables that are less than three months past due for payment are generally not considered impaired. For trade 
receivables that are more than three months past due for payment, there are debtors with a carrying amount of £22.2m 
(2019: £25.8m) which the Group has not provided for, as there has not been a significant change in the credit quality and the 
amounts are considered recoverable. The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.

A provision relating to returns on books which are yet to be paid for of £15.2m (2019: £15.5m) has been disclosed separately in 
the table above. This is based on the Group’s best estimate of returns for future periods, taking account of returns trends, and 
the amount is included as part of the overall provision balance of £47.7m (2019: £34.7m).

Movement in the provision:

1 January

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries and operations

Provision recognised

Receivables written off as uncollectible

Amounts recovered during the year

31 December

2020
£m

34.4

–

28.5

(5.1)

(10.1)

47.7

20191
£m

37.7

–

18.1

(8.5)

(12.6)

34.7

1.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

There are no customers who represent more than 5% of the total gross balance of trade receivables in either 2020 or 2019. 

Non-current other receivables
Non-current other receivables mainly arise from disposals made in the current and prior years. The Audit Committee reviews 
these receivables and the credit quality of the counterparties on a regular basis. The movement in the provision representing 
the ECL on non-current other receivables is as follows: 

1 January

Provision recognised

31 December

2020
£m

3.4

3.4

6.8

2019
£m

–

3.4

3.4

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
19 8

32. Financial instruments continued
(g) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. Ultimate responsibility for 
liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, though operationally it is managed by Group Treasury with oversight 
by the Treasury Committee. Group Treasury has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management 
of the Group’s short-, medium- and long-term funding. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and 
debt facilities, together with continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of 
financial assets and liabilities. Included in Note 29 is a summary of additional undrawn facilities that the Group has at its disposal.

Historically and for the foreseeable future the Group has been, and is expected to continue to be, in a net borrowing position. 
The Group’s policy is to fulfil its borrowing requirements by borrowing in the currencies in which it operates, principally USD and 
EUR; thereby providing a natural hedge against projected future surplus USD cash inflows.

(h) Liquidity and interest risk tables
The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturities for its financial assets and liabilities.

The table below presents the contractual maturities of the financial assets, including interest that will be earned on those assets 
except where the Group anticipates that the cash flow will occur in a different period.

31 December 2020

Non-derivative financial assets

Lease receivable

Non-interest bearing

Derivative financial assets

Interest rate swaps

Cross currency swaps

31 December 2019

Non-derivative financial assets

Lease receivable

Non-interest bearing

Derivative financial assets

Interest rate swaps

Cross currency interest rates swaps

Carrying 
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows1
£m

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

Greater than
5 years
£m

7.9

583.1

591.0

–

44.6

635.6

15.3

536.7

552.0

1.4

2.5

555.9

8.4

575.8

584.2

–

17.2

601.4

16.7

526.6

543.3

2.1

(67.5)

477.9

1.7

555.6

557.3

–

16.2

573.5

2.9

498.8

501.7

0.4

(9.0)

493.1

1.7

20.2

21.9

–

16.2

38.1

2.3

27.8

30.1

0.5

(9.0)

21.6

2.7

–

2.7

–

18.8

21.5

5.6

–

5.6

1.2

(27.0)

(20.2)

2.3

–

2.3

–

(34.0)

(31.7)

5.9

–

5.9

–

(22.5)

(16.6)

1.  Under IFRS 7 contractual cash flows are undiscounted and therefore may not agree with the carrying amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

19 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The following tables present the earliest date on which the Group can settle its financial liabilities. The table includes both 
interest and principal cash flows.

31 December 2020

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Variable interest rate instruments

Fixed interest rate instruments

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial liabilities

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Put options over non-controlling interests

31 December 20192

Non-derivative financial liabilities

Variable interest rate instruments

Fixed interest rate instruments

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial liabilities

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Put options over non-controlling interests

Total financial liabilities

Carrying 
amount
£m

Contractual
cash flows1
£m

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

Greater than
5 years
£m

(2.6)

7.0

2,095.8

2,315.6

280.8

359.7

0.2

6.7

419.0

359.7

0.2

6.7

1.7

41.9

44.3

343.5

0.2

0.4

1.7

41.9

37.0

16.2

–

6.3

3.5

1,312.9

82.2

–

–

–

0.1

918.9

255.5

–

–

–

2,740.6

3,108.2

432.0

103.1

1,398.6

1,174.5

7.5

–

13.8

–

8.1

–

8.1

–

7.5

–

(9.9)

–

2,748.1

3,122.0

440.1

111.2

1,406.1

1,164.6

89.5

2,443.4

316.6

497.7

2.5

18.7

100.2

2,836.1

466.0

497.7

2.5

18.7

4.1

222.3

47.5

480.3

2.5

7.2

3,368.4

3,921.2

763.9

22.4

36.4

48.9

36.4

3,427.2

4,006.5

8.9

36.4

809.2

4.0

63.3

41.1

17.4

11.5

137.3

8.9

–

92.1

909.8

95.6

–

–

–

–

1,640.7

281.8

–

–

–

1,097.5

1,922.5

25.0

–

6.1

–

146.2

1,122.5

1,928.6

1.  Under IFRS 7 contractual cash flows are undiscounted and therefore may not agree with the carrying amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

2.  2019 restated for updates to provisional acquisition accounting (see Note 4)

(i) Fair value of financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

Unhedged derivative financial instruments

Equity investments in unquoted companies

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

Derivative liabilities associated with put options over non-controlling interests

Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions

Carrying
Amount
2020
£m

Estimated 
fair value
2020
£m

Carrying
amount
2019
£m

Estimated 
fair value
2019
£m

44.6

–

7.3

51.9

7.5

–

6.9

14.4

44.6

–

7.3

51.9

7.5

–

6.9

14.4

3.9

–

10.1

14.0

22.4

36.4

21.2

80.0

3.9

–

10.1

14.0

22.4

36.4

21.2

80.0

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships

Unhedged derivative financial instruments

Equity investments in unquoted companies (Note 20)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Private placement loan notes

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships1

Deferred consideration on acquisitions2

Contingent consideration on acquisitions (Note 30)

Put options over non-controlling interests3

2 01

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Level 1
2019
£m

Level 2
2019
£m

Level 3
2019
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.9

–

–

3.9

61.8

22.4

–

–

–

84.2

–

–

10.1

10.1

–

–

2.5

18.7

36.4

57.6

Total
2019
£m

3.9

–

10.1

14.0

61.8

22.4

2.5

18.7

36.4

141.8

1.  £22.4m relates to interest rate swaps associated with Euro Medium Term Notes. Refer to Note 24

2.  £0.9m reduction from the prior year reflects a £1.6m decrease from payments relating to prior year acquisitions and a £0.7m increase arising from current 

year acquisitions

3.  £42.5m reduction from the prior year reflects £32.2m cash paid, £1.3m reduction from disposals, £7.5m reduction from transfers to other payables and £1.5m 

reduction from foreign exchange movements

Fair value of other financial instruments (unrecognised)
The Group also has a number of financial instruments which are not measured at fair value in the balance sheet. For the majority 
of these instruments, the fair values are not materially different to their carrying amounts, since the interest receivable/payable 
is either close to current market rates or the instruments are short-term in nature. Significant differences were identified for the 
following instruments at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019:

Financial liabilities

Private placement loan notes

Bond borrowings

Total

Carrying 
amount 31 
December 
2020
£m

Estimated 
fair value 31 
December 
2020
£m

Carrying 
amount 31 
December 
2019
£m

Estimated 
fair value 
2019
£m

–

2,095.8

2,095.8

–

2,186.7

2,186.7

1,148.3

 1,268.1 

 2,416.4 

 1,226.4 

 1,309.0 

 2,535.4 

2 0 0

32. Financial instruments continued
(j) Fair values and fair value hierarchy
Valuation techniques use observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. 
The fair values of interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts are measured using discounted cash flows. Future cash 
flows are based on forward interest/exchange rates (from observable yield curves/forward exchange rates at the end of the 
reporting period) and contract interest/forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of the counterparties.

The fair values of put options over non-controlling interests (including exercise price) and contingent and deferred consideration 
on acquisitions are measured using discounted cash flow models with inputs derived from the projected financial performance in 
relation to the specific contingent consideration criteria for each acquisition, as no observable market data is available. The fair 
values are most sensitive to the projected financial performance of each acquisition; management makes a best estimate of 
these projections at each financial reporting date and regularly assesses a range of reasonably possible alternatives for those 
inputs and determines their impact on the total fair value. An increase of 20% to the projected financial performance used in 
the put option measurements would increase the aggregate liability by £nil. The fair value of the contingent and deferred 
consideration on acquisitions is not significantly sensitive to a reasonable change in the forecast performance. The potential 
undiscounted amount for all future payments that the Group could be required to make under the contingent consideration 
arrangements for all acquisitions is disclosed in Note 30.

Financial instruments that are measured subsequently to initial recognition at fair value are grouped into Levels 1 to 3, based 
on the degree to which the fair value is observable, as follows:

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets 
or liabilities.

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are 
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices).

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 
are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs), such as internal models or other valuation methods. Level 3 
balances include investments where, in the absence of market data, these are held at cost, and adjusted for impairments which 
are taken to approximate to fair value. Level 3 balances for contingent consideration use future cash flow forecasts to determine 
the fair value, with the fair value of deferred consideration balances taken as the receivable amount adjusted for an impairment 
assessment. The fair value of put options over non-controlling interest uses the present value of the latest cash flow forecast for 
each business.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet and their categorisation in the fair value 
hierarchy 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019:

Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships1

Equity investments in unquoted companies (Note 20)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Derivative financial instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships1

Unhedged derivative financial instruments

Deferred consideration on acquisitions2

Contingent consideration on acquisitions (Note 30)

Put options over non-controlling interests3

Level 1
2020
£m

Level 2
2020
£m

Level 3
2020
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

44.6

–

44.6

7.5

0.2

–

–

–

7.7

–

7.3

7.3

–

–

0.2

6.7

–

6.9

Total
2020
£m

44.6

7.3

51.9

7.5

0.2

0.2

6.7

–

14.6

1.  Amounts relates to interest rate swaps associated with Euro Medium Term Notes. Refer to Note 29

2.  £2.3m reduction from the prior year reflects a £2.3m decrease from payments relating to prior year acquisitions

3.  £36.4m reduction from the prior year reflects £43.3m cash paid offset by £8.5m fair value movement in put options and £0.5m from foreign 

exchange movements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 02

33. Notes to the Cash Flow Statement

(Loss)/profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property and equipment

Depreciation of right of use asset

Amortisation of other intangible assets

Impairment – goodwill

Impairment – investments

Impairment – acquisition intangible assets

Impairment – property and equipment

Impairment – IFRS 16 right of use assets

Share-based payments

Subsequent remeasurement of contingent consideration

Finance lease modifications

Loss on disposal of businesses

Loss on disposal of property and equipment and software

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of adjusted results of joint ventures and associates

Operating cash inflow before movements in working capital

 Decrease in inventories

 Decrease in receivables

 Decrease in payables

Movements in working capital

Pension deficit recovery contributions

Cash generated by operations

Notes

2020
£m

(1,139.7)

19

38

17

8

17

38

10

8

21

11

12

20

34

16.8

30.3

332.9

592.9

3.9

38.5

8.8

36.1

11.2

(3.1)

(2.2)

8.4

0.9

(15.3)

266.2

(0.8)

185.8

7.2

114.8

(148.5)

(26.5)

(6.2)

153.1

2019
£m

318.7

17.2

33.1

354.3

0.9

–

3.8

4.6

10.4

3.2

–

95.4

–

(10.1)

134.1

(1.5)

964.1

12.3

20.6

(33.1)

(0.2)

(5.4)

958.5

34. Retirement benefit schemes
(a) Charge to operating profit
The charge to operating profit for the year in respect of pensions, including both defined benefit and defined contribution 
schemes, was £21.6m (2019: £21.8m). 

(b) Defined benefit schemes – strategy
The Group operates four defined benefit pension schemes in the UK (the UK Schemes): the Informa Final Salary Scheme (FSS), 
the Taylor & Francis Group Pension and Life Assurance Scheme, the UBM Pension Scheme (UBMPS) and the United Newspapers 
Executive Pension Scheme (UNEPS). These are for qualifying UK colleagues and provide benefits based on final pensionable 
pay. The Group has two defined benefit schemes in the US, the Penton, Inc. Retirement Plan and the Penton Media, Inc. 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (together, the US Schemes). All schemes (the Group Schemes) are closed to future 
accrual. Contributions to the UK Schemes are determined following triennial valuations undertaken by a qualified actuary using 
the Projected Unit Credit Method. Contributions to the US Schemes are assessed annually following valuations undertaken by a 
qualified actuary.

For the UK Schemes, the defined benefit schemes are administered by separate funds that are legally separated from the 
Company. The Trustees are responsible for running the UK Schemes in accordance with the Group Schemes’ Trust Deed and 
Rules, which sets out their powers. The Trustees of the UK Schemes are required to act in the best interests of the beneficiaries 
of the Group Schemes. There is a requirement that one third of the Trustees are nominated by the members of the UK Schemes. 
The Trustees of the pension funds are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets of the fund. None of the 
Schemes have any reimbursement rights.

The Group’s pension funding policy is to provide sufficient funding, as agreed with the Trustees, to ensure any pension deficit will 
be addressed to ensure pension payments made to current and future pensioners will be met.

For the Penton Schemes, the defined benefit scheme is administered by Informa Media, Inc. and is subject to the provisions of 
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 1974 (ERISA). The Company is responsible for the investment policy with regard 
to the assets of the fund. The defined benefit scheme has no reimbursement rights.

2 0 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The investment strategies adopted by the Trustees of the UK Schemes include some exposure to index-linked gilts and corporate 
bonds. The investment objectives of the US Schemes are to maximise plan assets within designated risk and return profiles. 
The current asset allocation of all schemes consists primarily of equities, bonds, property, diversified growth funds, credit funds, 
LIBOR funds, bespoke funds and annuity contracts. All assets are managed by a third party investment manager according to 
guidelines established by the Company.

(c) Defined benefit schemes – risk
Through the Group Schemes the Company is exposed to a number of potential risks as described below:

•  Asset volatility: The Group Schemes’ defined benefit obligation is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to 

corporate bond yields; however, the Group Schemes invest significantly in equities. These assets are expected to outperform 
corporate bonds in the long term, but provide volatility and risk in the short term

•  Changes in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields would increase the Group Schemes’ defined benefit obligation; 

however, this would be partially offset by an increase in the value of the Schemes’ bond holdings

•  Inflation risk: A significant proportion of the Group Schemes’ defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation; therefore higher 
inflation will result in a higher defined benefit obligation (subject to caps for the UK Schemes). The majority of the UK Schemes’ 
assets are either unaffected by inflation or only loosely correlated with inflation, therefore an increase in inflation would also 
increase the deficit

•  Life expectancy: If the Group Schemes’ members live longer than expected, the Group Schemes’ benefits will need to be paid 

for longer, increasing the Group Schemes’ defined benefit obligations

The Trustees and the Company manage risks in the Group Schemes through the following strategies:

•  Diversification: Investments are well diversified, such that the failure of any single investment would not have a material 

impact on the overall level of assets

•  Investment strategy: The Trustees are required to review their investment strategy on a regular basis

There are three categories of pension scheme members:

•  Employed deferred members: Currently employed by the Company
•  Deferred members: Former colleagues of the Company
•  Pensioner members: In receipt of pension

The defined benefit obligation is valued by projecting the best estimate of future benefit payments (allowing for future salary 
increases for UK employed deferred members, revaluation to retirement for deferred members and annual pension increases for 
UK members) and then discounting to the balance sheet date. UK members receive increases to their benefits linked to inflation 
(subject to caps for the UK Schemes). There are no caps on benefits in the US Schemes as benefits are not linked to inflation in 
these Schemes. The valuation method used for all Schemes is known as the Projected Unit Credit Method.

The approximate overall duration of the Group Schemes’ defined benefit obligation as at 31 December 2020 was as follows:

Overall duration (years)

20

14

15

18

14

2020

2019

Informa FSS 
and T&F 
Scheme

UBMPS and 
UNEPS 
Scheme

Penton
Schemes

Informa FSS 
and T&F 
Scheme

UBMPS and 
UNEPS
Scheme

Penton
Schemes

14

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 0 4

34. Retirement benefit schemes continued
The assumptions which have the most significant effect on the results of the IAS 19 valuation for the Schemes are those relating 
to the discount rate, the rates of increase in price inflation, salaries, and pensions and life expectancy. The main assumptions 
adopted are:

(e) Defined benefit schemes – individual defined benefit scheme details
Amounts recognised in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows:

Discount rate

Rate of price inflation

Rate of increase for deferred pensions

2020

2019

Informa FSS 
and T&F 
Scheme

UBMPS and 
UNEPS 
Scheme

Penton
Schemes

Informa FSS 
and T&F 
Scheme

UBMPS and 
UNEPS
Scheme

1.30%

1.30%

2.05%

2.10%

2.00%

2.10% (CPI) 
2.90% (RPI)

2.10% (CPI) 
2.90% (RPI)

2.10%

2.10%

1.95% (CPI) 
2.95% (RPI)

1.95% (CPI) 
2.95% (RPI)

1.95%

1.95%

n/a

n/a

Rate of increase for pensions in payment

1.90%–3.50% 1.90%–3.50%

n/a 1.80%–2.85% 1.80%–3.55%

Life expectancy:

For an individual aged 65 – male (years)

For an individual aged 65 – female (years)

87

89

87

89

84

86

86

88

87

89

Penton
Schemes

2.95%

n/a

n/a

n/a

84

87

For the UK Schemes, mortality assumptions used in the IAS 19 valuations are taken from tables published by Continuous 
Mortality Investigation (CMI). The UBMPS UK Scheme uses 105% of the ‘SAPS’ S2 tables based on the year of birth and the 
Informa FSS and T&F UK Schemes use ‘SAPS’ S3 tables with a scaling factor of 100% (2019: 102% for males and 110% for females). 
All UK Schemes use life expectancy improvements taken from CMI 2019 (2019: CMI 2018) with an initial addition parameter of 
0.25% (2019: 0.5% for the UBM UK Schemes and 0% for the other UK schemes) and the long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% 
(2019: 1.25%). For the valuation of Penton Scheme liabilities, life expectancy has been taken from the PRI-2012 base mortality 
tables (amounts weighted) by the Society of Actuaries in 2020 (2019: PRI-2012 base mortality tables), with life expectancy 
improvements projected generationally using Scale MP-2020 (2019: Scale MP-2019).

(d) Defined benefit schemes – individual defined benefit scheme details 

As at 31 December 2020

Latest valuation date

Funding (shortfall)/surplus at valuation date and agreed recovery plan 
amounts for UK Schemes

Informa
FSS1

T&F
GPS2

UBMPS3

UNEPS4

31.2.2017

30.9.2017

31.3.2017

31.3.2017

£(5.5)m
£2.0m per year 
to 28 Feb 2021

£1.7m
£nil

£(11.2)m
£2.5m per year 
to 1 March 2022

£4.7m
£nil

1.  Informa Final Salary Scheme (Informa FSS)

2.  Taylor & Francis Group Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (T&F GPS)

3.  UBM Pension Scheme (UBMPS)

4.  United Newspapers Executive Pension Scheme (UNEPS)

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the IAS 19 pension scheme liabilities are set out below:

Sensitivity analysis at 31 December 2020

Discount rate – Decrease by 0.25%

Rate of price inflation pre-retirement – Increase by 0.25%

Life expectancy – Increase by 1 year

Impact on scheme liabilities: Increase amounts

Informa
FSS
£m

6.6

5.8

4.4

T&F
GPS
£m

1.7

1.4

1.3

UBMPS
£m

UNEPS
£m

Penton
£m

20.8

10.6

23.3

0.2

0.3

1.6

1.1

n/a

0.7

Sensitivities have been prepared using the same approach as 2019. The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an 
assumption while holding all other assumptions constant, although in practice this is unlikely to occur and changes in some 
assumptions may be correlated.

2 0 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020
£m

(0.7)

0.7

2020
£m

28.8

0.1

1.6

(78.1)

(47.6)

2020
£m

(27.7)

0.7

(0.7)

(47.6)

(1.4)

0.8

5.4

0.7

(69.8)

(1.6)

(71.4)

2019
£m

–

1.4

2019
£m

68.7

(0.8)

2.4

(71.9)

(1.6)

2019
£m

(30.5)

–

(1.4)

(1.6)

(0.7)

0.8

5.4

0.3

(27.7)

(2.4)

(30.1)

Recognised in profit before tax

Past service credit

Interest cost on net pension deficit (Note 12)

Recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Actuarial gain on scheme assets

Experience gain/(loss)

Change in demographic actuarial assumptions

Change in financial actuarial assumptions

Actuarial loss

Movement in net deficit during the year

Net deficit in schemes at beginning of the year (before irrecoverable element of pension surplus)

Past service credit 

Net finance cost

Actuarial loss

Cash payments from Scheme for Scheme costs

Contributions from the employer to fund Scheme costs

Deficit recovery contributions from the employer to the Schemes

Effect of movement in foreign currencies

Net deficit in Schemes at end of the year (before irrecoverable element of pension surplus)

Irrecoverable element of pension surplus

Net deficit in schemes at end of the year after irrecoverable element of pension surplus

The expected deficit recovery contributions from the employer to the Schemes for 2021 are expected to be £6m subject to any 
revision of agreed recovery payments following updates to funding valuations.

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in respect of the Group Schemes are as follows:

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of Scheme assets

Irrecoverable element of pension surplus

Net deficit

Reported as:

Retirement benefit surplus recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

Deficit in scheme and liability recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

Net deficit

2020
£m

(786.8)

717.0

(1.6)

(71.4)

–

(71.4)

(71.4)

2019
£m

(730.8)

703.1

(2.4)

(30.1)

4.9

(35.0)

(30.1)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 0 6

34. Retirement benefit schemes continued
Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations are as follows:

The fair values of the assets held are as follows: 

Opening present value of defined benefit obligation at 1 January 

Past service credit 

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Actuarial loss

Effect of movement in foreign currencies

2020
£m

(730.8)

0.7

(14.9)

32.9

(76.4)

1.7

2019
£m

(679.2)

–

(19.4)

36.6

(70.3)

1.5

Closing present value of defined benefit obligation at 31 December

(786.8)

(730.8)

Changes in the fair value of Scheme assets are as follows:

Opening fair value of Scheme assets at 1 January

Return on Scheme assets

Actuarial gain

Benefits paid

Other payments from Schemes

Contributions from the employer to the Schemes

Effect of movement in foreign currencies

Closing fair value of Scheme assets at 31 December

2020
£m

703.1

14.2

28.8

(32.9)

(1.4)

6.2

(1.0)

2019
£m

648.7

18.0

68.7

(36.6)

(0.7)

6.2

(1.2)

717.0

703.1

The assets of the Informa Final Salary Scheme and Taylor & Francis Group Pension and Life Assurance Scheme include assets 
held in managed funds and cash funds operated by Legal & General Investment Management, Partners Group (UK) Limited and 
Zurich Assurance Limited.

The assets of the UBM Pension Scheme assets are held in equity funds, absolute return bonds and bespoke liability driven 
investment (LDI) funds with Legal & General, diversified growth funds with Schroders, real return funds with Newton, property 
funds with Aviva and M&G, an illiquid credit fund with M&G, annuities to cover a small number of pension members and cash.

The assets of the United Newspapers Executive Pension Scheme assets are held in an insurance buy-in policy with Aviva and 
a Sterling Liquidity Fund with Legal & General.

The assets of the Informa Media, Inc. Retirement Plan are primarily invested in private commingled group trust funds operated 
by Aon with various investment managers serving as sub-managers within each fund. The Penton Media, Inc. Supplemental  
Executive Retirement Plan is funded on a pay-as-you-go method (i.e. is unfunded).

Informa
FSS
£m

49.0

–

9.7

26.2

2.3

–

11.5

–

6.5

T&F
GPS
£m

12.8

–

3.8

7.7

0.7

–

3.9

–

1.3

UBMPS
£m

158.4

–

73.8

130.8

48.3

1.4

114.5

6.1

2.6

105.2

30.2

535.9

Informa
FSS
£m

46.0

3.2

9.5

25.3

–

–

8.0

–

7.1

T&F
GPS
£m

12.0

0.9

3.8

7.5

–

–

2.7

–

1.8

UBMPS
£m

161.9

–

74.3

121.9

51.4

14.8

88.7

6.3

1.7

UNEPS
£m

Penton
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13.4

1.6 

15.0

UNEPS
£m

–

21.9

–

–

–

0.6

–

–

–

13.0

11.1

4.2

–

–

–

2.0

–

0.4

30.7

Penton
£m

13.7

11.1

4.5

–

–

–

2.2

–

0.3

31.8

99.1

28.7

521.0

22.5

2 0 7

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Total
£m

233.2

11.1

91.5

164.7

51.3

1.4

131.9

19.5

12.4

717.0

Total
£m

233.6

37.1

92.1

154.7

51.4

15.4

101.6

6.3

10.9

703.1

31 December 2020

Equities

Bonds and gilts

Property

Diversified growth fund

Illiquid credit funds

Absolute return bond fund

Bespoke funds (LDI and hedge funds)

Annuity contracts

Cash

Total

31 December 2019

Equities

Bonds and gilts

Property

Diversified growth fund

Illiquid credit funds

Absolute return bond fund

Bespoke funds (LDI and hedge funds)

Annuity contracts

Cash

Total

All the assets listed above have a quoted market price in an active market, with the exception of annuities and cash. The Group 
Schemes’ assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, or other assets used 
by, the Group.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 0 8

35. Share capital and share premium
Share capital
Share capital as at 31 December 2020 amounted to £1.5m (2019: £1.3m). For details of options issued over the Company’s shares 
see Note 10.

Issued, authorised and fully paid

1,502,137,804 (2019: 1,251,798,534) ordinary shares of 0.1p each

At 1 January

Issue of new shares in relation to share placements in 2020

Other issue of shares

At 31 December

2020
£m

1.5

2019
£m

1.3

2020
Number of
shares

2019
Number of
shares

1,251,798,534 1,251,798,534

250,318,000

21,270

–

–

1,502,137,804 1,251,798,534

On 15 April 2020 the Company announced a share placement of 250,318,000 new ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, 
representing approximately 19.99% of the Company’s existing issued share capital. 125,159,000 new ordinary shares were issued 
on 20 April 2020 and a further 125,159,000 on 5 May 2020. The shares were issued at 400p per share resulting in gross proceeds 
of £1,001.3m and net proceeds of £973.7m.

Share premium

Issued, authorised and fully paid

At 1 January and 31 December

2020
£m

1,878.8

2019
£m

905.3

36. Other reserves
This note provides further explanation for the ‘Other reserves’ listed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

At 1 January 2019

Share award expense (equity–settled)

Own shares purchased

Transfer of vested LTIPs

Non–controlling interest adjustment arising from disposal

At 1 January 2020

Share award expense (equity–settled)

Own shares purchased

Transfer of vested LTIPs

At 31 December 2020

Reserves for 
shares to 
be issued
£m

14.0

9.4

–

(5.7)

–

17.7

11.2

(1.3)

(4.9)

22.7

Merger 
reserve
£m

4,125.4

Other 
reserve
£m

(2,158.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 1.3

Employee
Share Trust 
and 
ShareMatch 
shares
£m

(6.0)

1.0

(15.9)

–

–

Total
£m

 1,974.5

10.4

 (15.9)

(5.7)

 1.3

4,125.4

(2,157.6)

(20.9)

1,964.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.2

(1.3)

(4.9)

4,125.4

(2,157.6)

(20.9)

1,969.6

Reserve for shares to be issued
This reserve relates to LTIPs granted to colleagues reduced by the transferred and vested awards. Further information is set out 
in Note 10.

2 0 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Merger reserve
In 2004 the merger of Informa PLC and Taylor & Francis Group plc resulted in a merger reserve amount of £496.4m being 
recorded. On 2 November 2016, the Group acquired Penton Information Services and the £82.2m share premium on the shares 
issued to the vendors was recorded as an increase in the merger reserve in accordance with the merger relief rules of the 
Companies Act 2006. There were 427,536,794 shares issued on 18 June 2018 in connection with the acquisition of UBM plc, which 
at the acquisition-date closing share price of 829p resulted in an increase in the merger reserve of £3,544.6m. From 19 July 2018 
to 13 December 2018 there were 256,689 shares issued in connection with the satisfaction of Save As You Earn (SAYE) awards in 
the UBM business which resulted in an increase in the merger reserve of £2.2m.

Other reserve
The other reserve includes the inversion accounting reserve of £2,189.9m which was created from an issue of shares under 
a Scheme of Arrangement in May 2014.

Employee Share Trust and ShareMatch shares
As at 31 December 2020, the Informa Employee Share Trust (EST) held 697,644 (2019: 958,988) ordinary shares in the Company 
at a market value of £3.8m (2019: £8.2m). As at 31 December 2020, the ShareMatch scheme held 710,697 (2019: 474,878) 
matching ordinary shares in the Company at a market value of £3.9m (2019: £4.1m). At 31 December 2020, the Group held 0.1% 
(2019: 0.1%) of its own called up share capital.

37. Non-controlling interests
The Group has subsidiary undertakings where there are non-controlling interests. At 31 December 2020, these non-controlling 
interests were composed entirely of equity interests and represented the following holding of minority shares by non-controlling 
interests:

•  APLF Ltd (40%, 2019: 40%)
•  China International Exhibitions Company Limited 

•  Shanghai Baiwen Exhibitions Co., Ltd (15%, 2019: 15%)
•  Shanghai Meisheng Culture Broadcasting Co., Ltd 

(30%, 2019: 30%)

(15%, 2019: 15%)

•  Cosmoprof Asia Limited (50%, 2019: 50%)
•  Fort Lauderdale Convention Services, Inc. (10%, 2019: 10%)
•  Guangzhou Citiexpo Jianke Exhibition Co., Ltd 

•  Shanghai Sinoexpo Informa Markets International 

Exhibitions Co., Ltd (30%, 2019: 30%)

•  Shanghai UBM Showstar Exhibitions Co., Ltd 

(40%, 2019: 40%)

(30%, 2019: 30%)

•  Hong Kong Sinoexpo Informa Markets Limited 

(30%, 2019: 30%)

•  Informa Marine Holdings, Inc. (10%, 2019: 10%)
•  Informa Markets Art, LLC (10%, 2019: 10%)
•  Informa Markets BN Co., Ltd (40%, 2019: 40%)
•  Informa Markets Trust Company Ltd (30%, 2019: 30%)
•  Informa Tech Founders Limited (45%, 2019: 45%)
•  Informa Tharawat Limited (51%, 2019: 51%)
•  Informa Tianyi Exhibitions (Chengdu) Co., Ltd 

(40%, 2019: 40%)

•  Informa Wiener Exhibitions (Chengdu) Co., Ltd 

(40%, 2019: 40%)

•  ITF2 Limited (45%, 2019: 45%)
•  Monaco Yacht Show S.A.M. (10%, 2019: 10%)
•  PT UBM Pameran Niaga Indonesia (33%, 2019: 33%)
•  Sea Asia Singapore Pte Limited (10%, 2019: 10%)

•  Shanghai Yingye Exhibitions Co., Ltd (40%, 2019: 40%)
•  Shenzhen UBM Creativity Exhibition Co., Ltd 

(35%, 2019: 35%)

•  Shenzhen UBM Herong Exhibition Company Limited 

(30%, 2019: 30%)

•  Sinoexpo Newco for Ecommerce Business Co., Limited 

(30%, 2019: 0%)

•  Southern Convention Services, Inc. (10%, 2019: 10%)
•  UBM Asia (Thailand) Co., Ltd (51%, 2019: 51%)
•  UBM Mexico Exposiciones, S.A.P.I. (20%, 2019: 20%)
•  Yachting Promotions, Inc. (10%, 2019: 10%)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
210

38. Leases and finance lease receivables
(a) IFRS 16 leases at 31 December 
The Group’s right of use assets and lease liabilities at 31 December are as follows:

(b) IFRS 16 finance lease receivable at 31 December 
The Group’s finance lease receivable at 31 December is as follows:

Right of use assets

1 January 2019

Depreciation

Additions

Impairment

Disposals

Foreign exchange movement

1 January 2020

Depreciation

Additions

Impairment (note 8)

Disposals

Foreign exchange movement

At 31 December 2020

Lease liabilities

1 January 2019

Repayment of lease liabilities

Interest on lease liabilities

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange movement

At 1 January 2020

Repayment of lease liabilities

Interest on lease liabilities

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange movement

At 31 December 2020

2019

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

At 31 December 2019

2020

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

At 31 December 2020

211

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Property 
leases
£m

Other
leases1
£m

14.4

(2.9)

0.8

3.2

(0.2)

15.3

(2.4)

0.1

0.4

(5.8)

0.3

7.9

2.3

13.0

15.3

1.5

6.4

7.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
£m

14.4

(2.9)

0.8

3.2

(0.2)

15.3

(2.4)

0.1

0.4

(5.8)

0.3

7.9

2.3

13.0

15.3

1.5

6.4

7.9

Finance lease receivable

1 January 2019

Rent receipt

Interest Income

Additions

Foreign exchange movement

At 1 January 2020

Rent receipt

Interest Income

Additions

Disposals

Foreign exchange movement

At 31 December 2020

2019

Current finance lease receivable

Non-current finance lease receivable

At 31 December 2019

2020

Current finance lease receivable

Non-current finance lease receivable

At 31 December 2020

Property 
leases
£m

184.8

(29.6)

26.2

(4.6)

(7.3)

(8.6)

160.9

(26.8)

18.5

(36.1)

(27.0)

1.9

91.4

Property 
leases
£m

(233.1)

44.0

(10.1)

(29.1)

9.4

8.7

Other
leases1
£m

110.5

(3.5)

–

–

–

(3.5)

103.5

(3.5)

22.5

–

–

(4.0)

118.5

Other
leases1
£m

(110.5)

4.8

(4.2)

–

–

3.5

Total
£m

295.3

(33.1)

26.2

(4.6)

(7.3)

(12.1)

264.4

(30.3)

41.0

(36.1)

(27.0)

(2.1)

209.9

Total
£m

(343.6)

48.8

(14.3)

(29.1)

9.4

12.2

The Group entered into finance leasing arrangements as a lessor for sub-leases on property leases. The average term of IFRS 16 
finance sub-leases entered is 4.1 years (2019: 2.9 years).

(210.2)

(106.4)

 (316.6)

(c) Low value and short-term lease income and expense for the year ended 31 December 

42.1

(8.0)

(13.9)

29.6

0.8

7.2

(4.2)

(22.5)

–

4.7

49.3

(12.2)

(36.4)

29.6

5.5

2019

Low value and short-term sublease rent income

Low value and short-term rent expense1

(159.6)

(121.2)

(280.8)

2020

Low value and short-term sublease rent income

Low value and short-term rent expense1

1.  Includes event venue-related leases

(33.4)

(176.8)

(210.2)

(33.0)

(126.6)

(159.6)

(0.8)

(105.6)

(106.4)

(0.4)

(120.8)

(121.2)

(34.2)

(282.4)

(316.6)

(33.4)

(247.4)

(280.8)

Total
£m

0.8

(159.8)

2.5

(51.0)

1.  Other leases relate to event venue-related leases

The Group’s average lease term under IFRS 16 is 4.5 years (2019: 3.5 years). The average incremental borrowing rate used for year 
ended 31 December 2020 to discount lease liabilities was 4.4% (2019: 4.7%).

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
212

39. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and 
are not disclosed in this note. The transactions between the Group and its joint ventures and associates are disclosed below. 
The following transactions and arrangements are those which are considered to have had a material effect on the financial 
performance and position of the Group for the year.

Transactions with Directors
There were no material transactions with Directors of the Company during the year, except for those relating to remuneration 
and shareholdings. For the purposes of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, Executives below the level of the Company’s Board are 
not regarded as related parties.

Further information about the remuneration of individual Directors is provided in the audited part of the Remuneration Report 
on pages 116 to 131 and Note 9.

Other related party disclosures
At 31 December 2020, Informa Group companies have guaranteed the UK pension scheme liabilities of the Taylor & Francis Group 
Pension and Life Assurance Scheme, the Informa Final Salary Scheme and the UBM Pension Scheme.

Transactions with related parties are made at arm’s length. Outstanding balances at year end are unsecured and settlement 
occurs in cash. There are no bad debt provisions for related party balances as at 31 December 2020, and no debts due from 
related parties have been written off during the year. During the period, Informa entered into related party transactions to the 
value of £0.5m (2019: £0.2m) with a balance of £0.2m (2019: £0.2m) outstanding at 31 December 2020.

40. Subsidiaries

The listing below shows the subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2020:

Country

China

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

100%

CH8

Company Name

Centre for Asia Pacific 
Aviation Pty Limited

Centre for Aviation Pty 
Limited

Country

Australia

Australia

Datamonitor Pty Limited

Australia

Informa Australia Pty 
Limited

Informa Holdings 
(Australia) Pty Limited

Ovum Pty Limited

International Exhibition 
Holdings Limited 
(in liquidation)

Arabian Exhibition 
Management W.L.L.

Informa Middle East 
Limited

Australia

Australia

Australia

Bahamas

Bahrain

Bermuda

Informa Markets Ltda

Brazil

iNet Interactive Canada Inc. Canada

Informa Canada Inc.

Canada

Informa Tech Canada Inc.

Canada

China International 
Exhibitions Company 
Limited

Guangzhou CitiExpo Jianke 
Exhibition Co., Ltd

Guangzhou Informa Yi Fan 
Exhibitions Co., Ltd

IBC Conferences and Event 
Management Services 
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd

Informa Data Service 
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd

Informa Enterprise 
Management (Shanghai) 
Co., Ltd

Informa Exhibitions 
(Beijing) Co., Ltd

China

China

China

China

China

China

China

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

70%

60%

100%

100%

100%

100%

AU1

AU1

AU2

AU2

AU1

AU2

BH1

BA1

BM1

BR1

CA1

CA2

CA2

CH1

CH2

CH3

CH4

CH5

CH6

Company Name

Informa Information 
Technology (Shanghai) 
Co., Ltd

Informa Markets China 
(Chengdu) Co., Ltd

Informa Markets China 
(Hangzhou) Co., Ltd

Informa Markets China 
(Shenzhen) Co., Ltd

Informa Markets Trust 
Company Ltd

Informa Tianyi Exhibitions 
(Chengdu) Co., Ltd

China

China

China

China

China

Informa Weiner Exhibitions 
(Chengdu) Co., Ltd

China

Shanghai Baiwen 
Exhibitions Co., Ltd

China

Shanghai Meisheng Culture 
Broadcasting Co., Ltd

China

Shanghai SinoExpo 
Informa Markets 
International Exhibitions 
Company Ltd

Shanghai UBM Showstar 
Exhibition Co., Limited

Shanghai Yingye 
Exhibitions Co., Ltd

Shenzhen UBM Creativity 
Exhibition Co., Ltd 

Shenzhen UBM Herong 
Exhibition Company 
Limited

Sinoexpo Newco for 
Ecommerce Business Co., 
Limited

UBM China (Beijing) 
Exhibition Company 
Limited

China

China

China

China

China

China

China

100%

CH7

UBM China (Guangzhou) 
Co., Ltd

China

100%

CH9

100%

CH10

100%

CH11

70%

60%

60%

85%

85%

70%

70%

60%

65%

70%

CH12

CH13

CH14

CH15

CH16

CH1

CH17

CH18

CH19

CH20

70%

CH21

100%

CH22

100%

CH23

213

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Company Name

UBM China (Shanghai) 
Co., Limited

Stormcliff Limited

Informa Egypt LLC

Euromedicom SAS

Eurovir SAS

Country

China

Cyprus

Egypt

France

France

New AG International Sarl

France

CMP Media GmbH

EBD Group GmbH

Informa Holding Germany 
GmbH

Informa Tech Germany 
GmbH

UBM Canon Deutschland 
GmbH

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

Germany

APLF Limited

Hong Kong

Cosmoprof Asia Limited

Hong Kong

Datamonitor Publications 
(HK) Limited

Hong Kong

Great Tactic Limited

Hong Kong Sinoexpo 
Informa Markets Limited

Informa Global Markets 
(Hong Kong) Limited

Informa Limited

Informa Markets Asia 
Limited

Informa Markets Asia 
Group Limited

Informa Markets Asia 
Holdings (Hong Kong) 
Limited

Informa Markets Asia 
Partnership

Informa Markets South 
China Limited

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

MAI Brokers (Asia & Pacific) 
Limited

Hong Kong

Mills & Allen Holdings 
(Far East) Limited

Hong Kong

Penton Media Asia Limited Hong Kong

Informa Markets India 
Private Limited

NND Biomedical Data 
Systems Private Limited 
(in liquidation)

Taylor & Francis Books 
India Private Limited

Taylor & Francis 
Technology Services LLP

India 

India 

India 

India 

UBM Exhibitions India LLP

India 

PT Pamerindo Indonesia

Indonesia

PT UBM Pameran Niaga 
Indonesia

Indonesia

Chartbay Unlimited

Colwiz Limited

CX Properties Unlimited

Donytel Unlimited

F1000 Open Science 
Platforms Limited

Garragie Investments 
Unlimited

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Hickdale Unlimited

Ireland

Maypond Holdings Limited Ireland

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

100%

CH24

Maypond Limited

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

60%

50%

100%

100%

70%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

67%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

CY1

EG1

FR1

FR1

FR1

GE1

GE2

GE2

GE2

GE3

HK1

HK1

HK2

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK1

HK3

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

IN1

ID1

ID2

IR1

IR2

IR1

IR1

IR3

IR1

IR1

IR1

MFWWNet Unlimited

Tanahol Unlimited

UBM Financial Services 
Ireland 

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

UBM IP Ireland Unlimited

Ireland

UBM Ireland No 1 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 2 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 3 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 4 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 5 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 6 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 8 
Unlimited

UBM Ireland No 9 
Unlimited

UNM Holdings Ireland 
Unlimited

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Wenport Unlimited

Ireland

UNM International 
Holdings Limited

UNM Overseas Holdings 
Limited

Informa Global Markets 
(Japan) Limited

Informa Intelligence Godo 
Kaisha 

Informa Markets Japan 
Co. Ltd

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Japan

Japan

Japan

Taylor & Francis Japan G.K.

Japan

Informa Switzerland 
Limited

UBM (Jersey) Limited

UBM Limited3

CMP Holdings S.à.r.l.

CMP Intermediate Holdings 
S.à.r.l.

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

UBM Finance S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

UBM IP Luxembourg S.à.r.l. Luxembourg

United Brazil Holdings 
S.à.r.l.

United Commonwealth 
Holdings S.à.r.l.

United Consumer Media 
Holdings S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

United CP Holdings S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

United News Distribution 
S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

United Professional Media 
S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

UNM Holdings S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

Vavasseur International 
Holdings S.à.r.l.

Luxembourg

Informa Markets Malaysia 
Sdn Bhd2

Malaysia

Malaysian Exhibition 
Services Sdn Bhd

UBM Tech Research 
Malaysia Sdn Bhd

Malaysia

Malaysia

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IR1

IM1

IM1

JP1

JP2

JP3

JP4

JE1

JE2

JE2

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

LX1

MA1

MA1

MA1

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
214

40. Subsidiaries continued

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

UBMMG Holdings Sdn Bhd Malaysia

UBM Mexico Exposiciones, 
S.A.P.I.

Mexico

Informa Monaco SAM

Monaco

Monaco Yacht Show SAM

Monaco

Myanmar Trade Fair 
Management Company 
Limited

IIR South Africa B.V.

Informa Europe B.V.

Informa Finance B.V.

Myanmar

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Informa Markets B.V.

Netherlands

UBM Asia B.V.

Dove Medical Press (NZ) 
Limited

Netherlands

New Zealand

Informa Healthcare A.S.

Norway

Colwiz Pakistan Private 
Limited

Pakistan

UBM Exhibitions 
Philippines Inc

Philippines

Informa Tharawat Limited Qatar

Informa Markets BN Co Ltd Republic of 

Korea

Informa Markets Korea 
Corporation

Republic of 
Korea

Informa Tech Korea Co., Ltd Republic of 

Informa Saudi Arabia 
Limited

Korea

Saudi Arabia

Informa Saudi Arabia LLC 
(in liquidation)

Saudi Arabia

IBC Asia (S) Pte Limited

Singapore

Informa Exhibitions Pte 
Limited

Informa Global Markets 
(Singapore) Pte Limited

Sea Asia Singapore Pte 
Limited

Singapore Exhibition 
Services (Pte) Limited

Taylor & Franceis (S) Pte 
Limited

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Marketworks Datamonitor 
(Pty) LTD

South Africa

Institute for International 
Research Espana S.L.

Spain

Co-Action Publishing AB

Sweden

Taylor & Francis AB

Sweden

EBD GmbH

Informa IP GmbH

Informa Tech Taiwan 
Limited 

Bangkok Exhibition 
Services Ltd

Switzerland

Switzerland

Taiwan

Thailand

UBM Asia (Thailand) Co. Ltd Thailand

UBM Istanbul Fuarcılık ve 
Gösteri Hizmetleri A.Ş.

Turkey

UBM Rotaforte Uluslararası 
Fuarcılık Anonim Şirketi

Turkey

100%

80%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

49%

60%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

49%

100%

100%

MA1

ME1

MC1

MC1

MC1

NE1

NE1

NE1

NE2

NE1

NZ1

NO1

PK1

PH1

QA1

RK2

RK1

RK2

SU1

SU2

SG1

SG1

SG1

SG2

SG3

SG4

SA1

SP1

SE1

SE1

SW1

SW1

TA1

TH1

TH2

TU1

TU2

Informa Middle East Media 
FZ LLC

United Arab 
Emirates

100%

UAE1

ABI Building Data Limited

United Kingdom

Afterhurst Limited

United Kingdom

AMA Research Limited

United Kingdom

Blessmyth Limited

United Kingdom

Canrak Books Limited

United Kingdom

Cogent OA Limited

United Kingdom

Colonygrove Limited

United Kingdom

Colwiz UK Limited

Crosswall Nominees 
Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Datamonitor Limited

United Kingdom

Design Junction Limited

United Kingdom

DIVX Express Limited

United Kingdom

Dove Medical Press Limited United Kingdom

eBenchmarkers Limited

United Kingdom

E-Health Media Limited

United Kingdom

F1000 Research Limited

United Kingdom

Futurum Media Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

GNC Media Investments 
Limited

Green Thinking (Services) 
Limited

Hirecorp Limited

IBC (Ten) Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

IBC (Twelve) Limited

United Kingdom

IBC Fourteen Limited

United Kingdom

IIR (U.K. Holdings) Limited

United Kingdom

IIR Management Limited

United Kingdom

Informa Connect Limited

United Kingdom

Informa Cosec Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

Informa Exhibitions 
Limited

Informa Final Salary 
Pension Trustee Company 
Limited

Informa Finance Australia 
Limited

Informa Finance Brazil 
Limited

Informa Finance Egypt 
Limited

Informa Finance Mexico 
Limited

Informa Finance UK 
Limited

Informa Finance USA 
Limited

Informa Global Markets 
(Europe) Limited 

Informa Group Holdings 
Limited

Informa Investment Plan 
Trustees Limited

Informa Manufacturing 
Europe Holdings Limited

Informa Manufacturing 
Europe Limited

Informa Group Limited

United Kingdom

Informa Holdings Limited 

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

100%

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

United Kingdom

100%

UK1

UBMG Limited

UBMG Holdings

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

UBMG Services Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

Registered 
Office

United Kingdom

100%

UK1

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

UBM Aviation Worldwide 
Limited

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

UK1

UBM Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

Informa Manufacturing 
Holdings Limited

Informa Manufacturing 
Limited

Informa Markets (Europe) 
Limited

Informa Markets (Maritime) 
Limited

Informa Markets (UK) 
Limited 

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

Informa Markets Limited 

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Informa Overseas 
Investments Limited

Informa Property 
(Colchester) Limited1

Informa Six Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

Informa Tech Founders 
Limited

Informa Tech Research 
Limited 

Informa Telecoms & Media 
Limited

Informa Three Limited

United Kingdom

Informa UK Limited

United Kingdom

Informa US Holdings 
Limited

ITF2 Limited

James Dudley International 
Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Light Reading UK Limited

United Kingdom

London On-Water Ltd

United Kingdom

MAI Luxembourg UK 
Societas

United Kingdom

Mapa International Limited United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Maritime Insights and 
Intelligence Limited

Miller Freeman Worldwide 
Limited

MRO Exhibitions Limited

United Kingdom

MRO Network Limited

United Kingdom

MRO Publications Limited

United Kingdom

Oes Exhibitions Limited

United Kingdom

OTC Publications Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Penton Communications 
Europe Limited

Psychology Press New 
Co. Limited

Roamingtarget Limited

United Kingdom

Routledge Books Limited

United Kingdom

T & F Canrak Books Limited United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Taylor & Francis Books 
Limited

Taylor & Francis Group 
Limited

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

Taylor & Francis Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Taylor & Francis Publishing 
Services Limited 

TU-Automotive Holdings 
Limited

United Kingdom

100%

TU-Automotive Limited

United Kingdom

Turtle Diary Limited

United Kingdom

UBM Aviation Routes 
Limited

United Kingdom

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

100%

100%

100%

55%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

215

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Registered 
Office

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

US1

US2

US3

US4

US5

US6

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

UBM International 
Holdings UK Societas

United Kingdom

UBM (GP) No1 Limited

United Kingdom

UBM (GP) No3 Limited

United Kingdom

UBM Property Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

UBM Property Services 
Limited

UBM Shared Services 
Limited

UBM Trustees Limited

United Kingdom

UBM Worldwide Group 
Limited

United Kingdom

UBMA Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

United Consumer Media 
UK Societas

United Delaware 
Investments Limited

United Executive Trustees 
Limited

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

100%

United Kingdom

100%

United Finance Limited

United Kingdom

United Newspapers 
Publications Limited

United Kingdom

United Trustees Limited

United Kingdom

UNM Investments Limited

United Kingdom

Vavasseur Overseas 
Holdings Limited

WCN 2 Limited

Workyard Limited

Advanstar Communications,  
Inc.

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United States

CMP Child Care Center, Inc. United States

Duke Investments, Inc.

United States

Farm Progress Limited

United States

Fort Lauderdale 
Convention Services, Inc.

United States

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

Informa Business 
Intelligence, Inc.

Informa Business Media 
Holdings, Inc.

Informa Business Media, 
Inc.

United States

100%

United States

100%

United States

100%

Informa Data Sources, Inc. United States

Informa Exhibition, LLC

United States

Informa Exhibitions 
Holding Corp.

United States

100%

100%

100%

Informa Exhibitions U.S. 
Construction & Real Estate, 
Inc.

United States

100%

Informa Export, Inc.

United States

Informa Global Sales, Inc.

United States

United States

Informa Life Sciences 
Exhibitions, Inc.

Informa Marine Holdings, 
Inc.

United States

90%

100%

100%

100%

Informa Markets Art, LLC

United States

Informa Markets Fashion 
(East) LLC 

United States

90%

100%

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
217

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

216

40. Subsidiaries continued

China and Asia

Australia & New Zealand

Company Name

Country

Ownership 

Informa Markets France, 
Inc.

Informa Markets Holdings, 
Inc.

Informa Markets 
Investments, Inc 

Informa Markets 
Manufacturing LLC 

United States

100%

United States

100%

United States

100%

United States

100%

Informa Markets Medica 
LLC 

United States

100%

Informa Media, Inc.

Informa Operating 
Holdings, Inc.

Informa Pop Culture 
Events, Inc.

United States

United States

100%

100%

United States

100%

Informa Princeton, LLC 

United States

Informa Support Services, 
Inc.

United States

Informa Tech Holdings LLC United States

Informa Tech LLC

Informa USA, Inc.

United States

United States

Internet World Media, Inc.

United States

Knect365 US, Inc.

Ludgate USA LLC

Ovum, Inc.

Roast LLC

United States

United States

United States

United States

Rocket Holdings, Inc.

United States

Southern Convention 
Services, Inc.

United States

Spectrum ABM Corp.

United States

Taylor & Francis Group, LLC United States

UBM Community 
Connection Foundation

UBM Delaware LLC

UBM Finance, Inc.

UBM UK LLC

United States

United States

United States

United States

Yachting Promotions, Inc.

United States

SES Vietnam Exhibition 
Services Company Limited

Vietnam

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

Registered 
Office

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US4

US1

US4

US4

US4

US6

US4

US1

US4

US6

US4

US4

US5

US4

US4

US7

US4

US4

US4

US5

VI1

1.  On 24 February 2021 LLP Limited changed its name to Informa Property 

(Colchester) Limited 

2.  On 4 March 2021 United Business Media (M) Sdn Bhd changed its name to 

Informa Markets Malaysia Sdn Bhd

3.  On 31 March 2021 UBM PLC re-registered as a private limited company

  The proportion of voting power held is the same as the 
proportion of ownership interest. The Consolidated 
Financial Statements incorporate the financial statements 
of all entities controlled by the Company as at 31 December 
each year. Refer to Note 2 for further description of the 
method used to account for investments in subsidiaries.

Company registered office addresses

UK

UK1

5 Howick Place, London SW1P 1WG, United Kingdom

The Americas

US1

US2

US3

US4

US5

US6

US7

c/o Corporation Service Company, 80 State Street, Albany, NY 
12207-2543, USA

1983 Marcus Avenue, Suite 250, Lake Success, NY 11042, USA

c/o Corporation Service Company, 1900 W. Littleton Boulevard, 
Littleton, CO 80120, USA

c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, 
Wilmington, DE 19808, USA

c/o Corporation Service Company, 1201 Hays Street, Tallahassee, 
FL 32301, USA

c/o Corporation Service Company, 84 State Street, Boston, MA 
02109, USA

c/o The Prentice-Hall Corporation System Inc, 251 Little Falls 
Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808, USA

BH1 M B & H Corporate Services Limited, Mareva House, 4 George 

Street, Nassau, Bahamas

BM1

BR1

CA1

CA2

Victoria Place, 5th Floor, 31 Victoria Street, Hamilton, HM10, 
Bermuda

Avenida Doutora Ruth Cardoso, 7221 22 Andar Conjunto 2301 e 
23 Andar Conjunto 2401, Edificio Birmann 21, São Paulo, SP, CEP 
05425-902, Brazil

c/o McMillan LLP, 1500 Royal Centre, 1055 W. Georgia Street, 
Vancouver, BC V6E 4N7, Canada

12th Floor, 20 Eglinton Avenue West, Yonge Eglinton Centre, 
Toronto, ON M4R 1K8, Canada

ME1

Av. Benjamin Franklin 235-4, Mexico, DF06100, Mexico

China and Asia

CH1

CH2

Floor 7/8, Urban Development International Tower, No. 355 Hong 
Qiao Road, Xu Hui District, Shanghai, 200030, China

Room 902,No. 996 East Xingang Road, Haizhu District, 
Guangzhou, China

CH3 No. 1111, Building 11, 2433 Xingang East Road, Zuhai District, 

Guangzhou, China

CH4

CH5

CH6

CH7

Room 2072, 2nd Floor, 124 Building, No. 960 Zhong Xing Road, 
Jing’an District, Shanghai, China

Room 6396 No. 650 Dingxi Road, Changning District, Shanghai 
China

Room 2201 Hong Kong New Tower, No. 300 Huai Hai Middle 
Road, Huang Pu District, Shanghai, China

Unit 802 Comfort Plaza, No. 4 of Worker’s Stadium North Road, 
Chaoyang District, Beijing 100027, China

CH8 West-South Area Fl. 3, No. 2123 Pudong Avenue, Free Trade Zone, 

Shanghai, China

CH9

China (Sichuan) Pilot Free Trade Zone, East Section of Ningbo 
Road, Zhengxing Street, Tianfu New District, Chengdu, China

CH10 Room 123, Floor 1, Building 1, No.108 Kangqiao Road, Gongshu 

District, Hangzhou, China

CH11 V3 East, Level 17 Daqing Building, Tian’an Shatou Street, Futian 

District, Shenzhen, China

CH12 Room 1806-1807, 4 Huating Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, 

China

CH13 No 502, 5th Floor, Building 4, 99 Guangfu Road, Wuhou District, 

Chengdu, China

CH14 Room 1009, Western Tower, No. 19, Way 4 South People Road, 

Chengdu City, China

CH15 Room 1010, 10F, No. 993 West Nanjing Road, Jingan District, 

Shanghai, China

CH16 Room 101-75, No.15 Jia, No. 152 Alley, Yanchang Road, Jing’an 

District, Shanghai, China

CH17 9/F Ciro’s Plaza, 388 West Nanjing Road, Huangpu District, 

Shanghai, 200003, China

CH18 Room 234, 2nd Floor, M-Zone, 1st Building, No 3398 Hu Qing 
Ping Road, Zhao Xiang Town, Qing Pu District, Shanghai, China

CH19 Unit 201, Building A, No. 1 Qianwan Road One, Qianhai Shenzhen 

& Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, China

CH20 Room 607, East Block, Coastal Building, Haide 3rd Road, Nanshan 

District, Shenzhen, Guangdong 518054, China

CH21 Room 45, 6/F, Building 1, No. 39 Jia Tai Road, Shanghai, China

CH22 Room 1557, Unit 01-06, 15th Floor, Block A, Building 9, 

Dongdagiao Road, Beijing, Chaoyang District, China

CH23 Room 1159-1164, China Hotel Office Tower, Liu Hua Road, 

Guangzhou, China

CH24 Room 207, No. 453 Fahuazhen Road, Shanghai, China

HK1

HK2

Room 812, Silvercord, Tower 1, 30 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, 
Kowloon, Hong Kong

Suite 1106-8, 11/F, Tai Yau Building, 181 Johnston Road, Wanchai, 
Hong Kong

HK3

Level 5, 28 Hennessey Road, Admiralty, Hong Kong

IN1

IN2

IN3

IN4

ID1

ID2

JP1

JP2

JP3

Unit No. 1&2, B-Wing, Times Square, Andheri Kurla Road, Marol, 
Andheri East, Mumbai, 400 059, India

Flat No 104, Dhanunjaya Residency, Plot No 143, Kalyan Nagar III, 
Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh, 500018, India

2nd & 3rd floor, The National Council of YMCAs of India, 1, Jai 
Singh Road, New Delhi, 110001, India

No. 143, 144 Hosur Main Road, Industrial Layout, Koramangala, 
Bangalore, Karnataka, 560095, India

Menara Utara Gedung Menara Jamsotek, Lt. 12 unit TA 12-04, Jl. 
Jend., Gabot Subroto No. 38, Jakarta, Indonesia

Jalan Sultan Iskandar Muda, No 7 Arteri Pondok Indah, 
Kebayoran Lama, Jakarta Selantan, 12240, Indonesia

4F, Shin-Kokusai Building, 3-4-1 Marunouchi, Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo, 
100-0005, Japan

Otemachi Financial City, North Tower 21F, 1-9-5 Otemachi, 
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 100-0004, Japan

Kanda 91 Building, 1-8-3 Kajicho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 101-0044, 
Japan

JP4

1-54-4, Kanda, Jimbocho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan

MA1 Unit 30-01, Level 30, Tower A, Vertical Business Suite, Avenue 3, 
Bangsar South, No. 8, Jalan Kerinchi, 59200 Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

MY1 No.42/A Pantra Street, Dagon Township, Yangon, Myanmar

Unit 1 Mezzanine Floor, Fly Ace Corporate Center, 13 Coral Way 
Barangay 76, Pasay City NCR, Fourth District Philippines, 1300, 
Philippines

6th Floor, Citi View, Block 3, Bahadur Yar Jung Cooperative 
Housing Society, Shaheed-e-Millat Road, Karachi Sindh, Pakistan

#801, 8/F Korea Design Center, 322 Yanghyeon-Ro, Bundang-Gu, 
Seongnam-si, Gyeonggi-do, 13496, Republic of Korea

AU1

AU2

NZ1

c/o LBW & Partners, Level 3, 845 Pacific Highway, Chatswood, 
NSW 2067, Australia

Level 4, 24 York Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia

HPCA Limited, 1 ihumata Road, Milford, Auckland, 0620, 
New Zealand

Middle East & Africa

BA1

EG1

QA1

SU1

Building 1, Road 22, Block 414, Al-Daih, PO Box 20200, Jidhafs, 
Bahrain

7H Building, Street 263, New Maadj, Cairo, Egypt

P.O. Box 545, Doha, Qatar

Office 109, 1st Floor, Aban Center, King Abdulaziz Road, AlGhadir 
District, Riyadh, 13311, Saudi Arabia

SU2 Marei bin Mahfouz Group Regional Office Building, Al Aziziya 

intersection of Tahlia & Siteen Str nearby Ikea, Po Box 4100, 
Jeddah 21491, Saudi Arabia

SA1

Broadacres Business Centre, Corner Cedar, 3rd Avenue 
Broadacres, Sandton Gauteng, Johannesburg, 2021, South Africa

UAE1 17th & 18th Floor, Creative Tower, P. O. Box 422, Fujairah, United 

Arab Emirates

Europe

CY1

FR1

GE1

2nd Floor, Sotiri Tofini 4, Agios Athanasios, Limassol 4102, Cyprus

37 avenue de Friedland, 75008, Paris, France

Prielmayer.3, c/o Ruter und Partner, 
Steurberatungsgeesellschaft, 80335 Munich, Germany

GE2 Westenriederstraße 19, 80331 Munich, Germany

GE3

Friedensplatz 13, 53721, Siegburg, Germany

IR1

IR2

IR3

IM1

JE1

JE2

68 Merrion Square, Dublin 2, D02 W983, Ireland

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland

Unit 3D North Point House, North Point Business Park, New 
Mallow Road, Cork, Ireland

First Names House, Victoria Road, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM2 4DF, 
Isle of Man

22 Grenville Street, St Helier JE4 8PX, Jersey

44 The Esplanade, St Helier JE4 9WG, Jersey

LX1

21–25 Allee Scheffer, L-2520, Luxembourg

MC1

Le Suffren, 7 rue Suffren-Reymond, Monaco, 98000, Monaco

NE1

Coengebouw, Suite 8.04, Kabelweg 37, 1014 BA, Amsterdam, 
Netherlands

NE2

de Entree 73, 1101 BH, Toren A, Amsterdam, Netherlands

NO1

SP1

SE1

c/o Advokat Merete Bardsen, Wahl-Larson Advokatfirma AS, 
Fridtjof Nansens plass 5, Oslo, 0160, Norway

Calle Azcona, 36, Bajo de Madrid, Madrid 28028, Spain

Box 3255, 103 65, Stockholm, Sweden

SW1

Suurstoffi 37, 6343 Rotkreuz, Switzerland

8F, Woodo Building, 214 Mangu-ro, Jungnang-gu, Seoul, 02121, 
Republic of Korea

TU1

Rüzgarlıbaçe Mah. Kavak Sok, Smart Plaza B Blok, No: 31/1 Kat: 
8, 34805 Kavacik-Beykoz, Istanbul, Turkey

TU2 Molla Fenari Mah, Bab-i Ali Cad, No:9 K:3-4, Fatih 34120, Istanbul, 

Turkey

#04-01, Visioncrest Commercial, 103 Penang Road, 238467, 
Singapore

10 Kallang Avenue, #09-16 Aperia Tower 2, 339510, Singapore

80 Robinson Road, #02-00, 068898, Singapore

60 Macpherson Road, #06-09, The Siemens Centre, 348615 
Singapore

Floor 10, No. 66, Second 1, Neihu Rd, Neiting District, Taipei, 
Taiwan

252 SPE Tower, 9th Floor, Phaholyothin Road, Samsennai, 
Phayathai, Bangkok, Thailand

428 Ari Hills Building, 18th Floor, Phahonyothin Road, Samsen 
Nai, Phaya Thai, Bankok 10400, Thailand

10th Floor., Ha Phan Building, 17-17A-19, Ton That Tung Street, 
District 1, HCMC, Vietnam

PH1

PK1

RK1

RK2

SG1

SG2

SG3

SG4

TA1

TH1

TH2

VI1

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
218

P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   A S   A T   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

219

41. Contingent liabilities and assets 
At 31 December 2020, the Group identified one contingent asset. This related to insurance claims of £12.1m, relating to 
losses incurred from events cancelled as a result of COVID-19, which were under negotiation as at year end and as such remained 
uncertain as to their outcome. In accordance with IAS 37, these amounts have not been recognised in the financial statements of 
the Group at 31 December 2020. Following the end of year, and before the approval of these financial statements, these amounts 
were agreed with insurance providers and cash was received, for the full amount of £12.1m.

There are no contingent liabilities. 

42. Post balance sheet events
There have been no post balance sheet events.

Fixed assets

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Other debtors: amounts falling due after one year

Current assets

Debtors due within one year

Cash at bank and on hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium account

Reserve for shares to be issued

Merger reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Profit and loss account

Equity Shareholders’ funds

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Notes

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

9

9

2020
£m

7,316.8

1,913.0

9,229.8

2019
£m

7,868.5

1,278.0

9,146.5

1,239.9

2,426.9

0.2

1,240.1

(34.6)

1,205.5

(2,967.8)

7,467.5

1.5

1,878.8

20.1

4,501.9

(17.4)

1,082.6

7,467.5

0.4

2,427.3

(1,198.6)

1,228.7

(3,083.6)

7,291.6

1.3

905.3

15.0

4,501.9

(17.4)

1,885.5

7,291.6

Loss for the year ended 31 December

(807.8)

(16.6)

The financial statements of this Company, registration number 08860726, were approved by the Board of Directors and 
authorised for issue on 22 April 2021 and were signed on its behalf by

  Stephen A. Carter 

Group Chief Executive 

  Gareth Wright
  Group Finance Director

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2020 continuedINFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
 
 
2 2 0

P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   S T A T E M E N T   O F   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y   F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D 
3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

N O T E S   T O   T H E   P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0

2 21

At 1 January 2019

Purchase of own shares

Share-based payment charge

Loss for the year

Equity dividends

Transfer of vested LTIPs

At 1 January 2020

Issue of share capital

Purchase of own shares

Share-based payment charge

Loss for the year

Equity dividends

Transfer of vested LTIPs

At 31 December 2020

Share capital
£m

Share 
premium 
account
£m

Reserve for 
shares to be 
issued
£m

1.3

905.3

 11.4

Merger 
reserve
£m

4,501.9

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

(2.3)

(15.1)

–

–

–

–

Profit 
and loss 
account
£m

2,176.7

–

–

(16.6)

(280.3)

5.7

–

–

–

–

–

4,501.9

(17.4)

1,885.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(807.8)

(807.8)

–

4.9

–

–

4,501.9

(17.4)

1,082.6

7,467.5

–

–

–

–

–

1.3

0.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

905.3

973.5

–

–

–

–

–

1.5

1,878.8

–

9.3

–

–

(5.7)

15.0

–

–

10.0

–

–

(4.9)

20.1

Total
£m

7,594.3

 (15.1)

9.3

(16.6)

(280.3)

–

7,291.6

973.7

–

10.0

1. Corporate information
Informa PLC (the Company) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 and is listed on 
the London Stock Exchange. The Company is a public company limited by shares and is registered in England and Wales with 
registration number 08860726. The address of the registered office is 5 Howick Place, London SW1P 1WG.

Principal activity and business review
Informa PLC is the Parent Company of the Informa Group (the Group) and its principal activity is to act as the ultimate holding 
company of the Group.

2. Accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council. The financial statements have therefore been prepared in accordance with FRS 102 The Financial Reporting 
Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

As permitted by FRS 102, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in 
relation to share-based payments, financial instruments, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective 
and related party transactions. The Directors’ Report, Corporate Governance Statement and Directors’ Remuneration Report 
disclosures are on pages 102 to 137 of this report. The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis 
except for the remeasurement of the derivative financial instruments which are measured at fair value at the end of each 
reporting period. Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the Group viability 
statement, the Directors have considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.

The only critical accounting judgement that would have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Company financial 
statements or key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date that would have a significant risk of causing a 
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year was those associated with the 
impairment assessment. These are set out in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The principal accounting policies 
adopted are the same as those set out in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, with the exception of the merger 
reserve accounting treatment arising from the Scheme of Arrangement in 2014. The Company’s financial statements are 
presented in pounds sterling, being the Company’s functional currency.

Profit and loss account
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own profit and loss account 
or Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year. The Company’s revenue for the year is £nil (2019: £nil), and loss after tax for 
the year is £807.8m (2019: £16.6m).

Share-based payment amounts that relate to employees of subsidiary Group companies are recorded as capital contributions to 
the relevant Group company.

Investments in subsidiaries and impairment reviews
Investments held as fixed assets are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. Where the recoverable amount of the 
investment is less than the carrying amount, an impairment is recognised. Impairment reviews are undertaken at least annually, 
or more frequently where there is an indication of impairment. 

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 2 2

N O T E S   T O   T H E   P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0   c o n t i n u e d

3. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

7. Creditors: Amounts falling due after one year

Cost

At 1 January

Additions – other1

Impairment

At 31 December

2020
£m

2019
£m

7,868.5

7,861.2

8.4

(560.1)

7,316.8

7.3

–

7,868.5

1.  Additions – other includes £8.4m (2019: £7.3m) related to the fair value of share incentives issued to employees of subsidiary undertakings during the year

The outbreak of COVID-19 has led to the cancellation or postponement of the majority of physical events since March, and 
therefore a reduction in the revenue generated by these investments. The short-term and potential longer-term impact were 
considered as an indicator of impairment. Due to the ongoing restrictions, and in line with our accounting policy, an annual 
impairment review was performed on 31 December 2020. The testing involved comparing the carrying value of investments 
with value in use calculations or assessments of fair value less costs to sell, derived from the latest Group cash flow projections. 
This review resulted in an impairment of investments in subsidiary undertakings of £560.1m (2019: £nil).

The listing below shows the direct subsidiary and other subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2020 which affected the 
profit or net assets of the Company:

Company

Country of registration and operation Principal activity

Ordinary shares held

Informa Switzerland Limited

England and Wales

Holding company

Informa Global Sales, Inc.

UBM plc

US

UK

Domestic international sales corporation

Holding company

100%

100%

100%

Revolving credit facility (RCF)1

Private placement loan notes2

Euro Medium Term Notes3

Derivative financial instruments

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other payables

1.  Stated net of arrangement fees of £2.6m (2019: £2.2m)

2.  Stated net of arrangement fees of £nil (2019: £1.6m)

3.  Stated net of arrangement fees of £15.3m (2019: £11.0m)

Amounts owed to Group undertakings falling due after one year are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

On 15 February 2019, the RCF was replaced with a new facility with two tranches: £600m for a five-year term to February 2024 
and £300m for a three-year term to February 2022. On 24 January 2020, both tranches of RCF were extended by one further year, 
to February 2025 and February 2023 respectively. Interest is payable at the rate of LIBOR plus a margin. The RCF was fully repaid 
at 31 December 2020 with a balance of £nil (2019: £56.9m) and is stated net of £2.5m (2019: £2.2m) of arrangement fees. 

The private placement loan notes total £nil ($nil) (2019: £872.9m ($1,150.0m)) and are stated net of £nil (2019: £1.6m) 
of arrangement fees. These were repaid on 6 November 2020.

2 2 3

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020
£m

(2.6)

–

2,095.8

7.5

867.1

–

2019
£m

54.8

871.3

1,268.1

22.4

867.0

–

2,967.8

3,083.6

Details of subsidiaries controlled by the Company are disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 40).

In 2020, the following bonds were issued by the Company under the EMTN programme:

4. Debtors falling due after one year

Amounts due from Group undertakings

Derivative financial instruments

2020
£m

1,868.4

44.6

1,913.0

2019
£m

1,275.5

2.5

1,278.0

•  A 5.5-year fixed term note, until July 2026, of value £150m with a 3.125% coupon rate
•  A five-year fixed term note, until October 2025, of value €700m with a 2.125% coupon rate

On 22 October 2019, the following bonds were issued to the Company under the EMTN programme:

•  8.5-year fixed term notes, until April 2028, of value €500m, with a 1.25% coupon rate

There are cross currency swaps over the EMTN borrowings where the Company receives the following:

Amounts due from Group undertakings falling due after one year are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand. 

5. Debtors falling due within one year

Amounts owed from Group undertakings

2020
£m

2019
£m

1,239.9

2,426.9

Amounts owed from Group undertakings falling due within one year are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on 
demand. The interest rate on amounts owed from Group undertakings is 0% (2019: 0% to 3.25%).

•  A fixed rate of interest for £450.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of July 2026 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $588.9m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €150.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of July 2023 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $174.1m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €500m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of April 2028 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $551.6m

•  A fixed rate of interest on €700.0m of EMTN borrowings with a maturity of October 2025 and pays a fixed rate of interest 

for $821.6m

6. Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year

At 31 December 2020, the fair value of these swaps was a financial asset of £37.1m (2019: liability £19.9m).

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other creditors and accruals

Current tax liabilities

2020
£m

–

34.6

–

34.6

2019
£m

1,172.8

23.6

2.2

1,198.6

On 26 November 2020, the Group’s RCF was increased by £150m to £1,050m. On 14 December 2020, there were extensions 
to the RCF resulting in facilities of £30m (2019: £30m) maturing February 2023, £420m (2019: £270m) maturing February 2024, 
£60m (2019: £60m) maturing February 2025 and £540m (2019: £540m) maturing February 2026.

Amounts owed to Group undertakings falling due within one year are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 2 5

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Profit and loss account
On 4 June 2014, a capital reduction took place which resulted in a reduction in share capital of £2,626.5m and the establishment 
of a distributable reserve of the same amount. This involved the nominal value per share of the issued share capital of the 
Company of 603,941,249 shares being reduced from 435p per share to 0.1p per share.

The distributable reserves of the Company are not materially different to the profit and loss account balance, with distributable 
reserves of £1,064.3m at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £1,872.5m).

As at 31 December 2020, the Informa Employee Share Trust (EST) held 697,644 (2019: 958,988) ordinary shares in the Company 
and the ShareMatch Scheme held 710,697 (2019: 474,878) matching ordinary shares in the Company. The average exercise price 
during the year was 449p (2019: 803p). The shares held by the EST relating to ShareMatch have not been allocated to individuals, 
whilst shares relating to the Deferred Share Bonus Plan have been allocated to individuals as set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 116 to 131. 

Details of the description of reserves are disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 36).

10. Share-based payments
Details of the share-based payments are disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 10).

11. Dividends
During the year an interim dividend of £nil (2019: £94.5m) and a final dividend for the prior year of £nil (2019: £185.8m) were 
recognised as distributions by the Company. As at 31 December 2020, £0.2m (2019: £0.4m) of dividends were still to be paid 
relating to prior periods. Details of dividends are disclosed in the Consolidated Financial Statements (Note 14). 

12. Related parties
The Directors of Informa PLC had no material transactions with the Company or its subsidiaries during the year other than 
service contracts and Directors’ liability insurance. Details of Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in the Remuneration Report. 
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption that transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries do not need to be disclosed.

2 2 4

N O T E S   T O   T H E   P A R E N T   C O M P A N Y   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S   F O R   T H E   Y E A R 
E N D E D   3 1   D E C E M B E R   2 0 2 0   c o n t i n u e d

8. Share capital

Issued and fully paid

1,502,137,804 (2019: 1,251,798,534) ordinary shares of 0.1p each

At 1 January

Issue of shares in relation to share placements in 2020

Other issue of shares

31 December

2020
£m

1.5

2019
£m

1.3

2020
Number of 
shares

2019
Number of 
shares

1,251,798,534 1,251,798,534

250,318,000

21,270

–

–

1,502,137,804 1,251,798,534

9. Capital and reserves
Share capital
On 30 May 2014, under a Scheme of Arrangement, 603,941,249 ordinary shares of 435p each in the Company were allotted to 
Shareholders. On 4 June 2014, a capital reduction took place which resulted in a reduction in share capital of £2,626.5m and the 
establishment of a distributable reserve of the same amount. This involved the nominal value per share of the issued share 
capital of the Company of 603,941,249 shares being reduced from 435p per share to 0.1p per share. During 2014, the Company 
also issued 45,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.1p for consideration of £207.0m.

On 11 October 2016, the Company issued 162,234,656 ordinary shares of 0.1p each through a 1-for-4 rights issue to part-fund the 
Penton acquisition. The shares were issued at 441p each and raised gross proceeds before expenses of £715.5m. On 2 November 
2016, the Company issued 12,829,146 ordinary shares to the sellers of the Penton business in part consideration for the sale 
(consideration shares). The Company issued 427,536,794 shares on 18 June 2018 in connection with the acquisition of UBM plc, 
which at the acquisition-date closing share price of 829p. The Company also issued 256,689 shares in 2018 to satisfy UBM SAYE 
scheme awards maturing in the post-acquisition period.

On 15 April 2020, the Company announced a share placement of 250,318,000 new ordinary shares of 0.1p. 125,159,000 new 
ordinary shares were issued on 20 April 2020 and a further 125,159,000 on 5 May 2020. The shares were issued at 400p per 
share resulting in gross proceeds of £1,001.3m and an increase in share capital of £0.2m. In 2020 the Company also issued 
21,270 ordinary shares of 0.1p to Non-Executive Directors of the Company. 

Share premium
In 2014, the Company issued 45,000,000 ordinary shares of 0.1p with the share premium (net of transaction costs) being 
£204.0m. Share premium as at 31 December 2014 and 2015 amounted to £204.0m. On 11 October 2016, the Company issued 
162,234,656 ordinary shares of 0.1p each through a 1-for-4 rights issue. The shares were issued at 441p each and resulted in 
share premium (net of transaction costs) of £701.3m. On 20 April 2020 and 5 May 2020, the Company issued 125,159,000 ordinary 
shares totalling 250,318,00 of 0.1p each. The shares were issued at 400p each and resulted in share premium (net of transaction 
costs) of £973.5m. Share premium relating to the 2020 issues of 21,270 shares to Non-Executive Directors of the Company 
was £0.1m. 

Merger reserve
On 30 May 2014, under a Scheme of Arrangement, the Company subscribed to shares in Informa Switzerland Limited, formerly 
Old Informa, a subsidiary undertaking, which were valued at £3,500.0m. This resulted in new share capital of £2,627.1m from the 
issue of 603,941,249 shares at a nominal value of 435p and the creation of a merger reserve of £872.9m.

On 2 November 2016, the Company acquired Penton Information Services and the Group issued 12,829,146 ordinary shares to 
the vendors, with the £82.2m share premium on the shares issued recorded against the merger reserve in accordance with the 
merger relief rules of the Companies Act 2006.

The Company acquired UBM plc on 15 June 2018 and issued 427,536,794 shares resulting in an increase in the merger reserve 
of £3,544.6m. The Company also issued 256,689 shares in 2018 to satisfy UBM SAYE scheme awards maturing in the post-
acquisition period and there was an increase in the merger reserve of £2.2m in relation to the issue of these shares.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 2 6

A U D I T   E X E M P T I O N

G L O S S A R Y   O F   T E R M S :   A L T E R N A T I V E   P E R F O R M A N C E   M E A S U R E S

2 2 7

The following UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 
for the year ended 31 December 2020:

Audit exempt company

ABI Building Data Limited

Afterhurst Limited

AMA Research Limited

Blessmyth Limited

Canrak Books Limited

Colonygrove Limited

Colwiz UK Limited

Datamonitor Limited

Design Junction Limited

DIVX Express Limited

Dove Medical Press Limited

Ebenchmarkers Limited

E-Health Media Limited

F1000 Research Limited

Futurum Media Limited

GNC Media Investments Limited

Green Thinking (Services) Limited

Hirecorp Limited

IBC (Ten) Limited

IBC (Twelve) Limited

IBC Fourteen Limited

IIR (U.K. Holdings) Limited

IIR Management Limited

Informa Connect Limited

Informa Exhibitions Limited

Informa Finance Australia Limited

Informa Finance Brazil Limited

Informa Finance Egypt Limited

Informa Finance Mexico Limited

Informa Finance UK Limited

Informa Finance USA Limited

Informa Global Markets (Europe) Limited

Informa Group Limited

Informa Holdings Limited

Informa Manufacturing Europe Limited

Informa Manufacturing Europe Holdings Limited

Informa Manufacturing Holdings Limited

Informa Markets Limited

Informa Markets (Europe) Limited

Informa Markets (Maritime) Limited

Informa Markets (UK) Limited 

Informa Overseas Investments Limited

Informa Property (Colchester) Limited

Informa Six Limited

Informa Tech Founders Limited

Registration 
number

Audit exempt company

Registration 
number

Informa Tech Research Limited

Informa Telecoms & Media Limited

Informa Three Limited

Informa UK Limited

Informa US Holdings Limited

ITF2 Limited

James Dudley International Limited

Light Reading UK Limited

London-on-Water Limited

MAI Luxembourg UK Societas

Mapa International Limited

Miller Freeman Worldwide Limited

MRO Exhibitions Limited

MRO Network Limited

MRO Publications Limited

OES Exhibitions Limited

OTC Publications Limited

Penton Communications Europe Limited

Roamingtarget Limited

Routledge Books Limited

Taylor & Francis Books Limited

Taylor & Francis Group Limited

Taylor & Francis Publishing Services Limited

TU-Automotive Holdings Limited

TU-Automotive Limited

UBM Aviation Worldwide Limited

UBM (GP) No 1 Limited

UBM International Holdings UK Societas

UBM Property Limited

UBM Property Services Limited

UBMG Holdings

UBMG Limited 

UBMG Services Limited

UBM Holdings Limited

UBM Shared Services Limited 

United Consumer Media UK Societas

United Delaware Investments Limited

United Finance Limited

United Newspapers Publications Limited

02385277

01609566

04501364

03805559

03194381

04109768

08164609

02306113

07634779

03212879

04967656

04159695

04214439

08322928

09813559

03085849

05803263

04790559

01844717

03007085

03119071

02748477

02922734

01835199

05202490

12008055

12007958

12008044

12008165

08774672

08940353

03094797

03099067

03849198

09893244

10025028

10025020

02972059

08851438

00495334

00370721

05845568

03610056

04606229

12302369

11971005

00991704

04595951

01072954

09319013

12294578

02394118

08823359

10621549

SE000010

04757016

01750865

02737787

09375001

02732007

09958003

02765878

02805376

05419444

03177762

03215483

02280993

03674840

09823826

09798474

04226716

03259390

SE000009

08227422

03212363

00152298

01693134

03666160

04790552

04957131

SE000008

03096874

00948730

00235544

The Group provides adjusted results and underlying measures in addition to statutory measures, in order to provide additional 
useful information on business performance trends to Shareholders. The Board considers these non-GAAP measures as the 
most appropriate way to measure the Group’s performance because it aids comparability to the prior year and is also in line 
with the similarly adjusted measures used by peers and therefore facilitates comparison.

The terms ‘adjusted’ and ‘underlying’ are not defined terms under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable with similarly-
titled measurements reported by other companies. These measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, 
IFRS measurements. The Financial Review provides reconciliations of alternative performance measures (APMs) to statutory 
measures and also provides the basis of calculation for certain APM metrics. These APMs are provided on a consistent basis 
with the prior year.

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Adjusted results and adjusting items
Adjusted results exclude items that are commonly excluded across the media sector: amortisation and impairment of goodwill 
and intangible assets relating to businesses acquired and other intangible asset purchases of book lists, journal titles, acquired 
databases and brands related to exhibitions and conferences, acquisition and integration costs, profit or loss on disposal of 
businesses, restructuring costs and other items that in the opinion of the Directors would impact the comparability of underlying 
results. Adjusting items are detailed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Adjusted results are prepared for the following measures which are provided in the Consolidated Income Statement on page 147: 
Adjusted operating profit, Adjusted net finance costs, Adjusted profit before tax (PBT), Adjusted tax charge, Adjusted profit after 
tax, Adjusted earnings, and Adjusted diluted earnings per share. Adjusted operating margin, Adjusted tax rate and Adjusted 
EBITDA are used in the Financial Review on pages 84, 87 and 90 respectively.

EBITDA
•  Adjusted EBITDA is earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and other non-cash items such as share-based 

payments and before adjusting items

•  Covenant-adjusted EBITDA for interest cover purposes under the Group’s previous debt covenants is earnings before interest, 

tax, depreciation and amortisation and adjusting items. It is adjusted to be on a pre-IFRS 16 basis

•  Covenant-adjusted EBITDA for leverage purposes under the Group’s previous debt covenants is earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation and adjusting items. It is adjusted to include a full year’s trading for acquisitions and remove 
trading results for disposals, and adjusted to be on a pre-IFRS 16 basis

Effective tax rate
The effective tax rate is shown as a percentage and is calculated by dividing the adjusted tax charge by the adjusted profit before 
tax. The Financial Review on page 87 provides the calculation of the effective tax rate.

Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a key financial measure of cash generation and represents the cash flow generated by the business before cash 
flows relating to acquisitions and disposals and their related costs, dividends, and any new equity issuance or purchases and 
debt issues or repayments. Free cash flow is one of the Group’s key performance indicators, and is an indicator of operational 
efficiency and financial discipline, illustrating the capacity to reinvest, fund future dividends and repay down debt. The Financial 
Review on page 90 provides a reconciliation of free cash flow to statutory measures.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 2 8

G L O S S A R Y   O F   T E R M S :   A L T E R N A T I V E   P E R F O R M A N C E   M E A S U R E S   c o n t i n u e d

F I V E - Y E A R   S U M M A R Y

Interest cover
Debt covenants ceased to apply to all the Group’s borrowing facilities from November 2020 following the repayment of debt 
subject to debt covenants. Interest cover is calculated according to the Group’s previous debt covenants and is the ratio of 
covenant-adjusted EBITDA for interest cover purposes to adjusted net finance costs and excluding finance fair value items. 
It is provided to enable the assessment of our debt position together with our compliance with these previous specific debt 
covenants. The Financial Review on page 93 provides the basis of the calculation of interest cover.

Leverage ratio
The leverage ratio is calculated according to the Group’s previous debt covenants and is the ratio of net debt to covenant-
adjusted EBITDA for leverage information purposes, and is provided to enable the assessment of our debt position together 
with compliance with these previous specific debt covenants. Covenant-adjusted net debt is translated using average exchange 
rates for the 12-month period and is adjusted to include deferred consideration payable, to exclude derivatives associated 
with borrowings and to be on a pre-IFRS 16 basis. The Financial Review on page 93 provides the basis of the calculation of the 
leverage ratio.

Operating cash flow and operating cash flow conversion
Operating cash flow is a financial measure used to determine the efficiency of cash flow generation in the business and is 
measured by and represents free cash flow before interest, tax, restructuring and reorganisation costs. The Financial Review 
on page 90 reconciles operating cash flow to statutory measures.

Operating cash flow conversion is a measure of the strength of cash generation in the business and is measured as a percentage 
by dividing operating cash flow by adjusted operating profit in the reporting period. The Financial Review on page 90 provides the 
calculation of operating cash flow conversion.

Underlying measures of growth
Underlying measures of growth refer to revenue and adjusted operating profit results adjusted for acquisitions and disposals, 
the phasing of events, including biennials, the impact of changes from implementing new accounting standards and accounting 
policy changes and the effects of changes in foreign currency by adjusting the current year and prior year amounts to use 
consistent currency exchange rates. Phasing and biennial adjustments relate to the alignment of comparative period amounts 
to the timing of events in the current year. Where an event originally scheduled for 2020 was either cancelled or postponed there 
was an adverse impact on 2020 underlying growth as no adjustment was made for these in the calculation.

The results from acquisitions are included on a pro-forma basis from the first day of ownership in the comparative period. 
Disposals are similarly adjusted for on a pro-forma basis to exclude results in the comparative period from the date of disposal. 
Underlying measures are provided to aid comparability of revenue and adjusted operating profit results against the prior year. 
The Financial Review on page 85 provides the reconciliation of underlying measures of growth to reported measures of growth 
in percentage terms.

Results from operations

Revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

Statutory (loss)/profit before tax

(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

Free cash flow

Net assets

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

Key statistics from continuing operations (pence)1

Earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Dividends per share

1.  2016-2019 EPS and dividends per share restated for 2020 share placement

2 2 9

F
I

N
A
N
C
I

A
L

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2020
£m

2019
£m

2018
£m

2017
£m

2016
£m

1,660.8

267.8

(880.4)

(1,139.7)

(1,041.5)

(153.9)

9,037.0

695.2

(1,200.6)

(2,889.6)

5,642.0

(73.4)

(73.4)

9.9

–

2,890.3

2.369.5

1,756.8

1,344.8

933.1

538.1

318.7

225.5

722.1

732.1

363.2

282.1

207.9

503.2

544.9

344.7

268.2

310.8

400.9

415.6

198.6

178.1

171.5

305.7

10,001.4

10,328.7

721.9

(1,584.6)

(3,300.7)

5,838.0

715.1

(1,530.8)

(3,441.4)

6,071.6

4,356.6

460.5

(1,117.7)

(1,470.4)

2,229.0

4,542.3

489.3

(1,048.8)

(1,795.0)

2,187.8

17.9

17.8

51.0

7.5

19.6

19.5

48.8

21.8

37.5

37.4

45.7

20.3

23.5

23.4

41.8

19.2

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 3 0

S H A R E H O L D E R   I N F O R M A T I O N

Shareholder Information

Annual General Meeting
Informa’s 2021 AGM will be held on 
Thursday 3 June 2021 at 11.00am. 
Details of the resolutions being 
proposed at the AGM, together with 
details on how Shareholders can 
participate and vote online, are set 
out in the Notice of Meeting available 
on our website at www.informa.com.

Registrar
All general enquiries about holdings 
of ordinary shares in Informa PLC 
should be addressed to our registrar, 
Computershare: 

Computershare Investor Services PLC  
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road  
Bristol BS99 6ZZ  
Helpline: +44 (0)370 707 1679  
www.investorcentre.co.uk 

The helpline is available Monday to 
Friday, 8.30am to 5.30pm. 

To access shareholding details online, 
go to Computershare’s website at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk. To register 
to use the website, you will need your 
Shareholder reference number, shown 
on your share certificate or dividend 
voucher. 

The website enables you to: 

•  View and manage all your

shareholdings

•  Register for electronic 

communications

•  Buy and sell shares online with the

dealing service

•  Deal with other matters such as a
change of address, transferring 
shares or replacing a lost certificate

Electronic Shareholder 
communications
As part of Informa’s commitment to the 
sustainable use of natural resources 
and reducing our environmental 
impact, we offer all Shareholders the 
opportunity to elect to register for 
electronic communications. To do so, 
please visit www.investorcentre.co.uk/
ecomms. 

Dividend and dividend 
reinvestment
Informa typically pays dividends in June 
and September each year.

Shareholders can have their dividends 
paid directly into a bank or building 
society account. To do this, complete 
the dividend mandate instruction form 
available at www.investorcentre.co.uk 
or contact our registrar. 

To receive dividends in a different 
currency, you will need to register for 
the global payments service provided 
by our registrar. Further information is 
available at www.investorcentre.co.uk. 

Informa offers a Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan, or DRIP, where cash dividends can 
be automatically reinvested in further 
Informa shares. Further details and 
full terms and conditions, including 
eligibility for Shareholders based 
outside of the UK, are available at 
www.investorcentre.com. 

Share dealing
Shareholders can buy or sell Informa 
PLC shares using a share dealing facility 
operated by our registrar. Dealing can 
be undertaken online or by telephone. 
Further information, including details 
of eligibility and costs, can be found at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk or by calling 
44 (0)370 703 0084 between 8.00am 
and 4.30pm Monday to Friday. 
You should have your Shareholder 
reference number to hand when logging 
on or calling. 

UK regulations require the registrar to 
check that you have read and accepted 
the terms and conditions before being 
able to trade, which could delay your 
first telephone trade. If you wish to 
trade quickly, please register online 
at www.computershare.trade before 
visiting www.investorcentre.co.uk. 

Informa’s ordinary shares continue to 
trade on the Premium Main Market of 
the London Stock Exchange under the 
symbol INF, ISIN: GB00BMJ6DW54.

ADR programme for US investors
Since 2013 Informa has maintained a 
Level I American Depositary Receipt 
(ADR) programme with BNY Mellon. 
Each Informa ADR represents two 
ordinary shares and they trade on the 
over-the-counter market in the US under 
the symbol IFJPY, ISIN: US45672B2060. 

Information on Informa’s ADRs can be 
found at www.adrbnymellon.com.

2 31

C
O
M
P
A
N
Y

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

ShareGift
ShareGift (registered charity no. 
1052686) is an independent charity that 
takes holdings of shares that may be 
unwanted, aggregates those shares and 
sells them for the benefit of thousands 
of charities. If you have a small 
shareholding in Informa and would 
like to support this initiative, see the 
ShareGift website at www.ShareGift.org, 
email help@sharegift.org or call 
+44 (0) 20 7930 3737.

Protecting your investment from 
share fraud
The world of investing and share dealing 
unfortunately attracts fraudsters. 

Shareholders are strongly advised to be 
highly cautious about any unsolicited 
phone calls or correspondence about 
investment matters, whether they 
claim to be associated with Informa PLC, 
an Informa company, an Informa 
Director or any other company 
or scheme.

The UK’s Financial Conduct Authority 
(FCA) reports that even experienced 
investors can be deceived and lose large 
amounts of money through what are 
ever more sophisticated schemes. 

From time to time, we receive reports 
from Shareholders that they have been 
contacted about investment matters 
that imply a connection with Informa 
or one of its subsidiaries.

Neither Informa PLC nor any Director 
of an Informa company will ever 
offer investment advice or make 
unsolicited calls or send unsolicited 
emails or letters about buying or 
selling shares. 

Shareholder details  
Under UK law, companies have to make 
their shareholder registers publicly 
available. Shareholder registers include 
the names of shareholders, their 
address and the number of shares 
they hold. 

These details can be obtained without 
the company’s knowledge or control 
and used, sometimes in combination 
with other sources, to obtain additional 
information such as phone numbers. 

Common scams  
There are many known investment scams 
in the UK. Some of the most common are: 

•  A caller offers shares for sale, which 

often turn out to be worthless or related
to high risk US or UK investments
•  A caller says there is an imminent
offer from the company in which 
the shareholder has invested and 
offers to buy their shares at a price
significantly above the current market
rate. This may involve payment of an 
administration fee or transferring 
shares to the caller

•  In January 2021, the FCA issued a 
warning over so-called ‘clone firm
investment scams’. Clone firms are
fake firms set up by scammers using
some of the details of real companies
that are authorised by the FCA, such
as their name, address and firm
reference number (or FRN).

Fraudsters can be very persistent and 
extremely persuasive, and often have 
websites that support their activities 
and claim to be related to the websites 
of genuine companies. 

What to do  
Shareholders are advised to be very 
wary of any unsolicited investment 
advice, offers to buy or sell any shares 
or offers of free company reports. 
If it sounds too good to be true, 
it probably is.

If you receive any unsolicited phone 
calls or correspondence: 

•  Treat any call with extreme caution
– if called, the safest thing to do is
hang up 

• Do not give out or confirm any

personal information

• If you have a conversation with 

someone, make sure you record the
name of the person and organisation 
who contacted you – name, telephone
number and web address if possible
• Do not hand over any money without

checking that the organisation is
authorised by the FCA at
www.fca.org.uk/register/.
Some scammers copy the registration 
details of a genuine regulated firm.
The FCA keeps a warning list on 
its ScamSmart website at
www.fca.org.uk/scamsmart

Report the issue 
If you think you have been targeted, you 
should report the matter to the FCA as 
soon as possible via its online form 
at www.fca.org.uk/consumers/scams/
report-scam or by calling its consumer 
helpline on 0800 111 6768 from the UK 
or +44 (0)20 7066 1000 from outside. 

You can also report any suspicious 
contact received via the Action Fraud 
website (www.actionfraud.police.uk), 
or by calling 0300 123 2040.

If you receive telephone calls, emails or 
letters purporting to be from Informa, 
or companies endorsed by Informa, and 
you are unsure if they are legitimate, 
please contact our Shareholder helpline 
(+44 (0)370 707 1679) or email our 
Investor Relations team at 
investorrelations@informa.com.

Details of any share dealing facilities 
endorsed by Informa are listed in the 
Shareholder Information pages of the 
Annual Report and will be included in 
any relevant company mailing. 

Tips on protecting your shareholding: 
•  Ensure all your certificates are kept
in a safe place or hold your shares
electronically in CREST via a nominee

•  Keep all documentation containing 
personal share information in a safe
place and shred any correspondence
you do not wish to keep 

•  Know when the dividends are paid 
and consider having dividends paid 
directly into your bank

•  If you change address or bank
account, inform the registrar
immediately. If you receive a letter
from the registrar regarding a change
of address or bank details that you did 
not instigate, contact them
immediately on +44 (0)370 707 1679 

•  If you are buying or selling shares,

only deal with brokers registered in 
the UK or in your country of residence

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020 
 
2 3 2

A D V I S E R S

Advisers

Auditor
Deloitte LLP
1 New Street Square
London EC4A 3HQ
UK

www.deloitte.com

Joint Stockbroker
BAML
2 King Edward Street
London EC1A 1HQ
UK

www.bofaml.com 

Joint Stockbroker
Morgan Stanley
25 Cabot Square
London E14 5AB
UK

Principal Solicitors 
Clifford Chance LLP
10 Upper Bank Street 
London E14 5JJ
UK

www.cliffordchance.com 

Strategic Financial Advice
Rothschild
New Court
St Swithin’s Lane
London EC4N 8AL
UK

www.rothschild.com

Communications Advisers 
Teneo
6 More London Place
London SE1 2DA
UK

www.morganstanley.com 

www.teneo.com

Depository Bank 
BNY Mellon
Depositary Receipts 
101 Barclay Street, 22nd Floor
New York NY 10286
United States

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
UK

www.adrbnymellon.com

www.computershare.com

Legal notices
Notice concerning forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Although the Group believes that the expectations reflected in such 
forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to a 
number of risks and uncertainties and actual results and events could differ materially from those currently being anticipated 
as reflected in such forward-looking statements. The terms ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘forecast’, ‘target’, “believe’, ‘should be’, ‘will be’ 
and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Factors which may cause future outcomes to differ 
from those foreseen in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those identified under ‘Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties’ on pages 71 to 77 of this Annual Report. The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report speak 
only as of the date of publication of this Annual Report and the Group therefore cautions readers not to place undue reliance 
on any forward-looking statements.

Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release 
publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect any change in the 
Group’s expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

Website
Informa’s website www.informa.com gives additional information on the Group. Information made available on the website  
does not constitute part of this Annual Report.

Informa is grateful to the following for 
their support and contribution to the 
production of this Annual Report:

Consultancy, design and 
production by Luminous 
www.luminous.co.uk

Cover and illustrations by 
Stephanie Wunderlich

Page 5 Magic pop-up Orlando 
photography by Hailley Howard

Page 59 photography by 
ThisisEngineering RA Eng/Unsplash

Page 63 photography by  
heylagostechie/Unsplash

Board of Directors photography by 
Simon Jarratt

All information in this report is 
© Informa PLC 2020 and may not 
be used in whole or part without 
prior permission.

We use biodegradable 
vegetable based inks. 
All waste paper, chemicals 
and other materials 
generated in the 
manufacturing process 
are recycled.

The printed version of this 
document is a certified 
CarbonNeutral® publication, 
meaning the emissions from 
production and shipping 
have been offset, reducing 
them to zero.

The paper in this report is produced with 
FSC® mixed sources with pulp which is 
partially recyclable, biodegradable, pH 
neutral, heavy metal free and acid free. It is 
manufactured within a mill which complies 
with the international environmental ISO 
14001 standard.

INFORMA PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2020These are some of Informa’s office locations 
around the world:

Mexico City
Lago Alberto 319, Colonia 
Granada, Delegacion Miguel 
Hidalgo, Mexico City 11520

São Paulo
Avenida Dra Ruth Cardoso,  
7221, Pinheiros, São Paulo

Middle East/Australasia
Istanbul
Smart Plaza B Blok, 
Rüzgarlıbahçe Mah. Kavak Sok, 
Kavacık Beykoz 

Bahrain
Building 1, Road 22, Block 414 
Al-Diah, Jidhafs

Cairo
7H Building, Street 263 
New Maadi, Cairo

Dubai
Level 20, World Trade Centre 
Tower, PO Box 9292, Dubai

Mumbai
Times Square, Andheri-Kurla 
Road, Mumbai 400 059

New Delhi
1 Jai Singh Road,  
New Delhi 110001

Hong Kong
17/F China Resources Building,  
26 Harbour Road, Wanchai

Shanghai
9/F Ciros Plaza, No. 
388 West Nanjing Road, 
Shanghai 200003

Singapore
Visioncrest Building, 103 
Penang, Singapore 238467

Kuala Lumpur
Sunway Visio Tower, Lingkaran 
SV, Sunway, Velocity 55100, 
Kuala Lumpur

Tokyo
Kanda 91 Building, Chiyoda-ku, 
Tokyo 101-0044

Sydney
24 York Street, NSW 2000

Europe
London (Registered Office)
5 Howick Place, SW1P 1WG
+44 (0)20 7017 5000
info@informa.com
www.informa.com

London Blackfriars
240 Blackfriars, SE1 8BF

London Blue Fin Building
110 Southwark Street, SE1 0SU

Colchester
Sheepen Place, Essex, CO3 3LP

Milton Park 
4 Park Square, Milton Park, 
OX14 4RN

Amsterdam
De Entreé 73, 1101 B, 
Amsterdam

Monaco
7, rue Suffren-Reymond  
Le Suffren, MC 98000

Americas
New York
605 Third Avenue, New York,  
NY 10158

Washington DC
2121 K Street NW, Washington 
DC, DC 20037

Philadelphia
530 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, 
PA 19106

Boca Raton
6000 Broken Sound, Parkway 
NW, Boca Raton, FL

Kansas City
22701 West 68th Terrace  
Shawnee, KS 66226

Boulder
5541 Central Avenue, Boulder, 
CO 80301

Phoenix
2020 North Central Avenue, 
Phoenix, AZ 85004

Dallas
222 West Las Colinas 
Boulevard, Irving, TX 75039

San Francisco
303 2nd Street, San Francisco,  
CA 94107

Santa Monica
28th St, Suite 100, Santa 
Monica, CA 90405

Toronto
20 Eglinton Avenue West, 
Toronto